add GCC 4.2.3

SVN-Revision: 10413

26 files changed, 27118 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/100-uclibc-conf.patch b/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/100-uclibc-conf.patch
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4243ff7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/100-uclibc-conf.patch
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+--- gcc/libgomp/configure
++++ gcc/libgomp/configure
+@@ -3771,7 +3771,7 @@
+   ;;
+ 
+ # This must be Linux ELF.
+-linux-gnu*)
++linux*)
+   lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+   ;;
+ 
+--- gcc/gcc/config/cris/linux.h
++++ gcc/gcc/config/cris/linux.h
+@@ -74,7 +74,11 @@
+ #define CRIS_DEFAULT_CPU_VERSION CRIS_CPU_NG
+ 
+ #undef CRIS_SUBTARGET_VERSION
+-#define CRIS_SUBTARGET_VERSION " - cris-axis-linux-gnu"
++#if UCLIBC_DEFAULT
++# define CRIS_SUBTARGET_VERSION " - cris-axis-linux-uclibc"
++#else
++# define CRIS_SUBTARGET_VERSION " - cris-axis-linux-gnu"
++#endif
+ 
+ #define GLIBC_DYNAMIC_LINKER "/lib/ld.so.1"
+ 
+--- gcc/libstdc++-v3/configure
++++ gcc/libstdc++-v3/configure
+@@ -4276,7 +4276,7 @@
+   ;;
+ 
+ # This must be Linux ELF.
+-linux-gnu*)
++linux*)
+   lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+   ;;
+ 
+--- gcc/zlib/configure
++++ gcc/zlib/configure
+@@ -3422,7 +3422,7 @@
+   ;;
+ 
+ # This must be Linux ELF.
+-linux-gnu*)
++linux*)
+   lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+   ;;
+ 
+--- gcc/libobjc/configure
++++ gcc/libobjc/configure
+@@ -3309,7 +3309,7 @@
+   ;;
+ 
+ # This must be Linux ELF.
+-linux-gnu*)
++linux*)
+   lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+   ;;
+ 
+--- gcc/libgfortran/configure
++++ gcc/libgfortran/configure
+@@ -3695,7 +3695,7 @@
+   ;;
+ 
+ # This must be Linux ELF.
+-linux-gnu*)
++linux*)
+   lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+   ;;
+ 
+--- gcc/libmudflap/configure
++++ gcc/libmudflap/configure
+@@ -5378,7 +5378,7 @@
+   ;;
+ 
+ # This must be Linux ELF.
+-linux-gnu*)
++linux*)
+   lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+   ;;
+ 
+--- gcc/boehm-gc/configure
++++ gcc/boehm-gc/configure
+@@ -4316,7 +4316,7 @@
+   ;;
+ 
+ # This must be Linux ELF.
+-linux-gnu*)
++linux*)
+   lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+   ;;
+ 
+--- gcc/libffi/configure
++++ gcc/libffi/configure
+@@ -3453,7 +3453,7 @@
+   ;;
+ 
+ # This must be Linux ELF.
+-linux-gnu*)
++linux*)
+   lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+   ;;
+ 
+--- gcc/libssp/configure
++++ gcc/libssp/configure
+@@ -4409,7 +4409,7 @@
+   ;;
+ 
+ # This must be Linux ELF.
+-linux-gnu*)
++linux*)
+   lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+   ;;
+ 
+--- gcc/contrib/regression/objs-gcc.sh
++++ gcc/contrib/regression/objs-gcc.sh
+@@ -105,6 +105,10 @@
+  then
+   make all-gdb all-dejagnu all-ld || exit 1
+   make install-gdb install-dejagnu install-ld || exit 1
++elif [ $H_REAL_TARGET = $H_REAL_HOST -a $H_REAL_TARGET = i686-pc-linux-uclibc ]
++ then
++  make all-gdb all-dejagnu all-ld || exit 1
++  make install-gdb install-dejagnu install-ld || exit 1
+ elif [ $H_REAL_TARGET = $H_REAL_HOST ] ; then
+   make bootstrap || exit 1
+   make install || exit 1
+--- gcc/libjava/classpath/ltconfig
++++ gcc/libjava/classpath/ltconfig
+@@ -603,7 +603,7 @@
+ 
+ # Transform linux* to *-*-linux-gnu*, to support old configure scripts.
+ case $host_os in
+-linux-gnu*) ;;
++linux-gnu*|linux-uclibc*) ;;
+ linux*) host=`echo $host | sed 's/^\(.*-.*-linux\)\(.*\)$/\1-gnu\2/'`
+ esac
+ 
+@@ -1251,7 +1251,7 @@
+   ;;
+ 
+ # This must be Linux ELF.
+-linux-gnu*)
++linux*)
+   version_type=linux
+   need_lib_prefix=no
+   need_version=no
+--- gcc/libjava/classpath/configure
++++ gcc/libjava/classpath/configure
+@@ -4665,7 +4665,7 @@
+   ;;
+ 
+ # This must be Linux ELF.
+-linux-gnu*)
++linux*)
+   lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+   ;;
+ 
+--- gcc/libjava/configure
++++ gcc/libjava/configure
+@@ -5212,7 +5212,7 @@
+   ;;
+ 
+ # This must be Linux ELF.
+-linux-gnu*)
++linux*)
+   lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+   ;;
+ 
+--- gcc/libtool.m4
++++ gcc/libtool.m4
+@@ -739,7 +739,7 @@
+   ;;
+ 
+ # This must be Linux ELF.
+-linux-gnu*)
++linux*)
+   lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+   ;;
+ 
+--- gcc/ltconfig
++++ gcc/ltconfig
+@@ -603,7 +603,7 @@
+ 
+ # Transform linux* to *-*-linux-gnu*, to support old configure scripts.
+ case $host_os in
+-linux-gnu*) ;;
++linux-gnu*|linux-uclibc*) ;;
+ linux*) host=`echo $host | sed 's/^\(.*-.*-linux\)\(.*\)$/\1-gnu\2/'`
+ esac
+ 
+@@ -1251,7 +1251,7 @@
+   ;;
+ 
+ # This must be Linux ELF.
+-linux-gnu*)
++linux*)
+   version_type=linux
+   need_lib_prefix=no
+   need_version=no
diff --git a/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/103-uclibc-conf-noupstream.patch b/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/103-uclibc-conf-noupstream.patch
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..09c9bbe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/103-uclibc-conf-noupstream.patch
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+--- gcc/gcc/config.gcc.uclibc100-sh~	2006-03-06 20:46:56 +0100
++++ gcc/gcc/config.gcc	2006-03-10 15:02:41 +0100
+@@ -1905,7 +1905,7 @@
+ 	;;
+ sh-*-elf* | sh[12346l]*-*-elf* | sh*-*-kaos* | \
+ sh-*-symbianelf* | sh[12346l]*-*-symbianelf* | \
+-  sh-*-linux* | sh[346lbe]*-*-linux* | \
++  sh*-*-linux* | sh[346lbe]*-*-linux* | \
+   sh-*-netbsdelf* | shl*-*-netbsdelf* | sh5-*-netbsd* | sh5l*-*-netbsd* | \
+    sh64-*-netbsd* | sh64l*-*-netbsd*)
+ 	tmake_file="${tmake_file} sh/t-sh sh/t-elf"
diff --git a/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/200-uclibc-locale.patch b/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/200-uclibc-locale.patch
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea21388
--- /dev/null
+++ b/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/200-uclibc-locale.patch
@@ -0,0 +1,2790 @@
+--- gcc/libstdc++-v3/acinclude.m4
++++ gcc/libstdc++-v3/acinclude.m4
+@@ -1369,7 +1369,7 @@
+ AC_DEFUN([GLIBCXX_ENABLE_CLOCALE], [
+   GLIBCXX_ENABLE(clocale,auto,[@<:@=MODEL@:>@],
+     [use MODEL for target locale package],
+-    [permit generic|gnu|ieee_1003.1-2001|yes|no|auto])
++    [permit generic|gnu|ieee_1003.1-2001|uclibc|yes|no|auto])
+ 
+   # Deal with gettext issues.  Default to not using it (=no) until we detect
+   # support for it later.  Let the user turn it off via --e/d, but let that
+@@ -1385,6 +1385,9 @@
+   # Default to "generic".
+   if test $enable_clocale_flag = auto; then
+     case ${target_os} in
++      *-uclibc*)
++        enable_clocale_flag=uclibc
++        ;;
+       linux* | gnu* | kfreebsd*-gnu | knetbsd*-gnu)
+         AC_EGREP_CPP([_GLIBCXX_ok], [
+         #include <features.h>
+@@ -1528,6 +1531,40 @@
+       CTIME_CC=config/locale/generic/time_members.cc
+       CLOCALE_INTERNAL_H=config/locale/generic/c++locale_internal.h
+       ;;
++    uclibc)
++      AC_MSG_RESULT(uclibc)
++
++      # Declare intention to use gettext, and add support for specific
++      # languages.
++      # For some reason, ALL_LINGUAS has to be before AM-GNU-GETTEXT
++      ALL_LINGUAS="de fr"
++
++      # Don't call AM-GNU-GETTEXT here. Instead, assume glibc.
++      AC_CHECK_PROG(check_msgfmt, msgfmt, yes, no)
++      if test x"$check_msgfmt" = x"yes" && test x"$enable_nls" = x"yes"; then
++        USE_NLS=yes
++      fi
++      # Export the build objects.
++      for ling in $ALL_LINGUAS; do \
++        glibcxx_MOFILES="$glibcxx_MOFILES $ling.mo"; \
++        glibcxx_POFILES="$glibcxx_POFILES $ling.po"; \
++      done
++      AC_SUBST(glibcxx_MOFILES)
++      AC_SUBST(glibcxx_POFILES)
++
++      CLOCALE_H=config/locale/uclibc/c_locale.h
++      CLOCALE_CC=config/locale/uclibc/c_locale.cc
++      CCODECVT_CC=config/locale/uclibc/codecvt_members.cc
++      CCOLLATE_CC=config/locale/uclibc/collate_members.cc
++      CCTYPE_CC=config/locale/uclibc/ctype_members.cc
++      CMESSAGES_H=config/locale/uclibc/messages_members.h
++      CMESSAGES_CC=config/locale/uclibc/messages_members.cc
++      CMONEY_CC=config/locale/uclibc/monetary_members.cc
++      CNUMERIC_CC=config/locale/uclibc/numeric_members.cc
++      CTIME_H=config/locale/uclibc/time_members.h
++      CTIME_CC=config/locale/uclibc/time_members.cc
++      CLOCALE_INTERNAL_H=config/locale/uclibc/c++locale_internal.h
++      ;;
+   esac
+ 
+   # This is where the testsuite looks for locale catalogs, using the
+--- gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/c++locale_internal.h
++++ gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/c++locale_internal.h
+@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
++// Prototypes for GLIBC thread locale __-prefixed functions -*- C++ -*-
++
++// Copyright (C) 2002, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++//
++// This file is part of the GNU ISO C++ Library.  This library is free
++// software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the
++// terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
++// Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++// any later version.
++
++// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
++// GNU General Public License for more details.
++
++// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
++// with this library; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
++// Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++// USA.
++
++// As a special exception, you may use this file as part of a free software
++// library without restriction.  Specifically, if other files instantiate
++// templates or use macros or inline functions from this file, or you compile
++// this file and link it with other files to produce an executable, this
++// file does not by itself cause the resulting executable to be covered by
++// the GNU General Public License.  This exception does not however
++// invalidate any other reasons why the executable file might be covered by
++// the GNU General Public License.
++
++// Written by Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com>
++
++#include <bits/c++config.h>
++#include <clocale>
++
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_MJN3_ONLY__
++#warning clean this up
++#endif
++
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_XLOCALE__
++                                                  
++extern "C" __typeof(nl_langinfo_l) __nl_langinfo_l;
++extern "C" __typeof(strcoll_l) __strcoll_l;
++extern "C" __typeof(strftime_l) __strftime_l;
++extern "C" __typeof(strtod_l) __strtod_l;
++extern "C" __typeof(strtof_l) __strtof_l;
++extern "C" __typeof(strtold_l) __strtold_l;
++extern "C" __typeof(strxfrm_l) __strxfrm_l;
++extern "C" __typeof(newlocale) __newlocale;
++extern "C" __typeof(freelocale) __freelocale;
++extern "C" __typeof(duplocale) __duplocale;
++extern "C" __typeof(uselocale) __uselocale;
++
++#ifdef _GLIBCXX_USE_WCHAR_T
++extern "C" __typeof(iswctype_l) __iswctype_l;
++extern "C" __typeof(towlower_l) __towlower_l;
++extern "C" __typeof(towupper_l) __towupper_l;
++extern "C" __typeof(wcscoll_l) __wcscoll_l;
++extern "C" __typeof(wcsftime_l) __wcsftime_l;
++extern "C" __typeof(wcsxfrm_l) __wcsxfrm_l;
++extern "C" __typeof(wctype_l) __wctype_l;
++#endif 
++
++#endif // GLIBC 2.3 and later
+--- gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/c_locale.cc
++++ gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/c_locale.cc
+@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
++// Wrapper for underlying C-language localization -*- C++ -*-
++
++// Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++//
++// This file is part of the GNU ISO C++ Library.  This library is free
++// software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the
++// terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
++// Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++// any later version.
++
++// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
++// GNU General Public License for more details.
++
++// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
++// with this library; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
++// Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++// USA.
++
++// As a special exception, you may use this file as part of a free software
++// library without restriction.  Specifically, if other files instantiate
++// templates or use macros or inline functions from this file, or you compile
++// this file and link it with other files to produce an executable, this
++// file does not by itself cause the resulting executable to be covered by
++// the GNU General Public License.  This exception does not however
++// invalidate any other reasons why the executable file might be covered by
++// the GNU General Public License.
++
++//
++// ISO C++ 14882: 22.8  Standard locale categories.
++//
++
++// Written by Benjamin Kosnik <bkoz@redhat.com>
++
++#include <cerrno>  // For errno
++#include <locale>
++#include <stdexcept>
++#include <langinfo.h>
++#include <bits/c++locale_internal.h>
++
++#ifndef __UCLIBC_HAS_XLOCALE__
++#define __strtol_l(S, E, B, L)      strtol((S), (E), (B))
++#define __strtoul_l(S, E, B, L)     strtoul((S), (E), (B))
++#define __strtoll_l(S, E, B, L)     strtoll((S), (E), (B))
++#define __strtoull_l(S, E, B, L)    strtoull((S), (E), (B))
++#define __strtof_l(S, E, L)         strtof((S), (E))
++#define __strtod_l(S, E, L)         strtod((S), (E))
++#define __strtold_l(S, E, L)        strtold((S), (E))
++#warning should dummy __newlocale check for C|POSIX ?
++#define __newlocale(a, b, c)        NULL
++#define __freelocale(a)             ((void)0)
++#define __duplocale(a)              __c_locale()
++#endif
++
++namespace std 
++{
++  template<>
++    void
++    __convert_to_v(const char* __s, float& __v, ios_base::iostate& __err, 
++		   const __c_locale& __cloc)
++    {
++      if (!(__err & ios_base::failbit))
++	{
++	  char* __sanity;
++	  errno = 0;
++	  float __f = __strtof_l(__s, &__sanity, __cloc);
++          if (__sanity != __s && errno != ERANGE)
++	    __v = __f;
++	  else
++	    __err |= ios_base::failbit;
++	}
++    }
++
++  template<>
++    void
++    __convert_to_v(const char* __s, double& __v, ios_base::iostate& __err, 
++		   const __c_locale& __cloc)
++    {
++      if (!(__err & ios_base::failbit))
++	{
++	  char* __sanity;
++	  errno = 0;
++	  double __d = __strtod_l(__s, &__sanity, __cloc);
++          if (__sanity != __s && errno != ERANGE)
++	    __v = __d;
++	  else
++	    __err |= ios_base::failbit;
++	}
++    }
++
++  template<>
++    void
++    __convert_to_v(const char* __s, long double& __v, ios_base::iostate& __err,
++		   const __c_locale& __cloc)
++    {
++      if (!(__err & ios_base::failbit))
++	{
++	  char* __sanity;
++	  errno = 0;
++	  long double __ld = __strtold_l(__s, &__sanity, __cloc);
++          if (__sanity != __s && errno != ERANGE)
++	    __v = __ld;
++	  else
++	    __err |= ios_base::failbit;
++	}
++    }
++
++  void
++  locale::facet::_S_create_c_locale(__c_locale& __cloc, const char* __s, 
++				    __c_locale __old)
++  {
++    __cloc = __newlocale(1 << LC_ALL, __s, __old);
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_XLOCALE__
++    if (!__cloc)
++      {
++	// This named locale is not supported by the underlying OS.
++	__throw_runtime_error(__N("locale::facet::_S_create_c_locale "
++			      "name not valid"));
++      }
++#endif
++  }
++  
++  void
++  locale::facet::_S_destroy_c_locale(__c_locale& __cloc)
++  {
++    if (_S_get_c_locale() != __cloc)
++      __freelocale(__cloc); 
++  }
++
++  __c_locale
++  locale::facet::_S_clone_c_locale(__c_locale& __cloc)
++  { return __duplocale(__cloc); }
++} // namespace std
++
++namespace __gnu_cxx
++{
++  const char* const category_names[6 + _GLIBCXX_NUM_CATEGORIES] =
++    {
++      "LC_CTYPE", 
++      "LC_NUMERIC",
++      "LC_TIME", 
++      "LC_COLLATE", 
++      "LC_MONETARY",
++      "LC_MESSAGES", 
++#if _GLIBCXX_NUM_CATEGORIES != 0
++      "LC_PAPER", 
++      "LC_NAME", 
++      "LC_ADDRESS",
++      "LC_TELEPHONE", 
++      "LC_MEASUREMENT", 
++      "LC_IDENTIFICATION" 
++#endif
++    };
++}
++
++namespace std
++{
++  const char* const* const locale::_S_categories = __gnu_cxx::category_names;
++}  // namespace std
+--- gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/c_locale.h
++++ gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/c_locale.h
+@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
++// Wrapper for underlying C-language localization -*- C++ -*-
++
++// Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++//
++// This file is part of the GNU ISO C++ Library.  This library is free
++// software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the
++// terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
++// Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++// any later version.
++
++// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
++// GNU General Public License for more details.
++
++// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
++// with this library; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
++// Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++// USA.
++
++// As a special exception, you may use this file as part of a free software
++// library without restriction.  Specifically, if other files instantiate
++// templates or use macros or inline functions from this file, or you compile
++// this file and link it with other files to produce an executable, this
++// file does not by itself cause the resulting executable to be covered by
++// the GNU General Public License.  This exception does not however
++// invalidate any other reasons why the executable file might be covered by
++// the GNU General Public License.
++
++//
++// ISO C++ 14882: 22.8  Standard locale categories.
++//
++
++// Written by Benjamin Kosnik <bkoz@redhat.com>
++
++#ifndef _C_LOCALE_H
++#define _C_LOCALE_H 1
++
++#pragma GCC system_header
++
++#include <cstring>              // get std::strlen
++#include <cstdio>               // get std::snprintf or std::sprintf
++#include <clocale>
++#include <langinfo.h>		// For codecvt
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_MJN3_ONLY__
++#warning fix this
++#endif
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_LOCALE__
++#include <iconv.h>		// For codecvt using iconv, iconv_t
++#endif
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_GETTEXT_AWARENESS__
++#include <libintl.h> 		// For messages
++#endif
++
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_MJN3_ONLY__
++#warning what is _GLIBCXX_C_LOCALE_GNU for
++#endif
++#define _GLIBCXX_C_LOCALE_GNU 1
++
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_MJN3_ONLY__
++#warning fix categories
++#endif
++// #define _GLIBCXX_NUM_CATEGORIES 6
++#define _GLIBCXX_NUM_CATEGORIES 0
++ 
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_XLOCALE__
++namespace __gnu_cxx
++{
++  extern "C" __typeof(uselocale) __uselocale;
++}
++#endif
++
++namespace std
++{
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_XLOCALE__
++  typedef __locale_t		__c_locale;
++#else
++  typedef int*			__c_locale;
++#endif
++
++  // Convert numeric value of type _Tv to string and return length of
++  // string.  If snprintf is available use it, otherwise fall back to
++  // the unsafe sprintf which, in general, can be dangerous and should
++  // be avoided.
++  template<typename _Tv>
++    int
++    __convert_from_v(char* __out, 
++		     const int __size __attribute__ ((__unused__)),
++		     const char* __fmt,
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_XCLOCALE__
++		     _Tv __v, const __c_locale& __cloc, int __prec)
++    {
++      __c_locale __old = __gnu_cxx::__uselocale(__cloc);
++#else
++		     _Tv __v, const __c_locale&, int __prec)
++    {
++# ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_LOCALE__
++      char* __old = std::setlocale(LC_ALL, NULL);
++      char* __sav = new char[std::strlen(__old) + 1];
++      std::strcpy(__sav, __old);
++      std::setlocale(LC_ALL, "C");
++# endif
++#endif
++
++      const int __ret = std::snprintf(__out, __size, __fmt, __prec, __v);
++
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_XCLOCALE__
++      __gnu_cxx::__uselocale(__old);
++#elif defined __UCLIBC_HAS_LOCALE__
++      std::setlocale(LC_ALL, __sav);
++      delete [] __sav;
++#endif
++      return __ret;
++    }
++}
++
++#endif
+--- gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/codecvt_members.cc
++++ gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/codecvt_members.cc
+@@ -0,0 +1,306 @@
++// std::codecvt implementation details, GNU version -*- C++ -*-
++
++// Copyright (C) 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++//
++// This file is part of the GNU ISO C++ Library.  This library is free
++// software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the
++// terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
++// Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++// any later version.
++
++// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
++// GNU General Public License for more details.
++
++// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
++// with this library; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
++// Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++// USA.
++
++// As a special exception, you may use this file as part of a free software
++// library without restriction.  Specifically, if other files instantiate
++// templates or use macros or inline functions from this file, or you compile
++// this file and link it with other files to produce an executable, this
++// file does not by itself cause the resulting executable to be covered by
++// the GNU General Public License.  This exception does not however
++// invalidate any other reasons why the executable file might be covered by
++// the GNU General Public License.
++
++//
++// ISO C++ 14882: 22.2.1.5 - Template class codecvt
++//
++
++// Written by Benjamin Kosnik <bkoz@redhat.com>
++
++#include <locale>
++#include <bits/c++locale_internal.h>
++
++namespace std
++{
++  // Specializations.
++#ifdef _GLIBCXX_USE_WCHAR_T
++  codecvt_base::result
++  codecvt<wchar_t, char, mbstate_t>::
++  do_out(state_type& __state, const intern_type* __from, 
++	 const intern_type* __from_end, const intern_type*& __from_next,
++	 extern_type* __to, extern_type* __to_end,
++	 extern_type*& __to_next) const
++  {
++    result __ret = ok;
++    state_type __tmp_state(__state);
++
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_XLOCALE__
++    __c_locale __old = __uselocale(_M_c_locale_codecvt);
++#endif
++
++    // wcsnrtombs is *very* fast but stops if encounters NUL characters:
++    // in case we fall back to wcrtomb and then continue, in a loop.
++    // NB: wcsnrtombs is a GNU extension
++    for (__from_next = __from, __to_next = __to;
++	 __from_next < __from_end && __to_next < __to_end
++	 && __ret == ok;)
++      {
++	const intern_type* __from_chunk_end = wmemchr(__from_next, L'\0',
++						      __from_end - __from_next);
++	if (!__from_chunk_end)
++	  __from_chunk_end = __from_end;
++
++	__from = __from_next;
++	const size_t __conv = wcsnrtombs(__to_next, &__from_next,
++					 __from_chunk_end - __from_next,
++					 __to_end - __to_next, &__state);
++	if (__conv == static_cast<size_t>(-1))
++	  {
++	    // In case of error, in order to stop at the exact place we
++	    // have to start again from the beginning with a series of
++	    // wcrtomb.
++	    for (; __from < __from_next; ++__from)
++	      __to_next += wcrtomb(__to_next, *__from, &__tmp_state);
++	    __state = __tmp_state;
++	    __ret = error;
++	  }
++	else if (__from_next && __from_next < __from_chunk_end)
++	  {
++	    __to_next += __conv;
++	    __ret = partial;
++	  }
++	else
++	  {
++	    __from_next = __from_chunk_end;
++	    __to_next += __conv;
++	  }
++
++	if (__from_next < __from_end && __ret == ok)
++	  {
++	    extern_type __buf[MB_LEN_MAX];
++	    __tmp_state = __state;
++	    const size_t __conv = wcrtomb(__buf, *__from_next, &__tmp_state);
++	    if (__conv > static_cast<size_t>(__to_end - __to_next))
++	      __ret = partial;
++	    else
++	      {
++		memcpy(__to_next, __buf, __conv);
++		__state = __tmp_state;
++		__to_next += __conv;
++		++__from_next;
++	      }
++	  }
++      }
++
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_XLOCALE__
++    __uselocale(__old);
++#endif
++
++    return __ret; 
++  }
++  
++  codecvt_base::result
++  codecvt<wchar_t, char, mbstate_t>::
++  do_in(state_type& __state, const extern_type* __from, 
++	const extern_type* __from_end, const extern_type*& __from_next,
++	intern_type* __to, intern_type* __to_end,
++	intern_type*& __to_next) const
++  {
++    result __ret = ok;
++    state_type __tmp_state(__state);
++
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_XLOCALE__
++    __c_locale __old = __uselocale(_M_c_locale_codecvt);
++#endif
++
++    // mbsnrtowcs is *very* fast but stops if encounters NUL characters:
++    // in case we store a L'\0' and then continue, in a loop.
++    // NB: mbsnrtowcs is a GNU extension
++    for (__from_next = __from, __to_next = __to;
++	 __from_next < __from_end && __to_next < __to_end
++	 && __ret == ok;)
++      {
++	const extern_type* __from_chunk_end;
++	__from_chunk_end = static_cast<const extern_type*>(memchr(__from_next, '\0',
++								  __from_end
++								  - __from_next));
++	if (!__from_chunk_end)
++	  __from_chunk_end = __from_end;
++
++	__from = __from_next;
++	size_t __conv = mbsnrtowcs(__to_next, &__from_next,
++				   __from_chunk_end - __from_next,
++				   __to_end - __to_next, &__state);
++	if (__conv == static_cast<size_t>(-1))
++	  {
++	    // In case of error, in order to stop at the exact place we
++	    // have to start again from the beginning with a series of
++	    // mbrtowc.
++	    for (;; ++__to_next, __from += __conv)
++	      {
++		__conv = mbrtowc(__to_next, __from, __from_end - __from,
++				 &__tmp_state);
++		if (__conv == static_cast<size_t>(-1)
++		    || __conv == static_cast<size_t>(-2))
++		  break;
++	      }
++	    __from_next = __from;
++	    __state = __tmp_state;	    
++	    __ret = error;
++	  }
++	else if (__from_next && __from_next < __from_chunk_end)
++	  {
++	    // It is unclear what to return in this case (see DR 382). 
++	    __to_next += __conv;
++	    __ret = partial;
++	  }
++	else
++	  {
++	    __from_next = __from_chunk_end;
++	    __to_next += __conv;
++	  }
++
++	if (__from_next < __from_end && __ret == ok)
++	  {
++	    if (__to_next < __to_end)
++	      {
++		// XXX Probably wrong for stateful encodings
++		__tmp_state = __state;		
++		++__from_next;
++		*__to_next++ = L'\0';
++	      }
++	    else
++	      __ret = partial;
++	  }
++      }
++
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_XLOCALE__
++    __uselocale(__old);
++#endif
++
++    return __ret; 
++  }
++
++  int 
++  codecvt<wchar_t, char, mbstate_t>::
++  do_encoding() const throw()
++  {
++    // XXX This implementation assumes that the encoding is
++    // stateless and is either single-byte or variable-width.
++    int __ret = 0;
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_XLOCALE__
++    __c_locale __old = __uselocale(_M_c_locale_codecvt);
++#endif
++    if (MB_CUR_MAX == 1)
++      __ret = 1;
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_XLOCALE__
++    __uselocale(__old);
++#endif
++    return __ret;
++  }  
++
++  int 
++  codecvt<wchar_t, char, mbstate_t>::
++  do_max_length() const throw()
++  {
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_XLOCALE__
++    __c_locale __old = __uselocale(_M_c_locale_codecvt);
++#endif
++    // XXX Probably wrong for stateful encodings.
++    int __ret = MB_CUR_MAX;
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_XLOCALE__
++    __uselocale(__old);
++#endif
++    return __ret;
++  }
++  
++  int 
++  codecvt<wchar_t, char, mbstate_t>::
++  do_length(state_type& __state, const extern_type* __from,
++	    const extern_type* __end, size_t __max) const
++  {
++    int __ret = 0;
++    state_type __tmp_state(__state);
++
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_XLOCALE__
++    __c_locale __old = __uselocale(_M_c_locale_codecvt);
++#endif
++
++    // mbsnrtowcs is *very* fast but stops if encounters NUL characters:
++    // in case we advance past it and then continue, in a loop.
++    // NB: mbsnrtowcs is a GNU extension
++  
++    // A dummy internal buffer is needed in order for mbsnrtocws to consider
++    // its fourth parameter (it wouldn't with NULL as first parameter).
++    wchar_t* __to = static_cast<wchar_t*>(__builtin_alloca(sizeof(wchar_t) 
++							   * __max));
++    while (__from < __end && __max)
++      {
++	const extern_type* __from_chunk_end;
++	__from_chunk_end = static_cast<const extern_type*>(memchr(__from, '\0',
++								  __end
++								  - __from));
++	if (!__from_chunk_end)
++	  __from_chunk_end = __end;
++
++	const extern_type* __tmp_from = __from;
++	size_t __conv = mbsnrtowcs(__to, &__from,
++				   __from_chunk_end - __from,
++				   __max, &__state);
++	if (__conv == static_cast<size_t>(-1))
++	  {
++	    // In case of error, in order to stop at the exact place we
++	    // have to start again from the beginning with a series of
++	    // mbrtowc.
++	    for (__from = __tmp_from;; __from += __conv)
++	      {
++		__conv = mbrtowc(NULL, __from, __end - __from,
++				 &__tmp_state);
++		if (__conv == static_cast<size_t>(-1)
++		    || __conv == static_cast<size_t>(-2))
++		  break;
++	      }
++	    __state = __tmp_state;
++	    __ret += __from - __tmp_from;
++	    break;
++	  }
++	if (!__from)
++	  __from = __from_chunk_end;
++	
++	__ret += __from - __tmp_from;
++	__max -= __conv;
++
++	if (__from < __end && __max)
++	  {
++	    // XXX Probably wrong for stateful encodings
++	    __tmp_state = __state;
++	    ++__from;
++	    ++__ret;
++	    --__max;
++	  }
++      }
++
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_XLOCALE__
++    __uselocale(__old);
++#endif
++
++    return __ret; 
++  }
++#endif
++}
+--- gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/collate_members.cc
++++ gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/collate_members.cc
+@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
++// std::collate implementation details, GNU version -*- C++ -*-
++
++// Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++//
++// This file is part of the GNU ISO C++ Library.  This library is free
++// software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the
++// terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
++// Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++// any later version.
++
++// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
++// GNU General Public License for more details.
++
++// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
++// with this library; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
++// Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++// USA.
++
++// As a special exception, you may use this file as part of a free software
++// library without restriction.  Specifically, if other files instantiate
++// templates or use macros or inline functions from this file, or you compile
++// this file and link it with other files to produce an executable, this
++// file does not by itself cause the resulting executable to be covered by
++// the GNU General Public License.  This exception does not however
++// invalidate any other reasons why the executable file might be covered by
++// the GNU General Public License.
++
++//
++// ISO C++ 14882: 22.2.4.1.2  collate virtual functions
++//
++
++// Written by Benjamin Kosnik <bkoz@redhat.com>
++
++#include <locale>
++#include <bits/c++locale_internal.h>
++
++#ifndef __UCLIBC_HAS_XLOCALE__
++#define __strcoll_l(S1, S2, L)      strcoll((S1), (S2))
++#define __strxfrm_l(S1, S2, N, L)   strxfrm((S1), (S2), (N))
++#define __wcscoll_l(S1, S2, L)      wcscoll((S1), (S2))
++#define __wcsxfrm_l(S1, S2, N, L)   wcsxfrm((S1), (S2), (N))
++#endif
++
++namespace std
++{
++  // These are basically extensions to char_traits, and perhaps should
++  // be put there instead of here.
++  template<>
++    int 
++    collate<char>::_M_compare(const char* __one, const char* __two) const
++    { 
++      int __cmp = __strcoll_l(__one, __two, _M_c_locale_collate);
++      return (__cmp >> (8 * sizeof (int) - 2)) | (__cmp != 0);
++    }
++  
++  template<>
++    size_t
++    collate<char>::_M_transform(char* __to, const char* __from, 
++				size_t __n) const 
++    { return __strxfrm_l(__to, __from, __n, _M_c_locale_collate); }
++
++#ifdef _GLIBCXX_USE_WCHAR_T
++  template<>
++    int 
++    collate<wchar_t>::_M_compare(const wchar_t* __one, 
++				 const wchar_t* __two) const
++    {
++      int __cmp = __wcscoll_l(__one, __two, _M_c_locale_collate);
++      return (__cmp >> (8 * sizeof (int) - 2)) | (__cmp != 0);
++    }
++  
++  template<>
++    size_t
++    collate<wchar_t>::_M_transform(wchar_t* __to, const wchar_t* __from,
++				   size_t __n) const
++    { return __wcsxfrm_l(__to, __from, __n, _M_c_locale_collate); }
++#endif
++}
+--- gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/ctype_members.cc
++++ gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/ctype_members.cc
+@@ -0,0 +1,300 @@
++// std::ctype implementation details, GNU version -*- C++ -*-
++
++// Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++//
++// This file is part of the GNU ISO C++ Library.  This library is free
++// software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the
++// terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
++// Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++// any later version.
++
++// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
++// GNU General Public License for more details.
++
++// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
++// with this library; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
++// Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++// USA.
++
++// As a special exception, you may use this file as part of a free software
++// library without restriction.  Specifically, if other files instantiate
++// templates or use macros or inline functions from this file, or you compile
++// this file and link it with other files to produce an executable, this
++// file does not by itself cause the resulting executable to be covered by
++// the GNU General Public License.  This exception does not however
++// invalidate any other reasons why the executable file might be covered by
++// the GNU General Public License.
++
++//
++// ISO C++ 14882: 22.2.1.1.2  ctype virtual functions.
++//
++
++// Written by Benjamin Kosnik <bkoz@redhat.com>
++
++#define _LIBC
++#include <locale>
++#undef _LIBC
++#include <bits/c++locale_internal.h>
++
++#ifndef __UCLIBC_HAS_XLOCALE__
++#define __wctype_l(S, L)           wctype((S))
++#define __towupper_l(C, L)         towupper((C))
++#define __towlower_l(C, L)         towlower((C))
++#define __iswctype_l(C, M, L)      iswctype((C), (M))
++#endif
++
++namespace std
++{
++  // NB: The other ctype<char> specializations are in src/locale.cc and
++  // various /config/os/* files.
++  template<>
++    ctype_byname<char>::ctype_byname(const char* __s, size_t __refs)
++    : ctype<char>(0, false, __refs) 
++    { 		
++      if (std::strcmp(__s, "C") != 0 && std::strcmp(__s, "POSIX") != 0)
++	{
++	  this->_S_destroy_c_locale(this->_M_c_locale_ctype);
++	  this->_S_create_c_locale(this->_M_c_locale_ctype, __s); 
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_XLOCALE__
++	  this->_M_toupper = this->_M_c_locale_ctype->__ctype_toupper;
++	  this->_M_tolower = this->_M_c_locale_ctype->__ctype_tolower;
++	  this->_M_table = this->_M_c_locale_ctype->__ctype_b;
++#endif
++	}
++    }
++
++#ifdef _GLIBCXX_USE_WCHAR_T  
++  ctype<wchar_t>::__wmask_type
++  ctype<wchar_t>::_M_convert_to_wmask(const mask __m) const
++  {
++    __wmask_type __ret;
++    switch (__m)
++      {
++      case space:
++	__ret = __wctype_l("space", _M_c_locale_ctype);
++	break;
++      case print:
++	__ret = __wctype_l("print", _M_c_locale_ctype);
++	break;
++      case cntrl:
++	__ret = __wctype_l("cntrl", _M_c_locale_ctype);
++	break;
++      case upper:
++	__ret = __wctype_l("upper", _M_c_locale_ctype);
++	break;
++      case lower:
++	__ret = __wctype_l("lower", _M_c_locale_ctype);
++	break;
++      case alpha:
++	__ret = __wctype_l("alpha", _M_c_locale_ctype);
++	break;
++      case digit:
++	__ret = __wctype_l("digit", _M_c_locale_ctype);
++	break;
++      case punct:
++	__ret = __wctype_l("punct", _M_c_locale_ctype);
++	break;
++      case xdigit:
++	__ret = __wctype_l("xdigit", _M_c_locale_ctype);
++	break;
++      case alnum:
++	__ret = __wctype_l("alnum", _M_c_locale_ctype);
++	break;
++      case graph:
++	__ret = __wctype_l("graph", _M_c_locale_ctype);
++	break;
++      default:
++	__ret = __wmask_type();
++      }
++    return __ret;
++  }
++  
++  wchar_t
++  ctype<wchar_t>::do_toupper(wchar_t __c) const
++  { return __towupper_l(__c, _M_c_locale_ctype); }
++
++  const wchar_t*
++  ctype<wchar_t>::do_toupper(wchar_t* __lo, const wchar_t* __hi) const
++  {
++    while (__lo < __hi)
++      {
++        *__lo = __towupper_l(*__lo, _M_c_locale_ctype);
++        ++__lo;
++      }
++    return __hi;
++  }
++  
++  wchar_t
++  ctype<wchar_t>::do_tolower(wchar_t __c) const
++  { return __towlower_l(__c, _M_c_locale_ctype); }
++  
++  const wchar_t*
++  ctype<wchar_t>::do_tolower(wchar_t* __lo, const wchar_t* __hi) const
++  {
++    while (__lo < __hi)
++      {
++        *__lo = __towlower_l(*__lo, _M_c_locale_ctype);
++        ++__lo;
++      }
++    return __hi;
++  }
++
++  bool
++  ctype<wchar_t>::
++  do_is(mask __m, wchar_t __c) const
++  { 
++    // Highest bitmask in ctype_base == 10, but extra in "C"
++    // library for blank.
++    bool __ret = false;
++    const size_t __bitmasksize = 11; 
++    for (size_t __bitcur = 0; __bitcur <= __bitmasksize; ++__bitcur)
++      if (__m & _M_bit[__bitcur]
++	  && __iswctype_l(__c, _M_wmask[__bitcur], _M_c_locale_ctype))
++	{
++	  __ret = true;
++	  break;
++	}
++    return __ret;    
++  }
++  
++  const wchar_t* 
++  ctype<wchar_t>::
++  do_is(const wchar_t* __lo, const wchar_t* __hi, mask* __vec) const
++  {
++    for (; __lo < __hi; ++__vec, ++__lo)
++      {
++	// Highest bitmask in ctype_base == 10, but extra in "C"
++	// library for blank.
++	const size_t __bitmasksize = 11; 
++	mask __m = 0;
++	for (size_t __bitcur = 0; __bitcur <= __bitmasksize; ++__bitcur)
++	  if (__iswctype_l(*__lo, _M_wmask[__bitcur], _M_c_locale_ctype))
++	    __m |= _M_bit[__bitcur];
++	*__vec = __m;
++      }
++    return __hi;
++  }
++  
++  const wchar_t* 
++  ctype<wchar_t>::
++  do_scan_is(mask __m, const wchar_t* __lo, const wchar_t* __hi) const
++  {
++    while (__lo < __hi && !this->do_is(__m, *__lo))
++      ++__lo;
++    return __lo;
++  }
++
++  const wchar_t*
++  ctype<wchar_t>::
++  do_scan_not(mask __m, const char_type* __lo, const char_type* __hi) const
++  {
++    while (__lo < __hi && this->do_is(__m, *__lo) != 0)
++      ++__lo;
++    return __lo;
++  }
++
++  wchar_t
++  ctype<wchar_t>::
++  do_widen(char __c) const
++  { return _M_widen[static_cast<unsigned char>(__c)]; }
++
++  const char* 
++  ctype<wchar_t>::
++  do_widen(const char* __lo, const char* __hi, wchar_t* __dest) const
++  {
++    while (__lo < __hi)
++      {
++	*__dest = _M_widen[static_cast<unsigned char>(*__lo)];
++	++__lo;
++	++__dest;
++      }
++    return __hi;
++  }
++
++  char
++  ctype<wchar_t>::
++  do_narrow(wchar_t __wc, char __dfault) const
++  {
++    if (__wc >= 0 && __wc < 128 && _M_narrow_ok)
++      return _M_narrow[__wc];
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_XLOCALE__
++    __c_locale __old = __uselocale(_M_c_locale_ctype);
++#endif
++    const int __c = wctob(__wc);
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_XLOCALE__
++    __uselocale(__old);
++#endif
++    return (__c == EOF ? __dfault : static_cast<char>(__c)); 
++  }
++
++  const wchar_t*
++  ctype<wchar_t>::
++  do_narrow(const wchar_t* __lo, const wchar_t* __hi, char __dfault, 
++	    char* __dest) const
++  {
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_XLOCALE__
++    __c_locale __old = __uselocale(_M_c_locale_ctype);
++#endif
++    if (_M_narrow_ok)
++      while (__lo < __hi)
++	{
++	  if (*__lo >= 0 && *__lo < 128)
++	    *__dest = _M_narrow[*__lo];
++	  else
++	    {
++	      const int __c = wctob(*__lo);
++	      *__dest = (__c == EOF ? __dfault : static_cast<char>(__c));
++	    }
++	  ++__lo;
++	  ++__dest;
++	}
++    else
++      while (__lo < __hi)
++	{
++	  const int __c = wctob(*__lo);
++	  *__dest = (__c == EOF ? __dfault : static_cast<char>(__c));
++	  ++__lo;
++	  ++__dest;
++	}
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_XLOCALE__
++    __uselocale(__old);
++#endif
++    return __hi;
++  }
++
++  void
++  ctype<wchar_t>::_M_initialize_ctype()
++  {
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_XLOCALE__
++    __c_locale __old = __uselocale(_M_c_locale_ctype);
++#endif
++    wint_t __i;
++    for (__i = 0; __i < 128; ++__i)
++      {
++	const int __c = wctob(__i);
++	if (__c == EOF)
++	  break;
++	else
++	  _M_narrow[__i] = static_cast<char>(__c);
++      }
++    if (__i == 128)
++      _M_narrow_ok = true;
++    else
++      _M_narrow_ok = false;
++    for (size_t __j = 0;
++	 __j < sizeof(_M_widen) / sizeof(wint_t); ++__j)
++      _M_widen[__j] = btowc(__j);
++
++    for (size_t __k = 0; __k <= 11; ++__k)
++      { 
++	_M_bit[__k] = static_cast<mask>(_ISbit(__k));
++	_M_wmask[__k] = _M_convert_to_wmask(_M_bit[__k]);
++      }
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_XLOCALE__
++    __uselocale(__old);
++#endif
++  }
++#endif //  _GLIBCXX_USE_WCHAR_T
++}
+--- gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/messages_members.cc
++++ gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/messages_members.cc
+@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
++// std::messages implementation details, GNU version -*- C++ -*-
++
++// Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++//
++// This file is part of the GNU ISO C++ Library.  This library is free
++// software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the
++// terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
++// Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++// any later version.
++
++// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
++// GNU General Public License for more details.
++
++// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
++// with this library; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
++// Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++// USA.
++
++// As a special exception, you may use this file as part of a free software
++// library without restriction.  Specifically, if other files instantiate
++// templates or use macros or inline functions from this file, or you compile
++// this file and link it with other files to produce an executable, this
++// file does not by itself cause the resulting executable to be covered by
++// the GNU General Public License.  This exception does not however
++// invalidate any other reasons why the executable file might be covered by
++// the GNU General Public License.
++
++//
++// ISO C++ 14882: 22.2.7.1.2  messages virtual functions
++//
++
++// Written by Benjamin Kosnik <bkoz@redhat.com>
++
++#include <locale>
++#include <bits/c++locale_internal.h>
++
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_MJN3_ONLY__
++#warning fix gettext stuff
++#endif
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_GETTEXT_AWARENESS__
++extern "C" char *__dcgettext(const char *domainname,
++			     const char *msgid, int category);
++#undef gettext
++#define gettext(msgid) __dcgettext(NULL, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
++#else
++#undef gettext
++#define gettext(msgid) (msgid)
++#endif
++
++namespace std
++{
++  // Specializations.
++  template<>
++    string
++    messages<char>::do_get(catalog, int, int, const string& __dfault) const
++    {
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_XLOCALE__
++      __c_locale __old = __uselocale(_M_c_locale_messages);
++      const char* __msg = const_cast<const char*>(gettext(__dfault.c_str()));
++      __uselocale(__old);
++      return string(__msg);
++#elif defined __UCLIBC_HAS_LOCALE__
++      char* __old = strdup(setlocale(LC_ALL, NULL));
++      setlocale(LC_ALL, _M_name_messages);
++      const char* __msg = gettext(__dfault.c_str());
++      setlocale(LC_ALL, __old);
++      free(__old);
++      return string(__msg);
++#else
++      const char* __msg = gettext(__dfault.c_str());
++      return string(__msg);
++#endif
++    }
++
++#ifdef _GLIBCXX_USE_WCHAR_T
++  template<>
++    wstring
++    messages<wchar_t>::do_get(catalog, int, int, const wstring& __dfault) const
++    {
++# ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_XLOCALE__
++      __c_locale __old = __uselocale(_M_c_locale_messages);
++      char* __msg = gettext(_M_convert_to_char(__dfault));
++      __uselocale(__old);
++      return _M_convert_from_char(__msg);
++# elif defined __UCLIBC_HAS_LOCALE__
++      char* __old = strdup(setlocale(LC_ALL, NULL));
++      setlocale(LC_ALL, _M_name_messages);
++      char* __msg = gettext(_M_convert_to_char(__dfault));
++      setlocale(LC_ALL, __old);
++      free(__old);
++      return _M_convert_from_char(__msg);
++# else
++      char* __msg = gettext(_M_convert_to_char(__dfault));
++      return _M_convert_from_char(__msg);
++# endif
++    }
++#endif
++}
+--- gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/messages_members.h
++++ gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/messages_members.h
+@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
++// std::messages implementation details, GNU version -*- C++ -*-
++
++// Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++//
++// This file is part of the GNU ISO C++ Library.  This library is free
++// software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the
++// terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
++// Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++// any later version.
++
++// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
++// GNU General Public License for more details.
++
++// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
++// with this library; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
++// Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++// USA.
++
++// As a special exception, you may use this file as part of a free software
++// library without restriction.  Specifically, if other files instantiate
++// templates or use macros or inline functions from this file, or you compile
++// this file and link it with other files to produce an executable, this
++// file does not by itself cause the resulting executable to be covered by
++// the GNU General Public License.  This exception does not however
++// invalidate any other reasons why the executable file might be covered by
++// the GNU General Public License.
++
++//
++// ISO C++ 14882: 22.2.7.1.2  messages functions
++//
++
++// Written by Benjamin Kosnik <bkoz@redhat.com>
++
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_MJN3_ONLY__
++#warning fix prototypes for *textdomain funcs
++#endif
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_GETTEXT_AWARENESS__
++extern "C" char *__textdomain(const char *domainname);
++extern "C" char *__bindtextdomain(const char *domainname,
++				  const char *dirname);
++#else
++#undef __textdomain
++#undef __bindtextdomain
++#define __textdomain(D)           ((void)0)
++#define __bindtextdomain(D,P)     ((void)0)
++#endif
++
++  // Non-virtual member functions.
++  template<typename _CharT>
++     messages<_CharT>::messages(size_t __refs)
++     : facet(__refs), _M_c_locale_messages(_S_get_c_locale()), 
++     _M_name_messages(_S_get_c_name())
++     { }
++
++  template<typename _CharT>
++     messages<_CharT>::messages(__c_locale __cloc, const char* __s, 
++				size_t __refs) 
++     : facet(__refs), _M_c_locale_messages(_S_clone_c_locale(__cloc)),
++     _M_name_messages(__s)
++     {
++       char* __tmp = new char[std::strlen(__s) + 1];
++       std::strcpy(__tmp, __s);
++       _M_name_messages = __tmp;
++     }
++
++  template<typename _CharT>
++    typename messages<_CharT>::catalog 
++    messages<_CharT>::open(const basic_string<char>& __s, const locale& __loc, 
++			   const char* __dir) const
++    { 
++      __bindtextdomain(__s.c_str(), __dir);
++      return this->do_open(__s, __loc); 
++    }
++
++  // Virtual member functions.
++  template<typename _CharT>
++    messages<_CharT>::~messages()
++    { 
++      if (_M_name_messages != _S_get_c_name())
++	delete [] _M_name_messages;
++      _S_destroy_c_locale(_M_c_locale_messages); 
++    }
++
++  template<typename _CharT>
++    typename messages<_CharT>::catalog 
++    messages<_CharT>::do_open(const basic_string<char>& __s, 
++			      const locale&) const
++    { 
++      // No error checking is done, assume the catalog exists and can
++      // be used.
++      __textdomain(__s.c_str());
++      return 0;
++    }
++
++  template<typename _CharT>
++    void    
++    messages<_CharT>::do_close(catalog) const 
++    { }
++
++   // messages_byname
++   template<typename _CharT>
++     messages_byname<_CharT>::messages_byname(const char* __s, size_t __refs)
++     : messages<_CharT>(__refs) 
++     { 
++       if (this->_M_name_messages != locale::facet::_S_get_c_name())
++	 delete [] this->_M_name_messages;
++       char* __tmp = new char[std::strlen(__s) + 1];
++       std::strcpy(__tmp, __s);
++       this->_M_name_messages = __tmp;
++
++       if (std::strcmp(__s, "C") != 0 && std::strcmp(__s, "POSIX") != 0)
++	 {
++	   this->_S_destroy_c_locale(this->_M_c_locale_messages);
++	   this->_S_create_c_locale(this->_M_c_locale_messages, __s); 
++	 }
++     }
+--- gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/monetary_members.cc
++++ gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/monetary_members.cc
+@@ -0,0 +1,692 @@
++// std::moneypunct implementation details, GNU version -*- C++ -*-
++
++// Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++//
++// This file is part of the GNU ISO C++ Library.  This library is free
++// software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the
++// terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
++// Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++// any later version.
++
++// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
++// GNU General Public License for more details.
++
++// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
++// with this library; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
++// Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++// USA.
++
++// As a special exception, you may use this file as part of a free software
++// library without restriction.  Specifically, if other files instantiate
++// templates or use macros or inline functions from this file, or you compile
++// this file and link it with other files to produce an executable, this
++// file does not by itself cause the resulting executable to be covered by
++// the GNU General Public License.  This exception does not however
++// invalidate any other reasons why the executable file might be covered by
++// the GNU General Public License.
++
++//
++// ISO C++ 14882: 22.2.6.3.2  moneypunct virtual functions
++//
++
++// Written by Benjamin Kosnik <bkoz@redhat.com>
++
++#define _LIBC
++#include <locale>
++#undef _LIBC
++#include <bits/c++locale_internal.h>
++
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_MJN3_ONLY__
++#warning optimize this for uclibc
++#warning tailor for stub locale support
++#endif
++
++#ifndef __UCLIBC_HAS_XLOCALE__
++#define __nl_langinfo_l(N, L)         nl_langinfo((N))
++#endif
++
++namespace std
++{
++  // Construct and return valid pattern consisting of some combination of:
++  // space none symbol sign value
++  money_base::pattern
++  money_base::_S_construct_pattern(char __precedes, char __space, char __posn)
++  { 
++    pattern __ret;
++
++    // This insanely complicated routine attempts to construct a valid
++    // pattern for use with monyepunct. A couple of invariants:
++
++    // if (__precedes) symbol -> value
++    // else value -> symbol
++    
++    // if (__space) space
++    // else none
++
++    // none == never first
++    // space never first or last
++
++    // Any elegant implementations of this are welcome.
++    switch (__posn)
++      {
++      case 0:
++      case 1:
++	// 1 The sign precedes the value and symbol.
++	__ret.field[0] = sign;
++	if (__space)
++	  {
++	    // Pattern starts with sign.
++	    if (__precedes)
++	      {
++		__ret.field[1] = symbol;
++		__ret.field[3] = value;
++	      }
++	    else
++	      {
++		__ret.field[1] = value;
++		__ret.field[3] = symbol;
++	      }
++	    __ret.field[2] = space;
++	  }
++	else
++	  {
++	    // Pattern starts with sign and ends with none.
++	    if (__precedes)
++	      {
++		__ret.field[1] = symbol;
++		__ret.field[2] = value;
++	      }
++	    else
++	      {
++		__ret.field[1] = value;
++		__ret.field[2] = symbol;
++	      }
++	    __ret.field[3] = none;
++	  }
++	break;
++      case 2:
++	// 2 The sign follows the value and symbol.
++	if (__space)
++	  {
++	    // Pattern either ends with sign.
++	    if (__precedes)
++	      {
++		__ret.field[0] = symbol;
++		__ret.field[2] = value;
++	      }
++	    else
++	      {
++		__ret.field[0] = value;
++		__ret.field[2] = symbol;
++	      }
++	    __ret.field[1] = space;
++	    __ret.field[3] = sign;
++	  }
++	else
++	  {
++	    // Pattern ends with sign then none.
++	    if (__precedes)
++	      {
++		__ret.field[0] = symbol;
++		__ret.field[1] = value;
++	      }
++	    else
++	      {
++		__ret.field[0] = value;
++		__ret.field[1] = symbol;
++	      }
++	    __ret.field[2] = sign;
++	    __ret.field[3] = none;
++	  }
++	break;
++      case 3:
++	// 3 The sign immediately precedes the symbol.
++	if (__precedes)
++	  {
++	    __ret.field[0] = sign;
++	    __ret.field[1] = symbol;	    
++	    if (__space)
++	      {
++		__ret.field[2] = space;
++		__ret.field[3] = value;
++	      }
++	    else
++	      {
++		__ret.field[2] = value;		
++		__ret.field[3] = none;
++	      }
++	  }
++	else
++	  {
++	    __ret.field[0] = value;
++	    if (__space)
++	      {
++		__ret.field[1] = space;
++		__ret.field[2] = sign;
++		__ret.field[3] = symbol;
++	      }
++	    else
++	      {
++		__ret.field[1] = sign;
++		__ret.field[2] = symbol;
++		__ret.field[3] = none;
++	      }
++	  }
++	break;
++      case 4:
++	// 4 The sign immediately follows the symbol.
++	if (__precedes)
++	  {
++	    __ret.field[0] = symbol;
++	    __ret.field[1] = sign;
++	    if (__space)
++	      {
++		__ret.field[2] = space;
++		__ret.field[3] = value;
++	      }
++	    else
++	      {
++		__ret.field[2] = value;
++		__ret.field[3] = none;
++	      }
++	  }
++	else
++	  {
++	    __ret.field[0] = value;
++	    if (__space)
++	      {
++		__ret.field[1] = space;
++		__ret.field[2] = symbol;
++		__ret.field[3] = sign;
++	      }
++	    else
++	      {
++		__ret.field[1] = symbol;
++		__ret.field[2] = sign;
++		__ret.field[3] = none;
++	      }
++	  }
++	break;
++      default:
++	;
++      }
++    return __ret;
++  }
++
++  template<> 
++    void
++    moneypunct<char, true>::_M_initialize_moneypunct(__c_locale __cloc, 
++						     const char*)
++    {
++      if (!_M_data)
++	_M_data = new __moneypunct_cache<char, true>;
++
++      if (!__cloc)
++	{
++	  // "C" locale
++	  _M_data->_M_decimal_point = '.';
++	  _M_data->_M_thousands_sep = ',';
++	  _M_data->_M_grouping = "";
++	  _M_data->_M_grouping_size = 0;
++	  _M_data->_M_curr_symbol = "";
++	  _M_data->_M_curr_symbol_size = 0;
++	  _M_data->_M_positive_sign = "";
++	  _M_data->_M_positive_sign_size = 0;
++	  _M_data->_M_negative_sign = "";
++	  _M_data->_M_negative_sign_size = 0;
++	  _M_data->_M_frac_digits = 0;
++	  _M_data->_M_pos_format = money_base::_S_default_pattern;
++	  _M_data->_M_neg_format = money_base::_S_default_pattern;
++
++	  for (size_t __i = 0; __i < money_base::_S_end; ++__i)
++	    _M_data->_M_atoms[__i] = money_base::_S_atoms[__i];
++	}
++      else
++	{
++	  // Named locale.
++	  _M_data->_M_decimal_point = *(__nl_langinfo_l(__MON_DECIMAL_POINT, 
++							__cloc));
++	  _M_data->_M_thousands_sep = *(__nl_langinfo_l(__MON_THOUSANDS_SEP, 
++							__cloc));
++	  _M_data->_M_grouping = __nl_langinfo_l(__MON_GROUPING, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_grouping_size = strlen(_M_data->_M_grouping);
++	  _M_data->_M_positive_sign = __nl_langinfo_l(__POSITIVE_SIGN, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_positive_sign_size = strlen(_M_data->_M_positive_sign);
++
++	  char __nposn = *(__nl_langinfo_l(__INT_N_SIGN_POSN, __cloc));
++	  if (!__nposn)
++	    _M_data->_M_negative_sign = "()";
++	  else
++	    _M_data->_M_negative_sign = __nl_langinfo_l(__NEGATIVE_SIGN, 
++							__cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_negative_sign_size = strlen(_M_data->_M_negative_sign);
++
++	  // _Intl == true
++	  _M_data->_M_curr_symbol = __nl_langinfo_l(__INT_CURR_SYMBOL, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_curr_symbol_size = strlen(_M_data->_M_curr_symbol);
++	  _M_data->_M_frac_digits = *(__nl_langinfo_l(__INT_FRAC_DIGITS, 
++						      __cloc));
++	  char __pprecedes = *(__nl_langinfo_l(__INT_P_CS_PRECEDES, __cloc));
++	  char __pspace = *(__nl_langinfo_l(__INT_P_SEP_BY_SPACE, __cloc));
++	  char __pposn = *(__nl_langinfo_l(__INT_P_SIGN_POSN, __cloc));
++	  _M_data->_M_pos_format = _S_construct_pattern(__pprecedes, __pspace, 
++							__pposn);
++	  char __nprecedes = *(__nl_langinfo_l(__INT_N_CS_PRECEDES, __cloc));
++	  char __nspace = *(__nl_langinfo_l(__INT_N_SEP_BY_SPACE, __cloc));
++	  _M_data->_M_neg_format = _S_construct_pattern(__nprecedes, __nspace, 
++							__nposn);
++	}
++    }
++
++  template<> 
++    void
++    moneypunct<char, false>::_M_initialize_moneypunct(__c_locale __cloc, 
++						      const char*)
++    {
++      if (!_M_data)
++	_M_data = new __moneypunct_cache<char, false>;
++
++      if (!__cloc)
++	{
++	  // "C" locale
++	  _M_data->_M_decimal_point = '.';
++	  _M_data->_M_thousands_sep = ',';
++	  _M_data->_M_grouping = "";
++	  _M_data->_M_grouping_size = 0;
++	  _M_data->_M_curr_symbol = "";
++	  _M_data->_M_curr_symbol_size = 0;
++	  _M_data->_M_positive_sign = "";
++	  _M_data->_M_positive_sign_size = 0;
++	  _M_data->_M_negative_sign = "";
++	  _M_data->_M_negative_sign_size = 0;
++	  _M_data->_M_frac_digits = 0;
++	  _M_data->_M_pos_format = money_base::_S_default_pattern;
++	  _M_data->_M_neg_format = money_base::_S_default_pattern;
++
++	  for (size_t __i = 0; __i < money_base::_S_end; ++__i)
++	    _M_data->_M_atoms[__i] = money_base::_S_atoms[__i];
++	}
++      else
++	{
++	  // Named locale.
++	  _M_data->_M_decimal_point = *(__nl_langinfo_l(__MON_DECIMAL_POINT, 
++							__cloc));
++	  _M_data->_M_thousands_sep = *(__nl_langinfo_l(__MON_THOUSANDS_SEP, 
++							__cloc));
++	  _M_data->_M_grouping = __nl_langinfo_l(__MON_GROUPING, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_grouping_size = strlen(_M_data->_M_grouping);
++	  _M_data->_M_positive_sign = __nl_langinfo_l(__POSITIVE_SIGN, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_positive_sign_size = strlen(_M_data->_M_positive_sign);
++
++	  char __nposn = *(__nl_langinfo_l(__N_SIGN_POSN, __cloc));
++	  if (!__nposn)
++	    _M_data->_M_negative_sign = "()";
++	  else
++	    _M_data->_M_negative_sign = __nl_langinfo_l(__NEGATIVE_SIGN,
++							__cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_negative_sign_size = strlen(_M_data->_M_negative_sign);
++
++	  // _Intl == false
++	  _M_data->_M_curr_symbol = __nl_langinfo_l(__CURRENCY_SYMBOL, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_curr_symbol_size = strlen(_M_data->_M_curr_symbol);
++	  _M_data->_M_frac_digits = *(__nl_langinfo_l(__FRAC_DIGITS, __cloc));
++	  char __pprecedes = *(__nl_langinfo_l(__P_CS_PRECEDES, __cloc));
++	  char __pspace = *(__nl_langinfo_l(__P_SEP_BY_SPACE, __cloc));
++	  char __pposn = *(__nl_langinfo_l(__P_SIGN_POSN, __cloc));
++	  _M_data->_M_pos_format = _S_construct_pattern(__pprecedes, __pspace, 
++							__pposn);
++	  char __nprecedes = *(__nl_langinfo_l(__N_CS_PRECEDES, __cloc));
++	  char __nspace = *(__nl_langinfo_l(__N_SEP_BY_SPACE, __cloc));
++	  _M_data->_M_neg_format = _S_construct_pattern(__nprecedes, __nspace, 
++							__nposn);
++	}
++    }
++
++  template<> 
++    moneypunct<char, true>::~moneypunct()
++    { delete _M_data; }
++
++  template<> 
++    moneypunct<char, false>::~moneypunct()
++    { delete _M_data; }
++
++#ifdef _GLIBCXX_USE_WCHAR_T
++  template<> 
++    void
++    moneypunct<wchar_t, true>::_M_initialize_moneypunct(__c_locale __cloc, 
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_XLOCALE__
++							const char*)
++#else
++							const char* __name)
++#endif
++    {
++      if (!_M_data)
++	_M_data = new __moneypunct_cache<wchar_t, true>;
++
++      if (!__cloc)
++	{
++	  // "C" locale
++	  _M_data->_M_decimal_point = L'.';
++	  _M_data->_M_thousands_sep = L',';
++	  _M_data->_M_grouping = "";
++	  _M_data->_M_grouping_size = 0;
++	  _M_data->_M_curr_symbol = L"";
++	  _M_data->_M_curr_symbol_size = 0;
++	  _M_data->_M_positive_sign = L"";
++	  _M_data->_M_positive_sign_size = 0;
++	  _M_data->_M_negative_sign = L"";
++	  _M_data->_M_negative_sign_size = 0;
++	  _M_data->_M_frac_digits = 0;
++	  _M_data->_M_pos_format = money_base::_S_default_pattern;
++	  _M_data->_M_neg_format = money_base::_S_default_pattern;
++
++	  // Use ctype::widen code without the facet...
++	  for (size_t __i = 0; __i < money_base::_S_end; ++__i)
++	    _M_data->_M_atoms[__i] =
++	      static_cast<wchar_t>(money_base::_S_atoms[__i]);
++	}
++      else
++	{
++	  // Named locale.
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_XLOCALE__
++	  __c_locale __old = __uselocale(__cloc);
++#else
++	  // Switch to named locale so that mbsrtowcs will work.
++	  char* __old = strdup(setlocale(LC_ALL, NULL));
++	  setlocale(LC_ALL, __name);
++#endif
++
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_MJN3_ONLY__
++#warning fix this... should be monetary
++#endif
++#ifdef __UCLIBC__
++# ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_XLOCALE__
++	  _M_data->_M_decimal_point = __cloc->decimal_point_wc;
++	  _M_data->_M_thousands_sep = __cloc->thousands_sep_wc;
++# else
++	  _M_data->_M_decimal_point = __global_locale->decimal_point_wc;
++	  _M_data->_M_thousands_sep = __global_locale->thousands_sep_wc;
++# endif
++#else
++	  union { char *__s; wchar_t __w; } __u;
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_MONETARY_DECIMAL_POINT_WC, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_decimal_point = __u.__w;
++
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_MONETARY_THOUSANDS_SEP_WC, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_thousands_sep = __u.__w;
++#endif
++	  _M_data->_M_grouping = __nl_langinfo_l(__MON_GROUPING, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_grouping_size = strlen(_M_data->_M_grouping);
++
++	  const char* __cpossign = __nl_langinfo_l(__POSITIVE_SIGN, __cloc);
++	  const char* __cnegsign = __nl_langinfo_l(__NEGATIVE_SIGN, __cloc);
++	  const char* __ccurr = __nl_langinfo_l(__INT_CURR_SYMBOL, __cloc);
++
++	  wchar_t* __wcs_ps = 0;
++	  wchar_t* __wcs_ns = 0;
++	  const char __nposn = *(__nl_langinfo_l(__INT_N_SIGN_POSN, __cloc));
++	  try
++	    {
++	      mbstate_t __state;
++	      size_t __len = strlen(__cpossign);
++	      if (__len)
++		{
++		  ++__len;
++		  memset(&__state, 0, sizeof(mbstate_t));
++		  __wcs_ps = new wchar_t[__len];
++		  mbsrtowcs(__wcs_ps, &__cpossign, __len, &__state);
++		  _M_data->_M_positive_sign = __wcs_ps;
++		}
++	      else
++		_M_data->_M_positive_sign = L"";
++	      _M_data->_M_positive_sign_size = wcslen(_M_data->_M_positive_sign);
++	      
++	      __len = strlen(__cnegsign);
++	      if (!__nposn)
++		_M_data->_M_negative_sign = L"()";
++	      else if (__len)
++		{ 
++		  ++__len;
++		  memset(&__state, 0, sizeof(mbstate_t));
++		  __wcs_ns = new wchar_t[__len];
++		  mbsrtowcs(__wcs_ns, &__cnegsign, __len, &__state);
++		  _M_data->_M_negative_sign = __wcs_ns;
++		}
++	      else
++		_M_data->_M_negative_sign = L"";
++	      _M_data->_M_negative_sign_size = wcslen(_M_data->_M_negative_sign);
++	      
++	      // _Intl == true.
++	      __len = strlen(__ccurr);
++	      if (__len)
++		{
++		  ++__len;
++		  memset(&__state, 0, sizeof(mbstate_t));
++		  wchar_t* __wcs = new wchar_t[__len];
++		  mbsrtowcs(__wcs, &__ccurr, __len, &__state);
++		  _M_data->_M_curr_symbol = __wcs;
++		}
++	      else
++		_M_data->_M_curr_symbol = L"";
++	      _M_data->_M_curr_symbol_size = wcslen(_M_data->_M_curr_symbol);
++	    }
++	  catch (...)
++	    {
++	      delete _M_data;
++	      _M_data = 0;
++	      delete __wcs_ps;
++	      delete __wcs_ns;	      
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_XLOCALE__
++	      __uselocale(__old);
++#else
++	      setlocale(LC_ALL, __old);
++	      free(__old);
++#endif
++	      __throw_exception_again;
++	    } 
++	  
++	  _M_data->_M_frac_digits = *(__nl_langinfo_l(__INT_FRAC_DIGITS, 
++						      __cloc));
++	  char __pprecedes = *(__nl_langinfo_l(__INT_P_CS_PRECEDES, __cloc));
++	  char __pspace = *(__nl_langinfo_l(__INT_P_SEP_BY_SPACE, __cloc));
++	  char __pposn = *(__nl_langinfo_l(__INT_P_SIGN_POSN, __cloc));
++	  _M_data->_M_pos_format = _S_construct_pattern(__pprecedes, __pspace, 
++							__pposn);
++	  char __nprecedes = *(__nl_langinfo_l(__INT_N_CS_PRECEDES, __cloc));
++	  char __nspace = *(__nl_langinfo_l(__INT_N_SEP_BY_SPACE, __cloc));
++	  _M_data->_M_neg_format = _S_construct_pattern(__nprecedes, __nspace, 
++							__nposn);
++
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_XLOCALE__
++	  __uselocale(__old);
++#else
++	  setlocale(LC_ALL, __old);
++	  free(__old);
++#endif
++	}
++    }
++
++  template<> 
++  void
++  moneypunct<wchar_t, false>::_M_initialize_moneypunct(__c_locale __cloc,
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_XLOCALE__
++						       const char*)
++#else
++                                                       const char* __name)
++#endif
++  {
++    if (!_M_data)
++      _M_data = new __moneypunct_cache<wchar_t, false>;
++
++    if (!__cloc)
++	{
++	  // "C" locale
++	  _M_data->_M_decimal_point = L'.';
++	  _M_data->_M_thousands_sep = L',';
++	  _M_data->_M_grouping = "";
++          _M_data->_M_grouping_size = 0;
++	  _M_data->_M_curr_symbol = L"";
++	  _M_data->_M_curr_symbol_size = 0;
++	  _M_data->_M_positive_sign = L"";
++	  _M_data->_M_positive_sign_size = 0;
++	  _M_data->_M_negative_sign = L"";
++	  _M_data->_M_negative_sign_size = 0;
++	  _M_data->_M_frac_digits = 0;
++	  _M_data->_M_pos_format = money_base::_S_default_pattern;
++	  _M_data->_M_neg_format = money_base::_S_default_pattern;
++
++	  // Use ctype::widen code without the facet...
++	  for (size_t __i = 0; __i < money_base::_S_end; ++__i)
++	    _M_data->_M_atoms[__i] =
++	      static_cast<wchar_t>(money_base::_S_atoms[__i]);
++	}
++      else
++	{
++	  // Named locale.
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_XLOCALE__
++	  __c_locale __old = __uselocale(__cloc);
++#else
++	  // Switch to named locale so that mbsrtowcs will work.
++	  char* __old = strdup(setlocale(LC_ALL, NULL));
++	  setlocale(LC_ALL, __name);
++#endif
++
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_MJN3_ONLY__
++#warning fix this... should be monetary
++#endif
++#ifdef __UCLIBC__
++# ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_XLOCALE__
++	  _M_data->_M_decimal_point = __cloc->decimal_point_wc;
++	  _M_data->_M_thousands_sep = __cloc->thousands_sep_wc;
++# else
++	  _M_data->_M_decimal_point = __global_locale->decimal_point_wc;
++	  _M_data->_M_thousands_sep = __global_locale->thousands_sep_wc;
++# endif
++#else
++          union { char *__s; wchar_t __w; } __u;
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_MONETARY_DECIMAL_POINT_WC, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_decimal_point = __u.__w;
++
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_MONETARY_THOUSANDS_SEP_WC, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_thousands_sep = __u.__w;
++#endif
++	  _M_data->_M_grouping = __nl_langinfo_l(__MON_GROUPING, __cloc);
++          _M_data->_M_grouping_size = strlen(_M_data->_M_grouping);
++
++	  const char* __cpossign = __nl_langinfo_l(__POSITIVE_SIGN, __cloc);
++	  const char* __cnegsign = __nl_langinfo_l(__NEGATIVE_SIGN, __cloc);
++	  const char* __ccurr = __nl_langinfo_l(__CURRENCY_SYMBOL, __cloc);
++
++	  wchar_t* __wcs_ps = 0;
++	  wchar_t* __wcs_ns = 0;
++	  const char __nposn = *(__nl_langinfo_l(__N_SIGN_POSN, __cloc));
++	  try
++            {
++              mbstate_t __state;
++              size_t __len;
++              __len = strlen(__cpossign);
++              if (__len)
++                {
++		  ++__len;
++		  memset(&__state, 0, sizeof(mbstate_t));
++		  __wcs_ps = new wchar_t[__len];
++		  mbsrtowcs(__wcs_ps, &__cpossign, __len, &__state);
++		  _M_data->_M_positive_sign = __wcs_ps;
++		}
++	      else
++		_M_data->_M_positive_sign = L"";
++              _M_data->_M_positive_sign_size = wcslen(_M_data->_M_positive_sign);
++	      
++	      __len = strlen(__cnegsign);
++	      if (!__nposn)
++		_M_data->_M_negative_sign = L"()";
++	      else if (__len)
++		{ 
++		  ++__len;
++		  memset(&__state, 0, sizeof(mbstate_t));
++		  __wcs_ns = new wchar_t[__len];
++		  mbsrtowcs(__wcs_ns, &__cnegsign, __len, &__state);
++		  _M_data->_M_negative_sign = __wcs_ns;
++		}
++	      else
++		_M_data->_M_negative_sign = L"";
++              _M_data->_M_negative_sign_size = wcslen(_M_data->_M_negative_sign);
++
++	      // _Intl == true.
++	      __len = strlen(__ccurr);
++	      if (__len)
++		{
++		  ++__len;
++		  memset(&__state, 0, sizeof(mbstate_t));
++		  wchar_t* __wcs = new wchar_t[__len];
++		  mbsrtowcs(__wcs, &__ccurr, __len, &__state);
++		  _M_data->_M_curr_symbol = __wcs;
++		}
++	      else
++		_M_data->_M_curr_symbol = L"";
++              _M_data->_M_curr_symbol_size = wcslen(_M_data->_M_curr_symbol);
++	    }
++          catch (...)
++	    {
++	      delete _M_data;
++              _M_data = 0;
++	      delete __wcs_ps;
++	      delete __wcs_ns;	      
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_XLOCALE__
++	      __uselocale(__old);
++#else
++	      setlocale(LC_ALL, __old);
++	      free(__old);
++#endif
++              __throw_exception_again;
++	    }
++
++	  _M_data->_M_frac_digits = *(__nl_langinfo_l(__FRAC_DIGITS, __cloc));
++	  char __pprecedes = *(__nl_langinfo_l(__P_CS_PRECEDES, __cloc));
++	  char __pspace = *(__nl_langinfo_l(__P_SEP_BY_SPACE, __cloc));
++	  char __pposn = *(__nl_langinfo_l(__P_SIGN_POSN, __cloc));
++	  _M_data->_M_pos_format = _S_construct_pattern(__pprecedes, __pspace, 
++	                                                __pposn);
++	  char __nprecedes = *(__nl_langinfo_l(__N_CS_PRECEDES, __cloc));
++	  char __nspace = *(__nl_langinfo_l(__N_SEP_BY_SPACE, __cloc));
++	  _M_data->_M_neg_format = _S_construct_pattern(__nprecedes, __nspace, 
++	                                                __nposn);
++
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_XLOCALE__
++	  __uselocale(__old);
++#else
++	  setlocale(LC_ALL, __old);
++	  free(__old);
++#endif
++	}
++    }
++
++  template<> 
++    moneypunct<wchar_t, true>::~moneypunct()
++    {
++      if (_M_data->_M_positive_sign_size)
++	delete [] _M_data->_M_positive_sign;
++      if (_M_data->_M_negative_sign_size
++          && wcscmp(_M_data->_M_negative_sign, L"()") != 0)
++	delete [] _M_data->_M_negative_sign;
++      if (_M_data->_M_curr_symbol_size)
++	delete [] _M_data->_M_curr_symbol;
++      delete _M_data;
++    }
++
++  template<> 
++    moneypunct<wchar_t, false>::~moneypunct()
++    {
++      if (_M_data->_M_positive_sign_size)
++	delete [] _M_data->_M_positive_sign;
++      if (_M_data->_M_negative_sign_size
++          && wcscmp(_M_data->_M_negative_sign, L"()") != 0)
++	delete [] _M_data->_M_negative_sign;
++      if (_M_data->_M_curr_symbol_size)
++	delete [] _M_data->_M_curr_symbol;
++      delete _M_data;
++    }
++#endif
++}
+--- gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/numeric_members.cc
++++ gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/numeric_members.cc
+@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
++// std::numpunct implementation details, GNU version -*- C++ -*-
++
++// Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++//
++// This file is part of the GNU ISO C++ Library.  This library is free
++// software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the
++// terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
++// Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++// any later version.
++
++// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
++// GNU General Public License for more details.
++
++// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
++// with this library; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
++// Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++// USA.
++
++// As a special exception, you may use this file as part of a free software
++// library without restriction.  Specifically, if other files instantiate
++// templates or use macros or inline functions from this file, or you compile
++// this file and link it with other files to produce an executable, this
++// file does not by itself cause the resulting executable to be covered by
++// the GNU General Public License.  This exception does not however
++// invalidate any other reasons why the executable file might be covered by
++// the GNU General Public License.
++
++//
++// ISO C++ 14882: 22.2.3.1.2  numpunct virtual functions
++//
++
++// Written by Benjamin Kosnik <bkoz@redhat.com>
++
++#define _LIBC
++#include <locale>
++#undef _LIBC
++#include <bits/c++locale_internal.h>
++
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_MJN3_ONLY__
++#warning tailor for stub locale support
++#endif
++#ifndef __UCLIBC_HAS_XLOCALE__
++#define __nl_langinfo_l(N, L)         nl_langinfo((N))
++#endif
++
++namespace std
++{
++  template<> 
++    void
++    numpunct<char>::_M_initialize_numpunct(__c_locale __cloc)
++    {
++      if (!_M_data)
++	_M_data = new __numpunct_cache<char>;
++
++      if (!__cloc)
++	{
++	  // "C" locale
++	  _M_data->_M_grouping = "";
++	  _M_data->_M_grouping_size = 0;
++	  _M_data->_M_use_grouping = false;
++
++	  _M_data->_M_decimal_point = '.';
++	  _M_data->_M_thousands_sep = ',';
++
++	  for (size_t __i = 0; __i < __num_base::_S_oend; ++__i)
++	    _M_data->_M_atoms_out[__i] = __num_base::_S_atoms_out[__i];
++
++	  for (size_t __j = 0; __j < __num_base::_S_iend; ++__j)
++	    _M_data->_M_atoms_in[__j] = __num_base::_S_atoms_in[__j];
++	}
++      else
++	{
++	  // Named locale.
++	  _M_data->_M_decimal_point = *(__nl_langinfo_l(DECIMAL_POINT, 
++							__cloc));
++	  _M_data->_M_thousands_sep = *(__nl_langinfo_l(THOUSANDS_SEP, 
++							__cloc));
++
++	  // Check for NULL, which implies no grouping.
++	  if (_M_data->_M_thousands_sep == '\0')
++	    _M_data->_M_grouping = "";
++	  else
++	    _M_data->_M_grouping = __nl_langinfo_l(GROUPING, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_grouping_size = strlen(_M_data->_M_grouping);
++	}
++
++      // NB: There is no way to extact this info from posix locales.
++      // _M_truename = __nl_langinfo_l(YESSTR, __cloc);
++      _M_data->_M_truename = "true";
++      _M_data->_M_truename_size = 4;
++      // _M_falsename = __nl_langinfo_l(NOSTR, __cloc);
++      _M_data->_M_falsename = "false";
++      _M_data->_M_falsename_size = 5;
++    }
++ 
++  template<> 
++    numpunct<char>::~numpunct()
++    { delete _M_data; }
++   
++#ifdef _GLIBCXX_USE_WCHAR_T
++  template<> 
++    void
++    numpunct<wchar_t>::_M_initialize_numpunct(__c_locale __cloc)
++    {
++      if (!_M_data)
++	_M_data = new __numpunct_cache<wchar_t>;
++
++      if (!__cloc)
++	{
++	  // "C" locale
++	  _M_data->_M_grouping = "";
++	  _M_data->_M_grouping_size = 0;
++	  _M_data->_M_use_grouping = false;
++
++	  _M_data->_M_decimal_point = L'.';
++	  _M_data->_M_thousands_sep = L',';
++
++	  // Use ctype::widen code without the facet...
++	  for (size_t __i = 0; __i < __num_base::_S_oend; ++__i)
++	    _M_data->_M_atoms_out[__i] =
++	      static_cast<wchar_t>(__num_base::_S_atoms_out[__i]);
++
++	  for (size_t __j = 0; __j < __num_base::_S_iend; ++__j)
++	    _M_data->_M_atoms_in[__j] =
++	      static_cast<wchar_t>(__num_base::_S_atoms_in[__j]);
++	}
++      else
++	{
++	  // Named locale.
++	  // NB: In the GNU model wchar_t is always 32 bit wide.
++	  union { char *__s; wchar_t __w; } __u;
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_NUMERIC_DECIMAL_POINT_WC, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_decimal_point = __u.__w;
++
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_NUMERIC_THOUSANDS_SEP_WC, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_thousands_sep = __u.__w;
++
++	  if (_M_data->_M_thousands_sep == L'\0')
++	    _M_data->_M_grouping = "";
++	  else
++	    _M_data->_M_grouping = __nl_langinfo_l(GROUPING, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_grouping_size = strlen(_M_data->_M_grouping);
++	}
++
++      // NB: There is no way to extact this info from posix locales.
++      // _M_truename = __nl_langinfo_l(YESSTR, __cloc);
++      _M_data->_M_truename = L"true";
++      _M_data->_M_truename_size = 4;
++      // _M_falsename = __nl_langinfo_l(NOSTR, __cloc);
++      _M_data->_M_falsename = L"false";
++      _M_data->_M_falsename_size = 5;
++    }
++
++  template<> 
++    numpunct<wchar_t>::~numpunct()
++    { delete _M_data; }
++ #endif
++}
+--- gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/time_members.cc
++++ gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/time_members.cc
+@@ -0,0 +1,406 @@
++// std::time_get, std::time_put implementation, GNU version -*- C++ -*-
++
++// Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++//
++// This file is part of the GNU ISO C++ Library.  This library is free
++// software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the
++// terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
++// Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++// any later version.
++
++// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
++// GNU General Public License for more details.
++
++// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
++// with this library; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
++// Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++// USA.
++
++// As a special exception, you may use this file as part of a free software
++// library without restriction.  Specifically, if other files instantiate
++// templates or use macros or inline functions from this file, or you compile
++// this file and link it with other files to produce an executable, this
++// file does not by itself cause the resulting executable to be covered by
++// the GNU General Public License.  This exception does not however
++// invalidate any other reasons why the executable file might be covered by
++// the GNU General Public License.
++
++//
++// ISO C++ 14882: 22.2.5.1.2 - time_get virtual functions
++// ISO C++ 14882: 22.2.5.3.2 - time_put virtual functions
++//
++
++// Written by Benjamin Kosnik <bkoz@redhat.com>
++
++#include <locale>
++#include <bits/c++locale_internal.h>
++
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_MJN3_ONLY__
++#warning tailor for stub locale support
++#endif
++#ifndef __UCLIBC_HAS_XLOCALE__
++#define __nl_langinfo_l(N, L)         nl_langinfo((N))
++#endif
++
++namespace std
++{
++  template<>
++    void
++    __timepunct<char>::
++    _M_put(char* __s, size_t __maxlen, const char* __format, 
++	   const tm* __tm) const
++    {
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_XLOCALE__
++      const size_t __len = __strftime_l(__s, __maxlen, __format, __tm,
++					_M_c_locale_timepunct);
++#else
++      char* __old = strdup(setlocale(LC_ALL, NULL));
++      setlocale(LC_ALL, _M_name_timepunct);
++      const size_t __len = strftime(__s, __maxlen, __format, __tm);
++      setlocale(LC_ALL, __old);
++      free(__old);
++#endif
++      // Make sure __s is null terminated.
++      if (__len == 0)
++	__s[0] = '\0';
++    }
++
++  template<> 
++    void
++    __timepunct<char>::_M_initialize_timepunct(__c_locale __cloc)
++    {
++      if (!_M_data)
++	_M_data = new __timepunct_cache<char>;
++
++      if (!__cloc)
++	{
++	  // "C" locale
++	  _M_c_locale_timepunct = _S_get_c_locale();
++
++	  _M_data->_M_date_format = "%m/%d/%y";
++	  _M_data->_M_date_era_format = "%m/%d/%y";
++	  _M_data->_M_time_format = "%H:%M:%S";
++	  _M_data->_M_time_era_format = "%H:%M:%S";
++	  _M_data->_M_date_time_format = "";
++	  _M_data->_M_date_time_era_format = "";
++	  _M_data->_M_am = "AM";
++	  _M_data->_M_pm = "PM";
++	  _M_data->_M_am_pm_format = "";
++
++	  // Day names, starting with "C"'s Sunday.
++	  _M_data->_M_day1 = "Sunday";
++	  _M_data->_M_day2 = "Monday";
++	  _M_data->_M_day3 = "Tuesday";
++	  _M_data->_M_day4 = "Wednesday";
++	  _M_data->_M_day5 = "Thursday";
++	  _M_data->_M_day6 = "Friday";
++	  _M_data->_M_day7 = "Saturday";
++
++	  // Abbreviated day names, starting with "C"'s Sun.
++	  _M_data->_M_aday1 = "Sun";
++	  _M_data->_M_aday2 = "Mon";
++	  _M_data->_M_aday3 = "Tue";
++	  _M_data->_M_aday4 = "Wed";
++	  _M_data->_M_aday5 = "Thu";
++	  _M_data->_M_aday6 = "Fri";
++	  _M_data->_M_aday7 = "Sat";
++
++	  // Month names, starting with "C"'s January.
++	  _M_data->_M_month01 = "January";
++	  _M_data->_M_month02 = "February";
++	  _M_data->_M_month03 = "March";
++	  _M_data->_M_month04 = "April";
++	  _M_data->_M_month05 = "May";
++	  _M_data->_M_month06 = "June";
++	  _M_data->_M_month07 = "July";
++	  _M_data->_M_month08 = "August";
++	  _M_data->_M_month09 = "September";
++	  _M_data->_M_month10 = "October";
++	  _M_data->_M_month11 = "November";
++	  _M_data->_M_month12 = "December";
++
++	  // Abbreviated month names, starting with "C"'s Jan.
++	  _M_data->_M_amonth01 = "Jan";
++	  _M_data->_M_amonth02 = "Feb";
++	  _M_data->_M_amonth03 = "Mar";
++	  _M_data->_M_amonth04 = "Apr";
++	  _M_data->_M_amonth05 = "May";
++	  _M_data->_M_amonth06 = "Jun";
++	  _M_data->_M_amonth07 = "Jul";
++	  _M_data->_M_amonth08 = "Aug";
++	  _M_data->_M_amonth09 = "Sep";
++	  _M_data->_M_amonth10 = "Oct";
++	  _M_data->_M_amonth11 = "Nov";
++	  _M_data->_M_amonth12 = "Dec";
++	}
++      else
++	{
++	  _M_c_locale_timepunct = _S_clone_c_locale(__cloc); 
++
++	  _M_data->_M_date_format = __nl_langinfo_l(D_FMT, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_date_era_format = __nl_langinfo_l(ERA_D_FMT, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_time_format = __nl_langinfo_l(T_FMT, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_time_era_format = __nl_langinfo_l(ERA_T_FMT, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_date_time_format = __nl_langinfo_l(D_T_FMT, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_date_time_era_format = __nl_langinfo_l(ERA_D_T_FMT,
++							     __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_am = __nl_langinfo_l(AM_STR, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_pm = __nl_langinfo_l(PM_STR, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_am_pm_format = __nl_langinfo_l(T_FMT_AMPM, __cloc);
++
++	  // Day names, starting with "C"'s Sunday.
++	  _M_data->_M_day1 = __nl_langinfo_l(DAY_1, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_day2 = __nl_langinfo_l(DAY_2, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_day3 = __nl_langinfo_l(DAY_3, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_day4 = __nl_langinfo_l(DAY_4, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_day5 = __nl_langinfo_l(DAY_5, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_day6 = __nl_langinfo_l(DAY_6, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_day7 = __nl_langinfo_l(DAY_7, __cloc);
++
++	  // Abbreviated day names, starting with "C"'s Sun.
++	  _M_data->_M_aday1 = __nl_langinfo_l(ABDAY_1, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_aday2 = __nl_langinfo_l(ABDAY_2, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_aday3 = __nl_langinfo_l(ABDAY_3, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_aday4 = __nl_langinfo_l(ABDAY_4, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_aday5 = __nl_langinfo_l(ABDAY_5, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_aday6 = __nl_langinfo_l(ABDAY_6, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_aday7 = __nl_langinfo_l(ABDAY_7, __cloc);
++
++	  // Month names, starting with "C"'s January.
++	  _M_data->_M_month01 = __nl_langinfo_l(MON_1, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_month02 = __nl_langinfo_l(MON_2, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_month03 = __nl_langinfo_l(MON_3, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_month04 = __nl_langinfo_l(MON_4, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_month05 = __nl_langinfo_l(MON_5, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_month06 = __nl_langinfo_l(MON_6, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_month07 = __nl_langinfo_l(MON_7, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_month08 = __nl_langinfo_l(MON_8, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_month09 = __nl_langinfo_l(MON_9, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_month10 = __nl_langinfo_l(MON_10, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_month11 = __nl_langinfo_l(MON_11, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_month12 = __nl_langinfo_l(MON_12, __cloc);
++
++	  // Abbreviated month names, starting with "C"'s Jan.
++	  _M_data->_M_amonth01 = __nl_langinfo_l(ABMON_1, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_amonth02 = __nl_langinfo_l(ABMON_2, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_amonth03 = __nl_langinfo_l(ABMON_3, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_amonth04 = __nl_langinfo_l(ABMON_4, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_amonth05 = __nl_langinfo_l(ABMON_5, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_amonth06 = __nl_langinfo_l(ABMON_6, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_amonth07 = __nl_langinfo_l(ABMON_7, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_amonth08 = __nl_langinfo_l(ABMON_8, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_amonth09 = __nl_langinfo_l(ABMON_9, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_amonth10 = __nl_langinfo_l(ABMON_10, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_amonth11 = __nl_langinfo_l(ABMON_11, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_amonth12 = __nl_langinfo_l(ABMON_12, __cloc);
++	}
++    }
++
++#ifdef _GLIBCXX_USE_WCHAR_T
++  template<>
++    void
++    __timepunct<wchar_t>::
++    _M_put(wchar_t* __s, size_t __maxlen, const wchar_t* __format, 
++	   const tm* __tm) const
++    {
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_XLOCALE__
++      __wcsftime_l(__s, __maxlen, __format, __tm, _M_c_locale_timepunct);
++      const size_t __len = __wcsftime_l(__s, __maxlen, __format, __tm,
++					_M_c_locale_timepunct);
++#else
++      char* __old = strdup(setlocale(LC_ALL, NULL));
++      setlocale(LC_ALL, _M_name_timepunct);
++      const size_t __len = wcsftime(__s, __maxlen, __format, __tm);
++      setlocale(LC_ALL, __old);
++      free(__old);
++#endif
++      // Make sure __s is null terminated.
++      if (__len == 0)
++	__s[0] = L'\0';
++    }
++
++  template<> 
++    void
++    __timepunct<wchar_t>::_M_initialize_timepunct(__c_locale __cloc)
++    {
++      if (!_M_data)
++	_M_data = new __timepunct_cache<wchar_t>;
++
++#warning wide time stuff
++//       if (!__cloc)
++	{
++	  // "C" locale
++	  _M_c_locale_timepunct = _S_get_c_locale();
++
++	  _M_data->_M_date_format = L"%m/%d/%y";
++	  _M_data->_M_date_era_format = L"%m/%d/%y";
++	  _M_data->_M_time_format = L"%H:%M:%S";
++	  _M_data->_M_time_era_format = L"%H:%M:%S";
++	  _M_data->_M_date_time_format = L"";
++	  _M_data->_M_date_time_era_format = L"";
++	  _M_data->_M_am = L"AM";
++	  _M_data->_M_pm = L"PM";
++	  _M_data->_M_am_pm_format = L"";
++
++	  // Day names, starting with "C"'s Sunday.
++	  _M_data->_M_day1 = L"Sunday";
++	  _M_data->_M_day2 = L"Monday";
++	  _M_data->_M_day3 = L"Tuesday";
++	  _M_data->_M_day4 = L"Wednesday";
++	  _M_data->_M_day5 = L"Thursday";
++	  _M_data->_M_day6 = L"Friday";
++	  _M_data->_M_day7 = L"Saturday";
++
++	  // Abbreviated day names, starting with "C"'s Sun.
++	  _M_data->_M_aday1 = L"Sun";
++	  _M_data->_M_aday2 = L"Mon";
++	  _M_data->_M_aday3 = L"Tue";
++	  _M_data->_M_aday4 = L"Wed";
++	  _M_data->_M_aday5 = L"Thu";
++	  _M_data->_M_aday6 = L"Fri";
++	  _M_data->_M_aday7 = L"Sat";
++
++	  // Month names, starting with "C"'s January.
++	  _M_data->_M_month01 = L"January";
++	  _M_data->_M_month02 = L"February";
++	  _M_data->_M_month03 = L"March";
++	  _M_data->_M_month04 = L"April";
++	  _M_data->_M_month05 = L"May";
++	  _M_data->_M_month06 = L"June";
++	  _M_data->_M_month07 = L"July";
++	  _M_data->_M_month08 = L"August";
++	  _M_data->_M_month09 = L"September";
++	  _M_data->_M_month10 = L"October";
++	  _M_data->_M_month11 = L"November";
++	  _M_data->_M_month12 = L"December";
++
++	  // Abbreviated month names, starting with "C"'s Jan.
++	  _M_data->_M_amonth01 = L"Jan";
++	  _M_data->_M_amonth02 = L"Feb";
++	  _M_data->_M_amonth03 = L"Mar";
++	  _M_data->_M_amonth04 = L"Apr";
++	  _M_data->_M_amonth05 = L"May";
++	  _M_data->_M_amonth06 = L"Jun";
++	  _M_data->_M_amonth07 = L"Jul";
++	  _M_data->_M_amonth08 = L"Aug";
++	  _M_data->_M_amonth09 = L"Sep";
++	  _M_data->_M_amonth10 = L"Oct";
++	  _M_data->_M_amonth11 = L"Nov";
++	  _M_data->_M_amonth12 = L"Dec";
++	}
++#if 0
++      else
++	{
++	  _M_c_locale_timepunct = _S_clone_c_locale(__cloc); 
++
++	  union { char *__s; wchar_t *__w; } __u;
++
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_WD_FMT, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_date_format = __u.__w;
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_WERA_D_FMT, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_date_era_format = __u.__w;
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_WT_FMT, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_time_format = __u.__w;
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_WERA_T_FMT, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_time_era_format = __u.__w;
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_WD_T_FMT, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_date_time_format = __u.__w;
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_WERA_D_T_FMT, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_date_time_era_format = __u.__w;
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_WAM_STR, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_am = __u.__w;
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_WPM_STR, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_pm = __u.__w;
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_WT_FMT_AMPM, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_am_pm_format = __u.__w;
++
++	  // Day names, starting with "C"'s Sunday.
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_WDAY_1, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_day1 = __u.__w;
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_WDAY_2, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_day2 = __u.__w;
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_WDAY_3, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_day3 = __u.__w;
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_WDAY_4, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_day4 = __u.__w;
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_WDAY_5, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_day5 = __u.__w;
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_WDAY_6, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_day6 = __u.__w;
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_WDAY_7, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_day7 = __u.__w;
++
++	  // Abbreviated day names, starting with "C"'s Sun.
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_WABDAY_1, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_aday1 = __u.__w;
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_WABDAY_2, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_aday2 = __u.__w;
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_WABDAY_3, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_aday3 = __u.__w;
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_WABDAY_4, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_aday4 = __u.__w;
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_WABDAY_5, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_aday5 = __u.__w;
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_WABDAY_6, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_aday6 = __u.__w;
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_WABDAY_7, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_aday7 = __u.__w;
++
++	  // Month names, starting with "C"'s January.
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_WMON_1, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_month01 = __u.__w;
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_WMON_2, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_month02 = __u.__w;
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_WMON_3, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_month03 = __u.__w;
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_WMON_4, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_month04 = __u.__w;
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_WMON_5, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_month05 = __u.__w;
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_WMON_6, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_month06 = __u.__w;
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_WMON_7, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_month07 = __u.__w;
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_WMON_8, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_month08 = __u.__w;
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_WMON_9, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_month09 = __u.__w;
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_WMON_10, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_month10 = __u.__w;
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_WMON_11, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_month11 = __u.__w;
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_WMON_12, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_month12 = __u.__w;
++
++	  // Abbreviated month names, starting with "C"'s Jan.
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_WABMON_1, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_amonth01 = __u.__w;
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_WABMON_2, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_amonth02 = __u.__w;
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_WABMON_3, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_amonth03 = __u.__w;
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_WABMON_4, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_amonth04 = __u.__w;
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_WABMON_5, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_amonth05 = __u.__w;
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_WABMON_6, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_amonth06 = __u.__w;
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_WABMON_7, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_amonth07 = __u.__w;
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_WABMON_8, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_amonth08 = __u.__w;
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_WABMON_9, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_amonth09 = __u.__w;
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_WABMON_10, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_amonth10 = __u.__w;
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_WABMON_11, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_amonth11 = __u.__w;
++	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_WABMON_12, __cloc);
++	  _M_data->_M_amonth12 = __u.__w;
++	}
++#endif // 0
++    }
++#endif
++}
+--- gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/time_members.h
++++ gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/time_members.h
+@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
++// std::time_get, std::time_put implementation, GNU version -*- C++ -*-
++
++// Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++//
++// This file is part of the GNU ISO C++ Library.  This library is free
++// software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the
++// terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
++// Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++// any later version.
++
++// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
++// GNU General Public License for more details.
++
++// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
++// with this library; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
++// Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++// USA.
++
++// As a special exception, you may use this file as part of a free software
++// library without restriction.  Specifically, if other files instantiate
++// templates or use macros or inline functions from this file, or you compile
++// this file and link it with other files to produce an executable, this
++// file does not by itself cause the resulting executable to be covered by
++// the GNU General Public License.  This exception does not however
++// invalidate any other reasons why the executable file might be covered by
++// the GNU General Public License.
++
++//
++// ISO C++ 14882: 22.2.5.1.2 - time_get functions
++// ISO C++ 14882: 22.2.5.3.2 - time_put functions
++//
++
++// Written by Benjamin Kosnik <bkoz@redhat.com>
++
++  template<typename _CharT>
++    __timepunct<_CharT>::__timepunct(size_t __refs) 
++    : facet(__refs), _M_data(NULL), _M_c_locale_timepunct(NULL), 
++    _M_name_timepunct(_S_get_c_name())
++    { _M_initialize_timepunct(); }
++
++  template<typename _CharT>
++    __timepunct<_CharT>::__timepunct(__cache_type* __cache, size_t __refs) 
++    : facet(__refs), _M_data(__cache), _M_c_locale_timepunct(NULL), 
++    _M_name_timepunct(_S_get_c_name())
++    { _M_initialize_timepunct(); }
++
++  template<typename _CharT>
++    __timepunct<_CharT>::__timepunct(__c_locale __cloc, const char* __s,
++				     size_t __refs) 
++    : facet(__refs), _M_data(NULL), _M_c_locale_timepunct(NULL), 
++    _M_name_timepunct(__s)
++    { 
++      char* __tmp = new char[std::strlen(__s) + 1];
++      std::strcpy(__tmp, __s);
++      _M_name_timepunct = __tmp;
++      _M_initialize_timepunct(__cloc); 
++    }
++
++  template<typename _CharT>
++    __timepunct<_CharT>::~__timepunct()
++    { 
++      if (_M_name_timepunct != _S_get_c_name())
++	delete [] _M_name_timepunct;
++      delete _M_data; 
++      _S_destroy_c_locale(_M_c_locale_timepunct); 
++    }
+--- gcc/libstdc++-v3/configure
++++ gcc/libstdc++-v3/configure
+@@ -5764,7 +5764,7 @@
+   enableval="$enable_clocale"
+ 
+       case "$enableval" in
+-       generic|gnu|ieee_1003.1-2001|yes|no|auto) ;;
++       generic|gnu|ieee_1003.1-2001|uclibc|yes|no|auto) ;;
+        *) { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: Unknown argument to enable/disable clocale" >&5
+ echo "$as_me: error: Unknown argument to enable/disable clocale" >&2;}
+    { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;;
+@@ -5789,6 +5789,9 @@
+   # Default to "generic".
+   if test $enable_clocale_flag = auto; then
+     case ${target_os} in
++      linux-uclibc*)
++        enable_clocale_flag=uclibc
++	;;
+       linux* | gnu* | kfreebsd*-gnu | knetbsd*-gnu)
+         cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+ /* confdefs.h.  */
+@@ -6019,6 +6022,76 @@
+       CTIME_CC=config/locale/generic/time_members.cc
+       CLOCALE_INTERNAL_H=config/locale/generic/c++locale_internal.h
+       ;;
++    uclibc)
++      echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: uclibc" >&5
++echo "${ECHO_T}uclibc" >&6
++
++      # Declare intention to use gettext, and add support for specific
++      # languages.
++      # For some reason, ALL_LINGUAS has to be before AM-GNU-GETTEXT
++      ALL_LINGUAS="de fr"
++
++      # Don't call AM-GNU-GETTEXT here. Instead, assume glibc.
++      # Extract the first word of "msgfmt", so it can be a program name with args.
++set dummy msgfmt; ac_word=$2
++echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
++echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
++if test "${ac_cv_prog_check_msgfmt+set}" = set; then
++  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
++else
++  if test -n "$check_msgfmt"; then
++  ac_cv_prog_check_msgfmt="$check_msgfmt" # Let the user override the test.
++else
++as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
++for as_dir in $PATH
++do
++  IFS=$as_save_IFS
++  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
++  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
++  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
++    ac_cv_prog_check_msgfmt="yes"
++    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
++    break 2
++  fi
++done
++done
++
++  test -z "$ac_cv_prog_check_msgfmt" && ac_cv_prog_check_msgfmt="no"
++fi
++fi
++check_msgfmt=$ac_cv_prog_check_msgfmt
++if test -n "$check_msgfmt"; then
++  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $check_msgfmt" >&5
++echo "${ECHO_T}$check_msgfmt" >&6
++else
++  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
++echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
++fi
++
++      if test x"$check_msgfmt" = x"yes" && test x"$enable_nls" = x"yes"; then
++        USE_NLS=yes
++      fi
++      # Export the build objects.
++      for ling in $ALL_LINGUAS; do \
++        glibcxx_MOFILES="$glibcxx_MOFILES $ling.mo"; \
++        glibcxx_POFILES="$glibcxx_POFILES $ling.po"; \
++      done
++
++
++
++      CLOCALE_H=config/locale/uclibc/c_locale.h
++      CLOCALE_CC=config/locale/uclibc/c_locale.cc
++      CCODECVT_CC=config/locale/uclibc/codecvt_members.cc
++      CCOLLATE_CC=config/locale/uclibc/collate_members.cc
++      CCTYPE_CC=config/locale/uclibc/ctype_members.cc
++      CMESSAGES_H=config/locale/uclibc/messages_members.h
++      CMESSAGES_CC=config/locale/uclibc/messages_members.cc
++      CMONEY_CC=config/locale/uclibc/monetary_members.cc
++      CNUMERIC_CC=config/locale/uclibc/numeric_members.cc
++      CTIME_H=config/locale/uclibc/time_members.h
++      CTIME_CC=config/locale/uclibc/time_members.cc
++      CLOCALE_INTERNAL_H=config/locale/uclibc/c++locale_internal.h
++      ;;
+   esac
+ 
+   # This is where the testsuite looks for locale catalogs, using the
+--- gcc/libstdc++-v3/include/c_compatibility/wchar.h
++++ gcc/libstdc++-v3/include/c_compatibility/wchar.h
+@@ -101,7 +101,9 @@
+ using std::wmemcpy;
+ using std::wmemmove;
+ using std::wmemset;
++#if _GLIBCXX_HAVE_WCSFTIME
+ using std::wcsftime;
++#endif
+ 
+ #if _GLIBCXX_USE_C99
+ using std::wcstold;
+--- gcc/libstdc++-v3/include/c_std/std_cwchar.h
++++ gcc/libstdc++-v3/include/c_std/std_cwchar.h
+@@ -182,7 +182,9 @@
+   using ::wcscoll;
+   using ::wcscpy;
+   using ::wcscspn;
++#if _GLIBCXX_HAVE_WCSFTIME
+   using ::wcsftime;
++#endif
+   using ::wcslen;
+   using ::wcsncat;
+   using ::wcsncmp;
diff --git a/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/203-uclibc-locale-no__x.patch b/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/203-uclibc-locale-no__x.patch
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6ba4700
--- /dev/null
+++ b/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/203-uclibc-locale-no__x.patch
@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
+--- gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/c++locale_internal.h.uclibc200no__x~	2006-03-10 15:06:17 +0100
++++ gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/c++locale_internal.h	2006-03-10 15:32:37 +0100
+@@ -60,4 +60,49 @@
+ extern "C" __typeof(wctype_l) __wctype_l;
+ #endif 
+ 
++# define __nl_langinfo_l nl_langinfo_l
++# define __strcoll_l strcoll_l
++# define __strftime_l strftime_l
++# define __strtod_l strtod_l
++# define __strtof_l strtof_l
++# define __strtold_l strtold_l
++# define __strxfrm_l strxfrm_l
++# define __newlocale newlocale
++# define __freelocale freelocale
++# define __duplocale duplocale
++# define __uselocale uselocale
++
++# ifdef _GLIBCXX_USE_WCHAR_T
++#  define __iswctype_l iswctype_l
++#  define __towlower_l towlower_l
++#  define __towupper_l towupper_l
++#  define __wcscoll_l wcscoll_l
++#  define __wcsftime_l wcsftime_l
++#  define __wcsxfrm_l wcsxfrm_l
++#  define __wctype_l wctype_l
++# endif
++
++#else
++# define __nl_langinfo_l(N, L)       nl_langinfo((N))
++# define __strcoll_l(S1, S2, L)      strcoll((S1), (S2))
++# define __strtod_l(S, E, L)         strtod((S), (E))
++# define __strtof_l(S, E, L)         strtof((S), (E))
++# define __strtold_l(S, E, L)        strtold((S), (E))
++# define __strxfrm_l(S1, S2, N, L)   strxfrm((S1), (S2), (N))
++# warning should dummy __newlocale check for C|POSIX ?
++# define __newlocale(a, b, c)        NULL
++# define __freelocale(a)             ((void)0)
++# define __duplocale(a)              __c_locale()
++//# define __uselocale ?
++//
++# ifdef _GLIBCXX_USE_WCHAR_T
++#  define __iswctype_l(C, M, L)       iswctype((C), (M))
++#  define __towlower_l(C, L)          towlower((C))
++#  define __towupper_l(C, L)          towupper((C))
++#  define __wcscoll_l(S1, S2, L)      wcscoll((S1), (S2))
++//#  define __wcsftime_l(S, M, F, T, L)  wcsftime((S), (M), (F), (T)) 
++#  define __wcsxfrm_l(S1, S2, N, L)   wcsxfrm((S1), (S2), (N))
++#  define __wctype_l(S, L)            wctype((S))
++# endif
++
+ #endif // GLIBC 2.3 and later
+--- gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/c_locale.cc.uclibc200no__x~	2006-03-10 15:06:17 +0100
++++ gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/c_locale.cc	2006-03-10 15:32:37 +0100
+@@ -39,20 +39,6 @@
+ #include <langinfo.h>
+ #include <bits/c++locale_internal.h>
+ 
+-#ifndef __UCLIBC_HAS_XLOCALE__
+-#define __strtol_l(S, E, B, L)      strtol((S), (E), (B))
+-#define __strtoul_l(S, E, B, L)     strtoul((S), (E), (B))
+-#define __strtoll_l(S, E, B, L)     strtoll((S), (E), (B))
+-#define __strtoull_l(S, E, B, L)    strtoull((S), (E), (B))
+-#define __strtof_l(S, E, L)         strtof((S), (E))
+-#define __strtod_l(S, E, L)         strtod((S), (E))
+-#define __strtold_l(S, E, L)        strtold((S), (E))
+-#warning should dummy __newlocale check for C|POSIX ?
+-#define __newlocale(a, b, c)        NULL
+-#define __freelocale(a)             ((void)0)
+-#define __duplocale(a)              __c_locale()
+-#endif
+-
+ namespace std 
+ {
+   template<>
+--- gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/collate_members.cc.uclibc200no__x~	2006-03-10 15:06:17 +0100
++++ gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/collate_members.cc	2006-03-10 15:32:37 +0100
+@@ -36,13 +36,6 @@
+ #include <locale>
+ #include <bits/c++locale_internal.h>
+ 
+-#ifndef __UCLIBC_HAS_XLOCALE__
+-#define __strcoll_l(S1, S2, L)      strcoll((S1), (S2))
+-#define __strxfrm_l(S1, S2, N, L)   strxfrm((S1), (S2), (N))
+-#define __wcscoll_l(S1, S2, L)      wcscoll((S1), (S2))
+-#define __wcsxfrm_l(S1, S2, N, L)   wcsxfrm((S1), (S2), (N))
+-#endif
+-
+ namespace std
+ {
+   // These are basically extensions to char_traits, and perhaps should
+--- gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/monetary_members.cc.uclibc200no__x~	2006-03-10 15:06:17 +0100
++++ gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/monetary_members.cc	2006-03-10 15:32:37 +0100
+@@ -43,10 +43,6 @@
+ #warning tailor for stub locale support
+ #endif
+ 
+-#ifndef __UCLIBC_HAS_XLOCALE__
+-#define __nl_langinfo_l(N, L)         nl_langinfo((N))
+-#endif
+-
+ namespace std
+ {
+   // Construct and return valid pattern consisting of some combination of:
+--- gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/numeric_members.cc.uclibc200no__x~	2006-03-10 15:06:17 +0100
++++ gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/numeric_members.cc	2006-03-10 15:32:37 +0100
+@@ -41,9 +41,6 @@
+ #ifdef __UCLIBC_MJN3_ONLY__
+ #warning tailor for stub locale support
+ #endif
+-#ifndef __UCLIBC_HAS_XLOCALE__
+-#define __nl_langinfo_l(N, L)         nl_langinfo((N))
+-#endif
+ 
+ namespace std
+ {
+--- gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/time_members.cc.uclibc200no__x~	2006-03-10 15:06:17 +0100
++++ gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/time_members.cc	2006-03-10 15:32:37 +0100
+@@ -40,9 +40,6 @@
+ #ifdef __UCLIBC_MJN3_ONLY__
+ #warning tailor for stub locale support
+ #endif
+-#ifndef __UCLIBC_HAS_XLOCALE__
+-#define __nl_langinfo_l(N, L)         nl_langinfo((N))
+-#endif
+ 
+ namespace std
+ {
+--- gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/ctype_members.cc.uclibc200no__x~	2006-03-10 15:06:17 +0100
++++ gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/ctype_members.cc	2006-03-10 15:32:37 +0100
+@@ -38,13 +38,6 @@
+ #undef _LIBC
+ #include <bits/c++locale_internal.h>
+ 
+-#ifndef __UCLIBC_HAS_XLOCALE__
+-#define __wctype_l(S, L)           wctype((S))
+-#define __towupper_l(C, L)         towupper((C))
+-#define __towlower_l(C, L)         towlower((C))
+-#define __iswctype_l(C, M, L)      iswctype((C), (M))
+-#endif
+-
+ namespace std
+ {
+   // NB: The other ctype<char> specializations are in src/locale.cc and
+--- gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/messages_members.cc.uclibc200no__x~	2006-03-10 15:06:17 +0100
++++ gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/messages_members.cc	2006-03-10 15:32:37 +0100
+@@ -39,13 +39,10 @@
+ #ifdef __UCLIBC_MJN3_ONLY__
+ #warning fix gettext stuff
+ #endif
+-#ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_GETTEXT_AWARENESS__
+-extern "C" char *__dcgettext(const char *domainname,
+-			     const char *msgid, int category);
+ #undef gettext
+-#define gettext(msgid) __dcgettext(NULL, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_GETTEXT_AWARENESS__
++#define gettext(msgid) dcgettext(NULL, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+ #else
+-#undef gettext
+ #define gettext(msgid) (msgid)
+ #endif
+ 
+--- gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/messages_members.h.uclibc200no__x~	2006-03-10 15:06:17 +0100
++++ gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/messages_members.h	2006-03-10 15:32:37 +0100
+@@ -36,15 +36,11 @@
+ #ifdef __UCLIBC_MJN3_ONLY__
+ #warning fix prototypes for *textdomain funcs
+ #endif
+-#ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_GETTEXT_AWARENESS__
+-extern "C" char *__textdomain(const char *domainname);
+-extern "C" char *__bindtextdomain(const char *domainname,
+-				  const char *dirname);
+-#else
+-#undef __textdomain
+-#undef __bindtextdomain
+-#define __textdomain(D)           ((void)0)
+-#define __bindtextdomain(D,P)     ((void)0)
++#ifndef __UCLIBC_HAS_GETTEXT_AWARENESS__
++#undef textdomain
++#undef bindtextdomain
++#define textdomain(D)           ((void)0)
++#define bindtextdomain(D,P)     ((void)0)
+ #endif
+ 
+   // Non-virtual member functions.
+@@ -70,7 +66,7 @@
+     messages<_CharT>::open(const basic_string<char>& __s, const locale& __loc, 
+ 			   const char* __dir) const
+     { 
+-      __bindtextdomain(__s.c_str(), __dir);
++      bindtextdomain(__s.c_str(), __dir);
+       return this->do_open(__s, __loc); 
+     }
+ 
+@@ -90,7 +86,7 @@
+     { 
+       // No error checking is done, assume the catalog exists and can
+       // be used.
+-      __textdomain(__s.c_str());
++      textdomain(__s.c_str());
+       return 0;
+     }
+ 
+--- gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/c_locale.h.uclibc200no__x~	2006-03-10 15:06:17 +0100
++++ gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/c_locale.h	2006-03-10 15:32:37 +0100
+@@ -68,6 +68,7 @@
+ {
+   extern "C" __typeof(uselocale) __uselocale;
+ }
++#define __uselocale uselocale
+ #endif
+ 
+ namespace std
diff --git a/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/204-uclibc-locale-wchar_fix.patch b/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/204-uclibc-locale-wchar_fix.patch
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..160ab35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/204-uclibc-locale-wchar_fix.patch
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+--- gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/monetary_members.cc.uclibc200_wchar~	2006-03-10 15:32:37 +0100
++++ gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/monetary_members.cc	2006-03-10 15:37:27 +0100
+@@ -401,7 +401,7 @@
+ # ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_XLOCALE__
+ 	  _M_data->_M_decimal_point = __cloc->decimal_point_wc;
+ 	  _M_data->_M_thousands_sep = __cloc->thousands_sep_wc;
+-# else
++# elif defined __UCLIBC_HAS_LOCALE__
+ 	  _M_data->_M_decimal_point = __global_locale->decimal_point_wc;
+ 	  _M_data->_M_thousands_sep = __global_locale->thousands_sep_wc;
+ # endif
+@@ -556,7 +556,7 @@
+ # ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_XLOCALE__
+ 	  _M_data->_M_decimal_point = __cloc->decimal_point_wc;
+ 	  _M_data->_M_thousands_sep = __cloc->thousands_sep_wc;
+-# else
++# elif defined __UCLIBC_HAS_LOCALE__
+ 	  _M_data->_M_decimal_point = __global_locale->decimal_point_wc;
+ 	  _M_data->_M_thousands_sep = __global_locale->thousands_sep_wc;
+ # endif
+--- gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/numeric_members.cc.uclibc200_wchar~	2006-03-10 15:32:37 +0100
++++ gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/numeric_members.cc	2006-03-10 15:37:27 +0100
+@@ -127,12 +127,25 @@
+ 	{
+ 	  // Named locale.
+ 	  // NB: In the GNU model wchar_t is always 32 bit wide.
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_MJN3_ONLY__
++#warning fix this... should be numeric
++#endif
++#ifdef __UCLIBC__
++# ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_XLOCALE__
++	  _M_data->_M_decimal_point = __cloc->decimal_point_wc;
++	  _M_data->_M_thousands_sep = __cloc->thousands_sep_wc;
++# elif defined __UCLIBC_HAS_LOCALE__
++	  _M_data->_M_decimal_point = __global_locale->decimal_point_wc;
++	  _M_data->_M_thousands_sep = __global_locale->thousands_sep_wc;
++# endif
++#else
+ 	  union { char *__s; wchar_t __w; } __u;
+ 	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_NUMERIC_DECIMAL_POINT_WC, __cloc);
+ 	  _M_data->_M_decimal_point = __u.__w;
+ 
+ 	  __u.__s = __nl_langinfo_l(_NL_NUMERIC_THOUSANDS_SEP_WC, __cloc);
+ 	  _M_data->_M_thousands_sep = __u.__w;
++#endif
+ 
+ 	  if (_M_data->_M_thousands_sep == L'\0')
+ 	    _M_data->_M_grouping = "";
diff --git a/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/205-uclibc-locale-update.patch b/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/205-uclibc-locale-update.patch
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..86b2844
--- /dev/null
+++ b/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/205-uclibc-locale-update.patch
@@ -0,0 +1,347 @@
+--- gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/c_locale.cc.uclibc200_update~	2006-03-10 15:32:37 +0100
++++ gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/c_locale.cc	2006-03-10 15:39:14 +0100
+@@ -46,16 +47,13 @@
+     __convert_to_v(const char* __s, float& __v, ios_base::iostate& __err, 
+ 		   const __c_locale& __cloc)
+     {
+-      if (!(__err & ios_base::failbit))
+-	{
+-	  char* __sanity;
+-	  errno = 0;
+-	  float __f = __strtof_l(__s, &__sanity, __cloc);
+-          if (__sanity != __s && errno != ERANGE)
+-	    __v = __f;
+-	  else
+-	    __err |= ios_base::failbit;
+-	}
++      char* __sanity;
++      errno = 0;
++      float __f = __strtof_l(__s, &__sanity, __cloc);
++      if (__sanity != __s && errno != ERANGE)
++	__v = __f;
++      else
++	__err |= ios_base::failbit;
+     }
+ 
+   template<>
+@@ -63,16 +61,13 @@
+     __convert_to_v(const char* __s, double& __v, ios_base::iostate& __err, 
+ 		   const __c_locale& __cloc)
+     {
+-      if (!(__err & ios_base::failbit))
+-	{
+-	  char* __sanity;
+-	  errno = 0;
+-	  double __d = __strtod_l(__s, &__sanity, __cloc);
+-          if (__sanity != __s && errno != ERANGE)
+-	    __v = __d;
+-	  else
+-	    __err |= ios_base::failbit;
+-	}
++      char* __sanity;
++      errno = 0;
++      double __d = __strtod_l(__s, &__sanity, __cloc);
++      if (__sanity != __s && errno != ERANGE)
++	__v = __d;
++      else
++	__err |= ios_base::failbit;
+     }
+ 
+   template<>
+@@ -80,16 +75,13 @@
+     __convert_to_v(const char* __s, long double& __v, ios_base::iostate& __err,
+ 		   const __c_locale& __cloc)
+     {
+-      if (!(__err & ios_base::failbit))
+-	{
+-	  char* __sanity;
+-	  errno = 0;
+-	  long double __ld = __strtold_l(__s, &__sanity, __cloc);
+-          if (__sanity != __s && errno != ERANGE)
+-	    __v = __ld;
+-	  else
+-	    __err |= ios_base::failbit;
+-	}
++      char* __sanity;
++      errno = 0;
++      long double __ld = __strtold_l(__s, &__sanity, __cloc);
++      if (__sanity != __s && errno != ERANGE)
++	__v = __ld;
++      else
++	__err |= ios_base::failbit;
+     }
+ 
+   void
+@@ -110,7 +102,7 @@
+   void
+   locale::facet::_S_destroy_c_locale(__c_locale& __cloc)
+   {
+-    if (_S_get_c_locale() != __cloc)
++    if (__cloc && _S_get_c_locale() != __cloc)
+       __freelocale(__cloc); 
+   }
+ 
+--- gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/ctype_members.cc.uclibc200_update~	2006-03-10 15:32:37 +0100
++++ gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/ctype_members.cc	2006-03-10 15:39:14 +0100
+@@ -33,9 +33,14 @@
+ 
+ // Written by Benjamin Kosnik <bkoz@redhat.com>
+ 
++#include <features.h>
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_LOCALE__
+ #define _LIBC
+ #include <locale>
+ #undef _LIBC
++#else
++#include <locale>
++#endif
+ #include <bits/c++locale_internal.h>
+ 
+ namespace std
+@@ -138,20 +143,34 @@
+   ctype<wchar_t>::
+   do_is(mask __m, wchar_t __c) const
+   { 
+-    // Highest bitmask in ctype_base == 10, but extra in "C"
+-    // library for blank.
++    // The case of __m == ctype_base::space is particularly important,
++    // due to its use in many istream functions.  Therefore we deal with
++    // it first, exploiting the knowledge that on GNU systems _M_bit[5]
++    // is the mask corresponding to ctype_base::space.  NB: an encoding
++    // change would not affect correctness!
+     bool __ret = false;
+-    const size_t __bitmasksize = 11; 
+-    for (size_t __bitcur = 0; __bitcur <= __bitmasksize; ++__bitcur)
+-      if (__m & _M_bit[__bitcur]
+-	  && __iswctype_l(__c, _M_wmask[__bitcur], _M_c_locale_ctype))
+-	{
+-	  __ret = true;
+-	  break;
+-	}
++    if (__m == _M_bit[5])
++      __ret = __iswctype_l(__c, _M_wmask[5], _M_c_locale_ctype);
++    else
++      {
++	// Highest bitmask in ctype_base == 10, but extra in "C"
++	// library for blank.
++	const size_t __bitmasksize = 11;
++	for (size_t __bitcur = 0; __bitcur <= __bitmasksize; ++__bitcur)
++	  if (__m & _M_bit[__bitcur])
++	    {
++	      if (__iswctype_l(__c, _M_wmask[__bitcur], _M_c_locale_ctype))
++		{
++		  __ret = true;
++		  break;
++		}
++	      else if (__m == _M_bit[__bitcur])
++		break;
++	    }
++      }
+     return __ret;    
+   }
+-  
++
+   const wchar_t* 
+   ctype<wchar_t>::
+   do_is(const wchar_t* __lo, const wchar_t* __hi, mask* __vec) const
+--- gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/messages_members.h.uclibc200_update~	2006-03-10 15:32:37 +0100
++++ gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/messages_members.h	2006-03-10 15:39:14 +0100
+@@ -47,18 +47,21 @@
+   template<typename _CharT>
+      messages<_CharT>::messages(size_t __refs)
+      : facet(__refs), _M_c_locale_messages(_S_get_c_locale()), 
+-     _M_name_messages(_S_get_c_name())
++       _M_name_messages(_S_get_c_name())
+      { }
+ 
+   template<typename _CharT>
+      messages<_CharT>::messages(__c_locale __cloc, const char* __s, 
+ 				size_t __refs) 
+-     : facet(__refs), _M_c_locale_messages(_S_clone_c_locale(__cloc)),
+-     _M_name_messages(__s)
++     : facet(__refs), _M_c_locale_messages(NULL), _M_name_messages(NULL)
+      {
+-       char* __tmp = new char[std::strlen(__s) + 1];
+-       std::strcpy(__tmp, __s);
++       const size_t __len = std::strlen(__s) + 1;
++       char* __tmp = new char[__len];
++       std::memcpy(__tmp, __s, __len);
+        _M_name_messages = __tmp;
++
++       // Last to avoid leaking memory if new throws.
++       _M_c_locale_messages = _S_clone_c_locale(__cloc);
+      }
+ 
+   template<typename _CharT>
+--- gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/monetary_members.cc.uclibc200_update~	2006-03-10 15:37:27 +0100
++++ gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/monetary_members.cc	2006-03-10 15:39:14 +0100
+@@ -33,9 +33,14 @@
+ 
+ // Written by Benjamin Kosnik <bkoz@redhat.com>
+ 
++#include <features.h>
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_LOCALE__
+ #define _LIBC
+ #include <locale>
+ #undef _LIBC
++#else
++#include <locale>
++#endif
+ #include <bits/c++locale_internal.h>
+ 
+ #ifdef __UCLIBC_MJN3_ONLY__
+@@ -206,7 +211,7 @@
+ 	  }
+ 	break;
+       default:
+-	;
++	__ret = pattern();
+       }
+     return __ret;
+   }
+--- gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/numeric_members.cc.uclibc200_update~	2006-03-10 15:37:27 +0100
++++ gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/numeric_members.cc	2006-03-10 15:39:14 +0100
+@@ -33,9 +33,14 @@
+ 
+ // Written by Benjamin Kosnik <bkoz@redhat.com>
+ 
++#include <features.h>
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_LOCALE__
+ #define _LIBC
+ #include <locale>
+ #undef _LIBC
++#else
++#include <locale>
++#endif
+ #include <bits/c++locale_internal.h>
+ 
+ #ifdef __UCLIBC_MJN3_ONLY__
+--- gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/time_members.h.uclibc200_update~	2006-03-10 15:06:17 +0100
++++ gcc/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/time_members.h	2006-03-10 15:39:14 +0100
+@@ -37,25 +37,33 @@
+   template<typename _CharT>
+     __timepunct<_CharT>::__timepunct(size_t __refs) 
+     : facet(__refs), _M_data(NULL), _M_c_locale_timepunct(NULL), 
+-    _M_name_timepunct(_S_get_c_name())
++      _M_name_timepunct(_S_get_c_name())
+     { _M_initialize_timepunct(); }
+ 
+   template<typename _CharT>
+     __timepunct<_CharT>::__timepunct(__cache_type* __cache, size_t __refs) 
+     : facet(__refs), _M_data(__cache), _M_c_locale_timepunct(NULL), 
+-    _M_name_timepunct(_S_get_c_name())
++      _M_name_timepunct(_S_get_c_name())
+     { _M_initialize_timepunct(); }
+ 
+   template<typename _CharT>
+     __timepunct<_CharT>::__timepunct(__c_locale __cloc, const char* __s,
+ 				     size_t __refs) 
+     : facet(__refs), _M_data(NULL), _M_c_locale_timepunct(NULL), 
+-    _M_name_timepunct(__s)
++      _M_name_timepunct(NULL)
+     { 
+-      char* __tmp = new char[std::strlen(__s) + 1];
+-      std::strcpy(__tmp, __s);
++      const size_t __len = std::strlen(__s) + 1;
++      char* __tmp = new char[__len];
++      std::memcpy(__tmp, __s, __len);
+       _M_name_timepunct = __tmp;
+-      _M_initialize_timepunct(__cloc); 
++
++      try
++	{ _M_initialize_timepunct(__cloc); }
++      catch(...)
++	{
++	  delete [] _M_name_timepunct;
++	  __throw_exception_again;
++	}
+     }
+ 
+   template<typename _CharT>
+--- gcc-4.2/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/c_locale.h.old	2006-09-28 11:39:00.000000000 +0200
++++ gcc-4.2/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/c_locale.h	2006-09-28 12:10:41.000000000 +0200
+@@ -39,21 +39,23 @@
+ #pragma GCC system_header
+ 
+ #include <cstring>              // get std::strlen
+-#include <cstdio>               // get std::snprintf or std::sprintf
++#include <cstdio>               // get std::vsnprintf or std::vsprintf
+ #include <clocale>
+ #include <langinfo.h>		// For codecvt
+ #ifdef __UCLIBC_MJN3_ONLY__
+ #warning fix this
+ #endif
+-#ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_LOCALE__
++#ifdef _GLIBCXX_USE_ICONV
+ #include <iconv.h>		// For codecvt using iconv, iconv_t
+ #endif
+-#ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_GETTEXT_AWARENESS__
+-#include <libintl.h> 		// For messages
++#ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
++#include <libintl.h>		// For messages
+ #endif
++#include <cstdarg>
+ 
+ #ifdef __UCLIBC_MJN3_ONLY__
+ #warning what is _GLIBCXX_C_LOCALE_GNU for
++// psm: used in os/gnu-linux/ctype_noninline.h
+ #endif
+ #define _GLIBCXX_C_LOCALE_GNU 1
+ 
+@@ -62,7 +64,7 @@
+ #endif
+ // #define _GLIBCXX_NUM_CATEGORIES 6
+ #define _GLIBCXX_NUM_CATEGORIES 0
+- 
++
+ #ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_XLOCALE__
+ namespace __gnu_cxx
+ {
+@@ -79,22 +81,24 @@
+   typedef int*			__c_locale;
+ #endif
+ 
+-  // Convert numeric value of type _Tv to string and return length of
+-  // string.  If snprintf is available use it, otherwise fall back to
+-  // the unsafe sprintf which, in general, can be dangerous and should
++  // Convert numeric value of type double to string and return length of
++  // string.  If vsnprintf is available use it, otherwise fall back to
++  // the unsafe vsprintf which, in general, can be dangerous and should
+   // be avoided.
+-  template<typename _Tv>
+-    int
+-    __convert_from_v(char* __out, 
+-		     const int __size __attribute__ ((__unused__)),
+-		     const char* __fmt,
+-#ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_XCLOCALE__
+-		     _Tv __v, const __c_locale& __cloc, int __prec)
++    inline int
++    __convert_from_v(const __c_locale&
++#ifndef __UCLIBC_HAS_XCLOCALE__
++					__cloc __attribute__ ((__unused__))
++#endif
++		     ,
++		     char* __out,
++		     const int __size,
++		     const char* __fmt, ...)
+     {
++      va_list __args;
++#ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_XCLOCALE__
+       __c_locale __old = __gnu_cxx::__uselocale(__cloc);
+ #else
+-		     _Tv __v, const __c_locale&, int __prec)
+-    {
+ # ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_LOCALE__
+       char* __old = std::setlocale(LC_ALL, NULL);
+       char* __sav = new char[std::strlen(__old) + 1];
+@@ -103,7 +107,9 @@
+ # endif
+ #endif
+ 
+-      const int __ret = std::snprintf(__out, __size, __fmt, __prec, __v);
++      va_start(__args, __fmt);
++      const int __ret = std::vsnprintf(__out, __size, __fmt, __args);
++      va_end(__args);
+ 
+ #ifdef __UCLIBC_HAS_XCLOCALE__
+       __gnu_cxx::__uselocale(__old);
diff --git a/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/300-libstdc++-pic.patch b/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/300-libstdc++-pic.patch
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..560bcb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/300-libstdc++-pic.patch
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+# DP: Build and install libstdc++_pic.a library.
+
+--- gcc/libstdc++-v3/src/Makefile.am
++++ gcc/libstdc++-v3/src/Makefile.am
+@@ -214,6 +214,12 @@
+ 	  $(OPT_LDFLAGS) $(SECTION_LDFLAGS) $(AM_CXXFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
+ 
+ 
++install-exec-local:
++ifeq ($(enable_shared),yes)
++	$(AR) cru libstdc++_pic.a .libs/*.o $(top_builddir)/libsupc++/*.o
++	$(INSTALL_DATA) libstdc++_pic.a $(DESTDIR)$(toolexeclibdir)
++endif
++
+ # Added bits to build debug library.
+ if GLIBCXX_BUILD_DEBUG
+ all-local: build_debug
+--- gcc/libstdc++-v3/src/Makefile.in
++++ gcc/libstdc++-v3/src/Makefile.in
+@@ -627,7 +627,7 @@
+ 
+ install-data-am: install-data-local
+ 
+-install-exec-am: install-toolexeclibLTLIBRARIES
++install-exec-am: install-toolexeclibLTLIBRARIES install-exec-local
+ 
+ install-info: install-info-am
+ 
+@@ -660,6 +660,7 @@
+ 	distclean-libtool distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am html \
+ 	html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \
+ 	install-data-am install-data-local install-exec \
++	install-exec-local \
+ 	install-exec-am install-info install-info-am install-man \
+ 	install-strip install-toolexeclibLTLIBRARIES installcheck \
+ 	installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \
+@@ -743,6 +743,13 @@
+ install_debug:
+ 	(cd ${debugdir} && $(MAKE) \
+ 	toolexeclibdir=$(glibcxx_toolexeclibdir)/debug install)
++
++install-exec-local:
++ifeq ($(enable_shared),yes)
++	$(AR) cru libstdc++_pic.a *.o $(top_builddir)/libsupc++/*.o
++	$(INSTALL_DATA) libstdc++_pic.a $(DESTDIR)$(toolexeclibdir)
++endif
++
+ # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+ # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+ .NOEXPORT:
diff --git a/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/301-missing-execinfo_h.patch b/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/301-missing-execinfo_h.patch
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0e2092f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/301-missing-execinfo_h.patch
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+--- gcc-4.0.0/boehm-gc/include/gc.h-orig	2005-04-28 22:28:57.000000000 -0500
++++ gcc-4.0.0/boehm-gc/include/gc.h	2005-04-28 22:30:38.000000000 -0500
+@@ -500,7 +500,7 @@
+ #ifdef __linux__
+ # include <features.h>
+ # if (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 1 || __GLIBC__ > 2) \
+-     && !defined(__ia64__)
++     && !defined(__ia64__) && !defined(__UCLIBC__)
+ #   ifndef GC_HAVE_BUILTIN_BACKTRACE
+ #     define GC_HAVE_BUILTIN_BACKTRACE
+ #   endif
diff --git a/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/302-c99-snprintf.patch b/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/302-c99-snprintf.patch
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dfb22d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/302-c99-snprintf.patch
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+--- gcc-4.0.0/libstdc++-v3/include/c_std/std_cstdio.h-orig	2005-04-29 00:08:41.000000000 -0500
++++ gcc-4.0.0/libstdc++-v3/include/c_std/std_cstdio.h	2005-04-29 00:08:45.000000000 -0500
+@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@
+   using ::vsprintf;
+ }
+ 
+-#if _GLIBCXX_USE_C99
++#if _GLIBCXX_USE_C99 || defined(__UCLIBC__)
+ 
+ #undef snprintf
+ #undef vfscanf
diff --git a/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/303-c99-complex-ugly-hack.patch b/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/303-c99-complex-ugly-hack.patch
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2ccc80d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/303-c99-complex-ugly-hack.patch
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+--- gcc-4.0.0/libstdc++-v3/configure-old	2005-04-30 22:04:48.061603912 -0500
++++ gcc-4.0.0/libstdc++-v3/configure	2005-04-30 22:06:13.678588152 -0500
+@@ -7194,6 +7194,9 @@
+ cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+ /* end confdefs.h.  */
+ #include <complex.h>
++#ifdef __UCLIBC__
++#error ugly hack to make sure configure test fails here for cross until uClibc supports the complex funcs
++#endif
+ int
+ main ()
+ {
diff --git a/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/304-index_macro.patch b/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/304-index_macro.patch
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d8e4765
--- /dev/null
+++ b/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/304-index_macro.patch
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+--- gcc-4.1.0/libstdc++-v3/include/ext/rope.mps	2006-03-24 01:49:51 +0100
++++ gcc-4.1.0/libstdc++-v3/include/ext/rope	2006-03-24 01:49:37 +0100
+@@ -59,6 +59,9 @@
+ #include <bits/allocator.h>
+ #include <ext/hash_fun.h>
+ 
++/* cope w/ index defined as macro, SuSv3 proposal */
++#undef index
++
+ # ifdef __GC
+ #   define __GC_CONST const
+ # else
+--- gcc-4.1.0/libstdc++-v3/include/ext/ropeimpl.h.mps	2006-03-24 01:50:04 +0100
++++ gcc-4.1.0/libstdc++-v3/include/ext/ropeimpl.h	2006-03-24 01:50:28 +0100
+@@ -53,6 +53,9 @@
+ #include <ext/memory> // For uninitialized_copy_n
+ #include <ext/numeric> // For power
+ 
++/* cope w/ index defined as macro, SuSv3 proposal */
++#undef index
++
+ _GLIBCXX_BEGIN_NAMESPACE(__gnu_cxx)
+
+   using std::size_t;
diff --git a/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/305-libmudflap-susv3-legacy.patch b/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/305-libmudflap-susv3-legacy.patch
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..374b1f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/305-libmudflap-susv3-legacy.patch
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+Index: gcc-4.2/libmudflap/mf-hooks2.c
+===================================================================
+--- gcc-4.2/libmudflap/mf-hooks2.c	(revision 119834)
++++ gcc-4.2/libmudflap/mf-hooks2.c	(working copy)
+@@ -427,7 +427,7 @@
+ {
+   TRACE ("%s\n", __PRETTY_FUNCTION__);
+   MF_VALIDATE_EXTENT(s, n, __MF_CHECK_WRITE, "bzero region");
+-  bzero (s, n);
++  memset (s, 0, n);
+ }
+ 
+ 
+@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@
+   TRACE ("%s\n", __PRETTY_FUNCTION__);
+   MF_VALIDATE_EXTENT(src, n, __MF_CHECK_READ, "bcopy src");
+   MF_VALIDATE_EXTENT(dest, n, __MF_CHECK_WRITE, "bcopy dest");
+-  bcopy (src, dest, n);
++  memmove (dest, src, n);
+ }
+ 
+ 
+@@ -447,7 +447,7 @@
+   TRACE ("%s\n", __PRETTY_FUNCTION__);
+   MF_VALIDATE_EXTENT(s1, n, __MF_CHECK_READ, "bcmp 1st arg");
+   MF_VALIDATE_EXTENT(s2, n, __MF_CHECK_READ, "bcmp 2nd arg");
+-  return bcmp (s1, s2, n);
++  return n == 0 ? 0 : memcmp (s1, s2, n);
+ }
+ 
+ 
+@@ -456,7 +456,7 @@
+   size_t n = strlen (s);
+   TRACE ("%s\n", __PRETTY_FUNCTION__);
+   MF_VALIDATE_EXTENT(s, CLAMPADD(n, 1), __MF_CHECK_READ, "index region");
+-  return index (s, c);
++  return strchr (s, c);
+ }
+ 
+ 
+@@ -465,7 +465,7 @@
+   size_t n = strlen (s);
+   TRACE ("%s\n", __PRETTY_FUNCTION__);
+   MF_VALIDATE_EXTENT(s, CLAMPADD(n, 1), __MF_CHECK_READ, "rindex region");
+-  return rindex (s, c);
++  return strrchr (s, c);
+ }
+ 
+ /* XXX:  stpcpy, memccpy */
diff --git a/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/306-libstdc++-namespace.patch b/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/306-libstdc++-namespace.patch
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..69587ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/306-libstdc++-namespace.patch
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+diff -rup gcc-4.2.orig/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/messages_members.h gcc-4.2/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/messages_members.h
+--- gcc-4.2.orig/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/messages_members.h	2006-12-22 13:06:56.000000000 +0100
++++ gcc-4.2/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/messages_members.h	2006-12-22 15:23:41.000000000 +0100
+@@ -32,7 +32,8 @@
+ //
+ 
+ // Written by Benjamin Kosnik <bkoz@redhat.com>
+-
++namespace std
++{
+ #ifdef __UCLIBC_MJN3_ONLY__
+ #warning fix prototypes for *textdomain funcs
+ #endif
+@@ -115,3 +116,4 @@
+ 	   this->_S_create_c_locale(this->_M_c_locale_messages, __s); 
+ 	 }
+      }
++}
+diff -rup gcc-4.2.orig/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/time_members.h gcc-4.2/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/time_members.h
+--- gcc-4.2.orig/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/time_members.h	2006-12-22 13:06:56.000000000 +0100
++++ gcc-4.2/libstdc++-v3/config/locale/uclibc/time_members.h	2006-12-22 15:20:31.000000000 +0100
+@@ -33,7 +33,8 @@
+ //
+ 
+ // Written by Benjamin Kosnik <bkoz@redhat.com>
+-
++namespace std
++{
+   template<typename _CharT>
+     __timepunct<_CharT>::__timepunct(size_t __refs) 
+     : facet(__refs), _M_data(NULL), _M_c_locale_timepunct(NULL), 
+@@ -74,3 +75,4 @@
+       delete _M_data; 
+       _S_destroy_c_locale(_M_c_locale_timepunct); 
+     }
++}
diff --git a/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/307-locale_facets.patch b/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/307-locale_facets.patch
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..412f865
--- /dev/null
+++ b/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/307-locale_facets.patch
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+This patch fixes a bug into ostream::operator<<(double) due to the wrong size
+passed into the __convert_from_v method. The wrong size is then passed to
+std::snprintf function, that, on uClibc, doens't handle sized 0 buffer.
+
+Signed-off-by: Carmelo Amoroso <carmelo.amoroso@st.com>
+
+--- gcc-4.2.1/libstdc++-v3/include/bits/locale_facets.tcc	2006-10-17 18:43:47.000000000 +0200
++++ gcc-4.2.1-st/libstdc++-v3/include/bits/locale_facets.tcc	2007-08-22 18:54:23.000000000 +0200
+@@ -1143,7 +1143,7 @@ _GLIBCXX_BEGIN_LDBL_NAMESPACE
+ 	const int __cs_size = __fixed ? __max_exp + __prec + 4
+ 	                              : __max_digits * 2 + __prec;
+ 	char* __cs = static_cast<char*>(__builtin_alloca(__cs_size));
+-	__len = std::__convert_from_v(_S_get_c_locale(), __cs, 0, __fbuf, 
++	__len = std::__convert_from_v(_S_get_c_locale(), __cs, __cs_size, __fbuf, 
+ 				      __prec, __v);
+ #endif
+ 
+@@ -1777,7 +1777,7 @@ _GLIBCXX_BEGIN_LDBL_NAMESPACE
+       // max_exponent10 + 1 for the integer part, + 2 for sign and '\0'.
+       const int __cs_size = numeric_limits<long double>::max_exponent10 + 3;
+       char* __cs = static_cast<char*>(__builtin_alloca(__cs_size));
+-      int __len = std::__convert_from_v(_S_get_c_locale(), __cs, 0, "%.*Lf", 
++      int __len = std::__convert_from_v(_S_get_c_locale(), __cs, __cs_size, "%.*Lf", 
+ 					0, __units);
+ #endif
+       string_type __digits(__len, char_type());
diff --git a/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/402-libbackend_dep_gcov-iov.h.patch b/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/402-libbackend_dep_gcov-iov.h.patch
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0bf115c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/402-libbackend_dep_gcov-iov.h.patch
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+Index: gcc-4.2/gcc/Makefile.in
+===================================================================
+--- gcc-4.2/gcc/Makefile.in	(revision 121758)
++++ gcc-4.2/gcc/Makefile.in	(working copy)
+@@ -2658,7 +2658,7 @@ mips-tdump.o : mips-tdump.c $(CONFIG_H) 
+ # FIXME: writing proper dependencies for this is a *LOT* of work.
+ libbackend.o : $(OBJS-common:.o=.c) $(out_file) \
+   insn-config.h insn-flags.h insn-codes.h insn-constants.h \
+-  insn-attr.h  $(DATESTAMP) $(BASEVER) $(DEVPHASE)
++  insn-attr.h  $(DATESTAMP) $(BASEVER) $(DEVPHASE) gcov-iov.h
+ 	$(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) \
+ 	  -DTARGET_NAME=\"$(target_noncanonical)\" \
+ 	  -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" \
diff --git a/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/800-arm-bigendian.patch b/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/800-arm-bigendian.patch
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..07c6093
--- /dev/null
+++ b/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/800-arm-bigendian.patch
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+By Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org>
+Adds support for arm*b-linux* big-endian ARM targets
+
+See http://gcc.gnu.org/PR16350
+
+--- gcc-4.2.0/gcc/config/arm/linux-elf.h
++++ gcc-4.2.0/gcc/config/arm/linux-elf.h
+@@ -28,19 +28,33 @@
+ #undef  TARGET_VERSION
+ #define TARGET_VERSION  fputs (" (ARM GNU/Linux with ELF)", stderr);
+ 
++/*
++ * 'config.gcc' defines TARGET_BIG_ENDIAN_DEFAULT as 1 for arm*b-*
++ * (big endian) configurations.
++ */
++#if TARGET_BIG_ENDIAN_DEFAULT
++#define TARGET_ENDIAN_DEFAULT MASK_BIG_END
++#define TARGET_ENDIAN_OPTION "mbig-endian"
++#define TARGET_LINKER_EMULATION "armelfb_linux"
++#else
++#define TARGET_ENDIAN_DEFAULT 0
++#define TARGET_ENDIAN_OPTION "mlittle-endian"
++#define TARGET_LINKER_EMULATION "armelf_linux"
++#endif
++
+ #undef  TARGET_DEFAULT_FLOAT_ABI
+ #define TARGET_DEFAULT_FLOAT_ABI ARM_FLOAT_ABI_HARD
+ 
+ #undef  TARGET_DEFAULT
+-#define TARGET_DEFAULT (0)
++#define TARGET_DEFAULT (TARGET_ENDIAN_DEFAULT)
+ 
+ #define SUBTARGET_CPU_DEFAULT TARGET_CPU_arm6
+ 
+-#define SUBTARGET_EXTRA_LINK_SPEC " -m armelf_linux -p"
++#define SUBTARGET_EXTRA_LINK_SPEC " -m " TARGET_LINKER_EMULATION " -p"
+ 
+ #undef  MULTILIB_DEFAULTS
+ #define MULTILIB_DEFAULTS \
+-	{ "marm", "mlittle-endian", "mhard-float", "mno-thumb-interwork" }
++	{ "marm", TARGET_ENDIAN_OPTION, "mhard-float", "mno-thumb-interwork" }
+ 
+ /* Now we define the strings used to build the spec file.  */
+ #undef  LIB_SPEC
+@@ -61,7 +75,7 @@
+    %{rdynamic:-export-dynamic} \
+    %{!dynamic-linker:-dynamic-linker " LINUX_DYNAMIC_LINKER "} \
+    -X \
+-   %{mbig-endian:-EB}" \
++   %{mbig-endian:-EB} %{mlittle-endian:-EL}" \
+    SUBTARGET_EXTRA_LINK_SPEC
+ 
+ #undef  LINK_SPEC
+--- gcc-4.2.0/gcc/config.gcc.orig	2006-09-22 14:53:41.000000000 +0200
++++ gcc-4.2.0/gcc/config.gcc	2006-09-25 10:45:21.000000000 +0200
+@@ -696,6 +696,11 @@
+ 	tm_file="dbxelf.h elfos.h linux.h arm/elf.h arm/linux-gas.h arm/linux-elf.h"
+ 	tmake_file="${tmake_file} t-linux arm/t-arm"
+ 	case ${target} in
++	arm*b-*)
++		tm_defines="${tm_defines} TARGET_BIG_ENDIAN_DEFAULT=1"
++		;;
++	esac
++	case ${target} in
+ 	arm*-*-linux-*eabi)
+ 	    tm_file="$tm_file arm/bpabi.h arm/linux-eabi.h"
+ 	    tmake_file="$tmake_file arm/t-arm-elf arm/t-bpabi arm/t-linux-eabi"
diff --git a/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/900-avr32_support.patch b/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/900-avr32_support.patch
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a27c6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/900-avr32_support.patch
@@ -0,0 +1,22538 @@
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/configure.in gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/configure.in
+--- gcc-4.2.1/configure.in	2007-05-30 15:48:07.000000000 +0200
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/configure.in	2007-09-28 10:34:36.000000000 +0200
+@@ -503,6 +503,9 @@ case "${target}" in
+   arm-*-riscix*)
+     noconfigdirs="$noconfigdirs ld target-libgloss ${libgcj}"
+     ;;
++  avr32-*-*)
++    noconfigdirs="$noconfigdirs target-libiberty target-libmudflap target-libffi ${libgcj}"
++    ;;
+   avr-*-*)
+     noconfigdirs="$noconfigdirs target-libiberty target-libstdc++-v3 ${libgcj}"
+     ;;
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/gcc/builtins.c gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/builtins.c
+--- gcc-4.2.1/gcc/builtins.c	2007-03-29 18:19:32.000000000 +0200
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/builtins.c	2007-09-28 10:33:08.000000000 +0200
+@@ -9223,7 +9223,7 @@ validate_arglist (tree arglist, ...)
+ 
+   do
+     {
+-      code = va_arg (ap, enum tree_code);
++      code = va_arg (ap, int);
+       switch (code)
+ 	{
+ 	case 0:
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/gcc/calls.c gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/calls.c
+--- gcc-4.2.1/gcc/calls.c	2007-06-20 08:44:26.000000000 +0200
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/calls.c	2007-09-28 10:33:09.000000000 +0200
+@@ -3448,7 +3448,7 @@ emit_library_call_value_1 (int retval, r
+   for (; count < nargs; count++)
+     {
+       rtx val = va_arg (p, rtx);
+-      enum machine_mode mode = va_arg (p, enum machine_mode);
++      enum machine_mode mode = va_arg (p, int);
+ 
+       /* We cannot convert the arg value to the mode the library wants here;
+ 	 must do it earlier where we know the signedness of the arg.  */
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/gcc/config/avr32/avr32.c gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/config/avr32/avr32.c
+--- gcc-4.2.1/gcc/config/avr32/avr32.c	1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/config/avr32/avr32.c	2007-09-28 10:33:00.000000000 +0200
+@@ -0,0 +1,7060 @@
++/*
++   Target hooks and helper functions for AVR32.
++   Copyright 2003-2006 Atmel Corporation.
++
++   Written by Ronny Pedersen, Atmel Norway, <rpedersen@atmel.com>
++   Initial porting by Anders �dland.
++
++   This file is part of GCC.
++
++   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
++   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
++   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
++   (at your option) any later version.
++
++   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
++   GNU General Public License for more details.
++
++   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
++   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
++
++#include "config.h"
++#include "system.h"
++#include "coretypes.h"
++#include "tm.h"
++#include "rtl.h"
++#include "tree.h"
++#include "obstack.h"
++#include "regs.h"
++#include "hard-reg-set.h"
++#include "real.h"
++#include "insn-config.h"
++#include "conditions.h"
++#include "output.h"
++#include "insn-attr.h"
++#include "flags.h"
++#include "reload.h"
++#include "function.h"
++#include "expr.h"
++#include "optabs.h"
++#include "toplev.h"
++#include "recog.h"
++#include "ggc.h"
++#include "except.h"
++#include "c-pragma.h"
++#include "integrate.h"
++#include "tm_p.h"
++#include "langhooks.h"
++
++#include "target.h"
++#include "target-def.h"
++
++#include <ctype.h>
++
++/* Forward definitions of types.  */
++typedef struct minipool_node Mnode;
++typedef struct minipool_fixup Mfix;
++
++/* Obstack for minipool constant handling.  */
++static struct obstack minipool_obstack;
++static char *minipool_startobj;
++static rtx minipool_vector_label;
++
++/* True if we are currently building a constant table.  */
++int making_const_table;
++
++/* Some forward function declarations */
++static unsigned long avr32_isr_value (tree);
++static unsigned long avr32_compute_func_type (void);
++static tree avr32_handle_isr_attribute (tree *, tree, tree, int, bool *);
++static tree avr32_handle_acall_attribute (tree *, tree, tree, int, bool *);
++static tree avr32_handle_fndecl_attribute (tree * node, tree name, tree args,
++    int flags, bool * no_add_attrs);
++static void avr32_reorg (void);
++bool avr32_return_in_msb (tree type);
++bool avr32_vector_mode_supported (enum machine_mode mode);
++static void avr32_init_libfuncs (void);
++
++
++static void
++avr32_add_gc_roots (void)
++  {
++    gcc_obstack_init (&minipool_obstack);
++    minipool_startobj = (char *) obstack_alloc (&minipool_obstack, 0);
++  }
++
++
++/* List of all known AVR32 parts  */
++static const struct part_type_s avr32_part_types[] = {
++    /* name, part_type, architecture type, macro */
++      {"none", PART_TYPE_AVR32_NONE, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_AP, "__AVR32__"},
++      {"ap7000", PART_TYPE_AVR32_AP7000, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_AP, "__AVR32_AP7000__"},
++      {"ap7010", PART_TYPE_AVR32_AP7010, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_AP, "__AVR32_AP7010__"},
++      {"ap7020", PART_TYPE_AVR32_AP7020, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_AP, "__AVR32_AP7020__"},
++      {"uc3a0256", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3A0256, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UC,
++      "__AVR32_UC3A0256__"},
++      {"uc3a0512", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3A0512, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UC,
++      "__AVR32_UC3A0512__"},
++      {"uc3a1128", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3A1128, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UC,
++      "__AVR32_UC3A1128__"},
++      {"uc3a1256", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3A1256, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UC,
++      "__AVR32_UC3A1256__"},
++      {"uc3a1512", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3A1512, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UC,
++      "__AVR32_UC3A1512__"},
++      {"uc3b064", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3B064, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UC,
++      "__AVR32_UC3B064__"},
++      {"uc3b0128", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3B0128, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UC,
++      "__AVR32_UC3B0128__"},
++      {"uc3b0256", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3B0256, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UC,
++      "__AVR32_UC3B0256__"},
++      {"uc3b164", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3B164, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UC,
++      "__AVR32_UC3B164__"},
++      {"uc3b1128", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3B1128, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UC,
++      "__AVR32_UC3B1128__"},
++      {"uc3b1256", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3B1256, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UC,
++      "__AVR32_UC3B1256__"},
++      {NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
++};
++
++/* List of all known AVR32 architectures  */
++static const struct arch_type_s avr32_arch_types[] = {
++    /* name, architecture type, microarchitecture type, feature flags, macro */
++      {"ap", ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_AP, UARCH_TYPE_AVR32B,
++        (FLAG_AVR32_HAS_DSP
++         | FLAG_AVR32_HAS_SIMD
++         | FLAG_AVR32_HAS_UNALIGNED_WORD 
++         | FLAG_AVR32_HAS_CACHES
++         | FLAG_AVR32_HAS_BRANCH_PRED 
++         | FLAG_AVR32_HAS_RETURN_STACK),
++      "__AVR32_AP__"},
++      {"uc", ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UC, UARCH_TYPE_AVR32A,
++        (FLAG_AVR32_HAS_DSP | FLAG_AVR32_HAS_RMW),
++      "__AVR32_UC__"},
++      {NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL}
++};
++
++/* Default arch name */
++const char *avr32_arch_name = "ap";
++const char *avr32_part_name = "none";
++
++const struct part_type_s *avr32_part;
++const struct arch_type_s *avr32_arch;
++
++/* Set default target_flags. */
++#undef TARGET_DEFAULT_TARGET_FLAGS
++#define TARGET_DEFAULT_TARGET_FLAGS \
++  (MASK_HAS_ASM_ADDR_PSEUDOS | MASK_MD_REORG_OPTIMIZATION)
++
++void 
++avr32_optimization_options (int level,
++                            int size){
++  if (AVR32_ALWAYS_PIC)
++    flag_pic = 1;
++
++  /* Enable section anchors if optimization is enabled. */
++  if (level > 0 || size)
++    flag_section_anchors = 1;
++}
++
++/* Override command line options */
++void
++avr32_override_options (void)
++  {
++    const struct part_type_s *part;
++    const struct arch_type_s *arch;
++
++    /* Check if part type is set. */
++    for (part = avr32_part_types; part->name; part++)
++      if (strcmp (part->name, avr32_part_name) == 0)
++        break;
++
++    avr32_part = part;
++
++    if (!part->name)
++      {
++        fprintf (stderr, "Unknown part `%s' specified\nKnown part names:\n",
++            avr32_part_name);
++        for (part = avr32_part_types; part->name; part++)
++          fprintf (stderr, "\t%s\n", part->name);
++        avr32_part = &avr32_part_types[PART_TYPE_AVR32_NONE];
++      }
++
++    avr32_arch = &avr32_arch_types[avr32_part->arch_type];
++
++    /* If part was set to "none" then check if arch was set. */
++    if (strcmp (avr32_part->name, "none") == 0)
++      {
++        /* Check if arch type is set. */
++        for (arch = avr32_arch_types; arch->name; arch++)
++          if (strcmp (arch->name, avr32_arch_name) == 0)
++            break;
++
++        avr32_arch = arch;
++
++        if (!arch->name)
++          {
++            fprintf (stderr, "Unknown arch `%s' specified\nKnown arch names:\n",
++                avr32_arch_name);
++            for (arch = avr32_arch_types; arch->name; arch++)
++              fprintf (stderr, "\t%s\n", arch->name);
++            avr32_arch = &avr32_arch_types[ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_AP];
++          }
++      }
++
++    /* If optimization level is two or greater, then align start of loops to a
++     word boundary since this will allow folding the first insn of the loop.
++     Do this only for targets supporting branch prediction. */
++    if (optimize >= 2 && TARGET_BRANCH_PRED)
++      align_loops = 2;
++
++
++    /* Enable section anchors if optimization is enabled. */
++    if (optimize > 0 || optimize_size)
++      flag_section_anchors = 1;
++
++    /* Enable fast-float library if unsafe math optimizations
++     are used. */
++    if (flag_unsafe_math_optimizations)
++      target_flags |= MASK_FAST_FLOAT;
++
++    /* Check if we should set avr32_imm_in_const_pool 
++       based on if caches are present or not. */
++    if ( avr32_imm_in_const_pool == -1 )
++      {
++        if ( TARGET_CACHES )
++          avr32_imm_in_const_pool = 1;
++        else
++          avr32_imm_in_const_pool = 0;
++      }
++    
++    avr32_add_gc_roots ();
++  }
++
++
++/*
++If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for entry to a
++function.  The prologue is responsible for setting up the stack frame,
++initializing the frame pointer register, saving registers that must be
++saved, and allocating size additional bytes of storage for the
++local variables.  size is an integer.  file is a stdio
++stream to which the assembler code should be output.
++
++The label for the beginning of the function need not be output by this
++macro.  That has already been done when the macro is run.
++
++To determine which registers to save, the macro can refer to the array
++regs_ever_live: element r is nonzero if hard register
++r is used anywhere within the function.  This implies the function
++prologue should save register r, provided it is not one of the
++call-used registers.  (TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE must likewise use
++regs_ever_live.)
++
++On machines that have ``register windows'', the function entry code does
++not save on the stack the registers that are in the windows, even if
++they are supposed to be preserved by function calls; instead it takes
++appropriate steps to ``push'' the register stack, if any non-call-used
++registers are used in the function.
++
++On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the
++function entry code must vary accordingly; it must set up the frame
++pointer if one is wanted, and not otherwise.  To determine whether a
++frame pointer is in wanted, the macro can refer to the variable
++frame_pointer_needed.  The variable's value will be 1 at run
++time in a function that needs a frame pointer.  (see Elimination).
++
++The function entry code is responsible for allocating any stack space
++required for the function.  This stack space consists of the regions
++listed below.  In most cases, these regions are allocated in the
++order listed, with the last listed region closest to the top of the
++stack (the lowest address if STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD is defined, and
++the highest address if it is not defined).  You can use a different order
++for a machine if doing so is more convenient or required for
++compatibility reasons.  Except in cases where required by standard
++or by a debugger, there is no reason why the stack layout used by GCC
++need agree with that used by other compilers for a machine.
++ */
++
++#undef TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE
++#define TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE avr32_target_asm_function_prologue
++
++
++#undef TARGET_DEFAULT_SHORT_ENUMS
++#define TARGET_DEFAULT_SHORT_ENUMS hook_bool_void_false
++
++#undef TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_ARGS
++#define TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_ARGS hook_bool_tree_true
++
++#undef TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN
++#define TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN hook_bool_tree_true
++
++#undef TARGET_PROMOTE_PROTOTYPES
++#define TARGET_PROMOTE_PROTOTYPES hook_bool_tree_true
++
++#undef TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK
++#define TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK avr32_must_pass_in_stack
++
++#undef TARGET_PASS_BY_REFERENCE
++#define TARGET_PASS_BY_REFERENCE avr32_pass_by_reference
++
++#undef TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING
++#define TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING avr32_strict_argument_naming
++
++#undef TARGET_VECTOR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P
++#define TARGET_VECTOR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P avr32_vector_mode_supported
++
++#undef TARGET_RETURN_IN_MEMORY
++#define TARGET_RETURN_IN_MEMORY avr32_return_in_memory
++
++#undef TARGET_RETURN_IN_MSB
++#define TARGET_RETURN_IN_MSB avr32_return_in_msb
++
++#undef TARGET_ARG_PARTIAL_BYTES
++#define TARGET_ARG_PARTIAL_BYTES avr32_arg_partial_bytes
++
++#undef TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING
++#define TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING avr32_strip_name_encoding
++
++#define streq(string1, string2) (strcmp (string1, string2) == 0)
++
++#undef  TARGET_NARROW_VOLATILE_BITFIELD
++#define TARGET_NARROW_VOLATILE_BITFIELD hook_bool_void_false
++
++#undef  TARGET_ATTRIBUTE_TABLE
++#define TARGET_ATTRIBUTE_TABLE avr32_attribute_table
++
++#undef  TARGET_COMP_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES
++#define TARGET_COMP_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES avr32_comp_type_attributes
++
++
++#undef  TARGET_RTX_COSTS
++#define TARGET_RTX_COSTS avr32_rtx_costs
++
++#undef  TARGET_CANNOT_FORCE_CONST_MEM
++#define  TARGET_CANNOT_FORCE_CONST_MEM avr32_cannot_force_const_mem
++
++#undef  TARGET_ASM_INTEGER
++#define TARGET_ASM_INTEGER avr32_assemble_integer
++
++#undef  TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE
++#define TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE avr32_function_value
++
++#undef  TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET
++#define TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET (0)
++
++#undef  TARGET_MAX_ANCHOR_OFFSET
++#define TARGET_MAX_ANCHOR_OFFSET ((1 << 15) - 1)
++
++
++/*
++ * Switches to the appropriate section for output of constant pool
++ * entry x in mode. You can assume that x is some kind of constant in
++ * RTL. The argument mode is redundant except in the case of a
++ * const_int rtx. Select the section by calling readonly_data_ section
++ * or one of the alternatives for other sections. align is the
++ * constant alignment in bits.
++ *
++ * The default version of this function takes care of putting symbolic
++ * constants in flag_ pic mode in data_section and everything else in
++ * readonly_data_section.
++ */
++//#undef TARGET_ASM_SELECT_RTX_SECTION
++//#define TARGET_ASM_SELECT_RTX_SECTION avr32_select_rtx_section
++
++
++/*
++ * If non-null, this hook performs a target-specific pass over the
++ * instruction stream. The compiler will run it at all optimization
++ * levels, just before the point at which it normally does
++ * delayed-branch scheduling.
++ *
++ * The exact purpose of the hook varies from target to target. Some
++ * use it to do transformations that are necessary for correctness,
++ * such as laying out in-function constant pools or avoiding hardware
++ * hazards. Others use it as an opportunity to do some
++ * machine-dependent optimizations.
++ *
++ * You need not implement the hook if it has nothing to do. The
++ * default definition is null.
++ */
++#undef TARGET_MACHINE_DEPENDENT_REORG
++#define TARGET_MACHINE_DEPENDENT_REORG avr32_reorg
++
++/* Target hook for assembling integer objects.
++   Need to handle integer vectors */
++static bool
++avr32_assemble_integer (rtx x, unsigned int size, int aligned_p)
++  {
++    if (avr32_vector_mode_supported (GET_MODE (x)))
++      {
++        int i, units;
++
++        if (GET_CODE (x) != CONST_VECTOR)
++          abort ();
++
++        units = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (x);
++
++        switch (GET_MODE (x))
++        {
++        case V2HImode:
++          size = 2;
++          break;
++        case V4QImode:
++          size = 1;
++          break;
++        default:
++          abort ();
++        }
++
++        for (i = 0; i < units; i++)
++          {
++            rtx elt;
++
++            elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (x, i);
++            assemble_integer (elt, size, i == 0 ? 32 : size * BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
++          }
++
++        return true;
++      }
++
++    return default_assemble_integer (x, size, aligned_p);
++  }
++
++/*
++ * This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL expressions.
++ *
++ * The cost may depend on the precise form of the expression, which is
++ * available for examination in x, and the rtx code of the expression
++ * in which it is contained, found in outer_code. code is the
++ * expression code--redundant, since it can be obtained with GET_CODE
++ * (x).
++ *
++ * In implementing this hook, you can use the construct COSTS_N_INSNS
++ * (n) to specify a cost equal to n fast instructions.
++ *
++ * On entry to the hook, *total contains a default estimate for the
++ * cost of the expression. The hook should modify this value as
++ * necessary. Traditionally, the default costs are COSTS_N_INSNS (5)
++ * for multiplications, COSTS_N_INSNS (7) for division and modulus
++ * operations, and COSTS_N_INSNS (1) for all other operations.
++ *
++ * When optimizing for code size, i.e. when optimize_size is non-zero,
++ * this target hook should be used to estimate the relative size cost
++ * of an expression, again relative to COSTS_N_INSNS.
++ *
++ * The hook returns true when all subexpressions of x have been
++ * processed, and false when rtx_cost should recurse.
++ */
++
++/* Worker routine for avr32_rtx_costs.  */
++static inline int
++avr32_rtx_costs_1 (rtx x, enum rtx_code code ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
++    enum rtx_code outer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
++  {
++    enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);
++
++    switch (GET_CODE (x))
++    {
++    case MEM:
++      /* Using pre decrement / post increment memory operations on the
++         avr32_uc architecture means that two writebacks must be performed
++         and hence two cycles are needed. */
++      if (!optimize_size
++          && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= 2 * UNITS_PER_WORD
++          && avr32_arch->arch_type == ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UC
++          && (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PRE_DEC
++              || GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == POST_INC))
++        return COSTS_N_INSNS (5);
++
++      /* Memory costs quite a lot for the first word, but subsequent words
++         load at the equivalent of a single insn each.  */
++      if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > UNITS_PER_WORD)
++        return COSTS_N_INSNS (3 + (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / UNITS_PER_WORD));
++
++      return COSTS_N_INSNS (4);
++    case SYMBOL_REF:
++    case CONST:
++      /* These are valid for the pseudo insns: lda.w and call which operates
++         on direct addresses. We assume that the cost of a lda.w is the same
++         as the cost of a ld.w insn. */
++      return (outer == SET) ? COSTS_N_INSNS (4) : COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
++    case DIV:
++    case MOD:
++    case UDIV:
++    case UMOD:
++      return optimize_size ? COSTS_N_INSNS (1) : COSTS_N_INSNS (16);
++
++    case ROTATE:
++    case ROTATERT:
++      if (mode == TImode)
++        return COSTS_N_INSNS (100);
++
++      if (mode == DImode)
++        return COSTS_N_INSNS (10);
++      return COSTS_N_INSNS (4);
++    case ASHIFT:
++    case LSHIFTRT:
++    case ASHIFTRT:
++    case NOT:
++      if (mode == TImode)
++        return COSTS_N_INSNS (10);
++
++      if (mode == DImode)
++        return COSTS_N_INSNS (4);
++      return COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
++    case PLUS:
++    case MINUS:
++    case NEG:
++    case COMPARE:
++    case ABS:
++      if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
++        return COSTS_N_INSNS (100);
++
++      if (mode == TImode)
++        return COSTS_N_INSNS (50);
++
++      if (mode == DImode)
++        return COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
++      return COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
++
++    case MULT:
++        {
++          if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
++            return COSTS_N_INSNS (300);
++
++          if (mode == TImode)
++            return COSTS_N_INSNS (16);
++
++          if (mode == DImode)
++            return COSTS_N_INSNS (4);
++
++          if (mode == HImode)
++            return COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
++
++          return COSTS_N_INSNS (3);
++        }
++    case IF_THEN_ELSE:
++      if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == PC || GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 2)) == PC)
++        return COSTS_N_INSNS (4);
++      return COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
++    case SIGN_EXTEND:
++    case ZERO_EXTEND:
++      /* Sign/Zero extensions of registers cost quite much since these
++         instrcutions only take one register operand which means that gcc
++         often must insert some move instrcutions */
++      if (mode == QImode || mode == HImode)
++        return (COSTS_N_INSNS (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == MEM ? 0 : 1));
++      return COSTS_N_INSNS (4);
++    case UNSPEC:
++      /* divmod operations */
++      if (XINT (x, 1) == UNSPEC_UDIVMODSI4_INTERNAL
++          || XINT (x, 1) == UNSPEC_DIVMODSI4_INTERNAL)
++        {
++          return optimize_size ? COSTS_N_INSNS (1) : COSTS_N_INSNS (16);
++        }
++      /* Fallthrough */
++    default:
++      return COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
++    }
++  }
++
++static bool
++avr32_rtx_costs (rtx x, int code, int outer_code, int *total)
++  {
++    *total = avr32_rtx_costs_1 (x, code, outer_code);
++    return true;
++  }
++
++
++bool
++avr32_cannot_force_const_mem (rtx x ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
++  {
++    /* Do not want symbols in the constant pool when compiling pic or if using
++     address pseudo instructions. */
++    return ((flag_pic || TARGET_HAS_ASM_ADDR_PSEUDOS)
++        && avr32_find_symbol (x) != NULL_RTX);
++  }
++
++
++/* Table of machine attributes.  */
++const struct attribute_spec avr32_attribute_table[] = {
++    /* { name, min_len, max_len, decl_req, type_req, fn_type_req, handler } */
++    /* Interrupt Service Routines have special prologue and epilogue
++     requirements.  */
++      {"isr", 0, 1, false, false, false, avr32_handle_isr_attribute},
++      {"interrupt", 0, 1, false, false, false, avr32_handle_isr_attribute},
++      {"acall", 0, 1, false, true, true, avr32_handle_acall_attribute},
++      {"naked", 0, 0, true, false, false, avr32_handle_fndecl_attribute},
++      {NULL, 0, 0, false, false, false, NULL}
++};
++
++
++typedef struct
++{
++  const char *const arg;
++  const unsigned long return_value;
++}
++isr_attribute_arg;
++
++static const isr_attribute_arg isr_attribute_args[] = {
++      {"FULL", AVR32_FT_ISR_FULL},
++      {"full", AVR32_FT_ISR_FULL},
++      {"HALF", AVR32_FT_ISR_HALF},
++      {"half", AVR32_FT_ISR_HALF},
++      {"NONE", AVR32_FT_ISR_NONE},
++      {"none", AVR32_FT_ISR_NONE},
++      {"UNDEF", AVR32_FT_ISR_NONE},
++      {"undef", AVR32_FT_ISR_NONE},
++      {"SWI", AVR32_FT_ISR_NONE},
++      {"swi", AVR32_FT_ISR_NONE},
++      {NULL, AVR32_FT_ISR_NONE}
++};
++
++/* Returns the (interrupt) function type of the current
++   function, or AVR32_FT_UNKNOWN if the type cannot be determined.  */
++
++static unsigned long
++avr32_isr_value (tree argument)
++  {
++    const isr_attribute_arg *ptr;
++    const char *arg;
++
++    /* No argument - default to ISR_NONE.  */
++    if (argument == NULL_TREE)
++      return AVR32_FT_ISR_NONE;
++
++    /* Get the value of the argument.  */
++    if (TREE_VALUE (argument) == NULL_TREE
++        || TREE_CODE (TREE_VALUE (argument)) != STRING_CST)
++      return AVR32_FT_UNKNOWN;
++
++    arg = TREE_STRING_POINTER (TREE_VALUE (argument));
++
++    /* Check it against the list of known arguments.  */
++    for (ptr = isr_attribute_args; ptr->arg != NULL; ptr++)
++      if (streq (arg, ptr->arg))
++        return ptr->return_value;
++
++    /* An unrecognized interrupt type.  */
++    return AVR32_FT_UNKNOWN;
++  }
++
++
++
++/*
++These hooks specify assembly directives for creating certain kinds
++of integer object.  The TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP directive creates a
++byte-sized object, the TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP one creates an
++aligned two-byte object, and so on.  Any of the hooks may be
++NULL, indicating that no suitable directive is available.
++
++The compiler will print these strings at the start of a new line,
++followed immediately by the object's initial value.  In most cases,
++the string should contain a tab, a pseudo-op, and then another tab.
++ */
++#undef  TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP
++#define TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP "\t.byte\t"
++#undef  TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP
++#define TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP "\t.align 1\n\t.short\t"
++#undef  TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP
++#define TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP "\t.align 2\n\t.int\t"
++#undef  TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP
++#define TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP NULL
++#undef  TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_TI_OP
++#define TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_TI_OP NULL
++#undef  TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP
++#define TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP "\t.short\t"
++#undef  TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP
++#define TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP "\t.int\t"
++#undef  TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP
++#define TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP NULL
++#undef  TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_TI_OP
++#define TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_TI_OP NULL
++
++#undef TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK
++#define TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK avr32_output_mi_thunk
++
++#undef TARGET_ASM_CAN_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK
++#define TARGET_ASM_CAN_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK hook_bool_tree_hwi_hwi_tree_true
++
++static void
++avr32_output_mi_thunk (FILE * file,
++    tree thunk ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
++    HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
++    HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, tree function)
++  {
++    int mi_delta = delta;
++    int this_regno =
++      (aggregate_value_p (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (function)), function) ?
++       INTERNAL_REGNUM (11) : INTERNAL_REGNUM (12));
++
++
++    if (!avr32_const_ok_for_constraint_p (mi_delta, 'I', "Is21")
++        || vcall_offset
++        || flag_pic)
++      {
++        fputs ("\tpushm\tlr\n", file);
++      }
++
++
++    if (mi_delta != 0)
++      {
++        if (avr32_const_ok_for_constraint_p (mi_delta, 'I', "Is21"))
++          {
++            fprintf (file, "\tsub\t%s, -0x%x\n", reg_names[this_regno],
++                mi_delta);
++          }
++        else
++          {
++            /* Immediate is larger than k21 we must make us a temp register by
++	     pushing a register to the stack. */
++            fprintf (file, "\tmov\tlr, lo(%x)\n", mi_delta);
++            fprintf (file, "\torh\tlr, hi(%x)\n", mi_delta);
++            fprintf (file, "\tadd\t%s, lr\n", reg_names[this_regno]);
++          }
++      }
++
++
++    if (vcall_offset != 0)
++      {
++        fprintf (file, "\tld.w\tlr, %s[0]\n", reg_names[this_regno]);
++        fprintf (file, "\tld.w\tlr, lr[%i]\n", (int) vcall_offset);
++        fprintf (file, "\tadd\t%s, lr\n", reg_names[this_regno]);
++      }
++
++
++    if ( (!avr32_const_ok_for_constraint_p (mi_delta, 'I', "Is21")
++          || vcall_offset)
++         && !flag_pic )
++      {
++        fputs ("\tpopm\tlr\n", file);
++      }
++
++    if (flag_pic)
++      {
++        /* Load the got into lr and then load the pointer 
++           to the function from the got and put it on the stack.
++           We can then call the function and restore lr by issuing
++           a doubleword load from the stack. We do not use a popm/ldm
++           since it will be treated as a return and might need a flushing
++           of the return-stack if available. */
++        rtx label = gen_label_rtx ();
++        /* Load the got. */
++        fputs ("\tlddpc\tlr, 0f\n", file);
++        (*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (file, "L",
++                                           CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (label));
++        fputs ("\trsub\tlr, pc\n", file);
++        /* Load the function pointer. */
++        fputs ("\tld.w\tlr, lr[", file);
++        assemble_name (file, XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (function), 0), 0));
++        fputs ("@got]\n", file);
++        /* Push the function pointer on the stack.*/
++        fputs ("\tpushm\tlr\n", file);
++        /* Restore the old lr value and load the function pointer into
++           pc. */
++        fputs ("\tld.d\tlr,sp++\n", file);
++        fprintf (file, "\t.align 2\n");
++        fprintf (file, "0:\t.long\t.L%d - _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_\n", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (label));
++      }
++    else
++      {
++        fprintf (file, "\tlddpc\tpc, 0f\n");
++        fprintf (file, "\t.align 2\n");
++        fputs ("0:\t.long\t", file);
++        assemble_name (file, XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (function), 0), 0));
++        fputc ('\n', file);
++      }
++  }
++
++/* Implements target hook vector_mode_supported.  */
++bool
++avr32_vector_mode_supported (enum machine_mode mode)
++  {
++    if ((mode == V2HImode) || (mode == V4QImode))
++      return true;
++
++    return false;
++  }
++
++
++#undef TARGET_INIT_LIBFUNCS
++#define TARGET_INIT_LIBFUNCS avr32_init_libfuncs
++
++#undef  TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS
++#define TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS avr32_init_builtins
++
++#undef  TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN
++#define TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN avr32_expand_builtin
++
++tree int_ftype_int, int_ftype_void, short_ftype_short, void_ftype_int_int,
++void_ftype_ptr_int;
++tree void_ftype_int, void_ftype_void, int_ftype_ptr_int;
++tree short_ftype_short, int_ftype_int_short, int_ftype_short_short,
++short_ftype_short_short;
++tree int_ftype_int_int, longlong_ftype_int_short, longlong_ftype_short_short;
++tree void_ftype_int_int_int_int_int, void_ftype_int_int_int;
++tree longlong_ftype_int_int, void_ftype_int_int_longlong;
++tree int_ftype_int_int_int, longlong_ftype_longlong_int_short;
++tree longlong_ftype_longlong_short_short, int_ftype_int_short_short;
++
++#define def_builtin(NAME, TYPE, CODE)					\
++  lang_hooks.builtin_function ((NAME), (TYPE), (CODE),			\
++      BUILT_IN_MD, NULL, NULL_TREE)
++
++#define def_mbuiltin(MASK, NAME, TYPE, CODE)				\
++  do									\
++  {									\
++    if ((MASK))							\
++    lang_hooks.builtin_function ((NAME), (TYPE), (CODE),		\
++        BUILT_IN_MD, NULL, NULL_TREE);	\
++  }									\
++  while (0)
++
++struct builtin_description
++{
++  const unsigned int mask;
++  const enum insn_code icode;
++  const char *const name;
++  const int code;
++  const enum rtx_code comparison;
++  const unsigned int flag;
++  const tree *ftype;
++};
++
++static const struct builtin_description bdesc_2arg[] = {
++#define DSP_BUILTIN(code, builtin, ftype) \
++  { 1, CODE_FOR_##code, "__builtin_" #code , \
++    AVR32_BUILTIN_##builtin, 0, 0, ftype }
++
++    DSP_BUILTIN (mulsathh_h, MULSATHH_H, &short_ftype_short_short),
++    DSP_BUILTIN (mulsathh_w, MULSATHH_W, &int_ftype_short_short),
++    DSP_BUILTIN (mulsatrndhh_h, MULSATRNDHH_H, &short_ftype_short_short),
++    DSP_BUILTIN (mulsatrndwh_w, MULSATRNDWH_W, &int_ftype_int_short),
++    DSP_BUILTIN (mulsatwh_w, MULSATWH_W, &int_ftype_int_short),
++    DSP_BUILTIN (satadd_h, SATADD_H, &short_ftype_short_short),
++    DSP_BUILTIN (satsub_h, SATSUB_H, &short_ftype_short_short),
++    DSP_BUILTIN (satadd_w, SATADD_W, &int_ftype_int_int),
++    DSP_BUILTIN (satsub_w, SATSUB_W, &int_ftype_int_int),
++    DSP_BUILTIN (mulwh_d, MULWH_D, &longlong_ftype_int_short),
++    DSP_BUILTIN (mulnwh_d, MULNWH_D, &longlong_ftype_int_short)
++};
++
++
++void
++avr32_init_builtins (void)
++  {
++    unsigned int i;
++    const struct builtin_description *d;
++    tree endlink = void_list_node;
++    tree int_endlink = tree_cons (NULL_TREE, integer_type_node, endlink);
++    tree longlong_endlink =
++      tree_cons (NULL_TREE, long_long_integer_type_node, endlink);
++    tree short_endlink =
++      tree_cons (NULL_TREE, short_integer_type_node, endlink);
++    tree void_endlink = tree_cons (NULL_TREE, void_type_node, endlink);
++
++    /* int func (int) */
++    int_ftype_int = build_function_type (integer_type_node, int_endlink);
++
++    /* short func (short) */
++    short_ftype_short
++    = build_function_type (short_integer_type_node, short_endlink);
++
++    /* short func (short, short) */
++    short_ftype_short_short
++    = build_function_type (short_integer_type_node,
++        tree_cons (NULL_TREE, short_integer_type_node,
++            short_endlink));
++
++    /* long long func (long long, short, short) */
++    longlong_ftype_longlong_short_short
++    = build_function_type (long_long_integer_type_node,
++        tree_cons (NULL_TREE, long_long_integer_type_node,
++            tree_cons (NULL_TREE,
++                short_integer_type_node,
++                short_endlink)));
++
++    /* long long func (short, short) */
++    longlong_ftype_short_short
++    = build_function_type (long_long_integer_type_node,
++        tree_cons (NULL_TREE, short_integer_type_node,
++            short_endlink));
++
++    /* int func (int, int) */
++    int_ftype_int_int
++    = build_function_type (integer_type_node,
++        tree_cons (NULL_TREE, integer_type_node,
++            int_endlink));
++
++    /* long long func (int, int) */
++    longlong_ftype_int_int
++    = build_function_type (long_long_integer_type_node,
++        tree_cons (NULL_TREE, integer_type_node,
++            int_endlink));
++
++    /* long long int func (long long, int, short) */
++    longlong_ftype_longlong_int_short
++    = build_function_type (long_long_integer_type_node,
++        tree_cons (NULL_TREE, long_long_integer_type_node,
++            tree_cons (NULL_TREE, integer_type_node,
++                short_endlink)));
++
++    /* long long int func (int, short) */
++    longlong_ftype_int_short
++    = build_function_type (long_long_integer_type_node,
++        tree_cons (NULL_TREE, integer_type_node,
++            short_endlink));
++
++    /* int func (int, short, short) */
++    int_ftype_int_short_short
++    = build_function_type (integer_type_node,
++        tree_cons (NULL_TREE, integer_type_node,
++            tree_cons (NULL_TREE,
++                short_integer_type_node,
++                short_endlink)));
++
++    /* int func (short, short) */
++    int_ftype_short_short
++    = build_function_type (integer_type_node,
++        tree_cons (NULL_TREE, short_integer_type_node,
++            short_endlink));
++
++    /* int func (int, short) */
++    int_ftype_int_short
++    = build_function_type (integer_type_node,
++        tree_cons (NULL_TREE, integer_type_node,
++            short_endlink));
++
++    /* void func (int, int) */
++    void_ftype_int_int
++    = build_function_type (void_type_node,
++        tree_cons (NULL_TREE, integer_type_node,
++            int_endlink));
++
++    /* void func (int, int, int) */
++    void_ftype_int_int_int
++    = build_function_type (void_type_node,
++        tree_cons (NULL_TREE, integer_type_node,
++            tree_cons (NULL_TREE, integer_type_node,
++                int_endlink)));
++
++    /* void func (int, int, long long) */
++    void_ftype_int_int_longlong
++    = build_function_type (void_type_node,
++        tree_cons (NULL_TREE, integer_type_node,
++            tree_cons (NULL_TREE, integer_type_node,
++                longlong_endlink)));
++
++    /* void func (int, int, int, int, int) */
++    void_ftype_int_int_int_int_int
++    = build_function_type (void_type_node,
++        tree_cons (NULL_TREE, integer_type_node,
++            tree_cons (NULL_TREE, integer_type_node,
++                tree_cons (NULL_TREE,
++                    integer_type_node,
++                    tree_cons
++                    (NULL_TREE,
++                        integer_type_node,
++                        int_endlink)))));
++
++    /* void func (void *, int) */
++    void_ftype_ptr_int
++    = build_function_type (void_type_node,
++        tree_cons (NULL_TREE, ptr_type_node, int_endlink));
++
++    /* void func (int) */
++    void_ftype_int = build_function_type (void_type_node, int_endlink);
++
++    /* void func (void) */
++    void_ftype_void = build_function_type (void_type_node, void_endlink);
++
++    /* int func (void) */
++    int_ftype_void = build_function_type (integer_type_node, void_endlink);
++
++    /* int func (void *, int) */
++    int_ftype_ptr_int
++    = build_function_type (integer_type_node,
++        tree_cons (NULL_TREE, ptr_type_node, int_endlink));
++
++    /* int func (int, int, int) */
++    int_ftype_int_int_int
++    = build_function_type (integer_type_node,
++        tree_cons (NULL_TREE, integer_type_node,
++            tree_cons (NULL_TREE, integer_type_node,
++                int_endlink)));
++
++    /* Initialize avr32 builtins.  */
++    def_builtin ("__builtin_mfsr", int_ftype_int, AVR32_BUILTIN_MFSR);
++    def_builtin ("__builtin_mtsr", void_ftype_int_int, AVR32_BUILTIN_MTSR);
++    def_builtin ("__builtin_mfdr", int_ftype_int, AVR32_BUILTIN_MFDR);
++    def_builtin ("__builtin_mtdr", void_ftype_int_int, AVR32_BUILTIN_MTDR);
++    def_builtin ("__builtin_cache", void_ftype_ptr_int, AVR32_BUILTIN_CACHE);
++    def_builtin ("__builtin_sync", void_ftype_int, AVR32_BUILTIN_SYNC);
++    def_builtin ("__builtin_tlbr", void_ftype_void, AVR32_BUILTIN_TLBR);
++    def_builtin ("__builtin_tlbs", void_ftype_void, AVR32_BUILTIN_TLBS);
++    def_builtin ("__builtin_tlbw", void_ftype_void, AVR32_BUILTIN_TLBW);
++    def_builtin ("__builtin_breakpoint", void_ftype_void,
++        AVR32_BUILTIN_BREAKPOINT);
++    def_builtin ("__builtin_xchg", int_ftype_ptr_int, AVR32_BUILTIN_XCHG);
++    def_builtin ("__builtin_ldxi", int_ftype_ptr_int, AVR32_BUILTIN_LDXI);
++    def_builtin ("__builtin_bswap_16", short_ftype_short,
++        AVR32_BUILTIN_BSWAP16);
++    def_builtin ("__builtin_bswap_32", int_ftype_int, AVR32_BUILTIN_BSWAP32);
++    def_builtin ("__builtin_cop", void_ftype_int_int_int_int_int,
++        AVR32_BUILTIN_COP);
++    def_builtin ("__builtin_mvcr_w", int_ftype_int_int, AVR32_BUILTIN_MVCR_W);
++    def_builtin ("__builtin_mvrc_w", void_ftype_int_int_int,
++        AVR32_BUILTIN_MVRC_W);
++    def_builtin ("__builtin_mvcr_d", longlong_ftype_int_int,
++        AVR32_BUILTIN_MVCR_D);
++    def_builtin ("__builtin_mvrc_d", void_ftype_int_int_longlong,
++        AVR32_BUILTIN_MVRC_D);
++    def_builtin ("__builtin_sats", int_ftype_int_int_int, AVR32_BUILTIN_SATS);
++    def_builtin ("__builtin_satu", int_ftype_int_int_int, AVR32_BUILTIN_SATU);
++    def_builtin ("__builtin_satrnds", int_ftype_int_int_int,
++        AVR32_BUILTIN_SATRNDS);
++    def_builtin ("__builtin_satrndu", int_ftype_int_int_int,
++        AVR32_BUILTIN_SATRNDU);
++    def_builtin ("__builtin_musfr", void_ftype_int, AVR32_BUILTIN_MUSFR);
++    def_builtin ("__builtin_mustr", int_ftype_void, AVR32_BUILTIN_MUSTR);
++    def_builtin ("__builtin_macsathh_w", int_ftype_int_short_short,
++        AVR32_BUILTIN_MACSATHH_W);
++    def_builtin ("__builtin_macwh_d", longlong_ftype_longlong_int_short,
++        AVR32_BUILTIN_MACWH_D);
++    def_builtin ("__builtin_machh_d", longlong_ftype_longlong_short_short,
++        AVR32_BUILTIN_MACHH_D);
++
++    /* Add all builtins that are more or less simple operations on two
++     operands.  */
++    for (i = 0, d = bdesc_2arg; i < ARRAY_SIZE (bdesc_2arg); i++, d++)
++      {
++        /* Use one of the operands; the target can have a different mode for
++         mask-generating compares.  */
++
++        if (d->name == 0)
++          continue;
++
++        def_mbuiltin (d->mask, d->name, *(d->ftype), d->code);
++      }
++  }
++
++
++/* Subroutine of avr32_expand_builtin to take care of binop insns.  */
++
++static rtx
++avr32_expand_binop_builtin (enum insn_code icode, tree arglist, rtx target)
++  {
++    rtx pat;
++    tree arg0 = TREE_VALUE (arglist);
++    tree arg1 = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist));
++    rtx op0 = expand_expr (arg0, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
++    rtx op1 = expand_expr (arg1, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
++    enum machine_mode tmode = insn_data[icode].operand[0].mode;
++    enum machine_mode mode0 = insn_data[icode].operand[1].mode;
++    enum machine_mode mode1 = insn_data[icode].operand[2].mode;
++
++    if (!target
++        || GET_MODE (target) != tmode
++        || !(*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (target, tmode))
++      target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode);
++
++    /* In case the insn wants input operands in modes different from the
++     result, abort.  */
++    if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) (op0, mode0))
++      {
++        /* If op0 is already a reg we must cast it to the correct mode. */
++        if (REG_P (op0))
++          op0 = convert_to_mode (mode0, op0, 1);
++        else
++          op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode0, op0);
++      }
++    if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[2].predicate) (op1, mode1))
++      {
++        /* If op1 is already a reg we must cast it to the correct mode. */
++        if (REG_P (op1))
++          op1 = convert_to_mode (mode1, op1, 1);
++        else
++          op1 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode1, op1);
++      }
++    pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target, op0, op1);
++    if (!pat)
++      return 0;
++    emit_insn (pat);
++    return target;
++  }
++
++/* Expand an expression EXP that calls a built-in function,
++   with result going to TARGET if that's convenient
++   (and in mode MODE if that's convenient).
++   SUBTARGET may be used as the target for computing one of EXP's operands.
++   IGNORE is nonzero if the value is to be ignored.  */
++
++rtx
++avr32_expand_builtin (tree exp,
++    rtx target,
++    rtx subtarget ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
++    enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
++    int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
++  {
++    const struct builtin_description *d;
++    unsigned int i;
++    enum insn_code icode;
++    tree fndecl = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0);
++    tree arglist = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1);
++    tree arg0, arg1, arg2;
++    rtx op0, op1, op2, pat;
++    enum machine_mode tmode, mode0, mode1;
++    enum machine_mode arg0_mode;
++    int fcode = DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl);
++
++    switch (fcode)
++    {
++    default:
++      break;
++
++    case AVR32_BUILTIN_SATS:
++    case AVR32_BUILTIN_SATU:
++    case AVR32_BUILTIN_SATRNDS:
++    case AVR32_BUILTIN_SATRNDU:
++        {
++          const char *fname;
++          switch (fcode)
++          {
++          default:
++          case AVR32_BUILTIN_SATS:
++            icode = CODE_FOR_sats;
++            fname = "sats";
++            break;
++          case AVR32_BUILTIN_SATU:
++            icode = CODE_FOR_satu;
++            fname = "satu";
++            break;
++          case AVR32_BUILTIN_SATRNDS:
++            icode = CODE_FOR_satrnds;
++            fname = "satrnds";
++            break;
++          case AVR32_BUILTIN_SATRNDU:
++            icode = CODE_FOR_satrndu;
++            fname = "satrndu";
++            break;
++          }
++
++          arg0 = TREE_VALUE (arglist);
++          arg1 = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist));
++          arg2 = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)));
++          op0 = expand_expr (arg0, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
++          op1 = expand_expr (arg1, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
++          op2 = expand_expr (arg2, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
++
++          tmode = insn_data[icode].operand[0].mode;
++
++
++          if (target == 0
++              || GET_MODE (target) != tmode
++              || !(*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (target, tmode))
++            target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode);
++
++
++          if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (op0, GET_MODE (op0)))
++            {
++              op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (insn_data[icode].operand[0].mode, op0);
++            }
++
++          if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) (op1, SImode))
++            {
++              error ("Parameter 2 to __builtin_%s should be a constant number.",
++                  fname);
++              return NULL_RTX;
++            }
++
++          if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) (op2, SImode))
++            {
++              error ("Parameter 3 to __builtin_%s should be a constant number.",
++                  fname);
++              return NULL_RTX;
++            }
++
++          emit_move_insn (target, op0);
++          pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target, op1, op2);
++          if (!pat)
++            return 0;
++          emit_insn (pat);
++
++          return target;
++        }
++    case AVR32_BUILTIN_MUSTR:
++      icode = CODE_FOR_mustr;
++      tmode = insn_data[icode].operand[0].mode;
++
++      if (target == 0
++          || GET_MODE (target) != tmode
++          || !(*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (target, tmode))
++        target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode);
++      pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target);
++      if (!pat)
++        return 0;
++      emit_insn (pat);
++      return target;
++
++    case AVR32_BUILTIN_MFSR:
++      icode = CODE_FOR_mfsr;
++      arg0 = TREE_VALUE (arglist);
++      op0 = expand_expr (arg0, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
++      tmode = insn_data[icode].operand[0].mode;
++      mode0 = insn_data[icode].operand[1].mode;
++
++      if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) (op0, mode0))
++        {
++          error ("Parameter 1 to __builtin_mfsr must be a constant number");
++        }
++
++      if (target == 0
++          || GET_MODE (target) != tmode
++          || !(*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (target, tmode))
++        target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode);
++      pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target, op0);
++      if (!pat)
++        return 0;
++      emit_insn (pat);
++      return target;
++    case AVR32_BUILTIN_MTSR:
++      icode = CODE_FOR_mtsr;
++      arg0 = TREE_VALUE (arglist);
++      arg1 = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist));
++      op0 = expand_expr (arg0, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
++      op1 = expand_expr (arg1, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
++      mode0 = insn_data[icode].operand[0].mode;
++      mode1 = insn_data[icode].operand[1].mode;
++
++      if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (op0, mode0))
++        {
++          error ("Parameter 1 to __builtin_mtsr must be a constant number");
++          return gen_reg_rtx (mode0);
++        }
++      if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) (op1, mode1))
++        op1 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode1, op1);
++      pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (op0, op1);
++      if (!pat)
++        return 0;
++      emit_insn (pat);
++      return NULL_RTX;
++    case AVR32_BUILTIN_MFDR:
++      icode = CODE_FOR_mfdr;
++      arg0 = TREE_VALUE (arglist);
++      op0 = expand_expr (arg0, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
++      tmode = insn_data[icode].operand[0].mode;
++      mode0 = insn_data[icode].operand[1].mode;
++
++      if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) (op0, mode0))
++        {
++          error ("Parameter 1 to __builtin_mfdr must be a constant number");
++        }
++
++      if (target == 0
++          || GET_MODE (target) != tmode
++          || !(*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (target, tmode))
++        target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode);
++      pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target, op0);
++      if (!pat)
++        return 0;
++      emit_insn (pat);
++      return target;
++    case AVR32_BUILTIN_MTDR:
++      icode = CODE_FOR_mtdr;
++      arg0 = TREE_VALUE (arglist);
++      arg1 = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist));
++      op0 = expand_expr (arg0, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
++      op1 = expand_expr (arg1, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
++      mode0 = insn_data[icode].operand[0].mode;
++      mode1 = insn_data[icode].operand[1].mode;
++
++      if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (op0, mode0))
++        {
++          error ("Parameter 1 to __builtin_mtdr must be a constant number");
++          return gen_reg_rtx (mode0);
++        }
++      if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) (op1, mode1))
++        op1 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode1, op1);
++      pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (op0, op1);
++      if (!pat)
++        return 0;
++      emit_insn (pat);
++      return NULL_RTX;
++    case AVR32_BUILTIN_CACHE:
++      icode = CODE_FOR_cache;
++      arg0 = TREE_VALUE (arglist);
++      arg1 = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist));
++      op0 = expand_expr (arg0, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
++      op1 = expand_expr (arg1, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
++      mode0 = insn_data[icode].operand[0].mode;
++      mode1 = insn_data[icode].operand[1].mode;
++
++      if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) (op1, mode1))
++        {
++          error ("Parameter 2 to __builtin_cache must be a constant number");
++          return gen_reg_rtx (mode1);
++        }
++
++      if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (op0, mode0))
++        op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode0, op0);
++
++      pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (op0, op1);
++      if (!pat)
++        return 0;
++      emit_insn (pat);
++      return NULL_RTX;
++    case AVR32_BUILTIN_SYNC:
++    case AVR32_BUILTIN_MUSFR:
++        {
++          const char *fname;
++          switch (fcode)
++          {
++          default:
++          case AVR32_BUILTIN_SYNC:
++            icode = CODE_FOR_sync;
++            fname = "sync";
++            break;
++          case AVR32_BUILTIN_MUSFR:
++            icode = CODE_FOR_musfr;
++            fname = "musfr";
++            break;
++          }
++
++          arg0 = TREE_VALUE (arglist);
++          op0 = expand_expr (arg0, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
++          mode0 = insn_data[icode].operand[0].mode;
++
++          if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (op0, mode0))
++            {
++              if (icode == CODE_FOR_musfr)
++                op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode0, op0);
++              else
++                {
++                  error ("Parameter to __builtin_%s is illegal.", fname);
++                  return gen_reg_rtx (mode0);
++                }
++            }
++          pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (op0);
++          if (!pat)
++            return 0;
++          emit_insn (pat);
++          return NULL_RTX;
++        }
++    case AVR32_BUILTIN_TLBR:
++      icode = CODE_FOR_tlbr;
++      pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (NULL_RTX);
++      if (!pat)
++        return 0;
++      emit_insn (pat);
++      return NULL_RTX;
++    case AVR32_BUILTIN_TLBS:
++      icode = CODE_FOR_tlbs;
++      pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (NULL_RTX);
++      if (!pat)
++        return 0;
++      emit_insn (pat);
++      return NULL_RTX;
++    case AVR32_BUILTIN_TLBW:
++      icode = CODE_FOR_tlbw;
++      pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (NULL_RTX);
++      if (!pat)
++        return 0;
++      emit_insn (pat);
++      return NULL_RTX;
++    case AVR32_BUILTIN_BREAKPOINT:
++      icode = CODE_FOR_breakpoint;
++      pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (NULL_RTX);
++      if (!pat)
++        return 0;
++      emit_insn (pat);
++      return NULL_RTX;
++    case AVR32_BUILTIN_XCHG:
++      icode = CODE_FOR_sync_lock_test_and_setsi;
++      arg0 = TREE_VALUE (arglist);
++      arg1 = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist));
++      op0 = expand_expr (arg0, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
++      op1 = expand_expr (arg1, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
++      tmode = insn_data[icode].operand[0].mode;
++      mode0 = insn_data[icode].operand[1].mode;
++      mode1 = insn_data[icode].operand[2].mode;
++
++      if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[2].predicate) (op1, mode1))
++        {
++          op1 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode1, op1);
++        }
++
++      op0 = gen_rtx_MEM (SImode, op0);
++      if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) (op0, mode0))
++        {
++          error
++          ("Parameter 1 to __builtin_xchg must be a pointer to an integer.");
++        }
++
++      if (target == 0
++          || GET_MODE (target) != tmode
++          || !(*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (target, tmode))
++        target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode);
++      pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target, op0, op1);
++      if (!pat)
++        return 0;
++      emit_insn (pat);
++      return target;
++    case AVR32_BUILTIN_LDXI:
++      icode = CODE_FOR_ldxi;
++      arg0 = TREE_VALUE (arglist);
++      arg1 = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist));
++      arg2 = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)));
++      op0 = expand_expr (arg0, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
++      op1 = expand_expr (arg1, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
++      op2 = expand_expr (arg2, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
++      tmode = insn_data[icode].operand[0].mode;
++      mode0 = insn_data[icode].operand[1].mode;
++      mode1 = insn_data[icode].operand[2].mode;
++
++      if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) (op0, mode0))
++        {
++          op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode0, op0);
++        }
++
++      if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[2].predicate) (op1, mode1))
++        {
++          op1 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode1, op1);
++        }
++
++      if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[3].predicate) (op2, SImode))
++        {
++          error
++          ("Parameter 3 to __builtin_ldxi must be a valid extract shift operand: (0|8|16|24)");
++          return gen_reg_rtx (mode0);
++        }
++
++      if (target == 0
++          || GET_MODE (target) != tmode
++          || !(*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (target, tmode))
++        target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode);
++      pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target, op0, op1, op2);
++      if (!pat)
++        return 0;
++      emit_insn (pat);
++      return target;
++    case AVR32_BUILTIN_BSWAP16:
++        {
++          icode = CODE_FOR_bswap_16;
++          arg0 = TREE_VALUE (arglist);
++          arg0_mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (arg0));
++          mode0 = insn_data[icode].operand[1].mode;
++          if (arg0_mode != mode0)
++            arg0 = build1 (NOP_EXPR,
++                (*lang_hooks.types.type_for_mode) (mode0, 0), arg0);
++
++          op0 = expand_expr (arg0, NULL_RTX, HImode, 0);
++          tmode = insn_data[icode].operand[0].mode;
++
++
++          if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) (op0, mode0))
++            {
++              op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode0, op0);
++            }
++
++          if (target == 0
++              || GET_MODE (target) != tmode
++              || !(*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (target, tmode))
++            {
++              target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode);
++            }
++
++
++          pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target, op0);
++          if (!pat)
++            return 0;
++          emit_insn (pat);
++
++          return target;
++        }
++    case AVR32_BUILTIN_BSWAP32:
++        {
++          icode = CODE_FOR_bswap_32;
++          arg0 = TREE_VALUE (arglist);
++          op0 = expand_expr (arg0, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
++          tmode = insn_data[icode].operand[0].mode;
++          mode0 = insn_data[icode].operand[1].mode;
++
++          if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) (op0, mode0))
++            {
++              op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode0, op0);
++            }
++
++          if (target == 0
++              || GET_MODE (target) != tmode
++              || !(*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (target, tmode))
++            target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode);
++
++
++          pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target, op0);
++          if (!pat)
++            return 0;
++          emit_insn (pat);
++
++          return target;
++        }
++    case AVR32_BUILTIN_MVCR_W:
++    case AVR32_BUILTIN_MVCR_D:
++        {
++          arg0 = TREE_VALUE (arglist);
++          arg1 = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist));
++          op0 = expand_expr (arg0, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
++          op1 = expand_expr (arg1, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
++
++          if (fcode == AVR32_BUILTIN_MVCR_W)
++            icode = CODE_FOR_mvcrsi;
++          else
++            icode = CODE_FOR_mvcrdi;
++
++          tmode = insn_data[icode].operand[0].mode;
++
++          if (target == 0
++              || GET_MODE (target) != tmode
++              || !(*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (target, tmode))
++            target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode);
++
++          if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) (op0, SImode))
++            {
++              error
++              ("Parameter 1 to __builtin_cop is not a valid coprocessor number.");
++              error ("Number should be between 0 and 7.");
++              return NULL_RTX;
++            }
++
++          if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[2].predicate) (op1, SImode))
++            {
++              error
++              ("Parameter 2 to __builtin_cop is not a valid coprocessor register number.");
++              error ("Number should be between 0 and 15.");
++              return NULL_RTX;
++            }
++
++          pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target, op0, op1);
++          if (!pat)
++            return 0;
++          emit_insn (pat);
++
++          return target;
++        }
++    case AVR32_BUILTIN_MACSATHH_W:
++    case AVR32_BUILTIN_MACWH_D:
++    case AVR32_BUILTIN_MACHH_D:
++        {
++          arg0 = TREE_VALUE (arglist);
++          arg1 = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist));
++          arg2 = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)));
++          op0 = expand_expr (arg0, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
++          op1 = expand_expr (arg1, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
++          op2 = expand_expr (arg2, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
++
++          icode = ((fcode == AVR32_BUILTIN_MACSATHH_W) ? CODE_FOR_macsathh_w :
++          (fcode == AVR32_BUILTIN_MACWH_D) ? CODE_FOR_macwh_d :
++          CODE_FOR_machh_d);
++
++          tmode = insn_data[icode].operand[0].mode;
++          mode0 = insn_data[icode].operand[1].mode;
++          mode1 = insn_data[icode].operand[2].mode;
++
++
++          if (!target
++              || GET_MODE (target) != tmode
++              || !(*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (target, tmode))
++            target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode);
++
++          if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (op0, tmode))
++            {
++              /* If op0 is already a reg we must cast it to the correct mode. */
++              if (REG_P (op0))
++                op0 = convert_to_mode (tmode, op0, 1);
++              else
++                op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (tmode, op0);
++            }
++
++          if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) (op1, mode0))
++            {
++              /* If op1 is already a reg we must cast it to the correct mode. */
++              if (REG_P (op1))
++                op1 = convert_to_mode (mode0, op1, 1);
++              else
++                op1 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode0, op1);
++            }
++
++          if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[2].predicate) (op2, mode1))
++            {
++              /* If op1 is already a reg we must cast it to the correct mode. */
++              if (REG_P (op2))
++                op2 = convert_to_mode (mode1, op2, 1);
++              else
++                op2 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode1, op2);
++            }
++
++          emit_move_insn (target, op0);
++
++          pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target, op1, op2);
++          if (!pat)
++            return 0;
++          emit_insn (pat);
++          return target;
++        }
++    case AVR32_BUILTIN_MVRC_W:
++    case AVR32_BUILTIN_MVRC_D:
++        {
++          arg0 = TREE_VALUE (arglist);
++          arg1 = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist));
++          arg2 = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)));
++          op0 = expand_expr (arg0, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
++          op1 = expand_expr (arg1, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
++          op2 = expand_expr (arg2, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
++
++          if (fcode == AVR32_BUILTIN_MVRC_W)
++            icode = CODE_FOR_mvrcsi;
++          else
++            icode = CODE_FOR_mvrcdi;
++
++          if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (op0, SImode))
++            {
++              error ("Parameter 1 is not a valid coprocessor number.");
++              error ("Number should be between 0 and 7.");
++              return NULL_RTX;
++            }
++
++          if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) (op1, SImode))
++            {
++              error ("Parameter 2 is not a valid coprocessor register number.");
++              error ("Number should be between 0 and 15.");
++              return NULL_RTX;
++            }
++
++          if (GET_CODE (op2) == CONST_INT
++              || GET_CODE (op2) == CONST
++              || GET_CODE (op2) == SYMBOL_REF || GET_CODE (op2) == LABEL_REF)
++            {
++              op2 = force_const_mem (insn_data[icode].operand[2].mode, op2);
++            }
++
++          if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[2].predicate) (op2, GET_MODE (op2)))
++            op2 = copy_to_mode_reg (insn_data[icode].operand[2].mode, op2);
++
++
++          pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (op0, op1, op2);
++          if (!pat)
++            return 0;
++          emit_insn (pat);
++
++          return NULL_RTX;
++        }
++    case AVR32_BUILTIN_COP:
++        {
++          rtx op3, op4;
++          tree arg3, arg4;
++          icode = CODE_FOR_cop;
++          arg0 = TREE_VALUE (arglist);
++          arg1 = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist));
++          arg2 = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)));
++          arg3 = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist))));
++          arg4 =
++            TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN
++                (TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)))));
++          op0 = expand_expr (arg0, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
++          op1 = expand_expr (arg1, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
++          op2 = expand_expr (arg2, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
++          op3 = expand_expr (arg3, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
++          op4 = expand_expr (arg4, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
++
++          if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (op0, SImode))
++            {
++              error
++              ("Parameter 1 to __builtin_cop is not a valid coprocessor number.");
++              error ("Number should be between 0 and 7.");
++              return NULL_RTX;
++            }
++
++          if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) (op1, SImode))
++            {
++              error
++              ("Parameter 2 to __builtin_cop is not a valid coprocessor register number.");
++              error ("Number should be between 0 and 15.");
++              return NULL_RTX;
++            }
++
++          if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[2].predicate) (op2, SImode))
++            {
++              error
++              ("Parameter 3 to __builtin_cop is not a valid coprocessor register number.");
++              error ("Number should be between 0 and 15.");
++              return NULL_RTX;
++            }
++
++          if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[3].predicate) (op3, SImode))
++            {
++              error
++              ("Parameter 4 to __builtin_cop is not a valid coprocessor register number.");
++              error ("Number should be between 0 and 15.");
++              return NULL_RTX;
++            }
++
++          if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[4].predicate) (op4, SImode))
++            {
++              error
++              ("Parameter 5 to __builtin_cop is not a valid coprocessor operation.");
++              error ("Number should be between 0 and 127.");
++              return NULL_RTX;
++            }
++
++          pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (op0, op1, op2, op3, op4);
++          if (!pat)
++            return 0;
++          emit_insn (pat);
++
++          return target;
++        }
++    }
++
++    for (i = 0, d = bdesc_2arg; i < ARRAY_SIZE (bdesc_2arg); i++, d++)
++      if (d->code == fcode)
++        return avr32_expand_binop_builtin (d->icode, arglist, target);
++
++
++    /* @@@ Should really do something sensible here.  */
++    return NULL_RTX;
++  }
++
++
++/* Handle an "interrupt" or "isr" attribute;
++   arguments as in struct attribute_spec.handler.  */
++
++static tree
++avr32_handle_isr_attribute (tree * node, tree name, tree args,
++    int flags, bool * no_add_attrs)
++  {
++    if (DECL_P (*node))
++      {
++        if (TREE_CODE (*node) != FUNCTION_DECL)
++          {
++            warning ("`%s' attribute only applies to functions",
++                IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
++            *no_add_attrs = true;
++          }
++        /* FIXME: the argument if any is checked for type attributes; should it
++         be checked for decl ones? */
++      }
++    else
++      {
++        if (TREE_CODE (*node) == FUNCTION_TYPE
++            || TREE_CODE (*node) == METHOD_TYPE)
++          {
++            if (avr32_isr_value (args) == AVR32_FT_UNKNOWN)
++              {
++                warning ("`%s' attribute ignored", IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
++                *no_add_attrs = true;
++              }
++          }
++        else if (TREE_CODE (*node) == POINTER_TYPE
++            && (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (*node)) == FUNCTION_TYPE
++                || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (*node)) == METHOD_TYPE)
++                && avr32_isr_value (args) != AVR32_FT_UNKNOWN)
++          {
++            *node = build_variant_type_copy (*node);
++            TREE_TYPE (*node) = build_type_attribute_variant
++            (TREE_TYPE (*node),
++                tree_cons (name, args, TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (TREE_TYPE (*node))));
++            *no_add_attrs = true;
++          }
++        else
++          {
++            /* Possibly pass this attribute on from the type to a decl.  */
++            if (flags & ((int) ATTR_FLAG_DECL_NEXT
++                | (int) ATTR_FLAG_FUNCTION_NEXT
++                | (int) ATTR_FLAG_ARRAY_NEXT))
++              {
++                *no_add_attrs = true;
++                return tree_cons (name, args, NULL_TREE);
++              }
++            else
++              {
++                warning ("`%s' attribute ignored", IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
++              }
++          }
++      }
++
++    return NULL_TREE;
++  }
++
++/* Handle an attribute requiring a FUNCTION_DECL;
++   arguments as in struct attribute_spec.handler.  */
++static tree
++avr32_handle_fndecl_attribute (tree * node, tree name,
++    tree args ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
++    int flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
++    bool * no_add_attrs)
++  {
++    if (TREE_CODE (*node) != FUNCTION_DECL)
++      {
++        warning ("%qs attribute only applies to functions",
++            IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
++        *no_add_attrs = true;
++      }
++
++    return NULL_TREE;
++  }
++
++
++/* Handle an acall attribute;
++   arguments as in struct attribute_spec.handler.  */
++
++static tree
++avr32_handle_acall_attribute (tree * node, tree name,
++    tree args ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
++    int flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bool * no_add_attrs)
++  {
++    if (TREE_CODE (*node) == FUNCTION_TYPE || TREE_CODE (*node) == METHOD_TYPE)
++      {
++        warning ("`%s' attribute not yet supported...",
++            IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
++        *no_add_attrs = true;
++        return NULL_TREE;
++      }
++
++    warning ("`%s' attribute only applies to functions",
++        IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
++    *no_add_attrs = true;
++    return NULL_TREE;
++  }
++
++
++/* Return 0 if the attributes for two types are incompatible, 1 if they
++   are compatible, and 2 if they are nearly compatible (which causes a
++   warning to be generated).  */
++
++static int
++avr32_comp_type_attributes (tree type1, tree type2)
++  {
++    int acall1, acall2, isr1, isr2, naked1, naked2;
++
++    /* Check for mismatch of non-default calling convention.  */
++    if (TREE_CODE (type1) != FUNCTION_TYPE)
++      return 1;
++
++    /* Check for mismatched call attributes.  */
++    acall1 = lookup_attribute ("acall", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (type1)) != NULL;
++    acall2 = lookup_attribute ("acall", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (type2)) != NULL;
++    naked1 = lookup_attribute ("naked", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (type1)) != NULL;
++    naked2 = lookup_attribute ("naked", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (type2)) != NULL;
++    isr1 = lookup_attribute ("isr", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (type1)) != NULL;
++    if (!isr1)
++      isr1 = lookup_attribute ("interrupt", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (type1)) != NULL;
++
++    isr2 = lookup_attribute ("isr", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (type2)) != NULL;
++    if (!isr2)
++      isr2 = lookup_attribute ("interrupt", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (type2)) != NULL;
++
++    if ((acall1 && isr2)
++        || (acall2 && isr1) || (naked1 && isr2) || (naked2 && isr1))
++      return 0;
++
++    return 1;
++  }
++
++
++/* Computes the type of the current function.  */
++
++static unsigned long
++avr32_compute_func_type (void)
++  {
++    unsigned long type = AVR32_FT_UNKNOWN;
++    tree a;
++    tree attr;
++
++    if (TREE_CODE (current_function_decl) != FUNCTION_DECL)
++      abort ();
++
++    /* Decide if the current function is volatile.  Such functions never
++     return, and many memory cycles can be saved by not storing register
++     values that will never be needed again.  This optimization was added to
++     speed up context switching in a kernel application.  */
++    if (optimize > 0
++        && TREE_NOTHROW (current_function_decl)
++        && TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (current_function_decl))
++      type |= AVR32_FT_VOLATILE;
++
++    if (cfun->static_chain_decl != NULL)
++      type |= AVR32_FT_NESTED;
++
++    attr = DECL_ATTRIBUTES (current_function_decl);
++
++    a = lookup_attribute ("isr", attr);
++    if (a == NULL_TREE)
++      a = lookup_attribute ("interrupt", attr);
++
++    if (a == NULL_TREE)
++      type |= AVR32_FT_NORMAL;
++    else
++      type |= avr32_isr_value (TREE_VALUE (a));
++
++
++    a = lookup_attribute ("acall", attr);
++    if (a != NULL_TREE)
++      type |= AVR32_FT_ACALL;
++
++    a = lookup_attribute ("naked", attr);
++    if (a != NULL_TREE)
++      type |= AVR32_FT_NAKED;
++
++    return type;
++  }
++
++/* Returns the type of the current function.  */
++
++static unsigned long
++avr32_current_func_type (void)
++  {
++    if (AVR32_FUNC_TYPE (cfun->machine->func_type) == AVR32_FT_UNKNOWN)
++      cfun->machine->func_type = avr32_compute_func_type ();
++
++    return cfun->machine->func_type;
++  }
++
++/*
++   This target hook should return true if we should not pass type solely
++   in registers. The file expr.h defines a definition that is usually appropriate,
++   refer to expr.h for additional documentation.
++ */
++bool
++avr32_must_pass_in_stack (enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, tree type)
++  {
++    if (type && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type)
++        /* If the alignment is less than the size then pass in the struct on
++         the stack. */
++        && ((unsigned int) TYPE_ALIGN_UNIT (type) <
++            (unsigned int) int_size_in_bytes (type))
++            /* If we support unaligned word accesses then structs of size 4 and 8
++         can have any alignment and still be passed in registers. */
++            && !(TARGET_UNALIGNED_WORD
++                && (int_size_in_bytes (type) == 4
++                    || int_size_in_bytes (type) == 8))
++                    /* Double word structs need only a word alignment. */
++                    && !(int_size_in_bytes (type) == 8 && TYPE_ALIGN_UNIT (type) >= 4))
++      return true;
++
++    if (type && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type)
++        /* Structs of size 3,5,6,7 are always passed in registers. */
++        && (int_size_in_bytes (type) == 3
++            || int_size_in_bytes (type) == 5
++            || int_size_in_bytes (type) == 6 || int_size_in_bytes (type) == 7))
++      return true;
++
++
++    return (type && TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type));
++  }
++
++
++bool
++avr32_strict_argument_naming (CUMULATIVE_ARGS * ca ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
++  {
++    return true;
++  }
++
++/*
++   This target hook should return true if an argument at the position indicated
++   by cum should be passed by reference. This predicate is queried after target
++   independent reasons for being passed by reference, such as TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type).
++
++   If the hook returns true, a copy of that argument is made in memory and a
++   pointer to the argument is passed instead of the argument itself. The pointer
++   is passed in whatever way is appropriate for passing a pointer to that type.
++ */
++bool
++avr32_pass_by_reference (CUMULATIVE_ARGS * cum ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
++    enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
++    tree type, bool named ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
++  {
++    return (type && (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (type)) != INTEGER_CST));
++  }
++
++static int
++avr32_arg_partial_bytes (CUMULATIVE_ARGS * pcum ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
++    enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
++    tree type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
++    bool named ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
++  {
++    return 0;
++  }
++
++
++struct gcc_target targetm = TARGET_INITIALIZER;
++
++/*
++  Table used to convert from register number in the assembler instructions and
++  the register numbers used in gcc.
++ */
++const int avr32_function_arg_reglist[] = {
++    INTERNAL_REGNUM (12),
++    INTERNAL_REGNUM (11),
++    INTERNAL_REGNUM (10),
++    INTERNAL_REGNUM (9),
++    INTERNAL_REGNUM (8)
++};
++
++rtx avr32_compare_op0 = NULL_RTX;
++rtx avr32_compare_op1 = NULL_RTX;
++rtx avr32_compare_operator = NULL_RTX;
++rtx avr32_acc_cache = NULL_RTX;
++
++/*
++  Returns nonzero if it is allowed to store a value of mode mode in hard
++  register number regno.
++ */
++int
++avr32_hard_regno_mode_ok (int regnr, enum machine_mode mode)
++  {
++    /* We allow only float modes in the fp-registers */
++    if (regnr >= FIRST_FP_REGNUM
++        && regnr <= LAST_FP_REGNUM && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_FLOAT)
++      {
++        return 0;
++      }
++
++    switch (mode)
++    {
++    case DImode:		/* long long */
++    case DFmode:		/* double */
++    case SCmode:		/* __complex__ float */
++    case CSImode:		/* __complex__ int */
++      if (regnr < 4)
++        {			/* long long int not supported in r12, sp, lr
++				   or pc. */
++          return 0;
++        }
++      else
++        {
++          if (regnr % 2)	/* long long int has to be refered in even
++				   registers. */
++            return 0;
++          else
++            return 1;
++        }
++    case CDImode:		/* __complex__ long long */
++    case DCmode:		/* __complex__ double */
++    case TImode:		/* 16 bytes */
++      if (regnr < 7)
++        return 0;
++      else if (regnr % 2)
++        return 0;
++      else
++        return 1;
++    default:
++      return 1;
++    }
++  }
++
++
++int
++avr32_rnd_operands (rtx add, rtx shift)
++  {
++    if (GET_CODE (shift) == CONST_INT &&
++        GET_CODE (add) == CONST_INT && INTVAL (shift) > 0)
++      {
++        if ((1 << (INTVAL (shift) - 1)) == INTVAL (add))
++          return TRUE;
++      }
++
++    return FALSE;
++  }
++
++
++
++int
++avr32_const_ok_for_constraint_p (HOST_WIDE_INT value, char c, const char *str)
++  {
++    switch (c)
++    {
++    case 'K':
++    case 'I':
++      {
++        HOST_WIDE_INT min_value = 0, max_value = 0;
++        char size_str[3];
++        int const_size;
++
++        size_str[0] = str[2];
++        size_str[1] = str[3];
++        size_str[2] = '\0';
++        const_size = atoi (size_str);
++
++        if (toupper (str[1]) == 'U')
++          {
++            min_value = 0;
++            max_value = (1 << const_size) - 1;
++          }
++        else if (toupper (str[1]) == 'S')
++          {
++            min_value = -(1 << (const_size - 1));
++            max_value = (1 << (const_size - 1)) - 1;
++          }
++
++        if (c == 'I')
++          {
++            value = -value;
++          }
++
++        if (value >= min_value && value <= max_value)
++          {
++            return 1;
++          }
++        break;
++      }
++    case 'M':
++    return avr32_mask_upper_bits_operand (GEN_INT (value), VOIDmode);
++    }
++
++    return 0;
++  }
++
++
++/*Compute mask of which floating-point registers needs saving upon
++  entry to this function*/
++static unsigned long
++avr32_compute_save_fp_reg_mask (void)
++  {
++    unsigned long func_type = avr32_current_func_type ();
++    unsigned int save_reg_mask = 0;
++    unsigned int reg;
++    unsigned int max_reg = 7;
++    int save_all_call_used_regs = FALSE;
++
++    /* This only applies for hardware floating-point implementation. */
++    if (!TARGET_HARD_FLOAT)
++      return 0;
++
++    if (IS_INTERRUPT (func_type))
++      {
++
++        /* Interrupt functions must not corrupt any registers, even call
++         clobbered ones.  If this is a leaf function we can just examine the
++         registers used by the RTL, but otherwise we have to assume that
++         whatever function is called might clobber anything, and so we have
++         to save all the call-clobbered registers as well.  */
++        max_reg = 13;
++        save_all_call_used_regs = !current_function_is_leaf;
++      }
++
++    /* All used registers used must be saved */
++    for (reg = 0; reg <= max_reg; reg++)
++      if (regs_ever_live[INTERNAL_FP_REGNUM (reg)]
++                         || (save_all_call_used_regs
++                             && call_used_regs[INTERNAL_FP_REGNUM (reg)]))
++        save_reg_mask |= (1 << reg);
++
++    return save_reg_mask;
++  }
++
++/*Compute mask of registers which needs saving upon function entry */
++static unsigned long
++avr32_compute_save_reg_mask (int push)
++  {
++    unsigned long func_type;
++    unsigned int save_reg_mask = 0;
++    unsigned int reg;
++
++    func_type = avr32_current_func_type ();
++
++    if (IS_INTERRUPT (func_type))
++      {
++        unsigned int max_reg = 12;
++
++
++        /* Get the banking scheme for the interrupt */
++        switch (func_type)
++        {
++        case AVR32_FT_ISR_FULL:
++          max_reg = 0;
++          break;
++        case AVR32_FT_ISR_HALF:
++          max_reg = 7;
++          break;
++        case AVR32_FT_ISR_NONE:
++          max_reg = 12;
++          break;
++        }
++
++        /* Interrupt functions must not corrupt any registers, even call
++         clobbered ones.  If this is a leaf function we can just examine the
++         registers used by the RTL, but otherwise we have to assume that
++         whatever function is called might clobber anything, and so we have
++         to save all the call-clobbered registers as well.  */
++
++        /* Need not push the registers r8-r12 for AVR32A architectures, as this
++         is automatially done in hardware. We also do not have any shadow
++         registers. */
++        if (avr32_arch->uarch_type == UARCH_TYPE_AVR32A)
++          {
++            max_reg = 7;
++            func_type = AVR32_FT_ISR_NONE;
++          }
++
++        /* All registers which are used and is not shadowed must be saved */
++        for (reg = 0; reg <= max_reg; reg++)
++          if (regs_ever_live[INTERNAL_REGNUM (reg)]
++                             || (!current_function_is_leaf
++                                 && call_used_regs[INTERNAL_REGNUM (reg)]))
++            save_reg_mask |= (1 << reg);
++
++        /* Check LR */
++        if ((regs_ever_live[LR_REGNUM]
++                            || !current_function_is_leaf || frame_pointer_needed)
++                            /* Only non-shadowed register models */
++                            && (func_type == AVR32_FT_ISR_NONE))
++          save_reg_mask |= (1 << ASM_REGNUM (LR_REGNUM));
++
++        /* Make sure that the GOT register is pushed. */
++        if (max_reg >= ASM_REGNUM (PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM)
++            && current_function_uses_pic_offset_table)
++          save_reg_mask |= (1 << ASM_REGNUM (PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM));
++
++      }
++    else
++      {
++        int use_pushm = optimize_size;
++
++        /* In the normal case we only need to save those registers which are
++         call saved and which are used by this function.  */
++        for (reg = 0; reg <= 7; reg++)
++          if (regs_ever_live[INTERNAL_REGNUM (reg)]
++                             && !call_used_regs[INTERNAL_REGNUM (reg)])
++            save_reg_mask |= (1 << reg);
++
++        /* Make sure that the GOT register is pushed. */
++        if (current_function_uses_pic_offset_table)
++          save_reg_mask |= (1 << ASM_REGNUM (PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM));
++
++
++        /* If we optimize for size and do not have anonymous arguments: use
++         popm/pushm always */
++        if (use_pushm)
++          {
++            if ((save_reg_mask & (1 << 0))
++                || (save_reg_mask & (1 << 1))
++                || (save_reg_mask & (1 << 2)) || (save_reg_mask & (1 << 3)))
++              save_reg_mask |= 0xf;
++
++            if ((save_reg_mask & (1 << 4))
++                || (save_reg_mask & (1 << 5))
++                || (save_reg_mask & (1 << 6)) || (save_reg_mask & (1 << 7)))
++              save_reg_mask |= 0xf0;
++
++            if ((save_reg_mask & (1 << 8)) || (save_reg_mask & (1 << 9)))
++              save_reg_mask |= 0x300;
++          }
++
++
++        /* Check LR */
++        if ((regs_ever_live[LR_REGNUM]
++                            || !current_function_is_leaf
++                            || (optimize_size
++                                && save_reg_mask
++                                && !current_function_calls_eh_return) || frame_pointer_needed))
++          {
++            if (push
++                /* Never pop LR into PC for functions which 
++	         calls __builtin_eh_return, since we need to
++	         fix the SP after the restoring of the registers
++	         and before returning. */
++                || current_function_calls_eh_return)
++              {
++                /* Push/Pop LR */
++                save_reg_mask |= (1 << ASM_REGNUM (LR_REGNUM));
++              }
++            else
++              {
++                /* Pop PC */
++                save_reg_mask |= (1 << ASM_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM));
++              }
++          }
++      }
++
++
++    /* Save registers so the exception handler can modify them.  */
++    if (current_function_calls_eh_return)
++      {
++        unsigned int i;
++
++        for (i = 0;; i++)
++          {
++            reg = EH_RETURN_DATA_REGNO (i);
++            if (reg == INVALID_REGNUM)
++              break;
++            save_reg_mask |= 1 << ASM_REGNUM (reg);
++          }
++      }
++
++    return save_reg_mask;
++  }
++
++/*Compute total size in bytes of all saved registers  */
++static int
++avr32_get_reg_mask_size (int reg_mask)
++  {
++    int reg, size;
++    size = 0;
++
++    for (reg = 0; reg <= 15; reg++)
++      if (reg_mask & (1 << reg))
++        size += 4;
++
++    return size;
++  }
++
++/*Get a register from one of the registers which are saved onto the stack
++  upon function entry */
++
++static int
++avr32_get_saved_reg (int save_reg_mask)
++  {
++    unsigned int reg;
++
++    /* Find the first register which is saved in the saved_reg_mask */
++    for (reg = 0; reg <= 15; reg++)
++      if (save_reg_mask & (1 << reg))
++        return reg;
++
++    return -1;
++  }
++
++/* Return 1 if it is possible to return using a single instruction.  */
++int
++avr32_use_return_insn (int iscond)
++  {
++    unsigned int func_type = avr32_current_func_type ();
++    unsigned long saved_int_regs;
++    unsigned long saved_fp_regs;
++
++    /* Never use a return instruction before reload has run.  */
++    if (!reload_completed)
++      return 0;
++
++    /* Must adjust the stack for vararg functions. */
++    if (current_function_args_info.uses_anonymous_args)
++      return 0;
++
++    /* If there a stack adjstment.  */
++    if (get_frame_size ())
++      return 0;
++
++    saved_int_regs = avr32_compute_save_reg_mask (TRUE);
++    saved_fp_regs = avr32_compute_save_fp_reg_mask ();
++
++    /* Functions which have saved fp-regs on the stack can not be performed in
++     one instruction */
++    if (saved_fp_regs)
++      return 0;
++
++    /* Conditional returns can not be performed in one instruction if we need
++     to restore registers from the stack */
++    if (iscond && saved_int_regs)
++      return 0;
++
++    /* Conditional return can not be used for interrupt handlers. */
++    if (iscond && IS_INTERRUPT (func_type))
++      return 0;
++
++    /* For interrupt handlers which needs to pop registers */
++    if (saved_int_regs && IS_INTERRUPT (func_type))
++      return 0;
++
++
++    /* If there are saved registers but the LR isn't saved, then we need two
++     instructions for the return.  */
++    if (saved_int_regs && !(saved_int_regs & (1 << ASM_REGNUM (LR_REGNUM))))
++      return 0;
++
++
++    return 1;
++  }
++
++
++/*Generate some function prologue info in the assembly file*/
++
++void
++avr32_target_asm_function_prologue (FILE * f, HOST_WIDE_INT frame_size)
++  {
++    if (IS_NAKED (avr32_current_func_type ()))
++      fprintf (f,
++      "\t# Function is naked: Prologue and epilogue provided by programmer\n");
++
++    if (IS_INTERRUPT (avr32_current_func_type ()))
++      {
++        switch (avr32_current_func_type ())
++        {
++        case AVR32_FT_ISR_FULL:
++          fprintf (f,
++          "\t# Interrupt Function: Fully shadowed register file\n");
++          break;
++        case AVR32_FT_ISR_HALF:
++          fprintf (f,
++          "\t# Interrupt Function: Half shadowed register file\n");
++          break;
++        default:
++        case AVR32_FT_ISR_NONE:
++          fprintf (f, "\t# Interrupt Function: No shadowed register file\n");
++          break;
++        }
++      }
++
++
++    fprintf (f, "\t# args = %i, frame = %li, pretend = %i\n",
++        current_function_args_size, frame_size,
++        current_function_pretend_args_size);
++
++    fprintf (f, "\t# frame_needed = %i, leaf_function = %i\n",
++        frame_pointer_needed, current_function_is_leaf);
++
++    fprintf (f, "\t# uses_anonymous_args = %i\n",
++        current_function_args_info.uses_anonymous_args);
++    if (current_function_calls_eh_return)
++      fprintf (f, "\t# Calls __builtin_eh_return.\n");
++
++  }
++
++
++/* Generate and emit an insn that we will recognize as a pushm or stm.
++   Unfortunately, since this insn does not reflect very well the actual
++   semantics of the operation, we need to annotate the insn for the benefit
++   of DWARF2 frame unwind information.  */
++
++int avr32_convert_to_reglist16 (int reglist8_vect);
++
++static rtx
++emit_multi_reg_push (int reglist, int usePUSHM)
++  {
++    rtx insn;
++    rtx dwarf;
++    rtx tmp;
++    rtx reg;
++    int i;
++    int nr_regs;
++    int index = 0;
++
++    if (usePUSHM)
++      {
++        insn = emit_insn (gen_pushm (gen_rtx_CONST_INT (SImode, reglist)));
++        reglist = avr32_convert_to_reglist16 (reglist);
++      }
++    else
++      {
++        insn = emit_insn (gen_stm (stack_pointer_rtx,
++            gen_rtx_CONST_INT (SImode, reglist),
++            gen_rtx_CONST_INT (SImode, 1)));
++      }
++
++    nr_regs = avr32_get_reg_mask_size (reglist) / 4;
++    dwarf = gen_rtx_SEQUENCE (VOIDmode, rtvec_alloc (nr_regs + 1));
++
++    for (i = 15; i >= 0; i--)
++      {
++        if (reglist & (1 << i))
++          {
++            reg = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, INTERNAL_REGNUM (i));
++            tmp = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
++                gen_rtx_MEM (SImode,
++                    plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx,
++                        4 * index)), reg);
++            RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (tmp) = 1;
++            XVECEXP (dwarf, 0, 1 + index++) = tmp;
++          }
++      }
++
++    tmp = gen_rtx_SET (SImode,
++        stack_pointer_rtx,
++        gen_rtx_PLUS (SImode,
++            stack_pointer_rtx,
++            GEN_INT (-4 * nr_regs)));
++    RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (tmp) = 1;
++    XVECEXP (dwarf, 0, 0) = tmp;
++    REG_NOTES (insn) = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, dwarf,
++        REG_NOTES (insn));
++    return insn;
++  }
++
++
++static rtx
++emit_multi_fp_reg_push (int reglist)
++  {
++    rtx insn;
++    rtx dwarf;
++    rtx tmp;
++    rtx reg;
++    int i;
++    int nr_regs;
++    int index = 0;
++
++    insn = emit_insn (gen_stm_fp (stack_pointer_rtx,
++        gen_rtx_CONST_INT (SImode, reglist),
++        gen_rtx_CONST_INT (SImode, 1)));
++
++    nr_regs = avr32_get_reg_mask_size (reglist) / 4;
++    dwarf = gen_rtx_SEQUENCE (VOIDmode, rtvec_alloc (nr_regs + 1));
++
++    for (i = 15; i >= 0; i--)
++      {
++        if (reglist & (1 << i))
++          {
++            reg = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, INTERNAL_FP_REGNUM (i));
++            tmp = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
++                gen_rtx_MEM (SImode,
++                    plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx,
++                        4 * index)), reg);
++            RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (tmp) = 1;
++            XVECEXP (dwarf, 0, 1 + index++) = tmp;
++          }
++      }
++
++    tmp = gen_rtx_SET (SImode,
++        stack_pointer_rtx,
++        gen_rtx_PLUS (SImode,
++            stack_pointer_rtx,
++            GEN_INT (-4 * nr_regs)));
++    RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (tmp) = 1;
++    XVECEXP (dwarf, 0, 0) = tmp;
++    REG_NOTES (insn) = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, dwarf,
++        REG_NOTES (insn));
++    return insn;
++  }
++
++rtx
++avr32_gen_load_multiple (rtx * regs, int count, rtx from,
++    int write_back, int in_struct_p, int scalar_p)
++  {
++
++    rtx result;
++    int i = 0, j;
++
++    result =
++      gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode, rtvec_alloc (count + (write_back ? 1 : 0)));
++
++    if (write_back)
++      {
++        XVECEXP (result, 0, 0)
++        = gen_rtx_SET (GET_MODE (from), from,
++            plus_constant (from, count * 4));
++        i = 1;
++        count++;
++      }
++
++
++    for (j = 0; i < count; i++, j++)
++      {
++        rtx unspec;
++        rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (SImode, plus_constant (from, j * 4));
++        MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (mem) = in_struct_p;
++        MEM_SCALAR_P (mem) = scalar_p;
++        unspec = gen_rtx_UNSPEC (VOIDmode, gen_rtvec (1, mem), UNSPEC_LDM);
++        XVECEXP (result, 0, i) = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, regs[j], unspec);
++      }
++
++    return result;
++  }
++
++
++rtx
++avr32_gen_store_multiple (rtx * regs, int count, rtx to,
++    int in_struct_p, int scalar_p)
++  {
++    rtx result;
++    int i = 0, j;
++
++    result = gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode, rtvec_alloc (count));
++
++    for (j = 0; i < count; i++, j++)
++      {
++        rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (SImode, plus_constant (to, j * 4));
++        MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (mem) = in_struct_p;
++        MEM_SCALAR_P (mem) = scalar_p;
++        XVECEXP (result, 0, i)
++        = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, mem,
++            gen_rtx_UNSPEC (VOIDmode,
++                gen_rtvec (1, regs[j]),
++                UNSPEC_STORE_MULTIPLE));
++      }
++
++    return result;
++  }
++
++
++/* Move a block of memory if it is word aligned or we support unaligned
++   word memory accesses. The size must be maximum 64 bytes. */
++
++int
++avr32_gen_movmemsi (rtx * operands)
++  {
++    HOST_WIDE_INT bytes_to_go;
++    rtx src, dst;
++    rtx st_src, st_dst;
++    int ptr_offset = 0;
++    int block_size;
++    int dst_in_struct_p, src_in_struct_p;
++    int dst_scalar_p, src_scalar_p;
++    int unaligned;
++
++    if (GET_CODE (operands[2]) != CONST_INT
++        || GET_CODE (operands[3]) != CONST_INT
++        || INTVAL (operands[2]) > 64
++        || ((INTVAL (operands[3]) & 3) && !TARGET_UNALIGNED_WORD))
++      return 0;
++
++    unaligned = (INTVAL (operands[3]) & 3) != 0;
++
++    block_size = 4;
++
++    st_dst = XEXP (operands[0], 0);
++    st_src = XEXP (operands[1], 0);
++
++    dst_in_struct_p = MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (operands[0]);
++    dst_scalar_p = MEM_SCALAR_P (operands[0]);
++    src_in_struct_p = MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (operands[1]);
++    src_scalar_p = MEM_SCALAR_P (operands[1]);
++
++    dst = copy_to_mode_reg (SImode, st_dst);
++    src = copy_to_mode_reg (SImode, st_src);
++
++    bytes_to_go = INTVAL (operands[2]);
++
++    while (bytes_to_go)
++      {
++        enum machine_mode move_mode;
++        /* (Seems to be a problem with reloads for the movti pattern so this is
++         disabled until that problem is resolved) 
++         UPDATE: Problem seems to be solved now.... */
++        if (bytes_to_go >= GET_MODE_SIZE (TImode) && !unaligned
++            /* Do not emit ldm/stm for UC3 as ld.d/st.d is more optimal. */
++            && avr32_arch->arch_type != ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UC)
++          move_mode = TImode;
++        else if ((bytes_to_go >= GET_MODE_SIZE (DImode)) && !unaligned)
++          move_mode = DImode;
++        else if (bytes_to_go >= GET_MODE_SIZE (SImode))
++          move_mode = SImode;
++        else
++          move_mode = QImode;
++
++          {
++            rtx dst_mem = gen_rtx_MEM (move_mode,
++                gen_rtx_PLUS (SImode, dst,
++                    GEN_INT (ptr_offset)));
++            rtx src_mem = gen_rtx_MEM (move_mode,
++                gen_rtx_PLUS (SImode, src,
++                    GEN_INT (ptr_offset)));
++            ptr_offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (move_mode);
++            bytes_to_go -= GET_MODE_SIZE (move_mode);
++
++            MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (dst_mem) = dst_in_struct_p;
++            MEM_SCALAR_P (dst_mem) = dst_scalar_p;
++
++            MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (src_mem) = src_in_struct_p;
++            MEM_SCALAR_P (src_mem) = src_scalar_p;
++            emit_move_insn (dst_mem, src_mem);
++
++          }
++      }
++
++    return 1;
++  }
++
++
++
++/*Expand the prologue instruction*/
++void
++avr32_expand_prologue (void)
++  {
++    rtx insn, dwarf;
++    unsigned long saved_reg_mask, saved_fp_reg_mask;
++    int reglist8 = 0;
++
++    /* Naked functions does not have a prologue */
++    if (IS_NAKED (avr32_current_func_type ()))
++      return;
++
++    saved_reg_mask = avr32_compute_save_reg_mask (TRUE);
++
++    if (saved_reg_mask)
++      {
++        /* Must push used registers */
++
++        /* Should we use POPM or LDM? */
++        int usePUSHM = TRUE;
++        reglist8 = 0;
++        if (((saved_reg_mask & (1 << 0)) ||
++            (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 1)) ||
++            (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 2)) || (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 3))))
++          {
++            /* One of R0-R3 should at least be pushed */
++            if (((saved_reg_mask & (1 << 0)) &&
++                (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 1)) &&
++                (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 2)) && (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 3))))
++              {
++                /* All should be pushed */
++                reglist8 |= 0x01;
++              }
++            else
++              {
++                usePUSHM = FALSE;
++              }
++          }
++
++        if (((saved_reg_mask & (1 << 4)) ||
++            (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 5)) ||
++            (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 6)) || (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 7))))
++          {
++            /* One of R4-R7 should at least be pushed */
++            if (((saved_reg_mask & (1 << 4)) &&
++                (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 5)) &&
++                (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 6)) && (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 7))))
++              {
++                if (usePUSHM)
++                  /* All should be pushed */
++                  reglist8 |= 0x02;
++              }
++            else
++              {
++                usePUSHM = FALSE;
++              }
++          }
++
++        if (((saved_reg_mask & (1 << 8)) || (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 9))))
++          {
++            /* One of R8-R9 should at least be pushed */
++            if (((saved_reg_mask & (1 << 8)) && (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 9))))
++              {
++                if (usePUSHM)
++                  /* All should be pushed */
++                  reglist8 |= 0x04;
++              }
++            else
++              {
++                usePUSHM = FALSE;
++              }
++          }
++
++        if (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 10))
++          reglist8 |= 0x08;
++
++        if (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 11))
++          reglist8 |= 0x10;
++
++        if (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 12))
++          reglist8 |= 0x20;
++
++        if (saved_reg_mask & (1 << ASM_REGNUM (LR_REGNUM)))
++          {
++            /* Push LR */
++            reglist8 |= 0x40;
++          }
++
++        if (usePUSHM)
++          {
++            insn = emit_multi_reg_push (reglist8, TRUE);
++          }
++        else
++          {
++            insn = emit_multi_reg_push (saved_reg_mask, FALSE);
++          }
++        RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
++
++        /* Prevent this instruction from being scheduled after any other
++         instructions.  */
++        emit_insn (gen_blockage ());
++      }
++
++    saved_fp_reg_mask = avr32_compute_save_fp_reg_mask ();
++    if (saved_fp_reg_mask)
++      {
++        insn = emit_multi_fp_reg_push (saved_fp_reg_mask);
++        RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
++
++        /* Prevent this instruction from being scheduled after any other
++         instructions.  */
++        emit_insn (gen_blockage ());
++      }
++
++    /* Set frame pointer */
++    if (frame_pointer_needed)
++      {
++        insn = emit_move_insn (frame_pointer_rtx, stack_pointer_rtx);
++        RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
++      }
++
++    if (get_frame_size () > 0)
++      {
++        if (avr32_const_ok_for_constraint_p (get_frame_size (), 'K', "Ks21"))
++          {
++            insn = emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (SImode,
++                stack_pointer_rtx,
++                gen_rtx_PLUS (SImode,
++                    stack_pointer_rtx,
++                    gen_rtx_CONST_INT
++                    (SImode,
++                        -get_frame_size
++                        ()))));
++            RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
++          }
++        else
++          {
++            /* Immediate is larger than k21 We must either check if we can use
++	     one of the pushed reegisters as temporary storage or we must
++	     make us a temp register by pushing a register to the stack. */
++            rtx temp_reg, const_pool_entry, insn;
++            if (saved_reg_mask)
++              {
++                temp_reg =
++                  gen_rtx_REG (SImode,
++                      INTERNAL_REGNUM (avr32_get_saved_reg
++                          (saved_reg_mask)));
++              }
++            else
++              {
++                temp_reg = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, INTERNAL_REGNUM (7));
++                emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_MEM
++                    (SImode,
++                        gen_rtx_PRE_DEC (SImode, stack_pointer_rtx)),
++                        temp_reg);
++              }
++
++            const_pool_entry =
++              force_const_mem (SImode,
++                  gen_rtx_CONST_INT (SImode, get_frame_size ()));
++            emit_move_insn (temp_reg, const_pool_entry);
++
++            insn = emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (SImode,
++                stack_pointer_rtx,
++                gen_rtx_MINUS (SImode,
++                    stack_pointer_rtx,
++                    temp_reg)));
++
++            dwarf = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, stack_pointer_rtx,
++                gen_rtx_PLUS (SImode, stack_pointer_rtx,
++                    GEN_INT (-get_frame_size ())));
++            REG_NOTES (insn) = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR,
++                dwarf, REG_NOTES (insn));
++            RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
++
++            if (!saved_reg_mask)
++              {
++                insn =
++                  emit_move_insn (temp_reg,
++                      gen_rtx_MEM (SImode,
++                          gen_rtx_POST_INC (SImode,
++                              gen_rtx_REG
++                              (SImode,
++                                  13))));
++              }
++
++            /* Mark the temp register as dead */
++            REG_NOTES (insn) = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_DEAD, temp_reg,
++                REG_NOTES (insn));
++
++
++          }
++
++        /* Prevent the the stack adjustment to be scheduled after any
++         instructions using the frame pointer.  */
++        emit_insn (gen_blockage ());
++      }
++
++    /* Load GOT */
++    if (flag_pic)
++      {
++        avr32_load_pic_register ();
++
++        /* gcc does not know that load or call instructions might use the pic
++         register so it might schedule these instructions before the loading
++         of the pic register. To avoid this emit a barrier for now. TODO!
++         Find out a better way to let gcc know which instructions might use
++         the pic register. */
++        emit_insn (gen_blockage ());
++      }
++    return;
++  }
++
++void
++avr32_set_return_address (rtx source, rtx scratch)
++  {
++    rtx addr;
++    unsigned long saved_regs;
++
++    saved_regs = avr32_compute_save_reg_mask (TRUE);
++
++    if (!(saved_regs & (1 << ASM_REGNUM (LR_REGNUM))))
++      emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, LR_REGNUM), source);
++    else
++      {
++        if (frame_pointer_needed)
++          addr = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
++        else
++          if (avr32_const_ok_for_constraint_p (get_frame_size (), 'K', "Ks16"))
++            {
++              addr = plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx, get_frame_size ());
++            }
++          else
++            {
++              emit_insn (gen_movsi (scratch, GEN_INT (get_frame_size ())));
++              addr = scratch;
++            }
++        emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, addr), source);
++      }
++  }
++
++
++
++/* Return the length of INSN.  LENGTH is the initial length computed by
++   attributes in the machine-description file.  */
++
++int
++avr32_adjust_insn_length (rtx insn ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
++    int length ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
++  {
++    return length;
++  }
++
++void
++avr32_output_return_instruction (int single_ret_inst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
++    int iscond ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
++    rtx cond ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, rtx r12_imm)
++  {
++
++    unsigned long saved_reg_mask, saved_fp_reg_mask;
++    int insert_ret = TRUE;
++    int reglist8 = 0;
++    int stack_adjustment = get_frame_size ();
++    unsigned int func_type = avr32_current_func_type ();
++    FILE *f = asm_out_file;
++
++    /* Naked functions does not have an epilogue */
++    if (IS_NAKED (func_type))
++      return;
++
++    saved_fp_reg_mask = avr32_compute_save_fp_reg_mask ();
++
++    saved_reg_mask = avr32_compute_save_reg_mask (FALSE);
++
++    /* Reset frame pointer */
++    if (stack_adjustment > 0)
++      {
++        if (avr32_const_ok_for_constraint_p (stack_adjustment, 'I', "Is21"))
++          {
++            fprintf (f, "\tsub\tsp, %i # Reset Frame Pointer\n",
++                -stack_adjustment);
++          }
++        else
++          {
++            /* TODO! Is it safe to use r8 as scratch?? */
++            fprintf (f, "\tmov\tr8, lo(%i) # Reset Frame Pointer\n",
++                -stack_adjustment);
++            fprintf (f, "\torh\tr8, hi(%i) # Reset Frame Pointer\n",
++                -stack_adjustment);
++            fprintf (f, "\tadd\tsp, r8  # Reset Frame Pointer\n");
++          }
++      }
++
++    if (saved_fp_reg_mask)
++      {
++        char reglist[64];		/* 64 bytes should be enough... */
++        avr32_make_fp_reglist_w (saved_fp_reg_mask, (char *) reglist);
++        fprintf (f, "\tldcm.w\tcp0, sp++, %s\n", reglist);
++        if (saved_fp_reg_mask & ~0xff)
++          {
++            saved_fp_reg_mask &= ~0xff;
++            avr32_make_fp_reglist_d (saved_fp_reg_mask, (char *) reglist);
++            fprintf (f, "\tldcm.d\tcp0, sp++, %s\n", reglist);
++          }
++      }
++
++    if (saved_reg_mask)
++      {
++        /* Must pop used registers */
++
++        /* Should we use POPM or LDM? */
++        int usePOPM = TRUE;
++        if (((saved_reg_mask & (1 << 0)) ||
++            (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 1)) ||
++            (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 2)) || (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 3))))
++          {
++            /* One of R0-R3 should at least be popped */
++            if (((saved_reg_mask & (1 << 0)) &&
++                (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 1)) &&
++                (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 2)) && (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 3))))
++              {
++                /* All should be popped */
++                reglist8 |= 0x01;
++              }
++            else
++              {
++                usePOPM = FALSE;
++              }
++          }
++
++        if (((saved_reg_mask & (1 << 4)) ||
++            (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 5)) ||
++            (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 6)) || (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 7))))
++          {
++            /* One of R0-R3 should at least be popped */
++            if (((saved_reg_mask & (1 << 4)) &&
++                (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 5)) &&
++                (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 6)) && (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 7))))
++              {
++                if (usePOPM)
++                  /* All should be popped */
++                  reglist8 |= 0x02;
++              }
++            else
++              {
++                usePOPM = FALSE;
++              }
++          }
++
++        if (((saved_reg_mask & (1 << 8)) || (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 9))))
++          {
++            /* One of R8-R9 should at least be pushed */
++            if (((saved_reg_mask & (1 << 8)) && (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 9))))
++              {
++                if (usePOPM)
++                  /* All should be pushed */
++                  reglist8 |= 0x04;
++              }
++            else
++              {
++                usePOPM = FALSE;
++              }
++          }
++
++        if (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 10))
++          reglist8 |= 0x08;
++
++        if (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 11))
++          reglist8 |= 0x10;
++
++        if (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 12))
++          reglist8 |= 0x20;
++
++        if (saved_reg_mask & (1 << ASM_REGNUM (LR_REGNUM)))
++          /* Pop LR */
++          reglist8 |= 0x40;
++
++        if (saved_reg_mask & (1 << ASM_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)))
++          /* Pop LR into PC. */
++          reglist8 |= 0x80;
++
++        if (usePOPM)
++          {
++            char reglist[64];	/* 64 bytes should be enough... */
++            avr32_make_reglist8 (reglist8, (char *) reglist);
++
++            if (reglist8 & 0x80)
++              /* This instruction is also a return */
++              insert_ret = FALSE;
++
++            if (r12_imm && !insert_ret)
++              fprintf (f, "\tpopm\t%s, r12=%li\n", reglist, INTVAL (r12_imm));
++            else
++              fprintf (f, "\tpopm\t%s\n", reglist);
++
++          }
++        else
++          {
++            char reglist[64];	/* 64 bytes should be enough... */
++            avr32_make_reglist16 (saved_reg_mask, (char *) reglist);
++            if (saved_reg_mask & (1 << ASM_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)))
++              /* This instruction is also a return */
++              insert_ret = FALSE;
++
++            if (r12_imm && !insert_ret)
++              fprintf (f, "\tldm\tsp++, %s, r12=%li\n", reglist,
++                  INTVAL (r12_imm));
++            else
++              fprintf (f, "\tldm\tsp++, %s\n", reglist);
++
++          }
++
++      }
++
++    /* Stack adjustment for exception handler.  */
++    if (current_function_calls_eh_return)
++      fprintf (f, "\tadd\tsp, r%d\n", ASM_REGNUM (EH_RETURN_STACKADJ_REGNO));
++
++
++    if (IS_INTERRUPT (func_type))
++      {
++        fprintf (f, "\trete\n");
++      }
++    else if (insert_ret)
++      {
++        if (r12_imm)
++          fprintf (f, "\tretal\t%li\n", INTVAL (r12_imm));
++        else
++          fprintf (f, "\tretal\tr12\n");
++      }
++  }
++
++/* Function for converting a fp-register mask to a
++   reglistCPD8 register list string. */
++void
++avr32_make_fp_reglist_d (int reglist_mask, char *reglist_string)
++  {
++    int i;
++
++    /* Make sure reglist_string is empty */
++    reglist_string[0] = '\0';
++
++    for (i = 0; i < NUM_FP_REGS; i += 2)
++      {
++        if (reglist_mask & (1 << i))
++          {
++            strlen (reglist_string) ?
++                sprintf (reglist_string, "%s, %s-%s", reglist_string,
++                    reg_names[INTERNAL_FP_REGNUM (i)],
++                    reg_names[INTERNAL_FP_REGNUM (i + 1)]) :
++                      sprintf (reglist_string, "%s-%s",
++                          reg_names[INTERNAL_FP_REGNUM (i)],
++                          reg_names[INTERNAL_FP_REGNUM (i + 1)]);
++          }
++      }
++  }
++
++/* Function for converting a fp-register mask to a
++   reglistCP8 register list string. */
++void
++avr32_make_fp_reglist_w (int reglist_mask, char *reglist_string)
++  {
++    int i;
++
++    /* Make sure reglist_string is empty */
++    reglist_string[0] = '\0';
++
++    for (i = 0; i < NUM_FP_REGS; ++i)
++      {
++        if (reglist_mask & (1 << i))
++          {
++            strlen (reglist_string) ?
++                sprintf (reglist_string, "%s, %s", reglist_string,
++                    reg_names[INTERNAL_FP_REGNUM (i)]) :
++                      sprintf (reglist_string, "%s", reg_names[INTERNAL_FP_REGNUM (i)]);
++          }
++      }
++  }
++
++void
++avr32_make_reglist16 (int reglist16_vect, char *reglist16_string)
++  {
++    int i;
++
++    /* Make sure reglist16_string is empty */
++    reglist16_string[0] = '\0';
++
++    for (i = 0; i < 16; ++i)
++      {
++        if (reglist16_vect & (1 << i))
++          {
++            strlen (reglist16_string) ?
++                sprintf (reglist16_string, "%s, %s", reglist16_string,
++                    reg_names[INTERNAL_REGNUM (i)]) :
++                      sprintf (reglist16_string, "%s", reg_names[INTERNAL_REGNUM (i)]);
++          }
++      }
++  }
++
++int
++avr32_convert_to_reglist16 (int reglist8_vect)
++  {
++    int reglist16_vect = 0;
++    if (reglist8_vect & 0x1)
++      reglist16_vect |= 0xF;
++    if (reglist8_vect & 0x2)
++      reglist16_vect |= 0xF0;
++    if (reglist8_vect & 0x4)
++      reglist16_vect |= 0x300;
++    if (reglist8_vect & 0x8)
++      reglist16_vect |= 0x400;
++    if (reglist8_vect & 0x10)
++      reglist16_vect |= 0x800;
++    if (reglist8_vect & 0x20)
++      reglist16_vect |= 0x1000;
++    if (reglist8_vect & 0x40)
++      reglist16_vect |= 0x4000;
++    if (reglist8_vect & 0x80)
++      reglist16_vect |= 0x8000;
++
++    return reglist16_vect;
++  }
++
++void
++avr32_make_reglist8 (int reglist8_vect, char *reglist8_string)
++  {
++    /* Make sure reglist8_string is empty */
++    reglist8_string[0] = '\0';
++
++    if (reglist8_vect & 0x1)
++      sprintf (reglist8_string, "r0-r3");
++    if (reglist8_vect & 0x2)
++      strlen (reglist8_string) ? sprintf (reglist8_string, "%s, r4-r7",
++          reglist8_string) :
++            sprintf (reglist8_string, "r4-r7");
++      if (reglist8_vect & 0x4)
++        strlen (reglist8_string) ? sprintf (reglist8_string, "%s, r8-r9",
++            reglist8_string) :
++              sprintf (reglist8_string, "r8-r9");
++        if (reglist8_vect & 0x8)
++          strlen (reglist8_string) ? sprintf (reglist8_string, "%s, r10",
++              reglist8_string) :
++                sprintf (reglist8_string, "r10");
++          if (reglist8_vect & 0x10)
++            strlen (reglist8_string) ? sprintf (reglist8_string, "%s, r11",
++                reglist8_string) :
++                  sprintf (reglist8_string, "r11");
++            if (reglist8_vect & 0x20)
++              strlen (reglist8_string) ? sprintf (reglist8_string, "%s, r12",
++                  reglist8_string) :
++                    sprintf (reglist8_string, "r12");
++              if (reglist8_vect & 0x40)
++                strlen (reglist8_string) ? sprintf (reglist8_string, "%s, lr",
++                    reglist8_string) :
++                      sprintf (reglist8_string, "lr");
++                if (reglist8_vect & 0x80)
++                  strlen (reglist8_string) ? sprintf (reglist8_string, "%s, pc",
++                      reglist8_string) :
++                        sprintf (reglist8_string, "pc");
++  }
++
++int
++avr32_eh_return_data_regno (int n)
++  {
++    if (n >= 0 && n <= 3)
++      return 8 + n;
++    else
++      return INVALID_REGNUM;
++  }
++
++/* Compute the distance from register FROM to register TO.
++   These can be the arg pointer, the frame pointer or
++   the stack pointer.
++   Typical stack layout looks like this:
++
++       old stack pointer -> |    |
++			     ----
++			    |    | \
++			    |    |   saved arguments for
++			    |    |   vararg functions
++ arg_pointer	->	    |    | /
++			      --
++			    |    | \
++			    |    |   call saved
++			    |    |   registers
++			    |    | /
++  frame ptr	 ->	--
++			    |    | \
++			    |    |   local
++			    |    |   variables
++  stack ptr -->	     |    | /
++			      --
++			    |    | \
++			    |    |   outgoing
++			    |    |   arguments
++			    |    | /
++			      --
++
++  For a given funciton some or all of these stack compomnents
++  may not be needed, giving rise to the possibility of
++  eliminating some of the registers.
++
++  The values returned by this function must reflect the behaviour
++  of avr32_expand_prologue() and avr32_compute_save_reg_mask().
++
++  The sign of the number returned reflects the direction of stack
++  growth, so the values are positive for all eliminations except
++  from the soft frame pointer to the hard frame pointer.  */
++
++
++int
++avr32_initial_elimination_offset (int from, int to)
++  {
++    int i;
++    int call_saved_regs = 0;
++    unsigned long saved_reg_mask, saved_fp_reg_mask;
++    unsigned int local_vars = get_frame_size ();
++
++    saved_reg_mask = avr32_compute_save_reg_mask (TRUE);
++    saved_fp_reg_mask = avr32_compute_save_fp_reg_mask ();
++
++    for (i = 0; i < 16; ++i)
++      {
++        if (saved_reg_mask & (1 << i))
++          call_saved_regs += 4;
++      }
++
++    for (i = 0; i < NUM_FP_REGS; ++i)
++      {
++        if (saved_fp_reg_mask & (1 << i))
++          call_saved_regs += 4;
++      }
++
++    switch (from)
++    {
++    case ARG_POINTER_REGNUM:
++      switch (to)
++      {
++      case STACK_POINTER_REGNUM:
++        return call_saved_regs + local_vars;
++      case FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM:
++        return call_saved_regs;
++      default:
++        abort ();
++      }
++    case FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM:
++      switch (to)
++      {
++      case STACK_POINTER_REGNUM:
++        return local_vars;
++      default:
++        abort ();
++      }
++    default:
++      abort ();
++    }
++  }
++
++
++/*
++  Returns a rtx used when passing the next argument to a function.
++  avr32_init_cumulative_args() and avr32_function_arg_advance() sets witch
++  register to use.
++ */
++rtx
++avr32_function_arg (CUMULATIVE_ARGS * cum, enum machine_mode mode,
++    tree type, int named)
++  {
++    int index = -1;
++
++    HOST_WIDE_INT arg_size, arg_rsize;
++    if (type)
++      {
++        arg_size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
++      }
++    else
++      {
++        arg_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
++      }
++    arg_rsize = PUSH_ROUNDING (arg_size);
++
++    /*
++     The last time this macro is called, it is called with mode == VOIDmode,
++     and its result is passed to the call or call_value pattern as operands 2
++     and 3 respectively. */
++    if (mode == VOIDmode)
++      {
++        return gen_rtx_CONST_INT (SImode, 22);	/* ToDo: fixme. */
++      }
++
++    if ((*targetm.calls.must_pass_in_stack) (mode, type) || !named)
++      {
++        return NULL_RTX;
++      }
++
++    if (arg_rsize == 8)
++      {
++        /* use r11:r10 or r9:r8. */
++        if (!(GET_USED_INDEX (cum, 1) || GET_USED_INDEX (cum, 2)))
++          index = 1;
++        else if (!(GET_USED_INDEX (cum, 3) || GET_USED_INDEX (cum, 4)))
++          index = 3;
++        else
++          index = -1;
++      }
++    else if (arg_rsize == 4)
++      {				/* Use first available register */
++        index = 0;
++        while (index <= LAST_CUM_REG_INDEX && GET_USED_INDEX (cum, index))
++          index++;
++        if (index > LAST_CUM_REG_INDEX)
++          index = -1;
++      }
++
++    SET_REG_INDEX (cum, index);
++
++    if (GET_REG_INDEX (cum) >= 0)
++      return gen_rtx_REG (mode,
++          avr32_function_arg_reglist[GET_REG_INDEX (cum)]);
++
++    return NULL_RTX;
++  }
++
++/*
++  Set the register used for passing the first argument to a function.
++ */
++void
++avr32_init_cumulative_args (CUMULATIVE_ARGS * cum, tree fntype,
++                            rtx libname ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
++                            tree fndecl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
++  {
++    /* Set all registers as unused. */
++    SET_INDEXES_UNUSED (cum);
++
++    /* Reset uses_anonymous_args */
++    cum->uses_anonymous_args = 0;
++
++    /* Reset size of stack pushed arguments */
++    cum->stack_pushed_args_size = 0;
++  }
++
++/*
++  Set register used for passing the next argument to a function. Only the
++  Scratch Registers are used.
++
++		number  name
++		   15   r15  PC
++		   14   r14  LR
++		   13   r13 _SP_________
++     FIRST_CUM_REG 12   r12 _||_
++		   10   r11  ||
++		   11   r10 _||_  Scratch Registers
++		    8   r9   ||
++  LAST_SCRATCH_REG  9   r8  _\/_________
++		    6   r7   /\
++		    7   r6   ||
++		    4   r5   ||
++		    5   r4   ||
++		    2   r3   ||
++		    3   r2   ||
++		    0   r1   ||
++		    1   r0  _||_________
++
++ */
++void
++avr32_function_arg_advance (CUMULATIVE_ARGS * cum, enum machine_mode mode,
++    tree type, int named ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
++  {
++    HOST_WIDE_INT arg_size, arg_rsize;
++
++    if (type)
++      {
++        arg_size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
++      }
++    else
++      {
++        arg_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
++      }
++    arg_rsize = PUSH_ROUNDING (arg_size);
++
++    /* It the argument had to be passed in stack, no register is used. */
++    if ((*targetm.calls.must_pass_in_stack) (mode, type))
++      {
++        cum->stack_pushed_args_size += PUSH_ROUNDING (int_size_in_bytes (type));
++        return;
++      }
++
++    /* Mark the used registers as "used". */
++    if (GET_REG_INDEX (cum) >= 0)
++      {
++        SET_USED_INDEX (cum, GET_REG_INDEX (cum));
++        if (arg_rsize == 8)
++          {
++            SET_USED_INDEX (cum, (GET_REG_INDEX (cum) + 1));
++          }
++      }
++    else
++      {
++        /* Had to use stack */
++        cum->stack_pushed_args_size += arg_rsize;
++      }
++  }
++
++/*
++  Defines witch direction to go to find the next register to use if the
++  argument is larger then one register or for arguments shorter than an
++  int which is not promoted, such as the last part of structures with
++  size not a multiple of 4. */
++enum direction
++avr32_function_arg_padding (enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
++    tree type)
++  {
++    /* Pad upward for all aggregates except byte and halfword sized aggregates
++     which can be passed in registers. */
++    if (type
++        && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type)
++        && (int_size_in_bytes (type) != 1)
++        && !((int_size_in_bytes (type) == 2)
++            && TYPE_ALIGN_UNIT (type) >= 2)
++            && (int_size_in_bytes (type) & 0x3))
++      {
++        return upward;
++      }
++
++    return downward;
++  }
++
++/*
++  Return a rtx used for the return value from a function call.
++ */
++rtx
++avr32_function_value (tree type, tree func, bool outgoing ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
++  {
++    if (avr32_return_in_memory (type, func))
++      return NULL_RTX;
++
++    if (int_size_in_bytes (type) <= 4)
++      if (avr32_return_in_msb (type))
++        /* Aggregates of size less than a word which does align the data in the
++         MSB must use SImode for r12. */
++        return gen_rtx_REG (SImode, RET_REGISTER);
++      else
++        return gen_rtx_REG (TYPE_MODE (type), RET_REGISTER);
++    else if (int_size_in_bytes (type) <= 8)
++      return gen_rtx_REG (TYPE_MODE (type), INTERNAL_REGNUM (11));
++
++    return NULL_RTX;
++  }
++
++/*
++  Return a rtx used for the return value from a library function call.
++ */
++rtx
++avr32_libcall_value (enum machine_mode mode)
++  {
++
++    if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= 4)
++      return gen_rtx_REG (mode, RET_REGISTER);
++    else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= 8)
++      return gen_rtx_REG (mode, INTERNAL_REGNUM (11));
++    else
++      return NULL_RTX;
++  }
++
++/* Return TRUE if X references a SYMBOL_REF.  */
++int
++symbol_mentioned_p (rtx x)
++  {
++    const char *fmt;
++    int i;
++
++    if (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF)
++      return 1;
++
++    fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (GET_CODE (x));
++
++    for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (x)) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
++      {
++        if (fmt[i] == 'E')
++          {
++            int j;
++
++            for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
++              if (symbol_mentioned_p (XVECEXP (x, i, j)))
++                return 1;
++          }
++        else if (fmt[i] == 'e' && symbol_mentioned_p (XEXP (x, i)))
++          return 1;
++      }
++
++    return 0;
++  }
++
++/* Return TRUE if X references a LABEL_REF.  */
++int
++label_mentioned_p (rtx x)
++  {
++    const char *fmt;
++    int i;
++
++    if (GET_CODE (x) == LABEL_REF)
++      return 1;
++
++    fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (GET_CODE (x));
++    for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (x)) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
++      {
++        if (fmt[i] == 'E')
++          {
++            int j;
++
++            for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
++              if (label_mentioned_p (XVECEXP (x, i, j)))
++                return 1;
++          }
++        else if (fmt[i] == 'e' && label_mentioned_p (XEXP (x, i)))
++          return 1;
++      }
++
++    return 0;
++  }
++
++
++int
++avr32_legitimate_pic_operand_p (rtx x)
++  {
++
++    /* We can't have const, this must be broken down to a symbol. */
++    if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST)
++      return FALSE;
++
++    /* Can't access symbols or labels via the constant pool either */
++    if ((GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF
++        && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (x)
++        && (symbol_mentioned_p (get_pool_constant (x))
++            || label_mentioned_p (get_pool_constant (x)))))
++      return FALSE;
++
++    return TRUE;
++  }
++
++
++rtx
++legitimize_pic_address (rtx orig, enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
++    rtx reg)
++  {
++
++    if (GET_CODE (orig) == SYMBOL_REF || GET_CODE (orig) == LABEL_REF)
++      {
++        int subregs = 0;
++
++        if (reg == 0)
++          {
++            if (no_new_pseudos)
++              abort ();
++            else
++              reg = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
++
++            subregs = 1;
++          }
++
++        emit_move_insn (reg, orig);
++
++        /* Only set current function as using pic offset table if flag_pic is
++         set. This is because this function is also used if
++         TARGET_HAS_ASM_ADDR_PSEUDOS is set. */
++        if (flag_pic)
++          current_function_uses_pic_offset_table = 1;
++
++        /* Put a REG_EQUAL note on this insn, so that it can be optimized by
++         loop.  */
++        return reg;
++      }
++    else if (GET_CODE (orig) == CONST)
++      {
++        rtx base, offset;
++
++        if (flag_pic
++            && GET_CODE (XEXP (orig, 0)) == PLUS
++            && XEXP (XEXP (orig, 0), 0) == pic_offset_table_rtx)
++          return orig;
++
++        if (reg == 0)
++          {
++            if (no_new_pseudos)
++              abort ();
++            else
++              reg = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
++          }
++
++        if (GET_CODE (XEXP (orig, 0)) == PLUS)
++          {
++            base =
++              legitimize_pic_address (XEXP (XEXP (orig, 0), 0), Pmode, reg);
++            offset =
++              legitimize_pic_address (XEXP (XEXP (orig, 0), 1), Pmode,
++                  base == reg ? 0 : reg);
++          }
++        else
++          abort ();
++
++        if (GET_CODE (offset) == CONST_INT)
++          {
++            /* The base register doesn't really matter, we only want to test
++	     the index for the appropriate mode.  */
++            if (!avr32_const_ok_for_constraint_p (INTVAL (offset), 'I', "Is21"))
++              {
++                if (!no_new_pseudos)
++                  offset = force_reg (Pmode, offset);
++                else
++                  abort ();
++              }
++
++            if (GET_CODE (offset) == CONST_INT)
++              return plus_constant (base, INTVAL (offset));
++          }
++
++        return gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, base, offset);
++      }
++
++    return orig;
++  }
++
++/* Generate code to load the PIC register.  */
++void
++avr32_load_pic_register (void)
++  {
++    rtx l1, pic_tmp;
++    rtx global_offset_table;
++
++    if ((current_function_uses_pic_offset_table == 0) || TARGET_NO_INIT_GOT)
++      return;
++
++    if (!flag_pic)
++      abort ();
++
++    l1 = gen_label_rtx ();
++
++    global_offset_table = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_");
++    pic_tmp =
++      gen_rtx_CONST (Pmode,
++          gen_rtx_MINUS (SImode, gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (Pmode, l1),
++              global_offset_table));
++    emit_insn (gen_pic_load_addr
++        (pic_offset_table_rtx, force_const_mem (SImode, pic_tmp)));
++    emit_insn (gen_pic_compute_got_from_pc (pic_offset_table_rtx, l1));
++
++    /* Need to emit this whether or not we obey regdecls, since setjmp/longjmp
++     can cause life info to screw up.  */
++    emit_insn (gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, pic_offset_table_rtx));
++  }
++
++
++
++/* This hook should return true if values of type type are returned at the most
++   significant end of a register (in other words, if they are padded at the
++   least significant end). You can assume that type is returned in a register;
++   the caller is required to check this.  Note that the register provided by
++   FUNCTION_VALUE must be able to hold the complete return value. For example,
++   if a 1-, 2- or 3-byte structure is returned at the most significant end of a
++   4-byte register, FUNCTION_VALUE should provide an SImode rtx. */
++bool
++avr32_return_in_msb (tree type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
++  {
++    /* if ( AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type) ) if ((int_size_in_bytes(type) == 1) ||
++     ((int_size_in_bytes(type) == 2) && TYPE_ALIGN_UNIT(type) >= 2)) return
++     false; else return true; */
++
++    return false;
++  }
++
++
++/*
++  Returns one if a certain function value is going to be returned in memory
++  and zero if it is going to be returned in a register.
++
++  BLKmode and all other modes that is larger than 64 bits are returned in
++  memory.
++ */
++bool
++avr32_return_in_memory (tree type, tree fntype ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
++  {
++    if (TYPE_MODE (type) == VOIDmode)
++      return false;
++
++    if (int_size_in_bytes (type) > (2 * UNITS_PER_WORD)
++        || int_size_in_bytes (type) == -1)
++      {
++        return true;
++      }
++
++    /* If we have an aggregate then use the same mechanism as when checking if
++     it should be passed on the stack. */
++    if (type
++        && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type)
++        && (*targetm.calls.must_pass_in_stack) (TYPE_MODE (type), type))
++      return true;
++
++    return false;
++  }
++
++
++/* Output the constant part of the trampoline.
++   lddpc    r0, pc[0x8:e] ; load static chain register
++   lddpc    pc, pc[0x8:e] ; jump to subrutine
++   .long    0		 ; Address to static chain,
++			 ; filled in by avr32_initialize_trampoline()
++   .long    0		 ; Address to subrutine,
++			 ; filled in by avr32_initialize_trampoline()
++ */
++void
++avr32_trampoline_template (FILE * file)
++  {
++    fprintf (file, "\tlddpc    r0, pc[8]\n");
++    fprintf (file, "\tlddpc    pc, pc[8]\n");
++    /* make room for the address of the static chain. */
++    fprintf (file, "\t.long\t0\n");
++    /* make room for the address to the subrutine. */
++    fprintf (file, "\t.long\t0\n");
++  }
++
++
++/*
++  Initialize the variable parts of a trampoline.
++ */
++void
++avr32_initialize_trampoline (rtx addr, rtx fnaddr, rtx static_chain)
++  {
++    /* Store the address to the static chain. */
++    emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_MEM
++        (SImode, plus_constant (addr, TRAMPOLINE_SIZE - 4)),
++        static_chain);
++
++    /* Store the address to the function. */
++    emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_MEM (SImode, plus_constant (addr, TRAMPOLINE_SIZE)),
++        fnaddr);
++
++    emit_insn (gen_cache (gen_rtx_REG (SImode, 13),
++        gen_rtx_CONST_INT (SImode,
++            AVR32_CACHE_INVALIDATE_ICACHE)));
++  }
++
++/* Return nonzero if X is valid as an addressing register.  */
++int
++avr32_address_register_rtx_p (rtx x, int strict_p)
++  {
++    int regno;
++
++    if (!register_operand(x, GET_MODE(x)))
++      return 0;
++
++    /* If strict we require the register to be a hard register. */
++    if (strict_p
++        && !REG_P(x))
++      return 0;
++
++    regno = REGNO (x);
++
++    if (strict_p)
++      return REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P (regno);
++
++    return (regno <= LAST_REGNUM || regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER);
++  }
++
++/* Return nonzero if INDEX is valid for an address index operand.  */
++int
++avr32_legitimate_index_p (enum machine_mode mode, rtx index, int strict_p)
++  {
++    enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (index);
++
++    if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > 8)
++      return 0;
++
++    /* Standard coprocessor addressing modes.  */
++    if (code == CONST_INT)
++      {
++        if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
++          /* Coprocessor mem insns has a smaller reach than ordinary mem insns */
++          return CONST_OK_FOR_CONSTRAINT_P (INTVAL (index), 'K', "Ku14");
++        else
++          return CONST_OK_FOR_CONSTRAINT_P (INTVAL (index), 'K', "Ks16");
++      }
++
++    if (avr32_address_register_rtx_p (index, strict_p))
++      return 1;
++
++    if (code == MULT)
++      {
++        rtx xiop0 = XEXP (index, 0);
++        rtx xiop1 = XEXP (index, 1);
++        return ((avr32_address_register_rtx_p (xiop0, strict_p)
++            && power_of_two_operand (xiop1, SImode)
++            && (INTVAL (xiop1) <= 8))
++            || (avr32_address_register_rtx_p (xiop1, strict_p)
++                && power_of_two_operand (xiop0, SImode)
++                && (INTVAL (xiop0) <= 8)));
++      }
++    else if (code == ASHIFT)
++      {
++        rtx op = XEXP (index, 1);
++
++        return (avr32_address_register_rtx_p (XEXP (index, 0), strict_p)
++            && GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT
++            && INTVAL (op) > 0 && INTVAL (op) <= 3);
++      }
++
++    return 0;
++  }
++
++/*
++  Used in the GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS macro. Returns a nonzero value if
++  the RTX x is a legitimate memory address.
++
++  Returns NO_REGS if the address is not legatime, GENERAL_REGS or ALL_REGS
++  if it is.
++ */
++
++/* Forward declaration*/
++int is_minipool_label (rtx label);
++
++int
++avr32_legitimate_address (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x, int strict)
++  {
++
++    switch (GET_CODE (x))
++    {
++    case REG:
++      return avr32_address_register_rtx_p (x, strict);
++    case CONST:
++        {
++          rtx label = avr32_find_symbol (x);
++          if (label
++              &&
++              ((CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (label)
++                  && !(flag_pic
++                      && (symbol_mentioned_p (get_pool_constant (label))
++                          || label_mentioned_p (get_pool_constant (label)))))
++                          /* TODO! Can this ever happen??? */
++                          || ((GET_CODE (label) == LABEL_REF)
++                              && GET_CODE (XEXP (label, 0)) == CODE_LABEL
++                              && is_minipool_label (XEXP (label, 0)))))
++            {
++              return TRUE;
++            }
++        }
++        break;
++    case LABEL_REF:
++      if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == CODE_LABEL
++          && is_minipool_label (XEXP (x, 0)))
++        {
++          return TRUE;
++        }
++      break;
++    case SYMBOL_REF:
++        {
++          if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (x)
++              && !(flag_pic
++                  && (symbol_mentioned_p (get_pool_constant (x))
++                      || label_mentioned_p (get_pool_constant (x)))))
++            return TRUE;
++          /*
++	   A symbol_ref is only legal if it is a function. If all of them are
++	   legal, a pseudo reg that is a constant will be replaced by a
++	   symbol_ref and make illegale code. SYMBOL_REF_FLAG is set by
++	   ENCODE_SECTION_INFO. */
++          else if (SYMBOL_REF_RCALL_FUNCTION_P (x))
++            return TRUE;
++          break;
++        }
++    case PRE_DEC:		/* (pre_dec (...)) */
++    case POST_INC:		/* (post_inc (...)) */
++      return avr32_address_register_rtx_p (XEXP (x, 0), strict);
++    case PLUS:			/* (plus (...) (...)) */
++        {
++          rtx xop0 = XEXP (x, 0);
++          rtx xop1 = XEXP (x, 1);
++
++          return ((avr32_address_register_rtx_p (xop0, strict)
++              && avr32_legitimate_index_p (mode, xop1, strict))
++              || (avr32_address_register_rtx_p (xop1, strict)
++                  && avr32_legitimate_index_p (mode, xop0, strict)));
++        }
++    default:
++      break;
++    }
++
++    return FALSE;
++  }
++
++
++int
++avr32_const_double_immediate (rtx value)
++  {
++    HOST_WIDE_INT hi, lo;
++
++    if (GET_CODE (value) != CONST_DOUBLE)
++      return FALSE;
++
++    if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (value)))
++      {
++        HOST_WIDE_INT target_float[2];
++        hi = lo = 0;
++        real_to_target (target_float, CONST_DOUBLE_REAL_VALUE (value),
++            GET_MODE (value));
++        lo = target_float[0];
++        hi = target_float[1];
++      }
++    else
++      {
++        hi = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (value);
++        lo = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (value);
++      }
++
++    if (avr32_const_ok_for_constraint_p (lo, 'K', "Ks21")
++        && (GET_MODE (value) == SFmode
++            || avr32_const_ok_for_constraint_p (hi, 'K', "Ks21")))
++      {
++        return TRUE;
++      }
++
++    return FALSE;
++  }
++
++
++int
++avr32_legitimate_constant_p (rtx x)
++  {
++    switch (GET_CODE (x))
++    {
++    case CONST_INT:
++      /* Check if we should put large immediate into constant pool
++       or load them directly with mov/orh.*/
++      if (!avr32_imm_in_const_pool)
++	return 1;
++
++      return avr32_const_ok_for_constraint_p (INTVAL (x), 'K', "Ks21");
++    case CONST_DOUBLE:
++      /* Check if we should put large immediate into constant pool
++         or load them directly with mov/orh.*/
++      if (!avr32_imm_in_const_pool)
++	return 1;
++
++      if (GET_MODE (x) == SFmode
++          || GET_MODE (x) == DFmode || GET_MODE (x) == DImode)
++        return avr32_const_double_immediate (x);
++      else
++        return 0;
++    case LABEL_REF:
++      return flag_pic || TARGET_HAS_ASM_ADDR_PSEUDOS;
++    case SYMBOL_REF:
++      return flag_pic || TARGET_HAS_ASM_ADDR_PSEUDOS;
++    case CONST:
++    case HIGH:
++    case CONST_VECTOR:
++      return 0;
++    default:
++      printf ("%s():\n", __FUNCTION__);
++      debug_rtx (x);
++      return 1;
++    }
++  }
++
++
++/* Strip any special encoding from labels */
++const char *
++avr32_strip_name_encoding (const char *name)
++{
++  const char *stripped = name;
++
++  while (1)
++    {
++      switch (stripped[0])
++      {
++      case '#':
++      stripped = strchr (name + 1, '#') + 1;
++      break;
++      case '*':
++      stripped = &stripped[1];
++      break;
++      default:
++        return stripped;
++      }
++    }
++}
++
++
++
++/* Do anything needed before RTL is emitted for each function.  */
++static struct machine_function *
++avr32_init_machine_status (void)
++{
++  struct machine_function *machine;
++  machine =
++    (machine_function *) ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (machine_function));
++
++#if AVR32_FT_UNKNOWN != 0
++  machine->func_type = AVR32_FT_UNKNOWN;
++#endif
++
++  machine->minipool_label_head = 0;
++  machine->minipool_label_tail = 0;
++  return machine;
++}
++
++void
++avr32_init_expanders (void)
++  {
++    /* Arrange to initialize and mark the machine per-function status.  */
++    init_machine_status = avr32_init_machine_status;
++  }
++
++
++/* Return an RTX indicating where the return address to the
++   calling function can be found.  */
++
++rtx
++avr32_return_addr (int count, rtx frame ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
++  {
++    if (count != 0)
++      return NULL_RTX;
++
++    return get_hard_reg_initial_val (Pmode, LR_REGNUM);
++  }
++
++
++void
++avr32_encode_section_info (tree decl, rtx rtl, int first)
++  {
++
++    if (first && DECL_P (decl))
++      {
++        /* Set SYMBOL_REG_FLAG for local functions */
++        if (!TREE_PUBLIC (decl) && TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
++          {
++            if ((*targetm.binds_local_p) (decl))
++              {
++                SYMBOL_REF_FLAG (XEXP (rtl, 0)) = 1;
++              }
++          }
++      }
++  }
++
++
++void
++avr32_asm_output_ascii (FILE * stream, char *ptr, int len)
++  {
++    int i, i_new = 0;
++    char *new_ptr = xmalloc (4 * len);
++    if (new_ptr == NULL)
++      internal_error ("Out of memory.");
++
++    for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
++      {
++        if (ptr[i] == '\n')
++          {
++            new_ptr[i_new++] = '\\';
++            new_ptr[i_new++] = '0';
++            new_ptr[i_new++] = '1';
++            new_ptr[i_new++] = '2';
++          }
++        else if (ptr[i] == '\"')
++          {
++            new_ptr[i_new++] = '\\';
++            new_ptr[i_new++] = '\"';
++          }
++        else if (ptr[i] == '\\')
++          {
++            new_ptr[i_new++] = '\\';
++            new_ptr[i_new++] = '\\';
++          }
++        else if (ptr[i] == '\0' && i + 1 < len)
++          {
++            new_ptr[i_new++] = '\\';
++            new_ptr[i_new++] = '0';
++          }
++        else
++          {
++            new_ptr[i_new++] = ptr[i];
++          }
++      }
++
++    /* Terminate new_ptr. */
++    new_ptr[i_new] = '\0';
++    fprintf (stream, "\t.ascii\t\"%s\"\n", new_ptr);
++    free (new_ptr);
++  }
++
++
++void
++avr32_asm_output_label (FILE * stream, const char *name)
++  {
++    name = avr32_strip_name_encoding (name);
++
++    /* Print the label. */
++    assemble_name (stream, name);
++    fprintf (stream, ":\n");
++  }
++
++
++
++void
++avr32_asm_weaken_label (FILE * stream, const char *name)
++  {
++    fprintf (stream, "\t.weak ");
++    assemble_name (stream, name);
++    fprintf (stream, "\n");
++  }
++
++/*
++  Checks if a labelref is equal to a reserved word in the assembler. If it is,
++  insert a '_' before the label name.
++ */
++void
++avr32_asm_output_labelref (FILE * stream, const char *name)
++  {
++    int verbatim = FALSE;
++    const char *stripped = name;
++    int strip_finished = FALSE;
++
++    while (!strip_finished)
++      {
++        switch (stripped[0])
++        {
++        case '#':
++        stripped = strchr (name + 1, '#') + 1;
++        break;
++        case '*':
++        stripped = &stripped[1];
++        verbatim = TRUE;
++        break;
++        default:
++          strip_finished = TRUE;
++          break;
++        }
++      }
++
++    if (verbatim)
++      fputs (stripped, stream);
++    else
++      asm_fprintf (stream, "%U%s", stripped);
++  }
++
++
++
++/*
++   Check if the comparison in compare_exp is redundant
++   for the condition given in next_cond given that the
++   needed flags are already set by an earlier instruction.
++   Uses cc_prev_status to check this.
++
++   Returns NULL_RTX if the compare is not redundant
++   or the new condition to use in the conditional
++   instruction if the compare is redundant.
++ */
++static rtx
++is_compare_redundant (rtx compare_exp, rtx next_cond)
++  {
++    int z_flag_valid = FALSE;
++    int n_flag_valid = FALSE;
++    rtx new_cond;
++
++    if (GET_CODE (compare_exp) != COMPARE)
++      return NULL_RTX;
++
++
++    if (rtx_equal_p (cc_prev_status.mdep.value, compare_exp))
++      {
++        /* cc0 already contains the correct comparison -> delete cmp insn */
++        return next_cond;
++      }
++
++    if (GET_MODE (compare_exp) != SImode)
++      return NULL_RTX;
++
++    switch (cc_prev_status.mdep.flags)
++    {
++    case CC_SET_VNCZ:
++    case CC_SET_NCZ:
++      n_flag_valid = TRUE;
++    case CC_SET_CZ:
++    case CC_SET_Z:
++      z_flag_valid = TRUE;
++    }
++
++    if (cc_prev_status.mdep.value
++        && REG_P (XEXP (compare_exp, 0))
++        && REGNO (XEXP (compare_exp, 0)) == REGNO (cc_prev_status.mdep.value)
++        && GET_CODE (XEXP (compare_exp, 1)) == CONST_INT
++        && next_cond != NULL_RTX)
++      {
++        if (INTVAL (XEXP (compare_exp, 1)) == 0
++            && z_flag_valid
++            && (GET_CODE (next_cond) == EQ || GET_CODE (next_cond) == NE))
++          /* We can skip comparison Z flag is already reflecting ops[0] */
++          return next_cond;
++        else if (n_flag_valid
++            && ((INTVAL (XEXP (compare_exp, 1)) == 0
++                && (GET_CODE (next_cond) == GE
++                    || GET_CODE (next_cond) == LT))
++                    || (INTVAL (XEXP (compare_exp, 1)) == -1
++                        && (GET_CODE (next_cond) == GT
++                            || GET_CODE (next_cond) == LE))))
++          {
++            /* We can skip comparison N flag is already reflecting ops[0],
++	     which means that we can use the mi/pl conditions to check if
++	     ops[0] is GE or LT 0. */
++            if ((GET_CODE (next_cond) == GE) || (GET_CODE (next_cond) == GT))
++              new_cond =
++                gen_rtx_UNSPEC (GET_MODE (next_cond), gen_rtvec (2, cc0_rtx, const0_rtx),
++                                UNSPEC_COND_PL);
++            else
++              new_cond =
++                gen_rtx_UNSPEC (GET_MODE (next_cond), gen_rtvec (2, cc0_rtx, const0_rtx),
++                                UNSPEC_COND_MI);
++            return new_cond;
++          }
++      }
++    return NULL_RTX;
++  }
++
++/* Updates cc_status.  */
++void
++avr32_notice_update_cc (rtx exp, rtx insn)
++  {
++    switch (get_attr_cc (insn))
++    {
++    case CC_CALL_SET:
++      CC_STATUS_INIT;
++      FPCC_STATUS_INIT;
++      /* Check if the function call returns a value in r12 */
++      if (REG_P (recog_data.operand[0])
++          && REGNO (recog_data.operand[0]) == RETVAL_REGNUM)
++        {
++          cc_status.flags = 0;
++          cc_status.mdep.value =
++            gen_rtx_COMPARE (SImode, recog_data.operand[0], const0_rtx);
++          cc_status.mdep.flags = CC_SET_VNCZ;
++
++        }
++      break;
++    case CC_COMPARE:
++      /* Check that compare will not be optimized away if so nothing should
++         be done */
++      if (is_compare_redundant (SET_SRC (exp), get_next_insn_cond (insn)) ==
++        NULL_RTX)
++        {
++
++          /* Reset the nonstandard flag */
++          CC_STATUS_INIT;
++          cc_status.flags = 0;
++          cc_status.mdep.value = SET_SRC (exp);
++          cc_status.mdep.flags = CC_SET_VNCZ;
++        }
++      break;
++    case CC_CMP_COND_INSN:
++        {
++          /* Conditional insn that emit the compare itself. */
++          rtx cmp = gen_rtx_COMPARE (GET_MODE (recog_data.operand[4]),
++              recog_data.operand[4],
++              recog_data.operand[5]);
++
++          if (is_compare_redundant (cmp, recog_data.operand[1]) == NULL_RTX)
++            {
++
++              /* Reset the nonstandard flag */
++              CC_STATUS_INIT;
++              cc_status.flags = 0;
++              cc_status.mdep.value = cmp;
++              cc_status.mdep.flags = CC_SET_VNCZ;
++            }
++        }
++        break;
++    case CC_FPCOMPARE:
++      /* Check that floating-point compare will not be optimized away if so
++         nothing should be done */
++      if (!rtx_equal_p (cc_prev_status.mdep.fpvalue, SET_SRC (exp)))
++        {
++          /* cc0 already contains the correct comparison -> delete cmp insn */
++          /* Reset the nonstandard flag */
++          cc_status.mdep.fpvalue = SET_SRC (exp);
++          cc_status.mdep.fpflags = CC_SET_CZ;
++        }
++      break;
++    case CC_FROM_FPCC:
++      /* Flags are updated with flags from Floating-point coprocessor, set
++         CC_NOT_SIGNED flag since the flags are set so that unsigned
++         condidion codes can be used directly. */
++      CC_STATUS_INIT;
++      cc_status.flags = CC_NOT_SIGNED;
++      cc_status.mdep.value = cc_status.mdep.fpvalue;
++      cc_status.mdep.flags = cc_status.mdep.fpflags;
++      break;
++    case CC_BLD:
++      /* Bit load is kind of like an inverted testsi, because the Z flag is
++         inverted */
++      CC_STATUS_INIT;
++      cc_status.flags = CC_INVERTED;
++      cc_status.mdep.value = SET_SRC (exp);
++      cc_status.mdep.flags = CC_SET_Z;
++      break;
++    case CC_NONE:
++      /* Insn does not affect CC at all. Check if the instruction updates
++         some of the register currently reflected in cc0 */
++
++      if ((GET_CODE (exp) == SET)
++          && (cc_status.value1 || cc_status.value2 || cc_status.mdep.value)
++          && (reg_mentioned_p (SET_DEST (exp), cc_status.value1)
++              || reg_mentioned_p (SET_DEST (exp), cc_status.value2)
++              || reg_mentioned_p (SET_DEST (exp), cc_status.mdep.value)))
++        {
++          CC_STATUS_INIT;
++        }
++
++      /* If this is a parallel we must step through each of the parallel
++         expressions */
++      if (GET_CODE (exp) == PARALLEL)
++        {
++          int i;
++          for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (exp, 0); ++i)
++            {
++              rtx vec_exp = XVECEXP (exp, 0, i);
++              if ((GET_CODE (vec_exp) == SET)
++                  && (cc_status.value1 || cc_status.value2
++                      || cc_status.mdep.value)
++                      && (reg_mentioned_p (SET_DEST (vec_exp), cc_status.value1)
++                          || reg_mentioned_p (SET_DEST (vec_exp),
++                              cc_status.value2)
++                              || reg_mentioned_p (SET_DEST (vec_exp),
++                                  cc_status.mdep.value)))
++                {
++                  CC_STATUS_INIT;
++                }
++            }
++        }
++
++      /* Check if we have memory opartions with post_inc or pre_dec on the
++         register currently reflected in cc0 */
++      if (GET_CODE (exp) == SET
++          && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (exp)) == MEM
++          && (GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (exp), 0)) == POST_INC
++              || GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (exp), 0)) == PRE_DEC)
++              &&
++              (reg_mentioned_p
++                  (XEXP (XEXP (SET_SRC (exp), 0), 0), cc_status.value1)
++                  || reg_mentioned_p (XEXP (XEXP (SET_SRC (exp), 0), 0),
++                      cc_status.value2)
++                      || reg_mentioned_p (XEXP (XEXP (SET_SRC (exp), 0), 0),
++                          cc_status.mdep.value)))
++        CC_STATUS_INIT;
++
++      if (GET_CODE (exp) == SET
++          && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (exp)) == MEM
++          && (GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_DEST (exp), 0)) == POST_INC
++              || GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_DEST (exp), 0)) == PRE_DEC)
++              &&
++              (reg_mentioned_p
++                  (XEXP (XEXP (SET_DEST (exp), 0), 0), cc_status.value1)
++                  || reg_mentioned_p (XEXP (XEXP (SET_DEST (exp), 0), 0),
++                      cc_status.value2)
++                      || reg_mentioned_p (XEXP (XEXP (SET_DEST (exp), 0), 0),
++                          cc_status.mdep.value)))
++        CC_STATUS_INIT;
++      break;
++
++    case CC_SET_VNCZ:
++      CC_STATUS_INIT;
++      cc_status.mdep.value = recog_data.operand[0];
++      cc_status.mdep.flags = CC_SET_VNCZ;
++      break;
++
++    case CC_SET_NCZ:
++      CC_STATUS_INIT;
++      cc_status.mdep.value = recog_data.operand[0];
++      cc_status.mdep.flags = CC_SET_NCZ;
++      break;
++
++    case CC_SET_CZ:
++      CC_STATUS_INIT;
++      cc_status.mdep.value = recog_data.operand[0];
++      cc_status.mdep.flags = CC_SET_CZ;
++      break;
++
++    case CC_SET_Z:
++      CC_STATUS_INIT;
++      cc_status.mdep.value = recog_data.operand[0];
++      cc_status.mdep.flags = CC_SET_Z;
++      break;
++
++    case CC_CLOBBER:
++      CC_STATUS_INIT;
++      break;
++
++    default:
++      CC_STATUS_INIT;
++    }
++  }
++
++
++/*
++  Outputs to stdio stream stream the assembler syntax for an instruction
++  operand x. x is an RTL expression.
++ */
++void
++avr32_print_operand (FILE * stream, rtx x, int code)
++  {
++    int error = 0;
++
++    switch (GET_CODE (x))
++    {
++    case UNSPEC:
++      switch (XINT (x, 1))
++      {
++      case UNSPEC_COND_PL:
++        if (code == 'i')
++          fputs ("mi", stream);
++        else
++          fputs ("pl", stream);
++        break;
++      case UNSPEC_COND_MI:
++        if (code == 'i')
++          fputs ("pl", stream);
++        else
++          fputs ("mi", stream);
++        break;
++      default:
++        error = 1;
++      }
++      break;
++    case EQ:
++      if (code == 'i')
++        fputs ("ne", stream);
++      else
++        fputs ("eq", stream);
++      break;
++    case NE:
++      if (code == 'i')
++        fputs ("eq", stream);
++      else
++        fputs ("ne", stream);
++      break;
++    case GT:
++      if (code == 'i')
++        fputs ("le", stream);
++      else
++        fputs ("gt", stream);
++      break;
++    case GTU:
++      if (code == 'i')
++        fputs ("ls", stream);
++      else
++        fputs ("hi", stream);
++      break;
++    case LT:
++      if (code == 'i')
++        fputs ("ge", stream);
++      else
++        fputs ("lt", stream);
++      break;
++    case LTU:
++      if (code == 'i')
++        fputs ("hs", stream);
++      else
++        fputs ("lo", stream);
++      break;
++    case GE:
++      if (code == 'i')
++        fputs ("lt", stream);
++      else
++        fputs ("ge", stream);
++      break;
++    case GEU:
++      if (code == 'i')
++        fputs ("lo", stream);
++      else
++        fputs ("hs", stream);
++      break;
++    case LE:
++      if (code == 'i')
++        fputs ("gt", stream);
++      else
++        fputs ("le", stream);
++      break;
++    case LEU:
++      if (code == 'i')
++        fputs ("hi", stream);
++      else
++        fputs ("ls", stream);
++      break;
++    case CONST_INT:
++        {
++          HOST_WIDE_INT value = INTVAL (x);
++
++          switch (code)
++          {
++          case 'm':
++            if ( HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT > BITS_PER_WORD )
++              {
++                /* A const_int can be used to represent DImode constants. */
++                value >>= BITS_PER_WORD;
++              }
++            /* We might get a const_int immediate for setting a DI register,
++               we then must then return the correct sign extended DI. The most
++               significant word is just a sign extension. */
++            else if (value < 0)
++              value = -1;
++            else
++              value = 0;
++            break;
++          case 'i':
++            value++;
++            break;
++          case 'p':
++            {
++              /* Set to bit position of first bit set in immediate */
++              int i, bitpos = 32;
++              for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
++                if (value & (1 << i))
++                  {
++                    bitpos = i;
++                    break;
++                  }
++              value = bitpos;
++            }
++            break;
++          case 'r':
++            {
++              /* Reglist 8 */
++              char op[50];
++              op[0] = '\0';
++              
++              if (value & 0x01)
++                sprintf (op, "r0-r3");
++              if (value & 0x02)
++                strlen (op) ? sprintf (op, "%s, r4-r7", op) : sprintf (op,
++                                                                       "r4-r7");
++              if (value & 0x04)
++                strlen (op) ? sprintf (op, "%s, r8-r9", op) : sprintf (op,
++                                                                       "r8-r9");
++              if (value & 0x08)
++                strlen (op) ? sprintf (op, "%s, r10", op) : sprintf (op,
++                                                                     "r10");
++              if (value & 0x10)
++                strlen (op) ? sprintf (op, "%s, r11", op) : sprintf (op,
++                                                                     "r11");
++              if (value & 0x20)
++                strlen (op) ? sprintf (op, "%s, r12", op) : sprintf (op,
++                                                                     "r12");
++              if (value & 0x40)
++                strlen (op) ? sprintf (op, "%s, lr", op) : sprintf (op, "lr");
++              if (value & 0x80)
++                strlen (op) ? sprintf (op, "%s, pc", op) : sprintf (op, "pc");
++              
++              fputs (op, stream);
++              return;
++            }
++          case 's':
++            {
++              /* Reglist 16 */
++              char reglist16_string[100];
++              int i;
++              reglist16_string[0] = '\0';
++
++              for (i = 0; i < 16; ++i)
++                {
++                  if (value & (1 << i))
++                    {
++                      strlen (reglist16_string) ? sprintf (reglist16_string,
++                          "%s, %s",
++                          reglist16_string,
++                          reg_names
++                          [INTERNAL_REGNUM
++                           (i)]) :
++                             sprintf (reglist16_string, "%s",
++                                 reg_names[INTERNAL_REGNUM (i)]);
++                    }
++                }
++              fputs (reglist16_string, stream);
++              return;
++            }
++          case 'C':
++            {
++              /* RegListCP8 */
++              char reglist_string[100];
++              avr32_make_fp_reglist_w (value, (char *) reglist_string);
++              fputs (reglist_string, stream);
++              return;
++            }
++          case 'D':
++            {
++              /* RegListCPD8 */
++              char reglist_string[100];
++              avr32_make_fp_reglist_d (value, (char *) reglist_string);
++              fputs (reglist_string, stream);
++              return;
++            }
++          case 'h':
++          /* Print halfword part of word */
++          fputs (value ? "b" : "t", stream);
++          return;
++          }
++
++          /* Print Value */
++          fprintf (stream, "%d", value);
++          break;
++        }
++    case CONST_DOUBLE:
++        {
++          HOST_WIDE_INT hi, lo;
++          if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (x)))
++            {
++              HOST_WIDE_INT target_float[2];
++              hi = lo = 0;
++              real_to_target (target_float, CONST_DOUBLE_REAL_VALUE (x),
++                  GET_MODE (x));
++              /* For doubles the most significant part starts at index 0. */
++              if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)) > UNITS_PER_WORD)
++                {
++                  hi = target_float[0];
++                  lo = target_float[1];
++                }
++              else
++                {
++                  lo = target_float[0];
++                }
++            }
++          else
++            {
++              hi = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (x);
++              lo = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x);
++            }
++
++          if (code == 'm')
++            fprintf (stream, "%ld", hi);
++          else
++            fprintf (stream, "%ld", lo);
++
++          break;
++        }
++    case CONST:
++      output_addr_const (stream, XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0));
++      fprintf (stream, "+%ld", INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1)));
++      break;
++    case REG:
++      /* Swap register name if the register is DImode or DFmode. */
++      if (GET_MODE (x) == DImode || GET_MODE (x) == DFmode)
++        {
++          /* Double register must have an even numbered address */
++          gcc_assert (!(REGNO (x) % 2));
++          if (code == 'm')
++            fputs (reg_names[true_regnum (x)], stream);
++          else
++            fputs (reg_names[true_regnum (x) + 1], stream);
++        }
++      else if (GET_MODE (x) == TImode)
++        {
++          switch (code)
++          {
++          case 'T':
++          fputs (reg_names[true_regnum (x)], stream);
++          break;
++          case 'U':
++          fputs (reg_names[true_regnum (x) + 1], stream);
++          break;
++          case 'L':
++          fputs (reg_names[true_regnum (x) + 2], stream);
++          break;
++          case 'B':
++          fputs (reg_names[true_regnum (x) + 3], stream);
++          break;
++          default:
++            fprintf (stream, "%s, %s, %s, %s",
++                reg_names[true_regnum (x) + 3],
++                reg_names[true_regnum (x) + 2],
++                reg_names[true_regnum (x) + 1],
++                reg_names[true_regnum (x)]);
++            break;
++          }
++        }
++      else
++        {
++          fputs (reg_names[true_regnum (x)], stream);
++        }
++      break;
++    case CODE_LABEL:
++    case LABEL_REF:
++    case SYMBOL_REF:
++      output_addr_const (stream, x);
++      break;
++    case MEM:
++      switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)))
++      {
++      case LABEL_REF:
++      case SYMBOL_REF:
++        output_addr_const (stream, XEXP (x, 0));
++        break;
++      case MEM:
++        switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0)))
++        {
++        case SYMBOL_REF:
++          output_addr_const (stream, XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0));
++          break;
++        default:
++          error = 1;
++          break;
++        }
++        break;
++      case REG:
++        avr32_print_operand (stream, XEXP (x, 0), 0);
++        if (code != 'p')
++          fputs ("[0]", stream);
++        break;
++      case PRE_DEC:
++        fputs ("--", stream);
++        avr32_print_operand (stream, XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), 0);
++        break;
++      case POST_INC:
++        avr32_print_operand (stream, XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), 0);
++        fputs ("++", stream);
++        break;
++      case PLUS:
++          {
++            rtx op0 = XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0);
++            rtx op1 = XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1);
++            rtx base = NULL_RTX, offset = NULL_RTX;
++
++            if (avr32_address_register_rtx_p (op0, 1))
++              {
++                base = op0;
++                offset = op1;
++              }
++            else if (avr32_address_register_rtx_p (op1, 1))
++              {
++                /* Operands are switched. */
++                base = op1;
++                offset = op0;
++              }
++
++            gcc_assert (base && offset
++                && avr32_address_register_rtx_p (base, 1)
++                && avr32_legitimate_index_p (GET_MODE (x), offset,
++                    1));
++
++            avr32_print_operand (stream, base, 0);
++            fputs ("[", stream);
++            avr32_print_operand (stream, offset, 0);
++            fputs ("]", stream);
++            break;
++          }
++      case CONST:
++        output_addr_const (stream, XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), 0));
++        fprintf (stream, " + %ld",
++            INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), 1)));
++        break;
++      default:
++        error = 1;
++      }
++      break;
++    case MULT:
++        {
++          int value = INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1));
++
++          /* Convert immediate in multiplication into a shift immediate */
++          switch (value)
++          {
++          case 2:
++            value = 1;
++            break;
++          case 4:
++            value = 2;
++            break;
++          case 8:
++            value = 3;
++            break;
++          default:
++            value = 0;
++          }
++          fprintf (stream, "%s << %i", reg_names[true_regnum (XEXP (x, 0))],
++              value);
++          break;
++        }
++    case ASHIFT:
++      if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT)
++        fprintf (stream, "%s << %i", reg_names[true_regnum (XEXP (x, 0))],
++            (int) INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)));
++      else if (REG_P (XEXP (x, 1)))
++        fprintf (stream, "%s << %s", reg_names[true_regnum (XEXP (x, 0))],
++            reg_names[true_regnum (XEXP (x, 1))]);
++      else
++        {
++          error = 1;
++        }
++      break;
++    case LSHIFTRT:
++      if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT)
++        fprintf (stream, "%s >> %i", reg_names[true_regnum (XEXP (x, 0))],
++            (int) INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)));
++      else if (REG_P (XEXP (x, 1)))
++        fprintf (stream, "%s >> %s", reg_names[true_regnum (XEXP (x, 0))],
++            reg_names[true_regnum (XEXP (x, 1))]);
++      else
++        {
++          error = 1;
++        }
++      fprintf (stream, ">>");
++      break;
++    case PARALLEL:
++        {
++          /* Load store multiple */
++          int i;
++          int count = XVECLEN (x, 0);
++          int reglist16 = 0;
++          char reglist16_string[100];
++
++          for (i = 0; i < count; ++i)
++            {
++              rtx vec_elm = XVECEXP (x, 0, i);
++              if (GET_MODE (vec_elm) != SET)
++                {
++                  debug_rtx (vec_elm);
++                  internal_error ("Unknown element in parallel expression!");
++                }
++              if (GET_MODE (XEXP (vec_elm, 0)) == REG)
++                {
++                  /* Load multiple */
++                  reglist16 |= 1 << ASM_REGNUM (REGNO (XEXP (vec_elm, 0)));
++                }
++              else
++                {
++                  /* Store multiple */
++                  reglist16 |= 1 << ASM_REGNUM (REGNO (XEXP (vec_elm, 1)));
++                }
++            }
++
++          avr32_make_reglist16 (reglist16, reglist16_string);
++          fputs (reglist16_string, stream);
++
++          break;
++        }
++
++    default:
++      error = 1;
++    }
++
++    if (error)
++      {
++        debug_rtx (x);
++        internal_error ("Illegal expression for avr32_print_operand");
++      }
++  }
++
++rtx
++avr32_get_note_reg_equiv (rtx insn)
++  {
++    rtx note;
++
++    note = find_reg_note (insn, REG_EQUIV, NULL_RTX);
++
++    if (note != NULL_RTX)
++      return XEXP (note, 0);
++    else
++      return NULL_RTX;
++  }
++
++/*
++  Outputs to stdio stream stream the assembler syntax for an instruction
++  operand that is a memory reference whose address is x. x is an RTL
++  expression.
++
++  ToDo: fixme.
++ */
++void
++avr32_print_operand_address (FILE * stream, rtx x)
++  {
++    fprintf (stream, "(%d) /* address */", REGNO (x));
++  }
++
++/* Return true if _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol is mentioned.  */
++bool
++avr32_got_mentioned_p (rtx addr)
++  {
++    if (GET_CODE (addr) == MEM)
++      addr = XEXP (addr, 0);
++    while (GET_CODE (addr) == CONST)
++      addr = XEXP (addr, 0);
++    if (GET_CODE (addr) == SYMBOL_REF)
++      {
++        return streq (XSTR (addr, 0), "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_");
++      }
++    if (GET_CODE (addr) == PLUS || GET_CODE (addr) == MINUS)
++      {
++        bool l1, l2;
++
++        l1 = avr32_got_mentioned_p (XEXP (addr, 0));
++        l2 = avr32_got_mentioned_p (XEXP (addr, 1));
++        return l1 || l2;
++      }
++    return false;
++  }
++
++
++/* Find the symbol in an address expression.  */
++
++rtx
++avr32_find_symbol (rtx addr)
++  {
++    if (GET_CODE (addr) == MEM)
++      addr = XEXP (addr, 0);
++
++    while (GET_CODE (addr) == CONST)
++      addr = XEXP (addr, 0);
++
++    if (GET_CODE (addr) == SYMBOL_REF || GET_CODE (addr) == LABEL_REF)
++      return addr;
++    if (GET_CODE (addr) == PLUS)
++      {
++        rtx l1, l2;
++
++        l1 = avr32_find_symbol (XEXP (addr, 0));
++        l2 = avr32_find_symbol (XEXP (addr, 1));
++        if (l1 != NULL_RTX && l2 == NULL_RTX)
++          return l1;
++        else if (l1 == NULL_RTX && l2 != NULL_RTX)
++          return l2;
++      }
++
++    return NULL_RTX;
++  }
++
++
++/* Routines for manipulation of the constant pool.  */
++
++/* AVR32 instructions cannot load a large constant directly into a
++   register; they have to come from a pc relative load.  The constant
++   must therefore be placed in the addressable range of the pc
++   relative load.  Depending on the precise pc relative load
++   instruction the range is somewhere between 256 bytes and 4k.  This
++   means that we often have to dump a constant inside a function, and
++   generate code to branch around it.
++
++   It is important to minimize this, since the branches will slow
++   things down and make the code larger.
++
++   Normally we can hide the table after an existing unconditional
++   branch so that there is no interruption of the flow, but in the
++   worst case the code looks like this:
++
++	lddpc	rn, L1
++	...
++	rjmp	L2
++	align
++	L1:	.long value
++	L2:
++	...
++
++	lddpc	rn, L3
++	...
++	rjmp	L4
++	align
++	L3:	.long value
++	L4:
++	...
++
++   We fix this by performing a scan after scheduling, which notices
++   which instructions need to have their operands fetched from the
++   constant table and builds the table.
++
++   The algorithm starts by building a table of all the constants that
++   need fixing up and all the natural barriers in the function (places
++   where a constant table can be dropped without breaking the flow).
++   For each fixup we note how far the pc-relative replacement will be
++   able to reach and the offset of the instruction into the function.
++
++   Having built the table we then group the fixes together to form
++   tables that are as large as possible (subject to addressing
++   constraints) and emit each table of constants after the last
++   barrier that is within range of all the instructions in the group.
++   If a group does not contain a barrier, then we forcibly create one
++   by inserting a jump instruction into the flow.  Once the table has
++   been inserted, the insns are then modified to reference the
++   relevant entry in the pool.
++
++   Possible enhancements to the algorithm (not implemented) are:
++
++   1) For some processors and object formats, there may be benefit in
++   aligning the pools to the start of cache lines; this alignment
++   would need to be taken into account when calculating addressability
++   of a pool.  */
++
++/* These typedefs are located at the start of this file, so that
++   they can be used in the prototypes there.  This comment is to
++   remind readers of that fact so that the following structures
++   can be understood more easily.
++
++     typedef struct minipool_node    Mnode;
++     typedef struct minipool_fixup   Mfix;  */
++
++struct minipool_node
++{
++  /* Doubly linked chain of entries.  */
++  Mnode *next;
++  Mnode *prev;
++  /* The maximum offset into the code that this entry can be placed.  While
++     pushing fixes for forward references, all entries are sorted in order of
++     increasing max_address.  */
++  HOST_WIDE_INT max_address;
++  /* Similarly for an entry inserted for a backwards ref.  */
++  HOST_WIDE_INT min_address;
++  /* The number of fixes referencing this entry.  This can become zero if we
++     "unpush" an entry.  In this case we ignore the entry when we come to
++     emit the code.  */
++  int refcount;
++  /* The offset from the start of the minipool.  */
++  HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
++  /* The value in table.  */
++  rtx value;
++  /* The mode of value.  */
++  enum machine_mode mode;
++  /* The size of the value.  */
++  int fix_size;
++};
++
++struct minipool_fixup
++{
++  Mfix *next;
++  rtx insn;
++  HOST_WIDE_INT address;
++  rtx *loc;
++  enum machine_mode mode;
++  int fix_size;
++  rtx value;
++  Mnode *minipool;
++  HOST_WIDE_INT forwards;
++  HOST_WIDE_INT backwards;
++};
++
++
++/* Fixes less than a word need padding out to a word boundary.  */
++#define MINIPOOL_FIX_SIZE(mode, value)                          \
++  (IS_FORCE_MINIPOOL(value) ? 0 :                               \
++      (GET_MODE_SIZE ((mode)) >= 4 ? GET_MODE_SIZE ((mode)) : 4))
++
++#define IS_FORCE_MINIPOOL(x)                    \
++  (GET_CODE(x) == UNSPEC &&                     \
++      XINT(x, 1) == UNSPEC_FORCE_MINIPOOL)
++
++static Mnode *minipool_vector_head;
++static Mnode *minipool_vector_tail;
++
++/* The linked list of all minipool fixes required for this function.  */
++Mfix *minipool_fix_head;
++Mfix *minipool_fix_tail;
++/* The fix entry for the current minipool, once it has been placed.  */
++Mfix *minipool_barrier;
++
++/* Determines if INSN is the start of a jump table.  Returns the end
++   of the TABLE or NULL_RTX.  */
++static rtx
++is_jump_table (rtx insn)
++  {
++    rtx table;
++
++    if (GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN
++        && JUMP_LABEL (insn) != NULL
++        && ((table = next_real_insn (JUMP_LABEL (insn)))
++            == next_real_insn (insn))
++            && table != NULL
++            && GET_CODE (table) == JUMP_INSN
++            && (GET_CODE (PATTERN (table)) == ADDR_VEC
++                || GET_CODE (PATTERN (table)) == ADDR_DIFF_VEC))
++      return table;
++
++    return NULL_RTX;
++  }
++
++static HOST_WIDE_INT
++get_jump_table_size (rtx insn)
++  {
++    /* ADDR_VECs only take room if read-only data does into the text section.  */
++    if (JUMP_TABLES_IN_TEXT_SECTION
++#if !defined(READONLY_DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP)
++        || 1
++#endif
++    )
++      {
++        rtx body = PATTERN (insn);
++        int elt = GET_CODE (body) == ADDR_DIFF_VEC ? 1 : 0;
++
++        return GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (body)) * XVECLEN (body, elt);
++      }
++
++    return 0;
++  }
++
++/* Move a minipool fix MP from its current location to before MAX_MP.
++   If MAX_MP is NULL, then MP doesn't need moving, but the addressing
++   constraints may need updating.  */
++static Mnode *
++move_minipool_fix_forward_ref (Mnode * mp, Mnode * max_mp,
++    HOST_WIDE_INT max_address)
++    {
++      /* This should never be true and the code below assumes these are
++     different.  */
++      if (mp == max_mp)
++        abort ();
++
++      if (max_mp == NULL)
++        {
++          if (max_address < mp->max_address)
++            mp->max_address = max_address;
++        }
++      else
++        {
++          if (max_address > max_mp->max_address - mp->fix_size)
++            mp->max_address = max_mp->max_address - mp->fix_size;
++          else
++            mp->max_address = max_address;
++
++          /* Unlink MP from its current position.  Since max_mp is non-null,
++         mp->prev must be non-null.  */
++          mp->prev->next = mp->next;
++          if (mp->next != NULL)
++            mp->next->prev = mp->prev;
++          else
++            minipool_vector_tail = mp->prev;
++
++          /* Re-insert it before MAX_MP.  */
++          mp->next = max_mp;
++          mp->prev = max_mp->prev;
++          max_mp->prev = mp;
++
++          if (mp->prev != NULL)
++            mp->prev->next = mp;
++          else
++            minipool_vector_head = mp;
++        }
++
++      /* Save the new entry.  */
++      max_mp = mp;
++
++      /* Scan over the preceding entries and adjust their addresses as required.
++       */
++      while (mp->prev != NULL
++          && mp->prev->max_address > mp->max_address - mp->prev->fix_size)
++        {
++          mp->prev->max_address = mp->max_address - mp->prev->fix_size;
++          mp = mp->prev;
++        }
++
++      return max_mp;
++    }
++
++/* Add a constant to the minipool for a forward reference.  Returns the
++   node added or NULL if the constant will not fit in this pool.  */
++static Mnode *
++add_minipool_forward_ref (Mfix * fix)
++{
++  /* If set, max_mp is the first pool_entry that has a lower constraint than
++     the one we are trying to add.  */
++  Mnode *max_mp = NULL;
++  HOST_WIDE_INT max_address = fix->address + fix->forwards;
++  Mnode *mp;
++
++  /* If this fix's address is greater than the address of the first entry,
++     then we can't put the fix in this pool.  We subtract the size of the
++     current fix to ensure that if the table is fully packed we still have
++     enough room to insert this value by suffling the other fixes forwards.  */
++  if (minipool_vector_head &&
++      fix->address >= minipool_vector_head->max_address - fix->fix_size)
++    return NULL;
++
++  /* Scan the pool to see if a constant with the same value has already been
++     added.  While we are doing this, also note the location where we must
++     insert the constant if it doesn't already exist.  */
++  for (mp = minipool_vector_head; mp != NULL; mp = mp->next)
++    {
++      if (GET_CODE (fix->value) == GET_CODE (mp->value)
++          && fix->mode == mp->mode
++          && (GET_CODE (fix->value) != CODE_LABEL
++              || (CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (fix->value)
++                  == CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (mp->value)))
++                  && rtx_equal_p (fix->value, mp->value))
++        {
++          /* More than one fix references this entry.  */
++          mp->refcount++;
++          return move_minipool_fix_forward_ref (mp, max_mp, max_address);
++        }
++
++      /* Note the insertion point if necessary.  */
++      if (max_mp == NULL && mp->max_address > max_address)
++        max_mp = mp;
++
++    }
++
++  /* The value is not currently in the minipool, so we need to create a new
++     entry for it.  If MAX_MP is NULL, the entry will be put on the end of
++     the list since the placement is less constrained than any existing
++     entry.  Otherwise, we insert the new fix before MAX_MP and, if
++     necessary, adjust the constraints on the other entries.  */
++  mp = xmalloc (sizeof (*mp));
++  mp->fix_size = fix->fix_size;
++  mp->mode = fix->mode;
++  mp->value = fix->value;
++  mp->refcount = 1;
++  /* Not yet required for a backwards ref.  */
++  mp->min_address = -65536;
++
++  if (max_mp == NULL)
++    {
++      mp->max_address = max_address;
++      mp->next = NULL;
++      mp->prev = minipool_vector_tail;
++
++      if (mp->prev == NULL)
++        {
++          minipool_vector_head = mp;
++          minipool_vector_label = gen_label_rtx ();
++        }
++      else
++        mp->prev->next = mp;
++
++      minipool_vector_tail = mp;
++    }
++  else
++    {
++      if (max_address > max_mp->max_address - mp->fix_size)
++        mp->max_address = max_mp->max_address - mp->fix_size;
++      else
++        mp->max_address = max_address;
++
++      mp->next = max_mp;
++      mp->prev = max_mp->prev;
++      max_mp->prev = mp;
++      if (mp->prev != NULL)
++        mp->prev->next = mp;
++      else
++        minipool_vector_head = mp;
++    }
++
++  /* Save the new entry.  */
++  max_mp = mp;
++
++  /* Scan over the preceding entries and adjust their addresses as required.
++   */
++  while (mp->prev != NULL
++      && mp->prev->max_address > mp->max_address - mp->prev->fix_size)
++    {
++      mp->prev->max_address = mp->max_address - mp->prev->fix_size;
++      mp = mp->prev;
++    }
++
++  return max_mp;
++}
++
++static Mnode *
++move_minipool_fix_backward_ref (Mnode * mp, Mnode * min_mp,
++    HOST_WIDE_INT min_address)
++    {
++      HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
++
++      /* This should never be true, and the code below assumes these are
++     different.  */
++      if (mp == min_mp)
++        abort ();
++
++      if (min_mp == NULL)
++        {
++          if (min_address > mp->min_address)
++            mp->min_address = min_address;
++        }
++      else
++        {
++          /* We will adjust this below if it is too loose.  */
++          mp->min_address = min_address;
++
++          /* Unlink MP from its current position.  Since min_mp is non-null,
++         mp->next must be non-null.  */
++          mp->next->prev = mp->prev;
++          if (mp->prev != NULL)
++            mp->prev->next = mp->next;
++          else
++            minipool_vector_head = mp->next;
++
++          /* Reinsert it after MIN_MP.  */
++          mp->prev = min_mp;
++          mp->next = min_mp->next;
++          min_mp->next = mp;
++          if (mp->next != NULL)
++            mp->next->prev = mp;
++          else
++            minipool_vector_tail = mp;
++        }
++
++      min_mp = mp;
++
++      offset = 0;
++      for (mp = minipool_vector_head; mp != NULL; mp = mp->next)
++        {
++          mp->offset = offset;
++          if (mp->refcount > 0)
++            offset += mp->fix_size;
++
++          if (mp->next && mp->next->min_address < mp->min_address + mp->fix_size)
++            mp->next->min_address = mp->min_address + mp->fix_size;
++        }
++
++      return min_mp;
++    }
++
++/* Add a constant to the minipool for a backward reference.  Returns the
++   node added or NULL if the constant will not fit in this pool.
++
++   Note that the code for insertion for a backwards reference can be
++   somewhat confusing because the calculated offsets for each fix do
++   not take into account the size of the pool (which is still under
++   construction.  */
++static Mnode *
++add_minipool_backward_ref (Mfix * fix)
++{
++  /* If set, min_mp is the last pool_entry that has a lower constraint than
++     the one we are trying to add.  */
++  Mnode *min_mp = NULL;
++  /* This can be negative, since it is only a constraint.  */
++  HOST_WIDE_INT min_address = fix->address - fix->backwards;
++  Mnode *mp;
++
++  /* If we can't reach the current pool from this insn, or if we can't insert
++     this entry at the end of the pool without pushing other fixes out of
++     range, then we don't try.  This ensures that we can't fail later on.  */
++  if (min_address >= minipool_barrier->address
++      || (minipool_vector_tail->min_address + fix->fix_size
++          >= minipool_barrier->address))
++    return NULL;
++
++  /* Scan the pool to see if a constant with the same value has already been
++     added.  While we are doing this, also note the location where we must
++     insert the constant if it doesn't already exist.  */
++  for (mp = minipool_vector_tail; mp != NULL; mp = mp->prev)
++    {
++      if (GET_CODE (fix->value) == GET_CODE (mp->value)
++          && fix->mode == mp->mode
++          && (GET_CODE (fix->value) != CODE_LABEL
++              || (CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (fix->value)
++                  == CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (mp->value)))
++                  && rtx_equal_p (fix->value, mp->value)
++                  /* Check that there is enough slack to move this entry to the end
++	     of the table (this is conservative).  */
++                  && (mp->max_address
++                      > (minipool_barrier->address
++                          + minipool_vector_tail->offset
++                          + minipool_vector_tail->fix_size)))
++        {
++          mp->refcount++;
++          return move_minipool_fix_backward_ref (mp, min_mp, min_address);
++        }
++
++      if (min_mp != NULL)
++        mp->min_address += fix->fix_size;
++      else
++        {
++          /* Note the insertion point if necessary.  */
++          if (mp->min_address < min_address)
++            {
++              min_mp = mp;
++            }
++          else if (mp->max_address
++              < minipool_barrier->address + mp->offset + fix->fix_size)
++            {
++              /* Inserting before this entry would push the fix beyond its
++	         maximum address (which can happen if we have re-located a
++	         forwards fix); force the new fix to come after it.  */
++              min_mp = mp;
++              min_address = mp->min_address + fix->fix_size;
++            }
++        }
++    }
++
++  /* We need to create a new entry.  */
++  mp = xmalloc (sizeof (*mp));
++  mp->fix_size = fix->fix_size;
++  mp->mode = fix->mode;
++  mp->value = fix->value;
++  mp->refcount = 1;
++  mp->max_address = minipool_barrier->address + 65536;
++
++  mp->min_address = min_address;
++
++  if (min_mp == NULL)
++    {
++      mp->prev = NULL;
++      mp->next = minipool_vector_head;
++
++      if (mp->next == NULL)
++        {
++          minipool_vector_tail = mp;
++          minipool_vector_label = gen_label_rtx ();
++        }
++      else
++        mp->next->prev = mp;
++
++      minipool_vector_head = mp;
++    }
++  else
++    {
++      mp->next = min_mp->next;
++      mp->prev = min_mp;
++      min_mp->next = mp;
++
++      if (mp->next != NULL)
++        mp->next->prev = mp;
++      else
++        minipool_vector_tail = mp;
++    }
++
++  /* Save the new entry.  */
++  min_mp = mp;
++
++  if (mp->prev)
++    mp = mp->prev;
++  else
++    mp->offset = 0;
++
++  /* Scan over the following entries and adjust their offsets.  */
++  while (mp->next != NULL)
++    {
++      if (mp->next->min_address < mp->min_address + mp->fix_size)
++        mp->next->min_address = mp->min_address + mp->fix_size;
++
++      if (mp->refcount)
++        mp->next->offset = mp->offset + mp->fix_size;
++      else
++        mp->next->offset = mp->offset;
++
++      mp = mp->next;
++    }
++
++  return min_mp;
++}
++
++static void
++assign_minipool_offsets (Mfix * barrier)
++  {
++    HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
++    Mnode *mp;
++
++    minipool_barrier = barrier;
++
++    for (mp = minipool_vector_head; mp != NULL; mp = mp->next)
++      {
++        mp->offset = offset;
++
++        if (mp->refcount > 0)
++          offset += mp->fix_size;
++      }
++  }
++
++/* Print a symbolic form of X to the debug file, F.  */
++static void
++avr32_print_value (FILE * f, rtx x)
++  {
++    switch (GET_CODE (x))
++    {
++    case CONST_INT:
++      fprintf (f, "0x%x", (int) INTVAL (x));
++      return;
++
++    case CONST_DOUBLE:
++      fprintf (f, "<0x%lx,0x%lx>", (long) XWINT (x, 2), (long) XWINT (x, 3));
++      return;
++
++    case CONST_VECTOR:
++        {
++          int i;
++
++          fprintf (f, "<");
++          for (i = 0; i < CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (x); i++)
++            {
++              fprintf (f, "0x%x", (int) INTVAL (CONST_VECTOR_ELT (x, i)));
++              if (i < (CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (x) - 1))
++                fputc (',', f);
++            }
++          fprintf (f, ">");
++        }
++        return;
++
++    case CONST_STRING:
++      fprintf (f, "\"%s\"", XSTR (x, 0));
++      return;
++
++    case SYMBOL_REF:
++      fprintf (f, "`%s'", XSTR (x, 0));
++      return;
++
++    case LABEL_REF:
++      fprintf (f, "L%d", INSN_UID (XEXP (x, 0)));
++      return;
++
++    case CONST:
++      avr32_print_value (f, XEXP (x, 0));
++      return;
++
++    case PLUS:
++      avr32_print_value (f, XEXP (x, 0));
++      fprintf (f, "+");
++      avr32_print_value (f, XEXP (x, 1));
++      return;
++
++    case PC:
++      fprintf (f, "pc");
++      return;
++
++    default:
++      fprintf (f, "????");
++      return;
++    }
++  }
++
++int
++is_minipool_label (rtx label)
++  {
++    minipool_labels *cur_mp_label = cfun->machine->minipool_label_head;
++
++    if (GET_CODE (label) != CODE_LABEL)
++      return FALSE;
++
++    while (cur_mp_label)
++      {
++        if (CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (label)
++            == CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (cur_mp_label->label))
++          return TRUE;
++        cur_mp_label = cur_mp_label->next;
++      }
++    return FALSE;
++  }
++
++static void
++new_minipool_label (rtx label)
++  {
++    if (!cfun->machine->minipool_label_head)
++      {
++        cfun->machine->minipool_label_head =
++          ggc_alloc (sizeof (minipool_labels));
++        cfun->machine->minipool_label_tail = cfun->machine->minipool_label_head;
++        cfun->machine->minipool_label_head->label = label;
++        cfun->machine->minipool_label_head->next = 0;
++        cfun->machine->minipool_label_head->prev = 0;
++      }
++    else
++      {
++        cfun->machine->minipool_label_tail->next =
++          ggc_alloc (sizeof (minipool_labels));
++        cfun->machine->minipool_label_tail->next->label = label;
++        cfun->machine->minipool_label_tail->next->next = 0;
++        cfun->machine->minipool_label_tail->next->prev =
++          cfun->machine->minipool_label_tail;
++        cfun->machine->minipool_label_tail =
++          cfun->machine->minipool_label_tail->next;
++      }
++  }
++
++/* Output the literal table */
++static void
++dump_minipool (rtx scan)
++  {
++    Mnode *mp;
++    Mnode *nmp;
++
++    if (dump_file)
++      fprintf (dump_file,
++          ";; Emitting minipool after insn %u; address %ld; align %d (bytes)\n",
++          INSN_UID (scan), (unsigned long) minipool_barrier->address, 4);
++
++    scan = emit_insn_after (gen_consttable_start (), scan);
++    scan = emit_insn_after (gen_align_4 (), scan);
++    scan = emit_label_after (minipool_vector_label, scan);
++    new_minipool_label (minipool_vector_label);
++
++    for (mp = minipool_vector_head; mp != NULL; mp = nmp)
++      {
++        if (mp->refcount > 0)
++          {
++            if (dump_file)
++              {
++                fprintf (dump_file,
++                    ";;  Offset %u, min %ld, max %ld ",
++                    (unsigned) mp->offset, (unsigned long) mp->min_address,
++                    (unsigned long) mp->max_address);
++                avr32_print_value (dump_file, mp->value);
++                fputc ('\n', dump_file);
++              }
++
++            switch (mp->fix_size)
++            {
++#ifdef HAVE_consttable_4
++            case 4:
++              scan = emit_insn_after (gen_consttable_4 (mp->value), scan);
++              break;
++
++#endif
++#ifdef HAVE_consttable_8
++            case 8:
++              scan = emit_insn_after (gen_consttable_8 (mp->value), scan);
++              break;
++
++#endif
++#ifdef HAVE_consttable_16
++            case 16:
++              scan = emit_insn_after (gen_consttable_16 (mp->value), scan);
++              break;
++
++#endif
++            case 0:
++              /* This can happen for force-minipool entries which just are
++	         there to force the minipool to be generate. */
++              break;
++            default:
++              abort ();
++              break;
++            }
++          }
++
++        nmp = mp->next;
++        free (mp);
++      }
++
++    minipool_vector_head = minipool_vector_tail = NULL;
++    scan = emit_insn_after (gen_consttable_end (), scan);
++    scan = emit_barrier_after (scan);
++  }
++
++/* Return the cost of forcibly inserting a barrier after INSN.  */
++static int
++avr32_barrier_cost (rtx insn)
++  {
++    /* Basing the location of the pool on the loop depth is preferable, but at
++     the moment, the basic block information seems to be corrupt by this
++     stage of the compilation.  */
++    int base_cost = 50;
++    rtx next = next_nonnote_insn (insn);
++
++    if (next != NULL && GET_CODE (next) == CODE_LABEL)
++      base_cost -= 20;
++
++    switch (GET_CODE (insn))
++    {
++    case CODE_LABEL:
++      /* It will always be better to place the table before the label, rather
++         than after it.  */
++      return 50;
++
++    case INSN:
++    case CALL_INSN:
++      return base_cost;
++
++    case JUMP_INSN:
++      return base_cost - 10;
++
++    default:
++      return base_cost + 10;
++    }
++  }
++
++/* Find the best place in the insn stream in the range
++   (FIX->address,MAX_ADDRESS) to forcibly insert a minipool barrier.
++   Create the barrier by inserting a jump and add a new fix entry for
++   it.  */
++static Mfix *
++create_fix_barrier (Mfix * fix, HOST_WIDE_INT max_address)
++{
++  HOST_WIDE_INT count = 0;
++  rtx barrier;
++  rtx from = fix->insn;
++  rtx selected = from;
++  int selected_cost;
++  HOST_WIDE_INT selected_address;
++  Mfix *new_fix;
++  HOST_WIDE_INT max_count = max_address - fix->address;
++  rtx label = gen_label_rtx ();
++
++  selected_cost = avr32_barrier_cost (from);
++  selected_address = fix->address;
++
++  while (from && count < max_count)
++    {
++      rtx tmp;
++      int new_cost;
++
++      /* This code shouldn't have been called if there was a natural barrier
++         within range.  */
++      if (GET_CODE (from) == BARRIER)
++        abort ();
++
++      /* Count the length of this insn.  */
++      count += get_attr_length (from);
++
++      /* If there is a jump table, add its length.  */
++      tmp = is_jump_table (from);
++      if (tmp != NULL)
++        {
++          count += get_jump_table_size (tmp);
++
++          /* Jump tables aren't in a basic block, so base the cost on the
++	     dispatch insn.  If we select this location, we will still put
++	     the pool after the table.  */
++          new_cost = avr32_barrier_cost (from);
++
++          if (count < max_count && new_cost <= selected_cost)
++            {
++              selected = tmp;
++              selected_cost = new_cost;
++              selected_address = fix->address + count;
++            }
++
++          /* Continue after the dispatch table.  */
++          from = NEXT_INSN (tmp);
++          continue;
++        }
++
++      new_cost = avr32_barrier_cost (from);
++
++      if (count < max_count && new_cost <= selected_cost)
++        {
++          selected = from;
++          selected_cost = new_cost;
++          selected_address = fix->address + count;
++        }
++
++      from = NEXT_INSN (from);
++    }
++
++  /* Create a new JUMP_INSN that branches around a barrier.  */
++  from = emit_jump_insn_after (gen_jump (label), selected);
++  JUMP_LABEL (from) = label;
++  barrier = emit_barrier_after (from);
++  emit_label_after (label, barrier);
++
++  /* Create a minipool barrier entry for the new barrier.  */
++  new_fix = (Mfix *) obstack_alloc (&minipool_obstack, sizeof (*new_fix));
++  new_fix->insn = barrier;
++  new_fix->address = selected_address;
++  new_fix->next = fix->next;
++  fix->next = new_fix;
++
++  return new_fix;
++}
++
++/* Record that there is a natural barrier in the insn stream at
++   ADDRESS.  */
++static void
++push_minipool_barrier (rtx insn, HOST_WIDE_INT address)
++  {
++    Mfix *fix = (Mfix *) obstack_alloc (&minipool_obstack, sizeof (*fix));
++
++    fix->insn = insn;
++    fix->address = address;
++
++    fix->next = NULL;
++    if (minipool_fix_head != NULL)
++      minipool_fix_tail->next = fix;
++    else
++      minipool_fix_head = fix;
++
++    minipool_fix_tail = fix;
++  }
++
++/* Record INSN, which will need fixing up to load a value from the
++   minipool.  ADDRESS is the offset of the insn since the start of the
++   function; LOC is a pointer to the part of the insn which requires
++   fixing; VALUE is the constant that must be loaded, which is of type
++   MODE.  */
++static void
++push_minipool_fix (rtx insn, HOST_WIDE_INT address, rtx * loc,
++    enum machine_mode mode, rtx value)
++  {
++    Mfix *fix = (Mfix *) obstack_alloc (&minipool_obstack, sizeof (*fix));
++    rtx body = PATTERN (insn);
++
++    fix->insn = insn;
++    fix->address = address;
++    fix->loc = loc;
++    fix->mode = mode;
++    fix->fix_size = MINIPOOL_FIX_SIZE (mode, value);
++    fix->value = value;
++
++    if (GET_CODE (body) == PARALLEL)
++      {
++        /* Mcall : Ks16 << 2 */
++        fix->forwards = ((1 << 15) - 1) << 2;
++        fix->backwards = (1 << 15) << 2;
++      }
++    else if (GET_CODE (body) == SET
++             && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SET_DEST (body))) == 4)
++      {
++        /* Word Load */
++        if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT
++            && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (SET_DEST (body))) == MODE_FLOAT)
++          {
++            /* Ldc0.w : Ku12 << 2 */
++            fix->forwards = ((1 << 12) - 1) << 2;
++            fix->backwards = 0;
++          }
++        else
++          {
++            if (optimize_size)
++              {
++                /* Lddpc : Ku7 << 2 */
++                fix->forwards = ((1 << 7) - 1) << 2;
++                fix->backwards = 0;
++              }
++            else
++              {
++                /* Ld.w : Ks16 */
++                fix->forwards = ((1 << 15) - 4);
++                fix->backwards = (1 << 15);
++              }
++          }
++      }
++    else if (GET_CODE (body) == SET
++        && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SET_DEST (body))) == 8)
++      {
++        /* Double word load */
++        if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT
++            && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (SET_DEST (body))) == MODE_FLOAT)
++          {
++            /* Ldc0.d : Ku12 << 2 */
++            fix->forwards = ((1 << 12) - 1) << 2;
++            fix->backwards = 0;
++          }
++        else
++          {
++            /* Ld.d : Ks16 */
++            fix->forwards = ((1 << 15) - 4);
++            fix->backwards = (1 << 15);
++          }
++      }
++    else if (GET_CODE (body) == UNSPEC_VOLATILE
++        && XINT (body, 1) == VUNSPEC_MVRC)
++      {
++        /* Coprocessor load */
++        /* Ldc : Ku8 << 2 */
++        fix->forwards = ((1 << 8) - 1) << 2;
++        fix->backwards = 0;
++      }
++    else
++      {
++        /* Assume worst case which is lddpc insn. */
++        fix->forwards = ((1 << 7) - 1) << 2;
++        fix->backwards = 0;
++      }
++
++    fix->minipool = NULL;
++
++    /* If an insn doesn't have a range defined for it, then it isn't expecting
++     to be reworked by this code.  Better to abort now than to generate duff
++     assembly code.  */
++    if (fix->forwards == 0 && fix->backwards == 0)
++      abort ();
++
++    if (dump_file)
++      {
++        fprintf (dump_file,
++            ";; %smode fixup for i%d; addr %lu, range (%ld,%ld): ",
++            GET_MODE_NAME (mode),
++            INSN_UID (insn), (unsigned long) address,
++            -1 * (long) fix->backwards, (long) fix->forwards);
++        avr32_print_value (dump_file, fix->value);
++        fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
++      }
++
++    /* Add it to the chain of fixes.  */
++    fix->next = NULL;
++
++    if (minipool_fix_head != NULL)
++      minipool_fix_tail->next = fix;
++    else
++      minipool_fix_head = fix;
++
++    minipool_fix_tail = fix;
++  }
++
++/* Scan INSN and note any of its operands that need fixing.
++   If DO_PUSHES is false we do not actually push any of the fixups
++   needed.  The function returns TRUE is any fixups were needed/pushed.
++   This is used by avr32_memory_load_p() which needs to know about loads
++   of constants that will be converted into minipool loads.  */
++static bool
++note_invalid_constants (rtx insn, HOST_WIDE_INT address, int do_pushes)
++  {
++    bool result = false;
++    int opno;
++
++    extract_insn (insn);
++
++    if (!constrain_operands (1))
++      fatal_insn_not_found (insn);
++
++    if (recog_data.n_alternatives == 0)
++      return false;
++
++    /* Fill in recog_op_alt with information about the constraints of this
++     insn.  */
++    preprocess_constraints ();
++
++    for (opno = 0; opno < recog_data.n_operands; opno++)
++      {
++        rtx op;
++
++        /* Things we need to fix can only occur in inputs.  */
++        if (recog_data.operand_type[opno] != OP_IN)
++          continue;
++
++        op = recog_data.operand[opno];
++
++        if (avr32_const_pool_ref_operand (op, GET_MODE (op)))
++          {
++            if (do_pushes)
++              {
++                rtx cop = avoid_constant_pool_reference (op);
++
++                /* Casting the address of something to a mode narrower than a
++	         word can cause avoid_constant_pool_reference() to return the
++	         pool reference itself.  That's no good to us here.  Lets
++	         just hope that we can use the constant pool value directly.
++                 */
++                if (op == cop)
++                  cop = get_pool_constant (XEXP (op, 0));
++
++                push_minipool_fix (insn, address,
++                    recog_data.operand_loc[opno],
++                    recog_data.operand_mode[opno], cop);
++              }
++
++            result = true;
++          }
++        else if (TARGET_HAS_ASM_ADDR_PSEUDOS
++            && avr32_address_operand (op, GET_MODE (op)))
++          {
++            /* Handle pseudo instructions using a direct address. These pseudo
++	     instructions might need entries in the constant pool and we must
++	     therefor create a constant pool for them, in case the
++	     assembler/linker needs to insert entries. */
++            if (do_pushes)
++              {
++                /* Push a dummy constant pool entry so that the .cpool
++	         directive should be inserted on the appropriate place in the
++	         code even if there are no real constant pool entries. This
++	         is used by the assembler and linker to know where to put
++	         generated constant pool entries. */
++                push_minipool_fix (insn, address,
++                    recog_data.operand_loc[opno],
++                    recog_data.operand_mode[opno],
++                    gen_rtx_UNSPEC (VOIDmode,
++                        gen_rtvec (1, const0_rtx),
++                        UNSPEC_FORCE_MINIPOOL));
++                result = true;
++              }
++          }
++      }
++    return result;
++  }
++
++
++static int
++avr32_insn_is_cast (rtx insn)
++  {
++
++    if (NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn)
++        && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET
++        && (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn))) == ZERO_EXTEND
++            || GET_CODE (SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn))) == SIGN_EXTEND)
++            && REG_P (XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn)), 0))
++            && REG_P (SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn))))
++      return true;
++    return false;
++  }
++
++/* FIXME: The level of nesting in this function is way too deep. It needs to be
++   torn apart.  */
++static void
++avr32_reorg_optimization (void)
++  {
++    rtx first = get_insns ();
++    rtx insn;
++
++    if (TARGET_MD_REORG_OPTIMIZATION && (optimize_size || (optimize > 0)))
++      {
++
++        /* Scan through all insns looking for cast operations. */
++        if (dump_file)
++          {
++            fprintf (dump_file, ";; Deleting redundant cast operations:\n");
++          }
++        for (insn = first; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
++          {
++            rtx reg, src_reg, scan;
++            enum machine_mode mode;
++            int unused_cast;
++            rtx label_ref;
++
++            if (avr32_insn_is_cast (insn)
++                && (GET_MODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn)), 0)) == QImode
++                    || GET_MODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn)), 0)) == HImode))
++              {
++                mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn)), 0));
++                reg = SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn));
++                src_reg = XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn)), 0);
++              }
++            else
++              {
++                continue;
++              }
++
++            unused_cast = false;
++            label_ref = NULL_RTX;
++            for (scan = NEXT_INSN (insn); scan; scan = NEXT_INSN (scan))
++              {
++                /* Check if we have reached the destination of a simple
++	         conditional jump which we have already scanned past. If so,
++	         we can safely continue scanning. */
++                if (LABEL_P (scan) && label_ref != NULL_RTX)
++                  {
++                    if (CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (scan) ==
++                      CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (XEXP (label_ref, 0)))
++                      label_ref = NULL_RTX;
++                    else
++                      break;
++                  }
++
++                if (!INSN_P (scan))
++                  continue;
++
++                /* For conditional jumps we can manage to keep on scanning if
++	         we meet the destination label later on before any new jump
++	         insns occure. */
++                if (GET_CODE (scan) == JUMP_INSN)
++                  {
++                    if (any_condjump_p (scan) && label_ref == NULL_RTX)
++                      label_ref = condjump_label (scan);
++                    else
++                      break;
++                  }
++
++                if (!reg_mentioned_p (reg, PATTERN (scan)))
++                  continue;
++
++                /* Check if casted register is used in this insn */
++                if ((regno_use_in (REGNO (reg), PATTERN (scan)) != NULL_RTX)
++                    && (GET_MODE (regno_use_in (REGNO (reg), PATTERN (scan))) ==
++                      GET_MODE (reg)))
++                  {
++                    /* If not used in the source to the set or in a memory
++		     expression in the destiantion then the register is used
++		     as a destination and is really dead. */
++                    if (single_set (scan)
++                        && GET_CODE (PATTERN (scan)) == SET
++                        && REG_P (SET_DEST (PATTERN (scan)))
++                        && !regno_use_in (REGNO (reg), SET_SRC (PATTERN (scan)))
++                        && label_ref == NULL_RTX)
++                      {
++                        unused_cast = true;
++                      }
++                    break;
++                  }
++
++                /* Check if register is dead or set in this insn */
++                if (dead_or_set_p (scan, reg))
++                  {
++                    unused_cast = true;
++                    break;
++                  }
++              }
++
++            /* Check if we have unresolved conditional jumps */
++            if (label_ref != NULL_RTX)
++              continue;
++
++            if (unused_cast)
++              {
++                if (REGNO (reg) == REGNO (XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn)), 0)))
++                  {
++                    /* One operand cast, safe to delete */
++                    if (dump_file)
++                      {
++                        fprintf (dump_file,
++                            ";;  INSN %i removed, casted register %i value not used.\n",
++                            INSN_UID (insn), REGNO (reg));
++                      }
++                    SET_INSN_DELETED (insn);
++                    /* Force the instruction to be recognized again */
++                    INSN_CODE (insn) = -1;
++                  }
++                else
++                  {
++                    /* Two operand cast, which really could be substituted with
++		     a move, if the source register is dead after the cast
++		     insn and then the insn which sets the source register
++		     could instead directly set the destination register for
++		     the cast. As long as there are no insns in between which
++		     uses the register. */
++                    rtx link = NULL_RTX;
++                    rtx set;
++                    rtx src_reg = XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn)), 0);
++                    unused_cast = false;
++
++                    if (!find_reg_note (insn, REG_DEAD, src_reg))
++                      continue;
++
++                    /* Search for the insn which sets the source register */
++                    for (link = LOG_LINKS (insn); link; link = XEXP (link, 1))
++                      {
++                        if (REG_NOTE_KIND (link) != 0)
++                          continue;
++                        set = single_set (XEXP (link, 0));
++                        if (set && rtx_equal_p (src_reg, SET_DEST (set)))
++                          {
++                            link = XEXP (link, 0);
++                            break;
++                          }
++                      }
++
++                    /* Found no link or link is a call insn where we can not
++		     change the destination register */
++                    if (link == NULL_RTX || CALL_P (link))
++                      continue;
++
++                    /* Scan through all insn between link and insn */
++                    for (scan = NEXT_INSN (link); scan; scan = NEXT_INSN (scan))
++                      {
++                        /* Don't try to trace forward past a CODE_LABEL if we
++		         haven't seen INSN yet.  Ordinarily, we will only
++		         find the setting insn in LOG_LINKS if it is in the
++		         same basic block.  However, cross-jumping can insert
++		         code labels in between the load and the call, and
++		         can result in situations where a single call insn
++		         may have two targets depending on where we came
++		         from.  */
++
++                        if (GET_CODE (scan) == CODE_LABEL)
++                          break;
++
++                        if (!INSN_P (scan))
++                          continue;
++
++                        /* Don't try to trace forward past a JUMP.  To optimize
++		         safely, we would have to check that all the
++		         instructions at the jump destination did not use REG.
++                         */
++
++                        if (GET_CODE (scan) == JUMP_INSN)
++                          {
++                            break;
++                          }
++
++                        if (!reg_mentioned_p (src_reg, PATTERN (scan)))
++                          continue;
++
++                        /* We have reached the cast insn */
++                        if (scan == insn)
++                          {
++                            /* We can remove cast and replace the destination
++			     register of the link insn with the destination
++			     of the cast */
++                            if (dump_file)
++                              {
++                                fprintf (dump_file,
++                                    ";;  INSN %i removed, casted value unused. "
++                                    "Destination of removed cast operation: register %i,  folded into INSN %i.\n",
++                                    INSN_UID (insn), REGNO (reg),
++                                    INSN_UID (link));
++                              }
++                            /* Update link insn */
++                            SET_DEST (PATTERN (link)) =
++                              gen_rtx_REG (mode, REGNO (reg));
++                            /* Force the instruction to be recognized again */
++                            INSN_CODE (link) = -1;
++
++                            /* Delete insn */
++                            SET_INSN_DELETED (insn);
++                            /* Force the instruction to be recognized again */
++                            INSN_CODE (insn) = -1;
++                            break;
++                          }
++                      }
++                  }
++              }
++          }
++      }
++
++    if (TARGET_MD_REORG_OPTIMIZATION && (optimize_size || (optimize > 0)))
++      {
++
++        /* Scan through all insns looking for shifted add operations */
++        if (dump_file)
++          {
++            fprintf (dump_file,
++            ";; Deleting redundant shifted add operations:\n");
++          }
++        for (insn = first; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
++          {
++            rtx reg, mem_expr, scan, op0, op1;
++            int add_only_used_as_pointer;
++
++            if (INSN_P (insn)
++                && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET
++                && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn))) == PLUS
++                && (GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn)), 0)) == MULT
++                    || GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn)), 0)) == ASHIFT)
++                    && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn)), 0), 1)) ==
++                      CONST_INT && REG_P (SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn)))
++                      && REG_P (XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn)), 1))
++                      && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn)), 0), 0)))
++              {
++                reg = SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn));
++                mem_expr = SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn));
++                op0 = XEXP (XEXP (mem_expr, 0), 0);
++                op1 = XEXP (mem_expr, 1);
++              }
++            else
++              {
++                continue;
++              }
++
++            /* Scan forward the check if the result of the shifted add
++	     operation is only used as an address in memory operations and
++	     that the operands to the shifted add are not clobbered. */
++            add_only_used_as_pointer = false;
++            for (scan = NEXT_INSN (insn); scan; scan = NEXT_INSN (scan))
++              {
++                if (!INSN_P (scan))
++                  continue;
++
++                /* Don't try to trace forward past a JUMP or CALL.  To optimize
++	         safely, we would have to check that all the instructions at
++	         the jump destination did not use REG.  */
++
++                if (GET_CODE (scan) == JUMP_INSN)
++                  {
++                    break;
++                  }
++
++                /* If used in a call insn then we cannot optimize it away */
++                if (CALL_P (scan) && find_regno_fusage (scan, USE, REGNO (reg)))
++                  break;
++
++                /* If any of the operands of the shifted add are clobbered we
++	         cannot optimize the shifted adda away */
++                if ((reg_set_p (op0, scan) && (REGNO (op0) != REGNO (reg)))
++                    || (reg_set_p (op1, scan) && (REGNO (op1) != REGNO (reg))))
++                  break;
++
++                if (!reg_mentioned_p (reg, PATTERN (scan)))
++                  continue;
++
++                /* If used any other place than as a pointer or as the
++	         destination register we failed */
++                if (!(single_set (scan)
++                    && GET_CODE (PATTERN (scan)) == SET
++                    && ((MEM_P (SET_DEST (PATTERN (scan)))
++                        && REG_P (XEXP (SET_DEST (PATTERN (scan)), 0))
++                        && REGNO (XEXP (SET_DEST (PATTERN (scan)), 0)) ==
++                          REGNO (reg)) || (MEM_P (SET_SRC (PATTERN (scan)))
++                              &&
++                              REG_P (XEXP
++                                  (SET_SRC (PATTERN (scan)),
++                                      0))
++                                      &&
++                                      REGNO (XEXP
++                                          (SET_SRC (PATTERN (scan)),
++                                              0)) == REGNO (reg))))
++                                              && !(GET_CODE (PATTERN (scan)) == SET
++                                                  && REG_P (SET_DEST (PATTERN (scan)))
++                                                  && !regno_use_in (REGNO (reg),
++                                                      SET_SRC (PATTERN (scan)))))
++                  break;
++
++                /* Check if register is dead or set in this insn */
++                if (dead_or_set_p (scan, reg))
++                  {
++                    add_only_used_as_pointer = true;
++                    break;
++                  }
++              }
++
++            if (add_only_used_as_pointer)
++              {
++                /* Lets delete the add insn and replace all memory references
++	         which uses the pointer with the full expression. */
++                if (dump_file)
++                  {
++                    fprintf (dump_file,
++                        ";; Deleting INSN %i since address expression can be folded into all "
++                        "memory references using this expression\n",
++                        INSN_UID (insn));
++                  }
++                SET_INSN_DELETED (insn);
++                /* Force the instruction to be recognized again */
++                INSN_CODE (insn) = -1;
++
++                for (scan = NEXT_INSN (insn); scan; scan = NEXT_INSN (scan))
++                  {
++                    if (!INSN_P (scan))
++                      continue;
++
++                    if (!reg_mentioned_p (reg, PATTERN (scan)))
++                      continue;
++
++                    /* If used any other place than as a pointer or as the
++		     destination register we failed */
++                    if ((single_set (scan)
++                        && GET_CODE (PATTERN (scan)) == SET
++                        && ((MEM_P (SET_DEST (PATTERN (scan)))
++                            && REG_P (XEXP (SET_DEST (PATTERN (scan)), 0))
++                            && REGNO (XEXP (SET_DEST (PATTERN (scan)), 0)) ==
++                              REGNO (reg)) || (MEM_P (SET_SRC (PATTERN (scan)))
++                                  &&
++                                  REG_P (XEXP
++                                      (SET_SRC (PATTERN (scan)),
++                                          0))
++                                          &&
++                                          REGNO (XEXP
++                                              (SET_SRC (PATTERN (scan)),
++                                                  0)) == REGNO (reg)))))
++                      {
++                        if (dump_file)
++                          {
++                            fprintf (dump_file,
++                                ";; Register %i replaced by indexed address in INSN %i\n",
++                                REGNO (reg), INSN_UID (scan));
++                          }
++                        if (MEM_P (SET_DEST (PATTERN (scan))))
++                          XEXP (SET_DEST (PATTERN (scan)), 0) = mem_expr;
++                        else
++                          XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (scan)), 0) = mem_expr;
++                      }
++
++                    /* Check if register is dead or set in this insn */
++                    if (dead_or_set_p (scan, reg))
++                      {
++                        break;
++                      }
++
++                  }
++              }
++          }
++      }
++  }
++
++/* Exported to toplev.c.
++
++   Do a final pass over the function, just before delayed branch
++   scheduling.  */
++
++static void
++avr32_reorg (void)
++  {
++    rtx insn;
++    HOST_WIDE_INT address = 0;
++    Mfix *fix;
++
++    minipool_fix_head = minipool_fix_tail = NULL;
++
++    /* The first insn must always be a note, or the code below won't scan it
++     properly.  */
++    insn = get_insns ();
++    if (GET_CODE (insn) != NOTE)
++      abort ();
++
++    /* Scan all the insns and record the operands that will need fixing.  */
++    for (insn = next_nonnote_insn (insn); insn; insn = next_nonnote_insn (insn))
++      {
++        if (GET_CODE (insn) == BARRIER)
++          push_minipool_barrier (insn, address);
++        else if (INSN_P (insn))
++          {
++            rtx table;
++
++            note_invalid_constants (insn, address, true);
++            address += get_attr_length (insn);
++
++            /* If the insn is a vector jump, add the size of the table and skip
++	     the table.  */
++            if ((table = is_jump_table (insn)) != NULL)
++              {
++                address += get_jump_table_size (table);
++                insn = table;
++              }
++          }
++      }
++
++    fix = minipool_fix_head;
++
++    /* Now scan the fixups and perform the required changes.  */
++    while (fix)
++      {
++        Mfix *ftmp;
++        Mfix *fdel;
++        Mfix *last_added_fix;
++        Mfix *last_barrier = NULL;
++        Mfix *this_fix;
++
++        /* Skip any further barriers before the next fix.  */
++        while (fix && GET_CODE (fix->insn) == BARRIER)
++          fix = fix->next;
++
++        /* No more fixes.  */
++        if (fix == NULL)
++          break;
++
++        last_added_fix = NULL;
++
++        for (ftmp = fix; ftmp; ftmp = ftmp->next)
++          {
++            if (GET_CODE (ftmp->insn) == BARRIER)
++              {
++                if (ftmp->address >= minipool_vector_head->max_address)
++                  break;
++
++                last_barrier = ftmp;
++              }
++            else if ((ftmp->minipool = add_minipool_forward_ref (ftmp)) == NULL)
++              break;
++
++            last_added_fix = ftmp;	/* Keep track of the last fix added.
++             */
++          }
++
++        /* If we found a barrier, drop back to that; any fixes that we could
++         have reached but come after the barrier will now go in the next
++         mini-pool.  */
++        if (last_barrier != NULL)
++          {
++            /* Reduce the refcount for those fixes that won't go into this pool
++	     after all.  */
++            for (fdel = last_barrier->next;
++            fdel && fdel != ftmp; fdel = fdel->next)
++              {
++                fdel->minipool->refcount--;
++                fdel->minipool = NULL;
++              }
++
++            ftmp = last_barrier;
++          }
++        else
++          {
++            /* ftmp is first fix that we can't fit into this pool and there no
++	     natural barriers that we could use.  Insert a new barrier in the
++	     code somewhere between the previous fix and this one, and
++	     arrange to jump around it.  */
++            HOST_WIDE_INT max_address;
++
++            /* The last item on the list of fixes must be a barrier, so we can
++	     never run off the end of the list of fixes without last_barrier
++	     being set.  */
++            if (ftmp == NULL)
++              abort ();
++
++            max_address = minipool_vector_head->max_address;
++            /* Check that there isn't another fix that is in range that we
++	     couldn't fit into this pool because the pool was already too
++	     large: we need to put the pool before such an instruction.  */
++            if (ftmp->address < max_address)
++              max_address = ftmp->address;
++
++            last_barrier = create_fix_barrier (last_added_fix, max_address);
++          }
++
++        assign_minipool_offsets (last_barrier);
++
++        while (ftmp)
++          {
++            if (GET_CODE (ftmp->insn) != BARRIER
++                && ((ftmp->minipool = add_minipool_backward_ref (ftmp))
++                    == NULL))
++              break;
++
++            ftmp = ftmp->next;
++          }
++
++        /* Scan over the fixes we have identified for this pool, fixing them up
++         and adding the constants to the pool itself.  */
++        for (this_fix = fix; this_fix && ftmp != this_fix;
++             this_fix = this_fix->next)
++          if (GET_CODE (this_fix->insn) != BARRIER
++              /* Do nothing for entries present just to force the insertion of
++	       a minipool. */
++              && !IS_FORCE_MINIPOOL (this_fix->value))
++            {
++              rtx addr = plus_constant (gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (VOIDmode,
++                  minipool_vector_label),
++                  this_fix->minipool->offset);
++              *this_fix->loc = gen_rtx_MEM (this_fix->mode, addr);
++            }
++
++        dump_minipool (last_barrier->insn);
++        fix = ftmp;
++      }
++
++    /* Free the minipool memory.  */
++    obstack_free (&minipool_obstack, minipool_startobj);
++
++    avr32_reorg_optimization ();
++  }
++
++
++/*
++ Hook for doing some final scanning of instructions. Does nothing yet...*/
++void
++avr32_final_prescan_insn (rtx insn ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
++    rtx * opvec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
++    int noperands ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
++  {
++    return;
++  }
++
++
++/* Function for changing the condition on the next instruction,
++   should be used when emmiting compare instructions and
++   the condition of the next instruction needs to change.
++ */
++int
++set_next_insn_cond (rtx cur_insn, rtx new_cond)
++  {
++    rtx next_insn = next_nonnote_insn (cur_insn);
++    if ((next_insn != NULL_RTX)
++        && (INSN_P (next_insn))
++        && (GET_CODE (PATTERN (next_insn)) == SET)
++        && (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (PATTERN (next_insn))) == IF_THEN_ELSE))
++      {
++        /* Branch instructions */
++        XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (next_insn)), 0) = new_cond;
++        /* Force the instruction to be recognized again */
++        INSN_CODE (next_insn) = -1;
++        return TRUE;
++      }
++    else if ((next_insn != NULL_RTX)
++        && (INSN_P (next_insn))
++        && (GET_CODE (PATTERN (next_insn)) == SET)
++        && comparison_operator (SET_SRC (PATTERN (next_insn)),
++            GET_MODE (SET_SRC (PATTERN (next_insn)))))
++      {
++        /* scc with no compare */
++        SET_SRC (PATTERN (next_insn)) = new_cond;
++        /* Force the instruction to be recognized again */
++        INSN_CODE (next_insn) = -1;
++        return TRUE;
++      }
++
++    return FALSE;
++  }
++
++/* Function for obtaining the condition for the next instruction
++   after cur_insn.
++ */
++rtx
++get_next_insn_cond (rtx cur_insn)
++  {
++    rtx next_insn = next_nonnote_insn (cur_insn);
++    rtx cond = NULL_RTX;
++    if ((next_insn != NULL_RTX)
++        && (INSN_P (next_insn))
++        && (GET_CODE (PATTERN (next_insn)) == SET)
++        && (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (PATTERN (next_insn))) == IF_THEN_ELSE))
++      {
++        /* Branch instructions */
++        cond = XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (next_insn)), 0);
++      }
++    else if ((next_insn != NULL_RTX)
++        && (INSN_P (next_insn))
++        && (GET_CODE (PATTERN (next_insn)) == SET)
++        && comparison_operator (SET_SRC (PATTERN (next_insn)),
++            GET_MODE (SET_SRC (PATTERN (next_insn)))))
++      {
++        /* scc with no compare */
++        cond = SET_SRC (PATTERN (next_insn));
++      }
++
++    return cond;
++  }
++
++
++rtx
++avr32_output_cmp (rtx cond, enum machine_mode mode, rtx op0, rtx op1)
++  {
++
++    rtx new_cond = NULL_RTX;
++    rtx ops[2];
++    rtx compare_pattern;
++    ops[0] = op0;
++    ops[1] = op1;
++
++    compare_pattern = gen_rtx_COMPARE (mode, op0, op1);
++
++    new_cond = is_compare_redundant (compare_pattern, cond);
++
++    if (new_cond != NULL_RTX)
++      return new_cond;
++
++    /* Insert compare */
++    switch (mode)
++    {
++    case QImode:
++      output_asm_insn ("cp.b\t%0, %1", ops);
++      break;
++    case HImode:
++      output_asm_insn ("cp.h\t%0, %1", ops);
++      break;
++    case SImode:
++      output_asm_insn ("cp.w\t%0, %1", ops);
++      break;
++    case DImode:
++      if (GET_CODE (op1) != REG)
++        output_asm_insn ("cp.w\t%0, %1\ncpc\t%m0", ops);
++      else
++        output_asm_insn ("cp.w\t%0, %1\ncpc\t%m0, %m1", ops);
++      break;
++    default:
++      internal_error ("Unknown comparison mode");
++      break;
++    }
++
++    return cond;
++  }
++
++int
++avr32_load_multiple_operation (rtx op,
++    enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
++  {
++    int count = XVECLEN (op, 0);
++    unsigned int dest_regno;
++    rtx src_addr;
++    rtx elt;
++    int i = 1, base = 0;
++
++    if (count <= 1 || GET_CODE (XVECEXP (op, 0, 0)) != SET)
++      return 0;
++
++    /* Check to see if this might be a write-back.  */
++    if (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (elt = XVECEXP (op, 0, 0))) == PLUS)
++      {
++        i++;
++        base = 1;
++
++        /* Now check it more carefully.  */
++        if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (elt)) != REG
++            || GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (elt), 0)) != REG
++            || GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (elt), 1)) != CONST_INT
++            || INTVAL (XEXP (SET_SRC (elt), 1)) != (count - 1) * 4)
++          return 0;
++      }
++
++    /* Perform a quick check so we don't blow up below.  */
++    if (count <= 1
++        || GET_CODE (XVECEXP (op, 0, i - 1)) != SET
++        || GET_CODE (SET_DEST (XVECEXP (op, 0, i - 1))) != REG
++        || GET_CODE (SET_SRC (XVECEXP (op, 0, i - 1))) != UNSPEC)
++      return 0;
++
++    dest_regno = REGNO (SET_DEST (XVECEXP (op, 0, i - 1)));
++    src_addr = XEXP (SET_SRC (XVECEXP (op, 0, i - 1)), 0);
++
++    for (; i < count; i++)
++      {
++        elt = XVECEXP (op, 0, i);
++
++        if (GET_CODE (elt) != SET
++            || GET_CODE (SET_DEST (elt)) != REG
++            || GET_MODE (SET_DEST (elt)) != SImode
++            || GET_CODE (SET_SRC (elt)) != UNSPEC)
++          return 0;
++      }
++
++    return 1;
++  }
++
++int
++avr32_store_multiple_operation (rtx op,
++    enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
++  {
++    int count = XVECLEN (op, 0);
++    int src_regno;
++    rtx dest_addr;
++    rtx elt;
++    int i = 1;
++
++    if (count <= 1 || GET_CODE (XVECEXP (op, 0, 0)) != SET)
++      return 0;
++
++    /* Perform a quick check so we don't blow up below.  */
++    if (count <= i
++        || GET_CODE (XVECEXP (op, 0, i - 1)) != SET
++        || GET_CODE (SET_DEST (XVECEXP (op, 0, i - 1))) != MEM
++        || GET_CODE (SET_SRC (XVECEXP (op, 0, i - 1))) != UNSPEC)
++      return 0;
++
++    src_regno = REGNO (SET_SRC (XVECEXP (op, 0, i - 1)));
++    dest_addr = XEXP (SET_DEST (XVECEXP (op, 0, i - 1)), 0);
++
++    for (; i < count; i++)
++      {
++        elt = XVECEXP (op, 0, i);
++
++        if (GET_CODE (elt) != SET
++            || GET_CODE (SET_DEST (elt)) != MEM
++            || GET_MODE (SET_DEST (elt)) != SImode
++            || GET_CODE (SET_SRC (elt)) != UNSPEC)
++          return 0;
++      }
++
++    return 1;
++  }
++
++int
++avr32_valid_macmac_bypass (rtx insn_out, rtx insn_in)
++  {
++    /* Check if they use the same accumulator */
++    if (rtx_equal_p
++        (SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn_out)), SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn_in))))
++      {
++        return TRUE;
++      }
++
++    return FALSE;
++  }
++
++int
++avr32_valid_mulmac_bypass (rtx insn_out, rtx insn_in)
++  {
++    /*
++     Check if the mul instruction produces the accumulator for the mac
++     instruction. */
++    if (rtx_equal_p
++        (SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn_out)), SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn_in))))
++      {
++        return TRUE;
++      }
++    return FALSE;
++  }
++
++int
++avr32_store_bypass (rtx insn_out, rtx insn_in)
++  {
++    /* Only valid bypass if the output result is used as an src in the store
++     instruction, NOT if used as a pointer or base. */
++    if (rtx_equal_p
++        (SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn_out)), SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn_in))))
++      {
++        return TRUE;
++      }
++
++    return FALSE;
++  }
++
++int
++avr32_mul_waw_bypass (rtx insn_out, rtx insn_in)
++  {
++    /* Check if the register holding the result from the mul instruction is
++     used as a result register in the input instruction. */
++    if (rtx_equal_p
++        (SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn_out)), SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn_in))))
++      {
++        return TRUE;
++      }
++
++    return FALSE;
++  }
++
++int
++avr32_valid_load_double_bypass (rtx insn_out, rtx insn_in)
++  {
++    /* Check if the first loaded word in insn_out is used in insn_in. */
++    rtx dst_reg;
++    rtx second_loaded_reg;
++
++    /* If this is a double alu operation then the bypass is not valid */
++    if ((get_attr_type (insn_in) == TYPE_ALU
++        || get_attr_type (insn_in) == TYPE_ALU2)
++        && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn_out)))) > 4))
++      return FALSE;
++
++    /* Get the destination register in the load */
++    if (!REG_P (SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn_out))))
++      return FALSE;
++
++    dst_reg = SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn_out));
++    second_loaded_reg = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, REGNO (dst_reg) + 1);
++
++    if (!reg_mentioned_p (second_loaded_reg, PATTERN (insn_in)))
++      return TRUE;
++
++    return FALSE;
++  }
++
++
++int
++avr32_valid_load_quad_bypass (rtx insn_out, rtx insn_in)
++  {
++    /*
++     Check if the two first loaded word in insn_out are used in insn_in. */
++    rtx dst_reg;
++    rtx third_loaded_reg, fourth_loaded_reg;
++
++    /* Get the destination register in the load */
++    if (!REG_P (SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn_out))))
++      return FALSE;
++
++    dst_reg = SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn_out));
++    third_loaded_reg = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, REGNO (dst_reg) + 2);
++    fourth_loaded_reg = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, REGNO (dst_reg) + 3);
++
++    if (!reg_mentioned_p (third_loaded_reg, PATTERN (insn_in))
++        && !reg_mentioned_p (fourth_loaded_reg, PATTERN (insn_in)))
++      {
++        return TRUE;
++      }
++
++    return FALSE;
++  }
++
++
++//section *
++//avr32_select_rtx_section (enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
++//                          rtx x ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
++//                          unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
++//  {
++//    /* Let ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_PROLOGUE take care of this */
++//    return 0;
++//  }
++
++
++/* Function for getting an integer value from a const_int or const_double 
++   expression regardless of the HOST_WIDE_INT size. Each target cpu word 
++   will be put into the val array where the LSW will be stored at the lowest 
++   address and so forth. Assumes that const_expr is either a const_int or 
++   const_double. Only valid for modes which have sizes that are a multiple
++   of the word size. 
++*/
++void
++avr32_get_intval (enum machine_mode mode,
++                  rtx const_expr, 
++                  HOST_WIDE_INT *val)
++{
++  int words_in_mode = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)/UNITS_PER_WORD;
++  const int words_in_const_int = HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / BITS_PER_WORD;
++  
++  if ( GET_CODE(const_expr) == CONST_DOUBLE ){
++    HOST_WIDE_INT hi = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH(const_expr);
++    HOST_WIDE_INT lo = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW(const_expr);
++    /* Evaluate hi and lo values of const_double. */
++    avr32_get_intval (mode_for_size (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT, MODE_INT, 0),
++                      GEN_INT (lo),
++                      &val[0]);
++    avr32_get_intval (mode_for_size (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT, MODE_INT, 0),
++                      GEN_INT (hi),
++                      &val[words_in_const_int]);
++  } else if ( GET_CODE(const_expr) == CONST_INT ){
++    HOST_WIDE_INT value = INTVAL(const_expr);
++    int word;
++    for ( word = 0; (word < words_in_mode) && (word < words_in_const_int); word++ ){
++      /* Shift word up to the MSW and shift down again to extract the
++         word and sign-extend. */
++      int lshift = (words_in_const_int - word - 1) * BITS_PER_WORD;
++      int rshift = (words_in_const_int-1) * BITS_PER_WORD;
++      val[word] = (value << lshift) >> rshift;
++    }
++    
++    for ( ; word < words_in_mode; word++ ){
++      /* Just put the sign bits in the remaining words. */
++      val[word] = value < 0 ? -1 : 0;
++    }
++  } 
++}
++
++void
++avr32_split_const_expr (enum machine_mode mode,
++                        enum machine_mode new_mode,
++                        rtx expr, 
++                        rtx *split_expr)
++{
++  int i, word;
++  int words_in_intval = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)/UNITS_PER_WORD;
++  int words_in_split_values = GET_MODE_SIZE (new_mode)/UNITS_PER_WORD;
++  const int words_in_const_int = HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / BITS_PER_WORD;
++  HOST_WIDE_INT *val = alloca (words_in_intval * UNITS_PER_WORD);
++  
++  avr32_get_intval (mode, expr, val);
++  
++  for ( i=0; i < (words_in_intval/words_in_split_values); i++ )
++    {
++      HOST_WIDE_INT value_lo = 0, value_hi = 0; 
++      for ( word = 0; word < words_in_split_values; word++ )
++        {
++          if ( word >= words_in_const_int )
++            value_hi |= ((val[i * words_in_split_values + word] & 
++                          (((HOST_WIDE_INT)1 << BITS_PER_WORD)-1)) 
++                         << (BITS_PER_WORD * (word - words_in_const_int)));
++          else
++            value_lo |= ((val[i * words_in_split_values + word] & 
++                          (((HOST_WIDE_INT)1 << BITS_PER_WORD)-1)) 
++                         << (BITS_PER_WORD * word));
++        }
++      split_expr[i] = immed_double_const(value_lo, value_hi, new_mode);
++    }
++}
++
++
++
++/* Set up library functions to comply to AVR32 ABI  */
++
++
++/* Set up library functions to comply to AVR32 ABI  */
++
++static void
++avr32_init_libfuncs (void)
++{
++  /* Convert gcc run-time function names to AVR32 ABI names */
++  
++  /* Double-precision floating-point arithmetic. */
++  set_optab_libfunc (sdiv_optab, DFmode, "__avr32_f64_div");
++  set_optab_libfunc (smul_optab, DFmode, "__avr32_f64_mul");
++  set_optab_libfunc (neg_optab, DFmode, NULL);
++
++  /* Double-precision comparisons.  */
++  set_optab_libfunc (eq_optab, DFmode, "__avr32_f64_cmp_eq");
++  set_optab_libfunc (ne_optab, DFmode, NULL);
++  set_optab_libfunc (lt_optab, DFmode, "__avr32_f64_cmp_lt");
++  set_optab_libfunc (le_optab, DFmode, NULL);
++  set_optab_libfunc (ge_optab, DFmode, "__avr32_f64_cmp_ge");
++  set_optab_libfunc (gt_optab, DFmode, NULL);
++
++  /* Single-precision floating-point arithmetic. */
++  set_optab_libfunc (smul_optab, SFmode, "__avr32_f32_mul");
++  set_optab_libfunc (neg_optab, SFmode, NULL);
++
++  /* Single-precision comparisons.  */
++  set_optab_libfunc (eq_optab, SFmode, "__avr32_f32_cmp_eq");
++  set_optab_libfunc (ne_optab, SFmode, NULL);
++  set_optab_libfunc (lt_optab, SFmode, "__avr32_f32_cmp_lt");
++  set_optab_libfunc (le_optab, SFmode, NULL);
++  set_optab_libfunc (ge_optab, SFmode, "__avr32_f32_cmp_ge");
++  set_optab_libfunc (gt_optab, SFmode, NULL);
++
++  /* Floating-point to integer conversions. */
++  set_conv_libfunc (sfix_optab, SImode, DFmode, "__avr32_f64_to_s32");
++  set_conv_libfunc (ufix_optab, SImode, DFmode, "__avr32_f64_to_u32");
++  set_conv_libfunc (sfix_optab, DImode, DFmode, "__avr32_f64_to_s64");
++  set_conv_libfunc (ufix_optab, DImode, DFmode, "__avr32_f64_to_u64");
++  set_conv_libfunc (sfix_optab, SImode, SFmode, "__avr32_f32_to_s32");
++  set_conv_libfunc (ufix_optab, SImode, SFmode, "__avr32_f32_to_u32");
++  set_conv_libfunc (sfix_optab, DImode, SFmode, "__avr32_f32_to_s64");
++  set_conv_libfunc (ufix_optab, DImode, SFmode, "__avr32_f32_to_u64");
++
++  /* Conversions between floating types.  */
++  set_conv_libfunc (trunc_optab, SFmode, DFmode, "__avr32_f64_to_f32");
++  set_conv_libfunc (sext_optab, DFmode, SFmode, "__avr32_f32_to_f64");
++
++  /* Integer to floating-point conversions.  Table 8.  */
++  set_conv_libfunc (sfloat_optab, DFmode, SImode, "__avr32_s32_to_f64");
++  set_conv_libfunc (sfloat_optab, DFmode, DImode, "__avr32_s64_to_f64");
++  set_conv_libfunc (sfloat_optab, SFmode, SImode, "__avr32_s32_to_f32");
++  set_conv_libfunc (sfloat_optab, SFmode, DImode, "__avr32_s64_to_f32");
++  set_conv_libfunc (ufloat_optab, DFmode, SImode, "__avr32_u32_to_f64");
++  set_conv_libfunc (ufloat_optab, SFmode, SImode, "__avr32_u32_to_f32");
++  /* TODO: Add these to gcc library functions */
++  //set_conv_libfunc (ufloat_optab, DFmode, DImode, NULL);
++  //set_conv_libfunc (ufloat_optab, SFmode, DImode, NULL);
++
++  /* Long long.  Table 9.  */
++  set_optab_libfunc (smul_optab, DImode, "__avr32_mul64");
++  set_optab_libfunc (sdiv_optab, DImode, "__avr32_sdiv64");
++  set_optab_libfunc (udiv_optab, DImode, "__avr32_udiv64");
++  set_optab_libfunc (smod_optab, DImode, "__avr32_smod64");
++  set_optab_libfunc (umod_optab, DImode, "__avr32_umod64");
++  set_optab_libfunc (ashl_optab, DImode, "__avr32_lsl64");
++  set_optab_libfunc (lshr_optab, DImode, "__avr32_lsr64");
++  set_optab_libfunc (ashr_optab, DImode, "__avr32_asr64");
++
++  /* Floating point library functions which have fast versions. */
++  if ( TARGET_FAST_FLOAT )
++    {
++      set_optab_libfunc (add_optab, DFmode, "__avr32_f64_add_fast");
++      set_optab_libfunc (sub_optab, DFmode, "__avr32_f64_sub_fast");
++      set_optab_libfunc (add_optab, SFmode, "__avr32_f32_add_fast");
++      set_optab_libfunc (sub_optab, SFmode, "__avr32_f32_sub_fast");
++      set_optab_libfunc (sdiv_optab, SFmode, "__avr32_f32_div_fast");
++    }
++  else
++    {
++      set_optab_libfunc (add_optab, DFmode, "__avr32_f64_add");
++      set_optab_libfunc (sub_optab, DFmode, "__avr32_f64_sub");
++      set_optab_libfunc (add_optab, SFmode, "__avr32_f32_add");
++      set_optab_libfunc (sub_optab, SFmode, "__avr32_f32_sub");
++      set_optab_libfunc (sdiv_optab, SFmode, "__avr32_f32_div");
++    }
++}
++
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/gcc/config/avr32/avr32-elf.h gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/config/avr32/avr32-elf.h
+--- gcc-4.2.1/gcc/config/avr32/avr32-elf.h	1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/config/avr32/avr32-elf.h	2007-09-28 10:33:00.000000000 +0200
+@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
++/*
++   Elf specific definitions.
++   Copyright 2003-2006 Atmel Corporation.
++
++   Written by Ronny Pedersen, Atmel Norway, <rpedersen@atmel.com>
++
++   This file is part of GCC.
++
++   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
++   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
++   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
++   (at your option) any later version.
++
++   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
++   GNU General Public License for more details.
++
++   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
++   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
++
++
++/*****************************************************************************
++ * Controlling the Compilator Driver, 'gcc'
++ *****************************************************************************/
++
++/* Run-time Target Specification.  */
++#undef  TARGET_VERSION
++#define TARGET_VERSION  fputs (" (AVR32 GNU with ELF)", stderr);
++
++/*
++Another C string constant used much like LINK_SPEC.  The
++difference between the two is that STARTFILE_SPEC is used at
++the very beginning of the command given to the linker.
++
++If this macro is not defined, a default is provided that loads the
++standard C startup file from the usual place.  See gcc.c.
++*/
++#undef  STARTFILE_SPEC
++#define STARTFILE_SPEC "crt0%O%s crti%O%s crtbegin%O%s"
++
++#undef LINK_SPEC
++#define LINK_SPEC "%{muse-oscall:--defsym __do_not_use_oscall_coproc__=0} %{mrelax|O*:%{mno-relax|O0|O1: ;:--relax}} %{mpart=*:-mavr32elf_%*} %{mcpu=*:-mavr32elf_%*}"
++
++
++/*
++Another C string constant used much like LINK_SPEC.  The
++difference between the two is that ENDFILE_SPEC is used at
++the very end of the command given to the linker.
++
++Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
++*/
++#undef  ENDFILE_SPEC
++#define ENDFILE_SPEC "crtend%O%s crtn%O%s"
++
++
++/* Target CPU builtins.  */
++#define TARGET_CPU_CPP_BUILTINS()				\
++  do								\
++    {								\
++      builtin_define ("__avr32__");				\
++      builtin_define ("__AVR32__");				\
++      builtin_define ("__AVR32_ELF__");	       	        	\
++      builtin_define (avr32_part->macro);			\
++      builtin_define (avr32_arch->macro);			\
++      if (avr32_arch->uarch_type == UARCH_TYPE_AVR32A)		\
++	builtin_define ("__AVR32_AVR32A__");			\
++      else							\
++	builtin_define ("__AVR32_AVR32B__");			\
++      if (TARGET_UNALIGNED_WORD)				\
++	builtin_define ("__AVR32_HAS_UNALIGNED_WORD__");	\
++      if (TARGET_SIMD)						\
++	builtin_define ("__AVR32_HAS_SIMD__");			\
++      if (TARGET_DSP)						\
++	builtin_define ("__AVR32_HAS_DSP__");			\
++      if (TARGET_RMW)						\
++	builtin_define ("__AVR32_HAS_RMW__");			\
++      if (TARGET_BRANCH_PRED)					\
++	builtin_define ("__AVR32_HAS_BRANCH_PRED__");		\
++      if (TARGET_FAST_FLOAT)                                    \
++        builtin_define ("__AVR32_FAST_FLOAT__");                \
++    }								\
++  while (0)
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/gcc/config/avr32/avr32.h gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/config/avr32/avr32.h
+--- gcc-4.2.1/gcc/config/avr32/avr32.h	1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/config/avr32/avr32.h	2007-09-28 10:33:00.000000000 +0200
+@@ -0,0 +1,3281 @@
++/*
++   Definitions of target machine for AVR32.
++   Copyright 2003-2006 Atmel Corporation.
++
++   Written by Ronny Pedersen, Atmel Norway, <rpedersen@atmel.com>
++   Initial porting by Anders �dland.
++
++   This file is part of GCC.
++
++   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
++   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
++   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
++   (at your option) any later version.
++
++   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
++   GNU General Public License for more details.
++
++   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
++   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
++
++#ifndef GCC_AVR32_H
++#define GCC_AVR32_H
++
++
++#ifndef OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF
++#error avr32.h included before elfos.h
++#endif
++
++#ifndef LOCAL_LABEL_PREFIX
++#define LOCAL_LABEL_PREFIX "."
++#endif
++
++#ifndef SUBTARGET_CPP_SPEC
++#define SUBTARGET_CPP_SPEC  "-D__ELF__"
++#endif
++
++
++extern struct rtx_def *avr32_compare_op0;
++extern struct rtx_def *avr32_compare_op1;
++
++
++extern struct rtx_def *avr32_acc_cache;
++
++/* cache instruction op5 codes */
++#define AVR32_CACHE_INVALIDATE_ICACHE 1
++
++/* These bits describe the different types of function supported
++   by the AVR32 backend.  They are exclusive.  ie a function cannot be both a
++   normal function and an interworked function, for example.  Knowing the
++   type of a function is important for determining its prologue and
++   epilogue sequences.
++   Note value 7 is currently unassigned.  Also note that the interrupt
++   function types all have bit 2 set, so that they can be tested for easily.
++   Note that 0 is deliberately chosen for AVR32_FT_UNKNOWN so that when the
++   machine_function structure is initialized (to zero) func_type will
++   default to unknown.  This will force the first use of avr32_current_func_type
++   to call avr32_compute_func_type.  */
++#define AVR32_FT_UNKNOWN	 0	/* Type has not yet been determined.
++					   */
++#define AVR32_FT_NORMAL		 1	/* Your normal, straightforward
++					   function.  */
++#define AVR32_FT_ACALL	         2	/* An acall function.  */
++#define AVR32_FT_EXCEPTION_HANDLER 3	/* A C++ exception handler.  */
++#define AVR32_FT_ISR_FULL	 4	/* A fully shadowed interrupt mode.  */
++#define AVR32_FT_ISR_HALF	 5	/* A half shadowed interrupt mode.  */
++#define AVR32_FT_ISR_NONE	 6	/* No shadow registers.  */
++
++#define AVR32_FT_TYPE_MASK	((1 << 3) - 1)
++
++/* In addition functions can have several type modifiers,
++   outlined by these bit masks:  */
++#define AVR32_FT_INTERRUPT	(1 << 2)	/* Note overlap with FT_ISR
++						   and above.  */
++#define AVR32_FT_NAKED		(1 << 3)	/* No prologue or epilogue.  */
++#define AVR32_FT_VOLATILE	(1 << 4)	/* Does not return.  */
++#define AVR32_FT_NESTED		(1 << 5)	/* Embedded inside another
++						   func. */
++
++/* Some macros to test these flags.  */
++#define AVR32_FUNC_TYPE(t)	(t & AVR32_FT_TYPE_MASK)
++#define IS_INTERRUPT(t)		(t & AVR32_FT_INTERRUPT)
++#define IS_VOLATILE(t)     	(t & AVR32_FT_VOLATILE)
++#define IS_NAKED(t)        	(t & AVR32_FT_NAKED)
++#define IS_NESTED(t)       	(t & AVR32_FT_NESTED)
++
++
++typedef struct minipool_labels
++GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"), chain_prev ("%h.prev")))
++{
++  rtx label;
++  struct minipool_labels *prev;
++  struct minipool_labels *next;
++} minipool_labels;
++
++/* A C structure for machine-specific, per-function data.
++   This is added to the cfun structure.  */
++
++typedef struct machine_function
++GTY (())
++{
++  /* Records the type of the current function.  */
++  unsigned long func_type;
++  /* List of minipool labels, use for checking if code label is valid in a
++     memory expression */
++  minipool_labels *minipool_label_head;
++  minipool_labels *minipool_label_tail;
++} machine_function;
++
++/* Initialize data used by insn expanders.  This is called from insn_emit,
++   once for every function before code is generated.  */
++#define INIT_EXPANDERS avr32_init_expanders ()
++
++/******************************************************************************
++ * SPECS
++ *****************************************************************************/
++
++#ifndef ASM_SPEC
++#define ASM_SPEC "%{fpic:--pic} %{mrelax|O*:%{mno-relax|O0|O1: ;:--linkrelax}} %{march=*:-march=%*} %{mpart=*:-mpart=%*}"
++#endif
++
++#ifndef MULTILIB_DEFAULTS
++#define MULTILIB_DEFAULTS { "march=ap", "" }
++#endif
++
++/******************************************************************************
++ * Run-time Target Specification
++ *****************************************************************************/
++#ifndef TARGET_VERSION
++#define TARGET_VERSION fprintf(stderr, " (AVR32, GNU assembler syntax)");
++#endif
++
++/* Part types. Keep this in sync with the order of avr32_part_types in avr32.c*/
++enum part_type
++{
++  PART_TYPE_AVR32_NONE,
++  PART_TYPE_AVR32_AP7000,
++  PART_TYPE_AVR32_AP7010,
++  PART_TYPE_AVR32_AP7020,
++  PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3A0256,
++  PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3A0512,
++  PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3A1128,
++  PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3A1256,
++  PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3A1512,
++  PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3B064,
++  PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3B0128,
++  PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3B0256,
++  PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3B164,
++  PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3B1128,
++  PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3B1256
++};
++
++/* Microarchitectures. */
++enum microarchitecture_type
++{
++  UARCH_TYPE_AVR32A,
++  UARCH_TYPE_AVR32B,
++  UARCH_TYPE_NONE
++};
++
++/* Architectures types which specifies the pipeline.
++ Keep this in sync with avr32_arch_types in avr32.c
++ and the pipeline attribute in avr32.md */
++enum architecture_type
++{
++  ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_AP,
++  ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UC,
++  ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_NONE
++};
++
++/* Flag specifying if the cpu has support for DSP instructions.*/
++#define FLAG_AVR32_HAS_DSP (1 << 0)
++/* Flag specifying if the cpu has support for Read-Modify-Write
++   instructions.*/
++#define FLAG_AVR32_HAS_RMW (1 << 1)
++/* Flag specifying if the cpu has support for SIMD instructions. */
++#define FLAG_AVR32_HAS_SIMD (1 << 2)
++/* Flag specifying if the cpu has support for unaligned memory word access. */
++#define FLAG_AVR32_HAS_UNALIGNED_WORD (1 << 3)
++/* Flag specifying if the cpu has support for branch prediction. */
++#define FLAG_AVR32_HAS_BRANCH_PRED (1 << 4)
++/* Flag specifying if the cpu has support for a return stack. */
++#define FLAG_AVR32_HAS_RETURN_STACK (1 << 5)
++/* Flag specifying if the cpu has caches. */
++#define FLAG_AVR32_HAS_CACHES (1 << 6)
++
++/* Structure for holding information about different avr32 CPUs/parts */
++struct part_type_s
++{
++  const char *const name;
++  enum part_type part_type;
++  enum architecture_type arch_type;
++  /* Must lie outside user's namespace.  NULL == no macro.  */
++  const char *const macro;
++};
++
++/* Structure for holding information about different avr32 pipeline
++ architectures. */
++struct arch_type_s
++{
++  const char *const name;
++  enum architecture_type arch_type;
++  enum microarchitecture_type uarch_type;
++  const unsigned long feature_flags;
++  /* Must lie outside user's namespace.  NULL == no macro.  */
++  const char *const macro;
++};
++
++extern const struct part_type_s *avr32_part;
++extern const struct arch_type_s *avr32_arch;
++
++#define TARGET_SIMD  (avr32_arch->feature_flags & FLAG_AVR32_HAS_SIMD)
++#define TARGET_DSP  (avr32_arch->feature_flags & FLAG_AVR32_HAS_DSP)
++#define TARGET_RMW  (avr32_arch->feature_flags & FLAG_AVR32_HAS_RMW)
++#define TARGET_UNALIGNED_WORD  (avr32_arch->feature_flags & FLAG_AVR32_HAS_UNALIGNED_WORD)
++#define TARGET_BRANCH_PRED  (avr32_arch->feature_flags & FLAG_AVR32_HAS_BRANCH_PRED)
++#define TARGET_RETURN_STACK  (avr32_arch->feature_flags & FLAG_AVR32_HAS_RETURN_STACK)
++#define TARGET_CACHES  (avr32_arch->feature_flags & FLAG_AVR32_HAS_CACHES)
++
++#define CAN_DEBUG_WITHOUT_FP
++
++/******************************************************************************
++ * Storage Layout
++ *****************************************************************************/
++
++/*
++Define this macro to have the value 1 if the most significant bit in a
++byte has the lowest number; otherwise define it to have the value zero.
++This means that bit-field instructions count from the most significant
++bit.  If the machine has no bit-field instructions, then this must still
++be defined, but it doesn't matter which value it is defined to.  This
++macro need not be a constant.
++
++This macro does not affect the way structure fields are packed into
++bytes or words; that is controlled by BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN.
++*/
++#define BITS_BIG_ENDIAN 0
++
++/*
++Define this macro to have the value 1 if the most significant byte in a
++word has the lowest number. This macro need not be a constant.
++*/
++/*
++  Data is stored in an big-endian way.
++*/
++#define BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN 1
++
++/*
++Define this macro to have the value 1 if, in a multiword object, the
++most significant word has the lowest number.  This applies to both
++memory locations and registers; GCC fundamentally assumes that the
++order of words in memory is the same as the order in registers.  This
++macro need not be a constant.
++*/
++/*
++  Data is stored in an bin-endian way.
++*/
++#define WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN 1
++
++/*
++Define this macro if WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN is not constant.  This must be a
++constant value with the same meaning as WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN, which will be
++used only when compiling libgcc2.c.  Typically the value will be set
++based on preprocessor defines.
++*/
++#define LIBGCC2_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
++
++/*
++Define this macro to have the value 1 if DFmode, XFmode or
++TFmode floating point numbers are stored in memory with the word
++containing the sign bit at the lowest address; otherwise define it to
++have the value 0.  This macro need not be a constant.
++
++You need not define this macro if the ordering is the same as for
++multi-word integers.
++*/
++/* #define FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN 1 */
++
++/*
++Define this macro to be the number of bits in an addressable storage
++unit (byte); normally 8.
++*/
++#define BITS_PER_UNIT 8
++
++/*
++Number of bits in a word; normally 32.
++*/
++#define BITS_PER_WORD 32
++
++/*
++Maximum number of bits in a word.  If this is undefined, the default is
++BITS_PER_WORD.  Otherwise, it is the constant value that is the
++largest value that BITS_PER_WORD can have at run-time.
++*/
++/* MAX_BITS_PER_WORD not defined*/
++
++/*
++Number of storage units in a word; normally 4.
++*/
++#define UNITS_PER_WORD 4
++
++/*
++Minimum number of units in a word.  If this is undefined, the default is
++UNITS_PER_WORD.  Otherwise, it is the constant value that is the
++smallest value that UNITS_PER_WORD can have at run-time.
++*/
++/* MIN_UNITS_PER_WORD not defined */
++
++/*
++Width of a pointer, in bits.  You must specify a value no wider than the
++width of Pmode.  If it is not equal to the width of Pmode,
++you must define POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED.
++*/
++#define POINTER_SIZE 32
++
++/*
++A C expression whose value is greater than zero if pointers that need to be
++extended from being POINTER_SIZE bits wide to Pmode are to
++be zero-extended and zero if they are to be sign-extended.  If the value
++is less then zero then there must be an "ptr_extend" instruction that
++extends a pointer from POINTER_SIZE to Pmode.
++
++You need not define this macro if the POINTER_SIZE is equal
++to the width of Pmode.
++*/
++/* #define POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED */
++
++/*
++A Macro to update M and UNSIGNEDP when an object whose type
++is TYPE and which has the specified mode and signedness is to be
++stored in a register.  This macro is only called when TYPE is a
++scalar type.
++
++On most RISC machines, which only have operations that operate on a full
++register, define this macro to set M to word_mode if
++M is an integer mode narrower than BITS_PER_WORD.  In most
++cases, only integer modes should be widened because wider-precision
++floating-point operations are usually more expensive than their narrower
++counterparts.
++
++For most machines, the macro definition does not change UNSIGNEDP.
++However, some machines, have instructions that preferentially handle
++either signed or unsigned quantities of certain modes.  For example, on
++the DEC Alpha, 32-bit loads from memory and 32-bit add instructions
++sign-extend the result to 64 bits.  On such machines, set
++UNSIGNEDP according to which kind of extension is more efficient.
++
++Do not define this macro if it would never modify M.
++*/
++#define PROMOTE_MODE(M, UNSIGNEDP, TYPE)	\
++    {						\
++      if (GET_MODE_CLASS (M) == MODE_INT	\
++	  && GET_MODE_SIZE (M) < 4)		\
++	{					\
++          if (M == QImode)                     \
++            UNSIGNEDP = 1;                      \
++          else if (M == SImode)                 \
++            UNSIGNEDP = 0;                      \
++	  (M) = SImode;				\
++	}					\
++    }                                          
++
++#define PROMOTE_FUNCTION_MODE(M, UNSIGNEDP, TYPE)        \
++  {                                                      \
++    if (GET_MODE_CLASS (M) == MODE_INT                   \
++        && GET_MODE_SIZE (M) < 4)                        \
++      {                                                  \
++        (M) = SImode;                                    \
++      }                                                  \
++  }                                            
++
++/* Define if operations between registers always perform the operation
++   on the full register even if a narrower mode is specified.  */
++#define WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS
++
++/* Define if loading in MODE, an integral mode narrower than BITS_PER_WORD
++   will either zero-extend or sign-extend.  The value of this macro should
++   be the code that says which one of the two operations is implicitly
++   done, UNKNOWN if not known.  */
++#define LOAD_EXTEND_OP(MODE)				\
++   (((MODE) == QImode) ? ZERO_EXTEND			\
++   : ((MODE) == HImode) ? SIGN_EXTEND : UNKNOWN)
++
++
++/*
++Define this macro if the promotion described by PROMOTE_MODE
++should only be performed for outgoing function arguments or
++function return values, as specified by PROMOTE_FUNCTION_ARGS
++and PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN, respectively.
++*/
++/* #define PROMOTE_FOR_CALL_ONLY */
++
++/*
++Normal alignment required for function parameters on the stack, in
++bits.  All stack parameters receive at least this much alignment
++regardless of data type.  On most machines, this is the same as the
++size of an integer.
++*/
++#define PARM_BOUNDARY 32
++
++/*
++Define this macro to the minimum alignment enforced by hardware for the
++stack pointer on this machine.  The definition is a C expression for the
++desired alignment (measured in bits).  This value is used as a default
++if PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY is not defined.  On most machines,
++this should be the same as PARM_BOUNDARY.
++*/
++#define STACK_BOUNDARY 32
++
++/*
++Define this macro if you wish to preserve a certain alignment for the
++stack pointer, greater than what the hardware enforces.  The definition
++is a C expression for the desired alignment (measured in bits).  This
++macro must evaluate to a value equal to or larger than
++STACK_BOUNDARY.
++*/
++#define PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY (TARGET_FORCE_DOUBLE_ALIGN ? 64 : 32 )
++
++/*
++Alignment required for a function entry point, in bits.
++*/
++#define FUNCTION_BOUNDARY 16
++
++/*
++Biggest alignment that any data type can require on this machine, in bits.
++*/
++#define BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT  (TARGET_FORCE_DOUBLE_ALIGN ? 64 : 32 )
++
++/*
++If defined, the smallest alignment, in bits, that can be given to an
++object that can be referenced in one operation, without disturbing any
++nearby object.  Normally, this is BITS_PER_UNIT, but may be larger
++on machines that don't have byte or half-word store operations.
++*/
++#define MINIMUM_ATOMIC_ALIGNMENT BITS_PER_UNIT
++
++
++/*
++An integer expression for the size in bits of the largest integer machine mode that
++should actually be used. All integer machine modes of this size or smaller can be
++used for structures and unions with the appropriate sizes. If this macro is undefined,
++GET_MODE_BITSIZE (DImode) is assumed.*/
++#define MAX_FIXED_MODE_SIZE  GET_MODE_BITSIZE (DImode)
++
++
++/*
++If defined, a C expression to compute the alignment given to a constant
++that is being placed in memory.  CONSTANT is the constant and
++BASIC_ALIGN is the alignment that the object would ordinarily
++have.  The value of this macro is used instead of that alignment to
++align the object.
++
++If this macro is not defined, then BASIC_ALIGN is used.
++
++The typical use of this macro is to increase alignment for string
++constants to be word aligned so that strcpy calls that copy
++constants can be done inline.
++*/
++#define CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT(CONSTANT, BASIC_ALIGN) \
++ ((TREE_CODE(CONSTANT) == STRING_CST) ? BITS_PER_WORD : BASIC_ALIGN)
++
++/* Try to align string to a word. */
++#define DATA_ALIGNMENT(TYPE, ALIGN)                                     \
++  ({(TREE_CODE (TYPE) == ARRAY_TYPE                                     \
++     && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TYPE)) == QImode                          \
++     && (ALIGN) < BITS_PER_WORD ? BITS_PER_WORD : (ALIGN));})
++
++/* Try to align local store strings to a word. */
++#define LOCAL_ALIGNMENT(TYPE, ALIGN)                                    \
++  ({(TREE_CODE (TYPE) == ARRAY_TYPE                                     \
++     && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TYPE)) == QImode                          \
++     && (ALIGN) < BITS_PER_WORD ? BITS_PER_WORD : (ALIGN));})
++
++/*
++Define this macro to be the value 1 if instructions will fail to work
++if given data not on the nominal alignment.  If instructions will merely
++go slower in that case, define this macro as 0.
++*/
++#define STRICT_ALIGNMENT 1
++
++/*
++Define this if you wish to imitate the way many other C compilers handle
++alignment of bit-fields and the structures that contain them.
++
++The behavior is that the type written for a bit-field (int,
++short, or other integer type) imposes an alignment for the
++entire structure, as if the structure really did contain an ordinary
++field of that type.  In addition, the bit-field is placed within the
++structure so that it would fit within such a field, not crossing a
++boundary for it.
++
++Thus, on most machines, a bit-field whose type is written as int
++would not cross a four-byte boundary, and would force four-byte
++alignment for the whole structure.  (The alignment used may not be four
++bytes; it is controlled by the other alignment parameters.)
++
++If the macro is defined, its definition should be a C expression;
++a nonzero value for the expression enables this behavior.
++
++Note that if this macro is not defined, or its value is zero, some
++bit-fields may cross more than one alignment boundary.  The compiler can
++support such references if there are insv, extv, and
++extzv insns that can directly reference memory.
++
++The other known way of making bit-fields work is to define
++STRUCTURE_SIZE_BOUNDARY as large as BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT.
++Then every structure can be accessed with fullwords.
++
++Unless the machine has bit-field instructions or you define
++STRUCTURE_SIZE_BOUNDARY that way, you must define
++PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS to have a nonzero value.
++
++If your aim is to make GCC use the same conventions for laying out
++bit-fields as are used by another compiler, here is how to investigate
++what the other compiler does.  Compile and run this program:
++
++struct foo1
++{
++  char x;
++  char :0;
++  char y;
++};
++
++struct foo2
++{
++  char x;
++  int :0;
++  char y;
++};
++
++main ()
++{
++  printf ("Size of foo1 is %d\n",
++          sizeof (struct foo1));
++  printf ("Size of foo2 is %d\n",
++          sizeof (struct foo2));
++  exit (0);
++}
++
++If this prints 2 and 5, then the compiler's behavior is what you would
++get from PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS.
++*/
++#define PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS 1
++
++
++/******************************************************************************
++ * Layout of Source Language Data Types
++ *****************************************************************************/
++
++/*
++A C expression for the size in bits of the type int on the
++target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is one word.
++*/
++#define INT_TYPE_SIZE 32
++
++/*
++A C expression for the size in bits of the type short on the
++target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is half a word. (If
++this would be less than one storage unit, it is rounded up to one unit.)
++*/
++#define SHORT_TYPE_SIZE 16
++
++/*
++A C expression for the size in bits of the type long on the
++target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is one word.
++*/
++#define LONG_TYPE_SIZE 32
++
++
++/*
++A C expression for the size in bits of the type long long on the
++target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is two
++words.  If you want to support GNU Ada on your machine, the value of this
++macro must be at least 64.
++*/
++#define LONG_LONG_TYPE_SIZE 64
++
++/*
++A C expression for the size in bits of the type char on the
++target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is
++BITS_PER_UNIT.
++*/
++#define CHAR_TYPE_SIZE 8
++
++
++/*
++A C expression for the size in bits of the C++ type bool and
++C99 type _Bool on the target machine.  If you don't define
++this, and you probably shouldn't, the default is CHAR_TYPE_SIZE.
++*/
++#define BOOL_TYPE_SIZE 8
++
++
++/*
++An expression whose value is 1 or 0, according to whether the type
++char should be signed or unsigned by default.  The user can
++always override this default with the options -fsigned-char
++and -funsigned-char.
++*/
++/* We are using unsigned char */
++#define DEFAULT_SIGNED_CHAR 0
++
++
++/*
++A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to use
++for size values.  The typedef name size_t is defined using the
++contents of the string.
++
++The string can contain more than one keyword.  If so, separate them with
++spaces, and write first any length keyword, then unsigned if
++appropriate, and finally int.  The string must exactly match one
++of the data type names defined in the function
++init_decl_processing in the file c-decl.c.  You may not
++omit int or change the order - that would cause the compiler to
++crash on startup.
++
++If you don't define this macro, the default is "long unsigned int".
++*/
++#define SIZE_TYPE "long unsigned int"
++
++/*
++A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to use
++for the result of subtracting two pointers.  The typedef name
++ptrdiff_t is defined using the contents of the string.  See
++SIZE_TYPE above for more information.
++
++If you don't define this macro, the default is "long int".
++*/
++#define PTRDIFF_TYPE "long int"
++
++
++/*
++A C expression for the size in bits of the data type for wide
++characters.  This is used in cpp, which cannot make use of
++WCHAR_TYPE.
++*/
++#define WCHAR_TYPE_SIZE 32
++
++
++/*
++A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to
++use for wide characters passed to printf and returned from
++getwc.  The typedef name wint_t is defined using the
++contents of the string.  See SIZE_TYPE above for more
++information.
++
++If you don't define this macro, the default is "unsigned int".
++*/
++#define WINT_TYPE "unsigned int"
++
++/*
++A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type that
++can represent any value of any standard or extended signed integer type.
++The typedef name intmax_t is defined using the contents of the
++string.  See SIZE_TYPE above for more information.
++
++If you don't define this macro, the default is the first of
++"int", "long int", or "long long int" that has as
++much precision as long long int.
++*/
++#define INTMAX_TYPE "long long int"
++
++/*
++A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type that
++can represent any value of any standard or extended unsigned integer
++type.  The typedef name uintmax_t is defined using the contents
++of the string.  See SIZE_TYPE above for more information.
++
++If you don't define this macro, the default is the first of
++"unsigned int", "long unsigned int", or "long long unsigned int"
++that has as much precision as long long unsigned int.
++*/
++#define UINTMAX_TYPE "long long unsigned int"
++
++
++/******************************************************************************
++ * Register Usage
++ *****************************************************************************/
++
++/* Convert from gcc internal register number to register number
++   used in assembly code */
++#define ASM_REGNUM(reg) (LAST_REGNUM - (reg))
++#define ASM_FP_REGNUM(reg) (LAST_FP_REGNUM - (reg))
++
++/* Convert between register number used in assembly to gcc
++   internal register number  */
++#define INTERNAL_REGNUM(reg) (LAST_REGNUM - (reg))
++#define INTERNAL_FP_REGNUM(reg) (LAST_FP_REGNUM - (reg))
++
++/** Basic Characteristics of Registers **/
++
++/*
++Number of hardware registers known to the compiler.  They receive
++numbers 0 through FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER-1; thus, the first
++pseudo register's number really is assigned the number
++FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER.
++*/
++#define FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER (LAST_FP_REGNUM + 1)
++
++#define FIRST_REGNUM 0
++#define LAST_REGNUM 15
++#define NUM_FP_REGS 16
++#define FIRST_FP_REGNUM 16
++#define LAST_FP_REGNUM (16+NUM_FP_REGS-1)
++
++/*
++An initializer that says which registers are used for fixed purposes
++all throughout the compiled code and are therefore not available for
++general allocation.  These would include the stack pointer, the frame
++pointer (except on machines where that can be used as a general
++register when no frame pointer is needed), the program counter on
++machines where that is considered one of the addressable registers,
++and any other numbered register with a standard use.
++
++This information is expressed as a sequence of numbers, separated by
++commas and surrounded by braces.  The nth number is 1 if
++register n is fixed, 0 otherwise.
++
++The table initialized from this macro, and the table initialized by
++the following one, may be overridden at run time either automatically,
++by the actions of the macro CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE, or by
++the user with the command options -ffixed-[reg],
++-fcall-used-[reg] and -fcall-saved-[reg].
++*/
++
++/* The internal gcc register numbers are reversed
++   compared to the real register numbers since
++   gcc expects data types stored over multiple
++   registers in the register file to be big endian
++   if the memory layout is big endian. But this
++   is not the case for avr32 so we fake a big
++   endian register file. */
++
++#define FIXED_REGISTERS {	\
++  1, /* Program Counter */	\
++  0, /* Link Register */	\
++  1, /* Stack Pointer */	\
++  0, /* r12 */			\
++  0, /* r11 */			\
++  0, /* r10 */			\
++  0, /* r9 */			\
++  0, /* r8 */			\
++  0, /* r7 */			\
++  0, /* r6 */			\
++  0, /* r5 */			\
++  0, /* r4 */			\
++  0, /* r3 */			\
++  0, /* r2 */			\
++  0, /* r1 */			\
++  0, /* r0 */			\
++  0, /* f15 */			\
++  0, /* f14 */			\
++  0, /* f13 */			\
++  0, /* f12 */			\
++  0, /* f11 */			\
++  0, /* f10 */			\
++  0, /* f9 */			\
++  0, /* f8 */			\
++  0, /* f7 */			\
++  0, /* f6 */			\
++  0, /* f5 */			\
++  0, /* f4 */			\
++  0, /* f3 */			\
++  0, /* f2*/			\
++  0, /* f1 */			\
++  0  /* f0 */			\
++}
++
++/*
++Like FIXED_REGISTERS but has 1 for each register that is
++clobbered (in general) by function calls as well as for fixed
++registers.  This macro therefore identifies the registers that are not
++available for general allocation of values that must live across
++function calls.
++
++If a register has 0 in CALL_USED_REGISTERS, the compiler
++automatically saves it on function entry and restores it on function
++exit, if the register is used within the function.
++*/
++#define CALL_USED_REGISTERS {	\
++  1, /* Program Counter */	\
++  0, /* Link Register */	\
++  1, /* Stack Pointer */	\
++  1, /* r12 */			\
++  1, /* r11 */			\
++  1, /* r10 */			\
++  1, /* r9 */			\
++  1, /* r8 */			\
++  0, /* r7 */			\
++  0, /* r6 */			\
++  0, /* r5 */			\
++  0, /* r4 */			\
++  0, /* r3 */			\
++  0, /* r2 */			\
++  0, /* r1 */			\
++  0, /* r0 */			\
++  1, /* f15 */			\
++  1, /* f14 */			\
++  1, /* f13 */			\
++  1, /* f12 */			\
++  1, /* f11 */			\
++  1, /* f10 */			\
++  1, /* f9 */			\
++  1, /* f8 */			\
++  0, /* f7 */			\
++  0, /* f6 */			\
++  0, /* f5 */			\
++  0, /* f4 */			\
++  0, /* f3 */			\
++  0, /* f2*/			\
++  0, /* f1*/			\
++  0, /* f0 */			\
++}
++
++/* Interrupt functions can only use registers that have already been
++   saved by the prologue, even if they would normally be
++   call-clobbered.  */
++#define HARD_REGNO_RENAME_OK(SRC, DST)					\
++	(! IS_INTERRUPT (cfun->machine->func_type) ||			\
++		regs_ever_live[DST])
++
++
++/*
++Zero or more C statements that may conditionally modify five variables
++fixed_regs, call_used_regs, global_regs,
++reg_names, and reg_class_contents, to take into account
++any dependence of these register sets on target flags.  The first three
++of these are of type char [] (interpreted as Boolean vectors).
++global_regs is a const char *[], and
++reg_class_contents is a HARD_REG_SET.  Before the macro is
++called, fixed_regs, call_used_regs,
++reg_class_contents, and reg_names have been initialized
++from FIXED_REGISTERS, CALL_USED_REGISTERS,
++REG_CLASS_CONTENTS, and REGISTER_NAMES, respectively.
++global_regs has been cleared, and any -ffixed-[reg],
++-fcall-used-[reg] and -fcall-saved-[reg]
++command options have been applied.
++
++You need not define this macro if it has no work to do.
++
++If the usage of an entire class of registers depends on the target
++flags, you may indicate this to GCC by using this macro to modify
++fixed_regs and call_used_regs to 1 for each of the
++registers in the classes which should not be used by GCC.  Also define
++the macro REG_CLASS_FROM_LETTER to return NO_REGS if it
++is called with a letter for a class that shouldn't be used.
++
++ (However, if this class is not included in GENERAL_REGS and all
++of the insn patterns whose constraints permit this class are
++controlled by target switches, then GCC will automatically avoid using
++these registers when the target switches are opposed to them.)
++*/
++#define CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE                              \
++  do								\
++    {								\
++      int regno;						\
++								\
++      if (TARGET_SOFT_FLOAT)			                \
++	{							\
++	  for (regno = FIRST_FP_REGNUM;				\
++	       regno <= LAST_FP_REGNUM; ++regno)	        \
++	    fixed_regs[regno] = call_used_regs[regno] = 1;	\
++	}							\
++      if (flag_pic)						\
++	{							\
++	  fixed_regs[PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM] = 1;		\
++	  call_used_regs[PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM] = 1;		\
++	}							\
++    }								\
++  while (0)
++
++
++/*
++If the program counter has a register number, define this as that
++register number.  Otherwise, do not define it.
++*/
++
++#define LAST_AVR32_REGNUM 16
++
++
++/** Order of Allocation of Registers **/
++
++/*
++If defined, an initializer for a vector of integers, containing the
++numbers of hard registers in the order in which GCC should prefer
++to use them (from most preferred to least).
++
++If this macro is not defined, registers are used lowest numbered first
++(all else being equal).
++
++One use of this macro is on machines where the highest numbered
++registers must always be saved and the save-multiple-registers
++instruction supports only sequences of consecutive registers.  On such
++machines, define REG_ALLOC_ORDER to be an initializer that lists
++the highest numbered allocable register first.
++*/
++#define REG_ALLOC_ORDER 	\
++{				\
++  INTERNAL_REGNUM(8),		\
++  INTERNAL_REGNUM(9),		\
++  INTERNAL_REGNUM(10),		\
++  INTERNAL_REGNUM(11),		\
++  INTERNAL_REGNUM(12),		\
++  LR_REGNUM,			\
++  INTERNAL_REGNUM(7),		\
++  INTERNAL_REGNUM(6),		\
++  INTERNAL_REGNUM(5),		\
++  INTERNAL_REGNUM(4),		\
++  INTERNAL_REGNUM(3),		\
++  INTERNAL_REGNUM(2),		\
++  INTERNAL_REGNUM(1),		\
++  INTERNAL_REGNUM(0),		\
++  INTERNAL_FP_REGNUM(15),	\
++  INTERNAL_FP_REGNUM(14),	\
++  INTERNAL_FP_REGNUM(13),	\
++  INTERNAL_FP_REGNUM(12),	\
++  INTERNAL_FP_REGNUM(11),	\
++  INTERNAL_FP_REGNUM(10),	\
++  INTERNAL_FP_REGNUM(9),	\
++  INTERNAL_FP_REGNUM(8),	\
++  INTERNAL_FP_REGNUM(7),	\
++  INTERNAL_FP_REGNUM(6),	\
++  INTERNAL_FP_REGNUM(5),	\
++  INTERNAL_FP_REGNUM(4),	\
++  INTERNAL_FP_REGNUM(3),	\
++  INTERNAL_FP_REGNUM(2),	\
++  INTERNAL_FP_REGNUM(1),	\
++  INTERNAL_FP_REGNUM(0),	\
++  SP_REGNUM,           		\
++  PC_REGNUM			\
++}
++
++
++/** How Values Fit in Registers **/
++
++/*
++A C expression for the number of consecutive hard registers, starting
++at register number REGNO, required to hold a value of mode
++MODE.
++
++On a machine where all registers are exactly one word, a suitable
++definition of this macro is
++
++#define HARD_REGNO_NREGS(REGNO, MODE)            \
++   ((GET_MODE_SIZE (MODE) + UNITS_PER_WORD - 1)  \
++    / UNITS_PER_WORD)
++*/
++#define HARD_REGNO_NREGS(REGNO, MODE) \
++  ((unsigned int)((GET_MODE_SIZE(MODE) + UNITS_PER_WORD -1 ) / UNITS_PER_WORD))
++
++/*
++A C expression that is nonzero if it is permissible to store a value
++of mode MODE in hard register number REGNO (or in several
++registers starting with that one).  For a machine where all registers
++are equivalent, a suitable definition is
++
++  #define HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK(REGNO, MODE) 1
++
++You need not include code to check for the numbers of fixed registers,
++because the allocation mechanism considers them to be always occupied.
++
++On some machines, double-precision values must be kept in even/odd
++register pairs.  You can implement that by defining this macro to reject
++odd register numbers for such modes.
++
++The minimum requirement for a mode to be OK in a register is that the
++mov[mode] instruction pattern support moves between the
++register and other hard register in the same class and that moving a
++value into the register and back out not alter it.
++
++Since the same instruction used to move word_mode will work for
++all narrower integer modes, it is not necessary on any machine for
++HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK to distinguish between these modes, provided
++you define patterns movhi, etc., to take advantage of this.  This
++is useful because of the interaction between HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK
++and MODES_TIEABLE_P; it is very desirable for all integer modes
++to be tieable.
++
++Many machines have special registers for floating point arithmetic.
++Often people assume that floating point machine modes are allowed only
++in floating point registers.  This is not true.  Any registers that
++can hold integers can safely hold a floating point machine
++mode, whether or not floating arithmetic can be done on it in those
++registers.  Integer move instructions can be used to move the values.
++
++On some machines, though, the converse is true: fixed-point machine
++modes may not go in floating registers.  This is true if the floating
++registers normalize any value stored in them, because storing a
++non-floating value there would garble it.  In this case,
++HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK should reject fixed-point machine modes in
++floating registers.  But if the floating registers do not automatically
++normalize, if you can store any bit pattern in one and retrieve it
++unchanged without a trap, then any machine mode may go in a floating
++register, so you can define this macro to say so.
++
++The primary significance of special floating registers is rather that
++they are the registers acceptable in floating point arithmetic
++instructions.  However, this is of no concern to
++HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK.  You handle it by writing the proper
++constraints for those instructions.
++
++On some machines, the floating registers are especially slow to access,
++so that it is better to store a value in a stack frame than in such a
++register if floating point arithmetic is not being done.  As long as the
++floating registers are not in class GENERAL_REGS, they will not
++be used unless some pattern's constraint asks for one.
++*/
++#define HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK(REGNO, MODE) avr32_hard_regno_mode_ok(REGNO, MODE)
++
++/*
++A C expression that is nonzero if a value of mode
++MODE1 is accessible in mode MODE2 without copying.
++
++If HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK(R, MODE1) and
++HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK(R, MODE2) are always the same for
++any R, then MODES_TIEABLE_P(MODE1, MODE2)
++should be nonzero.  If they differ for any R, you should define
++this macro to return zero unless some other mechanism ensures the
++accessibility of the value in a narrower mode.
++
++You should define this macro to return nonzero in as many cases as
++possible since doing so will allow GCC to perform better register
++allocation.
++*/
++#define MODES_TIEABLE_P(MODE1, MODE2)  \
++  (GET_MODE_CLASS (MODE1) == GET_MODE_CLASS (MODE2))
++
++
++
++/******************************************************************************
++ * Register Classes
++ *****************************************************************************/
++
++/*
++An enumeral type that must be defined with all the register class names
++as enumeral values.  NO_REGS must be first.  ALL_REGS
++must be the last register class, followed by one more enumeral value,
++LIM_REG_CLASSES, which is not a register class but rather
++tells how many classes there are.
++
++Each register class has a number, which is the value of casting
++the class name to type int.  The number serves as an index
++in many of the tables described below.
++*/
++enum reg_class
++{
++  NO_REGS,
++  GENERAL_REGS,
++  FP_REGS,
++  ALL_REGS,
++  LIM_REG_CLASSES
++};
++
++/*
++The number of distinct register classes, defined as follows:
++  #define N_REG_CLASSES (int) LIM_REG_CLASSES
++*/
++#define N_REG_CLASSES (int)LIM_REG_CLASSES
++
++/*
++An initializer containing the names of the register classes as C string
++constants.  These names are used in writing some of the debugging dumps.
++*/
++#define REG_CLASS_NAMES		\
++{				\
++  "NO_REGS",			\
++  "GENERAL_REGS",		\
++  "FLOATING_POINT_REGS",	\
++  "ALL_REGS"			\
++}
++
++/*
++An initializer containing the contents of the register classes, as integers
++which are bit masks.  The nth integer specifies the contents of class
++n.  The way the integer mask is interpreted is that
++register r is in the class if mask & (1 << r) is 1.
++
++When the machine has more than 32 registers, an integer does not suffice.
++Then the integers are replaced by sub-initializers, braced groupings containing
++several integers.  Each sub-initializer must be suitable as an initializer
++for the type HARD_REG_SET which is defined in hard-reg-set.h.
++In this situation, the first integer in each sub-initializer corresponds to
++registers 0 through 31, the second integer to registers 32 through 63, and
++so on.
++*/
++#define REG_CLASS_CONTENTS {		\
++  {0x00000000}, /* NO_REGS */		\
++  {0x0000FFFF}, /* GENERAL_REGS */	\
++  {0xFFFF0000}, /* FP_REGS */		\
++  {0x7FFFFFFF}, /* ALL_REGS */		\
++}
++
++
++/*
++A C expression whose value is a register class containing hard register
++REGNO.  In general there is more than one such class; choose a class
++which is minimal, meaning that no smaller class also contains the
++register.
++*/
++#define REGNO_REG_CLASS(REGNO) ((REGNO < 16) ? GENERAL_REGS : FP_REGS)
++
++/*
++A macro whose definition is the name of the class to which a valid
++base register must belong.  A base register is one used in an address
++which is the register value plus a displacement.
++*/
++#define BASE_REG_CLASS GENERAL_REGS
++
++/*
++This is a variation of the BASE_REG_CLASS macro which allows
++the selection of a base register in a mode depenedent manner.  If
++mode is VOIDmode then it should return the same value as
++BASE_REG_CLASS.
++*/
++#define MODE_BASE_REG_CLASS(MODE) BASE_REG_CLASS
++
++/*
++A macro whose definition is the name of the class to which a valid
++index register must belong.  An index register is one used in an
++address where its value is either multiplied by a scale factor or
++added to another register (as well as added to a displacement).
++*/
++#define INDEX_REG_CLASS BASE_REG_CLASS
++
++/*
++A C expression which defines the machine-dependent operand constraint
++letters for register classes.  If CHAR is such a letter, the
++value should be the register class corresponding to it.  Otherwise,
++the value should be NO_REGS.  The register letter r,
++corresponding to class GENERAL_REGS, will not be passed
++to this macro; you do not need to handle it.
++*/
++#define REG_CLASS_FROM_LETTER(CHAR) ((CHAR) == 'f' ? FP_REGS : NO_REGS)
++
++
++/* These assume that REGNO is a hard or pseudo reg number.
++   They give nonzero only if REGNO is a hard reg of the suitable class
++   or a pseudo reg currently allocated to a suitable hard reg.
++   Since they use reg_renumber, they are safe only once reg_renumber
++   has been allocated, which happens in local-alloc.c.  */
++#define TEST_REGNO(R, TEST, VALUE) \
++  ((R TEST VALUE) || ((unsigned) reg_renumber[R] TEST VALUE))
++
++/*
++A C expression which is nonzero if register number num is suitable for use as a base
++register in operand addresses. It may be either a suitable hard register or a pseudo
++register that has been allocated such a hard register.
++*/
++#define REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P(NUM)  TEST_REGNO(NUM, <=, LAST_REGNUM)
++
++/*
++A C expression which is nonzero if register number NUM is
++suitable for use as an index register in operand addresses.  It may be
++either a suitable hard register or a pseudo register that has been
++allocated such a hard register.
++
++The difference between an index register and a base register is that
++the index register may be scaled.  If an address involves the sum of
++two registers, neither one of them scaled, then either one may be
++labeled the ``base'' and the other the ``index''; but whichever
++labeling is used must fit the machine's constraints of which registers
++may serve in each capacity.  The compiler will try both labelings,
++looking for one that is valid, and will reload one or both registers
++only if neither labeling works.
++*/
++#define REGNO_OK_FOR_INDEX_P(NUM) TEST_REGNO(NUM, <=, LAST_REGNUM)
++
++/*
++A C expression that places additional restrictions on the register class
++to use when it is necessary to copy value X into a register in class
++CLASS.  The value is a register class; perhaps CLASS, or perhaps
++another, smaller class.  On many machines, the following definition is
++safe: #define PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS(X,CLASS) CLASS
++
++Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code.  For
++example, on the 68000, when X is an integer constant that is in range
++for a 'moveq' instruction, the value of this macro is always
++DATA_REGS as long as CLASS includes the data registers.
++Requiring a data register guarantees that a 'moveq' will be used.
++
++If X is a const_double, by returning NO_REGS
++you can force X into a memory constant.  This is useful on
++certain machines where immediate floating values cannot be loaded into
++certain kinds of registers.
++*/
++#define PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS(X, CLASS)  CLASS
++
++
++
++/*
++A C expression for the maximum number of consecutive registers
++of class CLASS needed to hold a value of mode MODE.
++
++This is closely related to the macro HARD_REGNO_NREGS.  In fact,
++the value of the macro CLASS_MAX_NREGS(CLASS, MODE)
++should be the maximum value of HARD_REGNO_NREGS(REGNO, MODE)
++for all REGNO values in the class CLASS.
++
++This macro helps control the handling of multiple-word values
++in the reload pass.
++*/
++#define CLASS_MAX_NREGS(CLASS, MODE) /* ToDo:fixme */ \
++  (unsigned int)((GET_MODE_SIZE(MODE) + UNITS_PER_WORD - 1) / UNITS_PER_WORD)
++
++
++/*
++  Using CONST_OK_FOR_CONSTRAINT_P instead of CONS_OK_FOR_LETTER_P
++  in order to support constraints with more than one letter.
++  Only two letters are then used for constant constraints,
++  the letter 'K' and the letter 'I'. The constraint starting with
++  these letters must consist of four characters. The character following
++  'K' or 'I' must be either 'u' (unsigned) or 's' (signed) to specify
++  if the constant is zero or sign extended. The last two characters specify
++  the length in bits of the constant. The base constraint letter 'I' means
++  that this is an negated constant, meaning that actually -VAL should be
++  checked to lie withing the valid range instead of VAL which is used when
++  'K' is the base constraint letter.
++
++*/
++
++#define CONSTRAINT_LEN(C, STR)				\
++  ( ((C) == 'K' || (C) == 'I') ?  4 :			\
++    ((C) == 'R') ?  5 :					\
++    ((C) == 'N' || (C) == 'O' ||			\
++     (C) == 'P' || (C) == 'L' || (C) == 'J') ? -1 :	\
++    DEFAULT_CONSTRAINT_LEN((C), (STR)) )
++
++#define CONST_OK_FOR_CONSTRAINT_P(VALUE, C, STR)	\
++  avr32_const_ok_for_constraint_p(VALUE, C, STR)
++
++/*
++A C expression that defines the machine-dependent operand constraint
++letters that specify particular ranges of const_double values ('G' or 'H').
++
++If C is one of those letters, the expression should check that
++VALUE, an RTX of code const_double, is in the appropriate
++range and return 1 if so, 0 otherwise.  If C is not one of those
++letters, the value should be 0 regardless of VALUE.
++
++const_double is used for all floating-point constants and for
++DImode fixed-point constants.  A given letter can accept either
++or both kinds of values.  It can use GET_MODE to distinguish
++between these kinds.
++*/
++#define CONST_DOUBLE_OK_FOR_LETTER_P(OP, C) \
++  ((C) == 'G' ? avr32_const_double_immediate(OP) : 0)
++
++/*
++A C expression that defines the optional machine-dependent constraint
++letters that can be used to segregate specific types of operands, usually
++memory references, for the target machine.  Any letter that is not
++elsewhere defined and not matched by REG_CLASS_FROM_LETTER
++may be used.  Normally this macro will not be defined.
++
++If it is required for a particular target machine, it should return 1
++if VALUE corresponds to the operand type represented by the
++constraint letter C.  If C is not defined as an extra
++constraint, the value returned should be 0 regardless of VALUE.
++
++For example, on the ROMP, load instructions cannot have their output
++in r0 if the memory reference contains a symbolic address.  Constraint
++letter 'Q' is defined as representing a memory address that does
++not contain a symbolic address.  An alternative is specified with
++a 'Q' constraint on the input and 'r' on the output.  The next
++alternative specifies 'm' on the input and a register class that
++does not include r0 on the output.
++*/
++#define EXTRA_CONSTRAINT_STR(OP, C, STR)				\
++  ((C) == 'W' ? avr32_address_operand(OP, GET_MODE(OP)) :		\
++   (C) == 'R' ? (avr32_indirect_register_operand(OP, GET_MODE(OP)) ||	\
++                 (avr32_imm_disp_memory_operand(OP, GET_MODE(OP))	\
++                  && avr32_const_ok_for_constraint_p(			\
++				INTVAL(XEXP(XEXP(OP, 0), 1)),		\
++				(STR)[1], &(STR)[1]))) :		\
++   (C) == 'S' ? avr32_indexed_memory_operand(OP, GET_MODE(OP)) :	\
++   (C) == 'T' ? avr32_const_pool_ref_operand(OP, GET_MODE(OP)) :	\
++   (C) == 'U' ? SYMBOL_REF_RCALL_FUNCTION_P(OP) :			\
++   (C) == 'Z' ? avr32_cop_memory_operand(OP, GET_MODE(OP)) :		\
++   0)
++
++
++#define EXTRA_MEMORY_CONSTRAINT(C, STR) ( ((C) == 'R') ||               \
++                                          ((C) == 'S') ||               \
++                                          ((C) == 'Z') )
++
++
++/* Returns nonzero if op is a function SYMBOL_REF which
++   can be called using an rcall instruction */
++#define SYMBOL_REF_RCALL_FUNCTION_P(op)  \
++  ( GET_CODE(op) == SYMBOL_REF           \
++    && SYMBOL_REF_FUNCTION_P(op)         \
++    && SYMBOL_REF_LOCAL_P(op)            \
++    && !SYMBOL_REF_EXTERNAL_P(op)        \
++    && !TARGET_HAS_ASM_ADDR_PSEUDOS )
++
++/******************************************************************************
++ * Stack Layout and Calling Conventions
++ *****************************************************************************/
++
++/** Basic Stack Layout **/
++
++/*
++Define this macro if pushing a word onto the stack moves the stack
++pointer to a smaller address.
++
++When we say, ``define this macro if ...,'' it means that the
++compiler checks this macro only with #ifdef so the precise
++definition used does not matter.
++*/
++/* pushm decrece SP: *(--SP) <-- Rx */
++#define STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
++
++/*
++This macro defines the operation used when something is pushed
++on the stack.  In RTL, a push operation will be
++(set (mem (STACK_PUSH_CODE (reg sp))) ...)
++
++The choices are PRE_DEC, POST_DEC, PRE_INC,
++and POST_INC.  Which of these is correct depends on
++the stack direction and on whether the stack pointer points
++to the last item on the stack or whether it points to the
++space for the next item on the stack.
++
++The default is PRE_DEC when STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD is
++defined, which is almost always right, and PRE_INC otherwise,
++which is often wrong.
++*/
++/* pushm: *(--SP) <-- Rx */
++#define STACK_PUSH_CODE PRE_DEC
++
++/* Define this to nonzero if the nominal address of the stack frame
++   is at the high-address end of the local variables;
++   that is, each additional local variable allocated
++   goes at a more negative offset in the frame.  */
++#define FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD 1
++
++
++/*
++Offset from the frame pointer to the first local variable slot to be allocated.
++
++If FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD, find the next slot's offset by
++subtracting the first slot's length from STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET.
++Otherwise, it is found by adding the length of the first slot to the
++value STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET.
++  (i'm not sure if the above is still correct.. had to change it to get
++   rid of an overfull.  --mew 2feb93 )
++*/
++#define STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET 0
++
++/*
++Offset from the stack pointer register to the first location at which
++outgoing arguments are placed.  If not specified, the default value of
++zero is used.  This is the proper value for most machines.
++
++If ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD, this is the offset to the location above
++the first location at which outgoing arguments are placed.
++*/
++#define STACK_POINTER_OFFSET 0
++
++/*
++Offset from the argument pointer register to the first argument's
++address.  On some machines it may depend on the data type of the
++function.
++
++If ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD, this is the offset to the location above
++the first argument's address.
++*/
++#define FIRST_PARM_OFFSET(FUNDECL) 0
++
++
++/*
++A C expression whose value is RTL representing the address in a stack
++frame where the pointer to the caller's frame is stored.  Assume that
++FRAMEADDR is an RTL expression for the address of the stack frame
++itself.
++
++If you don't define this macro, the default is to return the value
++of FRAMEADDR - that is, the stack frame address is also the
++address of the stack word that points to the previous frame.
++*/
++#define DYNAMIC_CHAIN_ADDRESS(FRAMEADDR) plus_constant ((FRAMEADDR), 4)
++
++
++/*
++A C expression whose value is RTL representing the value of the return
++address for the frame COUNT steps up from the current frame, after
++the prologue.  FRAMEADDR is the frame pointer of the COUNT
++frame, or the frame pointer of the COUNT - 1 frame if
++RETURN_ADDR_IN_PREVIOUS_FRAME is defined.
++
++The value of the expression must always be the correct address when
++COUNT is zero, but may be NULL_RTX if there is not way to
++determine the return address of other frames.
++*/
++#define RETURN_ADDR_RTX(COUNT, FRAMEADDR) avr32_return_addr(COUNT, FRAMEADDR)
++
++
++/*
++A C expression whose value is RTL representing the location of the
++incoming return address at the beginning of any function, before the
++prologue.  This RTL is either a REG, indicating that the return
++value is saved in 'REG', or a MEM representing a location in
++the stack.
++
++You only need to define this macro if you want to support call frame
++debugging information like that provided by DWARF 2.
++
++If this RTL is a REG, you should also define
++DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN to DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO).
++*/
++#define INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, LR_REGNUM)
++
++
++
++/*
++A C expression whose value is an integer giving the offset, in bytes,
++from the value of the stack pointer register to the top of the stack
++frame at the beginning of any function, before the prologue.  The top of
++the frame is defined to be the value of the stack pointer in the
++previous frame, just before the call instruction.
++
++You only need to define this macro if you want to support call frame
++debugging information like that provided by DWARF 2.
++*/
++#define INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET 0
++
++
++/** Exception Handling Support **/
++
++/* Use setjump/longjump for exception handling. */
++#define DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO 0
++#define MUST_USE_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS 1
++
++/*
++A C expression whose value is the Nth register number used for
++data by exception handlers, or INVALID_REGNUM if fewer than
++N registers are usable.
++
++The exception handling library routines communicate with the exception
++handlers via a set of agreed upon registers.  Ideally these registers
++should be call-clobbered; it is possible to use call-saved registers,
++but may negatively impact code size.  The target must support at least
++2 data registers, but should define 4 if there are enough free registers.
++
++You must define this macro if you want to support call frame exception
++handling like that provided by DWARF 2.
++*/
++/*
++  Use r9-r11
++*/
++#define EH_RETURN_DATA_REGNO(N)                                         \
++  ((N<3) ? INTERNAL_REGNUM(N+9) : INVALID_REGNUM)
++
++/*
++A C expression whose value is RTL representing a location in which
++to store a stack adjustment to be applied before function return.
++This is used to unwind the stack to an exception handler's call frame.
++It will be assigned zero on code paths that return normally.
++
++Typically this is a call-clobbered hard register that is otherwise
++untouched by the epilogue, but could also be a stack slot.
++
++You must define this macro if you want to support call frame exception
++handling like that provided by DWARF 2.
++*/
++/*
++  Use r8 
++*/
++#define EH_RETURN_STACKADJ_REGNO INTERNAL_REGNUM(8)
++#define EH_RETURN_STACKADJ_RTX gen_rtx_REG(SImode, EH_RETURN_STACKADJ_REGNO)
++
++/*
++A C expression whose value is RTL representing a location in which
++to store the address of an exception handler to which we should
++return.  It will not be assigned on code paths that return normally.
++
++Typically this is the location in the call frame at which the normal
++return address is stored.  For targets that return by popping an
++address off the stack, this might be a memory address just below
++the target call frame rather than inside the current call
++frame.  EH_RETURN_STACKADJ_RTX will have already been assigned,
++so it may be used to calculate the location of the target call frame.
++
++Some targets have more complex requirements than storing to an
++address calculable during initial code generation.  In that case
++the eh_return instruction pattern should be used instead.
++
++If you want to support call frame exception handling, you must
++define either this macro or the eh_return instruction pattern.
++*/
++/*
++  We define the eh_return instruction pattern, so this isn't needed.
++*/
++/* #define EH_RETURN_HANDLER_RTX gen_rtx_REG(Pmode, RET_REGISTER) */
++
++/*
++  This macro chooses the encoding of pointers embedded in the
++  exception handling sections. If at all possible, this should be
++  defined such that the exception handling section will not require
++  dynamic relocations, and so may be read-only.
++
++  code is 0 for data, 1 for code labels, 2 for function
++  pointers. global is true if the symbol may be affected by dynamic
++  relocations. The macro should return a combination of the DW_EH_PE_*
++  defines as found in dwarf2.h.
++
++  If this macro is not defined, pointers will not be encoded but
++  represented directly.
++*/
++#define ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT(CODE, GLOBAL)	\
++  ((flag_pic && (GLOBAL) ? DW_EH_PE_indirect : 0)	\
++   | (flag_pic ? DW_EH_PE_pcrel : DW_EH_PE_absptr)	\
++   | DW_EH_PE_sdata4)
++
++/* ToDo: The rest of this subsection */
++
++/** Specifying How Stack Checking is Done **/
++/* ToDo: All in this subsection */
++
++/** Registers That Address the Stack Frame **/
++
++/*
++The register number of the stack pointer register, which must also be a
++fixed register according to FIXED_REGISTERS.  On most machines,
++the hardware determines which register this is.
++*/
++/* Using r13 as stack pointer. */
++#define STACK_POINTER_REGNUM INTERNAL_REGNUM(13)
++
++/*
++The register number of the frame pointer register, which is used to
++access automatic variables in the stack frame.  On some machines, the
++hardware determines which register this is.  On other machines, you can
++choose any register you wish for this purpose.
++*/
++/* Use r7 */
++#define FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM INTERNAL_REGNUM(7)
++
++
++
++/*
++The register number of the arg pointer register, which is used to access
++the function's argument list.  On some machines, this is the same as the
++frame pointer register.  On some machines, the hardware determines which
++register this is.  On other machines, you can choose any register you
++wish for this purpose.  If this is not the same register as the frame
++pointer register, then you must mark it as a fixed register according to
++FIXED_REGISTERS, or arrange to be able to eliminate it (see Section
++10.10.5 [Elimination], page 224).
++*/
++/* Using r5 */
++#define ARG_POINTER_REGNUM INTERNAL_REGNUM(4)
++
++
++/*
++Register numbers used for passing a function's static chain pointer.  If
++register windows are used, the register number as seen by the called
++function is STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM, while the register
++number as seen by the calling function is STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM.  If
++these registers are the same, STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM need
++not be defined.
++
++The static chain register need not be a fixed register.
++
++If the static chain is passed in memory, these macros should not be
++defined; instead, the next two macros should be defined.
++*/
++/* Using r0 */
++#define STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM INTERNAL_REGNUM(0)
++
++
++/** Eliminating Frame Pointer and Arg Pointer **/
++
++/*
++A C expression which is nonzero if a function must have and use a frame
++pointer.  This expression is evaluated  in the reload pass.  If its value is
++nonzero the function will have a frame pointer.
++
++The expression can in principle examine the current function and decide
++according to the facts, but on most machines the constant 0 or the
++constant 1 suffices.  Use 0 when the machine allows code to be generated
++with no frame pointer, and doing so saves some time or space.  Use 1
++when there is no possible advantage to avoiding a frame pointer.
++
++In certain cases, the compiler does not know how to produce valid code
++without a frame pointer.  The compiler recognizes those cases and
++automatically gives the function a frame pointer regardless of what
++FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED says.  You don't need to worry about
++them.
++
++In a function that does not require a frame pointer, the frame pointer
++register can be allocated for ordinary usage, unless you mark it as a
++fixed register.  See FIXED_REGISTERS for more information.
++*/
++/* We need the frame pointer when compiling for profiling */
++#define FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED (current_function_profile)
++
++/*
++A C statement to store in the variable DEPTH_VAR the difference
++between the frame pointer and the stack pointer values immediately after
++the function prologue.  The value would be computed from information
++such as the result of get_frame_size () and the tables of
++registers regs_ever_live and call_used_regs.
++
++If ELIMINABLE_REGS is defined, this macro will be not be used and
++need not be defined.  Otherwise, it must be defined even if
++FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED is defined to always be true; in that
++case, you may set DEPTH_VAR to anything.
++*/
++#define INITIAL_FRAME_POINTER_OFFSET(DEPTH_VAR) ((DEPTH_VAR) = get_frame_size())
++
++/*
++If defined, this macro specifies a table of register pairs used to
++eliminate unneeded registers that point into the stack frame.  If it is not
++defined, the only elimination attempted by the compiler is to replace
++references to the frame pointer with references to the stack pointer.
++
++The definition of this macro is a list of structure initializations, each
++of which specifies an original and replacement register.
++
++On some machines, the position of the argument pointer is not known until
++the compilation is completed.  In such a case, a separate hard register
++must be used for the argument pointer.  This register can be eliminated by
++replacing it with either the frame pointer or the argument pointer,
++depending on whether or not the frame pointer has been eliminated.
++
++In this case, you might specify:
++  #define ELIMINABLE_REGS  \
++  {{ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM}, \
++   {ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM}, \
++   {FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM}}
++
++Note that the elimination of the argument pointer with the stack pointer is
++specified first since that is the preferred elimination.
++*/
++#define ELIMINABLE_REGS					\
++{							\
++  { FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM },	\
++  { ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM },		\
++  { ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM }		\
++}
++
++/*
++A C expression that returns nonzero if the compiler is allowed to try
++to replace register number FROM with register number
++TO.  This macro need only be defined if ELIMINABLE_REGS
++is defined, and will usually be the constant 1, since most of the cases
++preventing register elimination are things that the compiler already
++knows about.
++*/
++#define CAN_ELIMINATE(FROM, TO) 1
++
++/*
++This macro is similar to INITIAL_FRAME_POINTER_OFFSET.  It
++specifies the initial difference between the specified pair of
++registers.  This macro must be defined if ELIMINABLE_REGS is
++defined.
++*/
++#define INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET(FROM, TO, OFFSET)		\
++  ((OFFSET) = avr32_initial_elimination_offset(FROM, TO))
++
++/** Passing Function Arguments on the Stack **/
++
++
++/*
++A C expression.  If nonzero, push insns will be used to pass
++outgoing arguments.
++If the target machine does not have a push instruction, set it to zero.
++That directs GCC to use an alternate strategy: to
++allocate the entire argument block and then store the arguments into
++it.  When PUSH_ARGS is nonzero, PUSH_ROUNDING must be defined too.
++*/
++#define PUSH_ARGS 1
++
++
++/*
++A C expression that is the number of bytes actually pushed onto the
++stack when an instruction attempts to push NPUSHED bytes.
++
++On some machines, the definition
++
++  #define PUSH_ROUNDING(BYTES) (BYTES)
++
++will suffice.  But on other machines, instructions that appear
++to push one byte actually push two bytes in an attempt to maintain
++alignment.  Then the definition should be
++
++  #define PUSH_ROUNDING(BYTES) (((BYTES) + 1) & ~1)
++*/
++/* Push 4 bytes at the time. */
++#define PUSH_ROUNDING(NPUSHED) (((NPUSHED) + 3) & ~3)
++
++/*
++A C expression.  If nonzero, the maximum amount of space required for
++outgoing arguments will be computed and placed into the variable
++current_function_outgoing_args_size.  No space will be pushed
++onto the stack for each call; instead, the function prologue should
++increase the stack frame size by this amount.
++
++Setting both PUSH_ARGS and ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS is not proper.
++*/
++#define ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS 0
++
++
++
++
++/*
++A C expression that should indicate the number of bytes of its own
++arguments that a function pops on returning, or 0 if the
++function pops no arguments and the caller must therefore pop them all
++after the function returns.
++
++FUNDECL is a C variable whose value is a tree node that describes
++the function in question.  Normally it is a node of type
++FUNCTION_DECL that describes the declaration of the function.
++From this you can obtain the DECL_ATTRIBUTES of the function.
++
++FUNTYPE is a C variable whose value is a tree node that
++describes the function in question.  Normally it is a node of type
++FUNCTION_TYPE that describes the data type of the function.
++From this it is possible to obtain the data types of the value and
++arguments (if known).
++
++When a call to a library function is being considered, FUNDECL
++will contain an identifier node for the library function.  Thus, if
++you need to distinguish among various library functions, you can do so
++by their names.  Note that ``library function'' in this context means
++a function used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known specially
++in the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being compiled.
++
++STACK_SIZE is the number of bytes of arguments passed on the
++stack.  If a variable number of bytes is passed, it is zero, and
++argument popping will always be the responsibility of the calling function.
++
++On the VAX, all functions always pop their arguments, so the definition
++of this macro is STACK_SIZE.  On the 68000, using the standard
++calling convention, no functions pop their arguments, so the value of
++the macro is always 0 in this case.  But an alternative calling
++convention is available in which functions that take a fixed number of
++arguments pop them but other functions (such as printf) pop
++nothing (the caller pops all).  When this convention is in use,
++FUNTYPE is examined to determine whether a function takes a fixed
++number of arguments.
++*/
++#define RETURN_POPS_ARGS(FUNDECL, FUNTYPE, STACK_SIZE) 0
++
++
++/*Return true if this function can we use a single return instruction*/
++#define USE_RETURN_INSN(ISCOND) avr32_use_return_insn(ISCOND)
++
++/*
++A C expression that should indicate the number of bytes a call sequence
++pops off the stack.  It is added to the value of RETURN_POPS_ARGS
++when compiling a function call.
++
++CUM is the variable in which all arguments to the called function
++have been accumulated.
++
++On certain architectures, such as the SH5, a call trampoline is used
++that pops certain registers off the stack, depending on the arguments
++that have been passed to the function.  Since this is a property of the
++call site, not of the called function, RETURN_POPS_ARGS is not
++appropriate.
++*/
++#define CALL_POPS_ARGS(CUM) 0
++
++/* Passing Arguments in Registers */
++
++/*
++A C expression that controls whether a function argument is passed
++in a register, and which register.
++
++The arguments are CUM, which summarizes all the previous
++arguments; MODE, the machine mode of the argument; TYPE,
++the data type of the argument as a tree node or 0 if that is not known
++(which happens for C support library functions); and NAMED,
++which is 1 for an ordinary argument and 0 for nameless arguments that
++correspond to '...' in the called function's prototype.
++TYPE can be an incomplete type if a syntax error has previously
++occurred.
++
++The value of the expression is usually either a reg RTX for the
++hard register in which to pass the argument, or zero to pass the
++argument on the stack.
++
++For machines like the VAX and 68000, where normally all arguments are
++pushed, zero suffices as a definition.
++
++The value of the expression can also be a parallel RTX.  This is
++used when an argument is passed in multiple locations.  The mode of the
++of the parallel should be the mode of the entire argument.  The
++parallel holds any number of expr_list pairs; each one
++describes where part of the argument is passed.  In each
++expr_list the first operand must be a reg RTX for the hard
++register in which to pass this part of the argument, and the mode of the
++register RTX indicates how large this part of the argument is.  The
++second operand of the expr_list is a const_int which gives
++the offset in bytes into the entire argument of where this part starts.
++As a special exception the first expr_list in the parallel
++RTX may have a first operand of zero.  This indicates that the entire
++argument is also stored on the stack.
++
++The last time this macro is called, it is called with MODE == VOIDmode,
++and its result is passed to the call or call_value
++pattern as operands 2 and 3 respectively.
++
++The usual way to make the ISO library 'stdarg.h' work on a machine
++where some arguments are usually passed in registers, is to cause
++nameless arguments to be passed on the stack instead.  This is done
++by making FUNCTION_ARG return 0 whenever NAMED is 0.
++
++You may use the macro MUST_PASS_IN_STACK (MODE, TYPE)
++in the definition of this macro to determine if this argument is of a
++type that must be passed in the stack.  If REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE
++is not defined and FUNCTION_ARG returns nonzero for such an
++argument, the compiler will abort.  If REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE is
++defined, the argument will be computed in the stack and then loaded into
++a register.  */
++
++#define FUNCTION_ARG(CUM, MODE, TYPE, NAMED) \
++  avr32_function_arg(&(CUM), MODE, TYPE, NAMED)
++
++
++
++
++/*
++A C type for declaring a variable that is used as the first argument of
++FUNCTION_ARG and other related values.  For some target machines,
++the type int suffices and can hold the number of bytes of
++argument so far.
++
++There is no need to record in CUMULATIVE_ARGS anything about the
++arguments that have been passed on the stack.  The compiler has other
++variables to keep track of that.  For target machines on which all
++arguments are passed on the stack, there is no need to store anything in
++CUMULATIVE_ARGS; however, the data structure must exist and
++should not be empty, so use int.
++*/
++typedef struct avr32_args
++{
++  /* Index representing the argument register the current function argument
++     will occupy */
++  int index;
++  /* A mask with bits representing the argument registers: if a bit is set
++     then this register is used for an arguemnt */
++  int used_index;
++  /* TRUE if this function has anonymous arguments */
++  int uses_anonymous_args;
++  /* The size in bytes of the named arguments pushed on the stack */
++  int stack_pushed_args_size;
++  /* Set to true if this function needs a Return Value Pointer */
++  int use_rvp;
++
++} CUMULATIVE_ARGS;
++
++
++#define FIRST_CUM_REG_INDEX 0
++#define LAST_CUM_REG_INDEX 4
++#define GET_REG_INDEX(CUM) ((CUM)->index)
++#define SET_REG_INDEX(CUM, INDEX) ((CUM)->index = (INDEX));
++#define GET_USED_INDEX(CUM, INDEX) ((CUM)->used_index & (1 << (INDEX)))
++#define SET_USED_INDEX(CUM, INDEX)		\
++  do						\
++    {						\
++      if (INDEX >= 0)				\
++        (CUM)->used_index |= (1 << (INDEX));	\
++    }						\
++  while (0)
++#define SET_INDEXES_UNUSED(CUM) ((CUM)->used_index = 0)
++
++
++/*
++   A C statement (sans semicolon) for initializing the variable cum for the
++   state at the beginning of the argument list. The variable has type
++   CUMULATIVE_ARGS. The value of FNTYPE is the tree node for the data type of
++   the function which will receive the args, or 0 if the args are to a compiler
++   support library function. For direct calls that are not libcalls, FNDECL
++   contain the declaration node of the function. FNDECL is also set when
++   INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS is used to find arguments for the function being
++   compiled.  N_NAMED_ARGS is set to the number of named arguments, including a
++   structure return address if it is passed as a parameter, when making a call.
++   When processing incoming arguments, N_NAMED_ARGS is set to -1.
++
++   When processing a call to a compiler support library function, LIBNAME
++   identifies which one.  It is a symbol_ref rtx which contains the name of the
++   function, as a string. LIBNAME is 0 when an ordinary C function call is
++   being processed. Thus, each time this macro is called, either LIBNAME or
++   FNTYPE is nonzero, but never both of them at once.
++*/
++#define INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS(CUM, FNTYPE, LIBNAME, FNDECL, N_NAMED_ARGS) \
++  avr32_init_cumulative_args(&(CUM), FNTYPE, LIBNAME, FNDECL)
++
++
++/*
++A C statement (sans semicolon) to update the summarizer variable
++CUM to advance past an argument in the argument list.  The
++values MODE, TYPE and NAMED describe that argument.
++Once this is done, the variable CUM is suitable for analyzing
++the following argument with FUNCTION_ARG, etc.
++
++This macro need not do anything if the argument in question was passed
++on the stack.  The compiler knows how to track the amount of stack space
++used for arguments without any special help.
++*/
++#define FUNCTION_ARG_ADVANCE(CUM, MODE, TYPE, NAMED) \
++  avr32_function_arg_advance(&(CUM), MODE, TYPE, NAMED)
++
++/*
++If defined, a C expression which determines whether, and in which direction,
++to pad out an argument with extra space.  The value should be of type
++enum direction: either 'upward' to pad above the argument,
++'downward' to pad below, or 'none' to inhibit padding.
++
++The amount of padding is always just enough to reach the next
++multiple of FUNCTION_ARG_BOUNDARY; this macro does not control
++it.
++
++This macro has a default definition which is right for most systems.
++For little-endian machines, the default is to pad upward.  For
++big-endian machines, the default is to pad downward for an argument of
++constant size shorter than an int, and upward otherwise.
++*/
++#define FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING(MODE, TYPE) \
++  avr32_function_arg_padding(MODE, TYPE)
++
++/*
++  Specify padding for the last element of a block move between registers
++  and memory. First is nonzero if this is the only element. Defining
++  this macro allows better control of register function parameters on
++  big-endian machines, without using PARALLEL rtl. In particular,
++  MUST_PASS_IN_STACK need not test padding and mode of types in registers,
++  as there is no longer a "wrong" part of a register; For example, a three
++  byte aggregate may be passed in the high part of a register if so required.
++*/
++#define BLOCK_REG_PADDING(MODE, TYPE, FIRST) \
++  avr32_function_arg_padding(MODE, TYPE)
++
++/*
++If defined, a C expression which determines whether the default
++implementation of va_arg will attempt to pad down before reading the
++next argument, if that argument is smaller than its aligned space as
++controlled by PARM_BOUNDARY.  If this macro is not defined, all such
++arguments are padded down if BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN is true.
++*/
++#define PAD_VARARGS_DOWN \
++  (FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING (TYPE_MODE (type), type) == downward)
++
++
++/*
++A C expression that is nonzero if REGNO is the number of a hard
++register in which function arguments are sometimes passed.  This does
++not include implicit arguments such as the static chain and
++the structure-value address.  On many machines, no registers can be
++used for this purpose since all function arguments are pushed on the
++stack.
++*/
++/*
++  Use r8 - r12 for function arguments.
++*/
++#define FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P(REGNO) \
++  (REGNO >= 3 && REGNO <= 7)
++
++/* Number of registers used for passing function arguments */
++#define NUM_ARG_REGS 5
++
++/*
++If defined, the order in which arguments are loaded into their
++respective argument registers is reversed so that the last
++argument is loaded first.  This macro only affects arguments
++passed in registers.
++*/
++/* #define LOAD_ARGS_REVERSED */
++
++/** How Scalar Function Values Are Returned **/
++
++/* AVR32 is using r12 as return register. */
++#define RET_REGISTER (15 - 12)
++
++
++/*
++A C expression to create an RTX representing the place where a library
++function returns a value of mode MODE.  If the precise function
++being called is known, FUNC is a tree node
++(FUNCTION_DECL) for it; otherwise, func is a null
++pointer.  This makes it possible to use a different value-returning
++convention for specific functions when all their calls are
++known.
++
++Note that "library function" in this context means a compiler
++support routine, used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known
++specially by the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being
++compiled.
++
++The definition of LIBRARY_VALUE need not be concerned aggregate
++data types, because none of the library functions returns such types.
++*/
++#define LIBCALL_VALUE(MODE) avr32_libcall_value(MODE)
++
++/*
++A C expression that is nonzero if REGNO is the number of a hard
++register in which the values of called function may come back.
++
++A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the
++second of a pair (for a value of type double, say) need not be
++recognized by this macro.  So for most machines, this definition
++suffices:
++  #define FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P(N) ((N) == 0)
++
++If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called
++function use different registers for the return value, this macro
++should recognize only the caller's register numbers.
++*/
++/*
++  When returning a value of mode DImode, r11:r10 is used, else r12 is used.
++*/
++#define FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P(REGNO) ((REGNO) == RET_REGISTER \
++                                       || (REGNO) == INTERNAL_REGNUM(11))
++
++
++/** How Large Values Are Returned **/
++
++
++/*
++Define this macro to be 1 if all structure and union return values must be
++in memory.  Since this results in slower code, this should be defined
++only if needed for compatibility with other compilers or with an ABI.
++If you define this macro to be 0, then the conventions used for structure
++and union return values are decided by the RETURN_IN_MEMORY macro.
++
++If not defined, this defaults to the value 1.
++*/
++#define DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN 0
++
++
++
++
++/** Generating Code for Profiling **/
++
++/*
++A C statement or compound statement to output to FILE some
++assembler code to call the profiling subroutine mcount.
++
++The details of how mcount expects to be called are determined by
++your operating system environment, not by GCC.  To figure them out,
++compile a small program for profiling using the system's installed C
++compiler and look at the assembler code that results.
++
++Older implementations of mcount expect the address of a counter
++variable to be loaded into some register.  The name of this variable is
++'LP' followed by the number LABELNO, so you would generate
++the name using 'LP%d' in a fprintf.
++*/
++/* ToDo: fixme */
++#ifndef FUNCTION_PROFILER
++#define FUNCTION_PROFILER(FILE, LABELNO) \
++  fprintf((FILE), "/* profiler %d */", (LABELNO))
++#endif
++
++
++/*****************************************************************************
++ * Trampolines for Nested Functions                                          *
++ *****************************************************************************/
++
++/*
++A C statement to output, on the stream FILE, assembler code for a
++block of data that contains the constant parts of a trampoline.  This
++code should not include a label - the label is taken care of
++automatically.
++
++If you do not define this macro, it means no template is needed
++for the target.  Do not define this macro on systems where the block move
++code to copy the trampoline into place would be larger than the code
++to generate it on the spot.
++*/
++/* ToDo: correct? */
++#define TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE(FILE) avr32_trampoline_template(FILE);
++
++
++/*
++A C expression for the size in bytes of the trampoline, as an integer.
++*/
++/* ToDo: fixme */
++#define TRAMPOLINE_SIZE 0x0C
++
++/*
++Alignment required for trampolines, in bits.
++
++If you don't define this macro, the value of BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT
++is used for aligning trampolines.
++*/
++#define TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT 16
++
++/*
++A C statement to initialize the variable parts of a trampoline.
++ADDR is an RTX for the address of the trampoline; FNADDR is
++an RTX for the address of the nested function; STATIC_CHAIN is an
++RTX for the static chain value that should be passed to the function
++when it is called.
++*/
++#define INITIALIZE_TRAMPOLINE(ADDR, FNADDR, STATIC_CHAIN) \
++  avr32_initialize_trampoline(ADDR, FNADDR, STATIC_CHAIN)
++
++
++/******************************************************************************
++ * Implicit Calls to Library Routines
++ *****************************************************************************/
++
++/* Tail calling.  */
++
++/* A C expression that evaluates to true if it is ok to perform a sibling
++   call to DECL.  */
++#define FUNCTION_OK_FOR_SIBCALL(DECL) 0
++
++#define OVERRIDE_OPTIONS  avr32_override_options ()
++
++#define OPTIMIZATION_OPTIONS(LEVEL, SIZE) avr32_optimization_options (LEVEL, SIZE)
++
++
++/******************************************************************************
++ * Addressing Modes
++ *****************************************************************************/
++
++/*
++A C expression that is nonzero if the machine supports pre-increment,
++pre-decrement, post-increment, or post-decrement addressing respectively.
++*/
++/*
++  AVR32 supports Rp++ and --Rp
++*/
++#define HAVE_PRE_INCREMENT 0
++#define HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT 1
++#define HAVE_POST_INCREMENT 1
++#define HAVE_POST_DECREMENT 0
++
++/*
++A C expression that is nonzero if the machine supports pre- or
++post-address side-effect generation involving constants other than
++the size of the memory operand.
++*/
++#define HAVE_PRE_MODIFY_DISP 0
++#define HAVE_POST_MODIFY_DISP 0
++
++/*
++A C expression that is nonzero if the machine supports pre- or
++post-address side-effect generation involving a register displacement.
++*/
++#define HAVE_PRE_MODIFY_REG 0
++#define HAVE_POST_MODIFY_REG 0
++
++/*
++A C expression that is 1 if the RTX X is a constant which
++is a valid address.  On most machines, this can be defined as
++CONSTANT_P (X), but a few machines are more restrictive
++in which constant addresses are supported.
++
++CONSTANT_P accepts integer-values expressions whose values are
++not explicitly known, such as symbol_ref, label_ref, and
++high expressions and const arithmetic expressions, in
++addition to const_int and const_double expressions.
++*/
++#define CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P(X) CONSTANT_P(X)
++
++/*
++A number, the maximum number of registers that can appear in a valid
++memory address.  Note that it is up to you to specify a value equal to
++the maximum number that GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS would ever
++accept.
++*/
++#define MAX_REGS_PER_ADDRESS 2
++
++/*
++A C compound statement with a conditional goto LABEL;
++executed if X (an RTX) is a legitimate memory address on the
++target machine for a memory operand of mode MODE.
++
++It usually pays to define several simpler macros to serve as
++subroutines for this one.  Otherwise it may be too complicated to
++understand.
++
++This macro must exist in two variants: a strict variant and a
++non-strict one.  The strict variant is used in the reload pass.  It
++must be defined so that any pseudo-register that has not been
++allocated a hard register is considered a memory reference.  In
++contexts where some kind of register is required, a pseudo-register
++with no hard register must be rejected.
++
++The non-strict variant is used in other passes.  It must be defined to
++accept all pseudo-registers in every context where some kind of
++register is required.
++
++Compiler source files that want to use the strict variant of this
++macro define the macro REG_OK_STRICT.  You should use an
++#ifdef REG_OK_STRICT conditional to define the strict variant
++in that case and the non-strict variant otherwise.
++
++Subroutines to check for acceptable registers for various purposes (one
++for base registers, one for index registers, and so on) are typically
++among the subroutines used to define GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS.
++Then only these subroutine macros need have two variants; the higher
++levels of macros may be the same whether strict or not.
++
++Normally, constant addresses which are the sum of a symbol_ref
++and an integer are stored inside a const RTX to mark them as
++constant.  Therefore, there is no need to recognize such sums
++specifically as legitimate addresses.  Normally you would simply
++recognize any const as legitimate.
++
++Usually PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS is not prepared to handle constant
++sums that are not marked with  const.  It assumes that a naked
++plus indicates indexing.  If so, then you must reject such
++naked constant sums as illegitimate addresses, so that none of them will
++be given to PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS.
++
++On some machines, whether a symbolic address is legitimate depends on
++the section that the address refers to.  On these machines, define the
++macro ENCODE_SECTION_INFO to store the information into the
++symbol_ref, and then check for it here.  When you see a
++const, you will have to look inside it to find the
++symbol_ref in order to determine the section.
++
++The best way to modify the name string is by adding text to the
++beginning, with suitable punctuation to prevent any ambiguity.  Allocate
++the new name in saveable_obstack.  You will have to modify
++ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF to remove and decode the added text and
++output the name accordingly, and define STRIP_NAME_ENCODING to
++access the original name string.
++
++You can check the information stored here into the symbol_ref in
++the definitions of the macros GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS and
++PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS.
++*/
++#ifdef REG_OK_STRICT
++#  define GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS(MODE, X, LABEL)	\
++  do							\
++    {							\
++      if (avr32_legitimate_address(MODE, X, 1))		\
++	goto LABEL;					\
++    }							\
++  while (0)
++#else
++#  define GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS(MODE, X, LABEL)	\
++  do							\
++    {							\
++      if (avr32_legitimate_address(MODE, X, 0))		\
++	goto LABEL;					\
++    }							\
++  while (0)
++#endif
++
++
++
++/*
++A C compound statement that attempts to replace X with a valid
++memory address for an operand of mode MODE.  win will be a
++C statement label elsewhere in the code; the macro definition may use
++
++  GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (MODE, X, WIN);
++
++to avoid further processing if the address has become legitimate.
++
++X will always be the result of a call to break_out_memory_refs,
++and OLDX will be the operand that was given to that function to produce
++X.
++
++The code generated by this macro should not alter the substructure of
++X.  If it transforms X into a more legitimate form, it
++should assign X (which will always be a C variable) a new value.
++
++It is not necessary for this macro to come up with a legitimate
++address.  The compiler has standard ways of doing so in all cases.  In
++fact, it is safe for this macro to do nothing.  But often a
++machine-dependent strategy can generate better code.
++*/
++#define LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS(X, OLDX, MODE, WIN)			\
++  do								\
++    {								\
++      if (GET_CODE(X) == PLUS					\
++	  && GET_CODE(XEXP(X, 0)) == REG			\
++	  && GET_CODE(XEXP(X, 1)) == CONST_INT			\
++	  && !CONST_OK_FOR_CONSTRAINT_P(INTVAL(XEXP(X, 1)),	\
++					'K', "Ks16"))		\
++	{							\
++	  rtx index = force_reg(SImode, XEXP(X, 1));		\
++	  X = gen_rtx_PLUS( SImode, XEXP(X, 0), index);		\
++	}							\
++      GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS(MODE, X, WIN);			\
++    }								\
++  while(0)
++
++
++/*
++A C statement or compound statement with a conditional
++goto LABEL; executed if memory address X (an RTX) can have
++different meanings depending on the machine mode of the memory
++reference it is used for or if the address is valid for some modes
++but not others.
++
++Autoincrement and autodecrement addresses typically have mode-dependent
++effects because the amount of the increment or decrement is the size
++of the operand being addressed.  Some machines have other mode-dependent
++addresses.  Many RISC machines have no mode-dependent addresses.
++
++You may assume that ADDR is a valid address for the machine.
++*/
++#define GO_IF_MODE_DEPENDENT_ADDRESS(ADDR, LABEL)	\
++  do							\
++    {							\
++      if (GET_CODE (ADDR) == POST_INC			\
++	  || GET_CODE (ADDR) == PRE_DEC)		\
++	goto LABEL;					\
++    }							\
++  while (0)
++
++/*
++A C expression that is nonzero if X is a legitimate constant for
++an immediate operand on the target machine.  You can assume that
++X satisfies CONSTANT_P, so you need not check this.  In fact,
++'1' is a suitable definition for this macro on machines where
++anything CONSTANT_P is valid.
++*/
++#define LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P(X) avr32_legitimate_constant_p(X)
++
++
++/******************************************************************************
++ * Condition Code Status
++ *****************************************************************************/
++
++#define HAVE_conditional_move 1
++
++/*
++C code for a data type which is used for declaring the mdep
++component of cc_status.  It defaults to int.
++
++This macro is not used on machines that do not use cc0.
++*/
++
++typedef struct
++{
++  int flags;
++  rtx value;
++  int fpflags;
++  rtx fpvalue;
++} avr32_status_reg;
++
++
++#define CC_STATUS_MDEP avr32_status_reg
++
++/*
++A C expression to initialize the mdep field to "empty".
++The default definition does nothing, since most machines don't use
++the field anyway.  If you want to use the field, you should probably
++define this macro to initialize it.
++
++This macro is not used on machines that do not use cc0.
++*/
++
++#define CC_STATUS_MDEP_INIT  \
++ (cc_status.mdep.flags = CC_NONE , cc_status.mdep.value = 0)
++
++#define FPCC_STATUS_INIT \
++   (cc_status.mdep.fpflags = CC_NONE , cc_status.mdep.fpvalue = 0)
++
++/*
++A C compound statement to set the components of cc_status
++appropriately for an insn INSN whose body is EXP.  It is
++this macro's responsibility to recognize insns that set the condition
++code as a byproduct of other activity as well as those that explicitly
++set (cc0).
++
++This macro is not used on machines that do not use cc0.
++
++If there are insns that do not set the condition code but do alter
++other machine registers, this macro must check to see whether they
++invalidate the expressions that the condition code is recorded as
++reflecting.  For example, on the 68000, insns that store in address
++registers do not set the condition code, which means that usually
++NOTICE_UPDATE_CC can leave cc_status unaltered for such
++insns.  But suppose that the previous insn set the condition code
++based on location 'a4@@(102)' and the current insn stores a new
++value in 'a4'.  Although the condition code is not changed by
++this, it will no longer be true that it reflects the contents of
++'a4@@(102)'.  Therefore, NOTICE_UPDATE_CC must alter
++cc_status in this case to say that nothing is known about the
++condition code value.
++
++The definition of NOTICE_UPDATE_CC must be prepared to deal
++with the results of peephole optimization: insns whose patterns are
++parallel RTXs containing various reg, mem or
++constants which are just the operands.  The RTL structure of these
++insns is not sufficient to indicate what the insns actually do.  What
++NOTICE_UPDATE_CC should do when it sees one is just to run
++CC_STATUS_INIT.
++
++A possible definition of NOTICE_UPDATE_CC is to call a function
++that looks at an attribute (see Insn Attributes) named, for example,
++'cc'.  This avoids having detailed information about patterns in
++two places, the 'md' file and in NOTICE_UPDATE_CC.
++*/
++
++#define NOTICE_UPDATE_CC(EXP, INSN) avr32_notice_update_cc(EXP, INSN)
++
++
++
++
++/******************************************************************************
++ * Describing Relative Costs of Operations
++ *****************************************************************************/
++
++
++
++/*
++A C expression for the cost of moving data of mode MODE from a
++register in class FROM to one in class TO.  The classes are
++expressed using the enumeration values such as GENERAL_REGS.  A
++value of 2 is the default; other values are interpreted relative to
++that.
++
++It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when FROM is the
++same as TO; on some machines it is expensive to move between
++registers if they are not general registers.
++
++If reload sees an insn consisting of a single set between two
++hard registers, and if REGISTER_MOVE_COST applied to their
++classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the
++constraints of the insn are met.  Setting a cost of other than 2 will
++allow reload to verify that the constraints are met.  You should do this
++if the movm pattern's constraints do not allow such copying.
++*/
++#define REGISTER_MOVE_COST(MODE, FROM, TO) \
++  ((GET_MODE_SIZE(MODE) <= 4) ? 2:         \
++   (GET_MODE_SIZE(MODE) <= 8) ? 3:         \
++   4)
++
++/*
++A C expression for the cost of moving data of mode MODE between a
++register of class CLASS and memory; IN is zero if the value
++is to be written to memory, nonzero if it is to be read in.  This cost
++is relative to those in REGISTER_MOVE_COST.  If moving between
++registers and memory is more expensive than between two registers, you
++should define this macro to express the relative cost.
++
++If you do not define this macro, GCC uses a default cost of 4 plus
++the cost of copying via a secondary reload register, if one is
++needed.  If your machine requires a secondary reload register to copy
++between memory and a register of CLASS but the reload mechanism is
++more complex than copying via an intermediate, define this macro to
++reflect the actual cost of the move.
++
++GCC defines the function memory_move_secondary_cost if
++secondary reloads are needed.  It computes the costs due to copying via
++a secondary register.  If your machine copies from memory using a
++secondary register in the conventional way but the default base value of
++4 is not correct for your machine, define this macro to add some other
++value to the result of that function.  The arguments to that function
++are the same as to this macro.
++*/
++/*
++  Memory moves are costly
++*/
++#define MEMORY_MOVE_COST(MODE, CLASS, IN)            \
++  (((IN) ? ((GET_MODE_SIZE(MODE) < 4) ? 4 :          \
++            (GET_MODE_SIZE(MODE) > 8) ? 6 :          \
++            3)                                       \
++    : ((GET_MODE_SIZE(MODE) > 8) ? 6 : 3)))
++
++/*
++A C expression for the cost of a branch instruction.  A value of 1 is
++the default; other values are interpreted relative to that.
++*/
++  /* Try to use conditionals as much as possible */
++#define BRANCH_COST (TARGET_BRANCH_PRED ? 3 : 4)
++
++/*A C expression for the maximum number of instructions to execute via conditional
++  execution instructions instead of a branch. A value of BRANCH_COST+1 is the default
++  if the machine does not use cc0, and 1 if it does use cc0.*/
++#define MAX_CONDITIONAL_EXECUTE 4
++
++/*
++Define this macro as a C expression which is nonzero if accessing less
++than a word of memory (i.e.: a char or a short) is no
++faster than accessing a word of memory, i.e., if such access
++require more than one instruction or if there is no difference in cost
++between byte and (aligned) word loads.
++
++When this macro is not defined, the compiler will access a field by
++finding the smallest containing object; when it is defined, a fullword
++load will be used if alignment permits.  Unless bytes accesses are
++faster than word accesses, using word accesses is preferable since it
++may eliminate subsequent memory access if subsequent accesses occur to
++other fields in the same word of the structure, but to different bytes.
++*/
++#define SLOW_BYTE_ACCESS 1
++
++
++/*
++Define this macro if it is as good or better to call a constant
++function address than to call an address kept in a register.
++*/
++#define NO_FUNCTION_CSE
++
++
++/******************************************************************************
++ * Adjusting the Instruction Scheduler
++ *****************************************************************************/
++
++/*****************************************************************************
++ * Dividing the Output into Sections (Texts, Data, ...)                      *
++ *****************************************************************************/
++
++/*
++A C expression whose value is a string, including spacing, containing the
++assembler operation that should precede instructions and read-only data.
++Normally "\t.text" is right.
++*/
++#define TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP "\t.text"
++/*
++A C statement that switches to the default section containing instructions.
++Normally this is not needed, as simply defining TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP
++is enough.  The MIPS port uses this to sort all functions after all data
++declarations.
++*/
++/* #define TEXT_SECTION */
++
++/*
++A C expression whose value is a string, including spacing, containing the
++assembler operation to identify the following data as writable initialized
++data.  Normally "\t.data" is right.
++*/
++#define DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP "\t.data"
++
++/*
++If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
++containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
++shared data.  If not defined, DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP will be used.
++*/
++
++/*
++A C expression whose value is a string, including spacing, containing
++the assembler operation to identify the following data as read-only
++initialized data.
++*/
++#undef READONLY_DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
++#define READONLY_DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP \
++  ((TARGET_USE_RODATA_SECTION) ?  \
++   "\t.section\t.rodata" :                \
++   TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP )
++
++
++/*
++If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
++containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
++uninitialized global data.  If not defined, and neither
++ASM_OUTPUT_BSS nor ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS are defined,
++uninitialized global data will be output in the data section if
++-fno-common is passed, otherwise ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON will be
++used.
++*/
++#define BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP	"\t.section\t.bss"
++
++/*
++If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
++containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
++uninitialized global shared data.  If not defined, and
++BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP is, the latter will be used.
++*/
++/*#define SHARED_BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP "\trseg\tshared_bbs_section:data:noroot(0)\n"*/
++/*
++If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
++containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
++initialization code.  If not defined, GCC will assume such a section does
++not exist.
++*/
++#undef  INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP
++#define INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP "\t.section\t.init"
++
++/*
++If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
++containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
++finalization code.  If not defined, GCC will assume such a section does
++not exist.
++*/
++#undef  FINI_SECTION_ASM_OP
++#define FINI_SECTION_ASM_OP "\t.section\t.fini"
++
++/*
++If defined, an ASM statement that switches to a different section
++via SECTION_OP, calls FUNCTION, and switches back to
++the text section.  This is used in crtstuff.c if
++INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP or FINI_SECTION_ASM_OP to calls
++to initialization and finalization functions from the init and fini
++sections.  By default, this macro uses a simple function call.  Some
++ports need hand-crafted assembly code to avoid dependencies on
++registers initialized in the function prologue or to ensure that
++constant pools don't end up too far way in the text section.
++*/
++#define CRT_CALL_STATIC_FUNCTION(SECTION_OP, FUNC)      \
++   asm ( SECTION_OP "\n" \
++         "mcall   r6[" USER_LABEL_PREFIX #FUNC "@got]\n" \
++         TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP);
++
++
++/*
++Define this macro to be an expression with a nonzero value if jump
++tables (for tablejump insns) should be output in the text
++section, along with the assembler instructions.  Otherwise, the
++readonly data section is used.
++
++This macro is irrelevant if there is no separate readonly data section.
++*/
++/* Put jump tables in text section if we have caches. Otherwise assume that
++   loading data from code memory is slow. */
++#define JUMP_TABLES_IN_TEXT_SECTION    \
++    (TARGET_CACHES ? 1 : 0)
++
++
++/******************************************************************************
++ * Position Independent Code (PIC)
++ *****************************************************************************/
++
++#ifndef AVR32_ALWAYS_PIC
++#define AVR32_ALWAYS_PIC 0
++#endif
++
++/* GOT is set to r6 */
++#define PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM INTERNAL_REGNUM(6)
++
++/*
++A C expression that is nonzero if X is a legitimate immediate
++operand on the target machine when generating position independent code.
++You can assume that X satisfies CONSTANT_P, so you need not
++check this.  You can also assume flag_pic is true, so you need not
++check it either.  You need not define this macro if all constants
++(including SYMBOL_REF) can be immediate operands when generating
++position independent code.
++*/
++/* We can't directly access anything that contains a symbol,
++   nor can we indirect via the constant pool.  */
++#define LEGITIMATE_PIC_OPERAND_P(X) avr32_legitimate_pic_operand_p(X)
++
++
++/* We need to know when we are making a constant pool; this determines
++   whether data needs to be in the GOT or can be referenced via a GOT
++   offset.  */
++extern int making_const_table;
++
++/******************************************************************************
++ * Defining the Output Assembler Language
++ *****************************************************************************/
++
++
++/*
++A C string constant describing how to begin a comment in the target
++assembler language.  The compiler assumes that the comment will end at
++the end of the line.
++*/
++#define ASM_COMMENT_START "# "
++
++/*
++A C string constant for text to be output before each asm
++statement or group of consecutive ones.  Normally this is
++"#APP", which is a comment that has no effect on most
++assemblers but tells the GNU assembler that it must check the lines
++that follow for all valid assembler constructs.
++*/
++#undef ASM_APP_ON
++#define ASM_APP_ON "#APP\n"
++
++/*
++A C string constant for text to be output after each asm
++statement or group of consecutive ones.  Normally this is
++"#NO_APP", which tells the GNU assembler to resume making the
++time-saving assumptions that are valid for ordinary compiler output.
++*/
++#undef ASM_APP_OFF
++#define ASM_APP_OFF "#NO_APP\n"
++
++
++
++#define FILE_ASM_OP 		"\t.file\n"
++#define IDENT_ASM_OP 		"\t.ident\t"
++#define SET_ASM_OP		"\t.set\t"
++
++
++/*
++ * Output assembly directives to switch to section name. The section
++ * should have attributes as specified by flags, which is a bit mask
++ * of the SECTION_* flags defined in 'output.h'. If align is nonzero,
++ * it contains an alignment in bytes to be used for the section,
++ * otherwise some target default should be used. Only targets that
++ * must specify an alignment within the section directive need pay
++ * attention to align -- we will still use ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN.
++ *
++ * NOTE: This one must not be moved to avr32.c
++ */
++#undef TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION
++#define TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION default_elf_asm_named_section
++
++
++/*
++You may define this macro as a C expression.  You should define the
++expression to have a nonzero value if GCC should output the constant
++pool for a function before the code for the function, or a zero value if
++GCC should output the constant pool after the function.  If you do
++not define this macro, the usual case, GCC will output the constant
++pool before the function.
++*/
++#define CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION 0
++
++
++/*
++Define this macro as a C expression which is nonzero if the constant
++EXP, of type tree, should be output after the code for a
++function.  The compiler will normally output all constants before the
++function; you need not define this macro if this is OK.
++*/
++#define CONSTANT_AFTER_FUNCTION_P(EXP) 1
++
++
++/*
++Define this macro as a C expression which is nonzero if C is
++used as a logical line separator by the assembler.
++
++If you do not define this macro, the default is that only
++the character ';' is treated as a logical line separator.
++*/
++#define IS_ASM_LOGICAL_LINE_SEPARATOR(C) ((C) == '\n')
++
++
++/** Output of Uninitialized Variables **/
++
++/*
++A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
++STREAM the assembler definition of a common-label named
++NAME whose size is SIZE bytes.  The variable ROUNDED
++is the size rounded up to whatever alignment the caller wants.
++
++Use the expression assemble_name(STREAM, NAME) to
++output the name itself; before and after that, output the additional
++assembler syntax for defining the name, and a newline.
++
++This macro controls how the assembler definitions of uninitialized
++common global variables are output.
++*/
++/*
++#define ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON(STREAM, NAME, SIZE, ROUNDED) \
++  avr32_asm_output_common(STREAM, NAME, SIZE, ROUNDED)
++*/
++
++#define ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON(FILE, NAME, SIZE, ROUNDED)	\
++  do							\
++    {							\
++      fputs ("\t.comm ", (FILE));			\
++      assemble_name ((FILE), (NAME));			\
++      fprintf ((FILE), ",%d\n", (SIZE));		\
++    }							\
++  while (0)
++
++/*
++ * Like ASM_OUTPUT_BSS except takes the required alignment as a
++ * separate, explicit argument.  If you define this macro, it is used
++ * in place of ASM_OUTPUT_BSS, and gives you more flexibility in
++ * handling the required alignment of the variable.  The alignment is
++ * specified as the number of bits.
++ *
++ * Try to use function asm_output_aligned_bss defined in file varasm.c
++ * when defining this macro.
++ */
++#define ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS(STREAM, DECL, NAME, SIZE, ALIGNMENT) \
++  asm_output_aligned_bss (STREAM, DECL, NAME, SIZE, ALIGNMENT)
++
++/*
++A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
++STREAM the assembler definition of a local-common-label named
++NAME whose size is SIZE bytes.  The variable ROUNDED
++is the size rounded up to whatever alignment the caller wants.
++
++Use the expression assemble_name(STREAM, NAME) to
++output the name itself; before and after that, output the additional
++assembler syntax for defining the name, and a newline.
++
++This macro controls how the assembler definitions of uninitialized
++static variables are output.
++*/
++#define ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL(FILE, NAME, SIZE, ROUNDED)	\
++  do							\
++    {							\
++      fputs ("\t.lcomm ", (FILE));			\
++      assemble_name ((FILE), (NAME));			\
++      fprintf ((FILE), ",%d, %d\n", (SIZE), 2);		\
++    }							\
++  while (0)
++
++
++/*
++A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
++STREAM the assembler definition of a label named NAME.
++Use the expression assemble_name(STREAM, NAME) to
++output the name itself; before and after that, output the additional
++assembler syntax for defining the name, and a newline.
++*/
++#define ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL(STREAM, NAME) avr32_asm_output_label(STREAM, NAME)
++
++/* A C string containing the appropriate assembler directive to
++ * specify the size of a symbol, without any arguments. On systems
++ * that use ELF, the default (in 'config/elfos.h') is '"\t.size\t"';
++ * on other systems, the default is not to define this macro.
++ *
++ * Define this macro only if it is correct to use the default
++ * definitions of ASM_ OUTPUT_SIZE_DIRECTIVE and
++ * ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE for your system. If you need your own
++ * custom definitions of those macros, or if you do not need explicit
++ * symbol sizes at all, do not define this macro.
++ */
++#define SIZE_ASM_OP "\t.size\t"
++
++
++/*
++A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
++STREAM some commands that will make the label NAME global;
++that is, available for reference from other files.  Use the expression
++assemble_name(STREAM, NAME) to output the name
++itself; before and after that, output the additional assembler syntax
++for making that name global, and a newline.
++*/
++#define GLOBAL_ASM_OP "\t.globl\t"
++
++
++
++/*
++A C expression which evaluates to true if the target supports weak symbols.
++
++If you don't define this macro, defaults.h provides a default
++definition.  If either ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL or ASM_WEAKEN_DECL
++is defined, the default definition is '1'; otherwise, it is
++'0'.  Define this macro if you want to control weak symbol support
++with a compiler flag such as -melf.
++*/
++#define SUPPORTS_WEAK 1
++
++/*
++A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
++STREAM a reference in assembler syntax to a label named
++NAME.  This should add '_' to the front of the name, if that
++is customary on your operating system, as it is in most Berkeley Unix
++systems.  This macro is used in assemble_name.
++*/
++#define ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF(STREAM, NAME) \
++  avr32_asm_output_labelref(STREAM, NAME)
++
++
++
++/*
++A C expression to assign to OUTVAR (which is a variable of type
++char *) a newly allocated string made from the string
++NAME and the number NUMBER, with some suitable punctuation
++added.  Use alloca to get space for the string.
++
++The string will be used as an argument to ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF to
++produce an assembler label for an internal static variable whose name is
++NAME.  Therefore, the string must be such as to result in valid
++assembler code.  The argument NUMBER is different each time this
++macro is executed; it prevents conflicts between similarly-named
++internal static variables in different scopes.
++
++Ideally this string should not be a valid C identifier, to prevent any
++conflict with the user's own symbols.  Most assemblers allow periods
++or percent signs in assembler symbols; putting at least one of these
++between the name and the number will suffice.
++*/
++#define ASM_FORMAT_PRIVATE_NAME(OUTVAR, NAME, NUMBER)		\
++  do								\
++    {								\
++      (OUTVAR) = (char *) alloca (strlen ((NAME)) + 10);	\
++      sprintf ((OUTVAR), "%s.%d", (NAME), (NUMBER));		\
++    }								\
++  while (0)
++
++
++/** Macros Controlling Initialization Routines **/
++
++
++/*
++If defined, main will not call __main as described above.
++This macro should be defined for systems that control start-up code
++on a symbol-by-symbol basis, such as OSF/1, and should not
++be defined explicitly for systems that support INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP.
++*/
++/*
++  __main is not defined when debugging.
++*/
++#define HAS_INIT_SECTION
++
++
++/** Output of Assembler Instructions **/
++
++/*
++A C initializer containing the assembler's names for the machine
++registers, each one as a C string constant.  This is what translates
++register numbers in the compiler into assembler language.
++*/
++
++#define REGISTER_NAMES	\
++{			\
++  "pc",  "lr",		\
++  "sp",  "r12",		\
++  "r11", "r10",		\
++  "r9",  "r8",		\
++  "r7",  "r6",		\
++  "r5",  "r4",		\
++  "r3",  "r2",		\
++  "r1",  "r0",		\
++  "f15","f14",		\
++  "f13","f12",		\
++  "f11","f10",		\
++  "f9", "f8",		\
++  "f7", "f6",		\
++  "f5", "f4",		\
++  "f3", "f2",		\
++  "f1", "f0"		\
++}
++
++/*
++A C compound statement to output to stdio stream STREAM the
++assembler syntax for an instruction operand X.  X is an
++RTL expression.
++
++CODE is a value that can be used to specify one of several ways
++of printing the operand.  It is used when identical operands must be
++printed differently depending on the context.  CODE comes from
++the '%' specification that was used to request printing of the
++operand.  If the specification was just '%digit' then
++CODE is 0; if the specification was '%ltr digit'
++then CODE is the ASCII code for ltr.
++
++If X is a register, this macro should print the register's name.
++The names can be found in an array reg_names whose type is
++char *[].  reg_names is initialized from REGISTER_NAMES.
++
++When the machine description has a specification '%punct'
++(a '%' followed by a punctuation character), this macro is called
++with a null pointer for X and the punctuation character for
++CODE.
++*/
++#define PRINT_OPERAND(STREAM, X, CODE) avr32_print_operand(STREAM, X, CODE)
++
++/* A C statement to be executed just prior to the output of
++   assembler code for INSN, to modify the extracted operands so
++   they will be output differently.
++
++   Here the argument OPVEC is the vector containing the operands
++   extracted from INSN, and NOPERANDS is the number of elements of
++   the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn.
++   The contents of this vector are what will be used to convert the insn
++   template into assembler code, so you can change the assembler output
++   by changing the contents of the vector.  */
++#define FINAL_PRESCAN_INSN(INSN, OPVEC, NOPERANDS) \
++  avr32_final_prescan_insn ((INSN), (OPVEC), (NOPERANDS))
++
++/*
++A C expression which evaluates to true if CODE is a valid
++punctuation character for use in the PRINT_OPERAND macro.  If
++PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P is not defined, it means that no
++punctuation characters (except for the standard one, '%') are used
++in this way.
++*/
++/*
++  'm' refers to the most significant word in a two-register mode.
++*/
++#define PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P(CODE) ((CODE) == 'm' || (CODE) == 'e')
++
++/*
++A C compound statement to output to stdio stream STREAM the
++assembler syntax for an instruction operand that is a memory reference
++whose address is X.  X is an RTL expression.
++
++On some machines, the syntax for a symbolic address depends on the
++section that the address refers to.  On these machines, define the macro
++ENCODE_SECTION_INFO to store the information into the
++symbol_ref, and then check for it here.  (see Assembler Format.)
++*/
++#define PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS(STREAM, X) avr32_print_operand_address(STREAM, X)
++
++
++/** Output of Dispatch Tables **/
++
++/*
++ * A C statement to output to the stdio stream stream an assembler
++ * pseudo-instruction to generate a difference between two
++ * labels. value and rel are the numbers of two internal labels. The
++ * definitions of these labels are output using
++ * (*targetm.asm_out.internal_label), and they must be printed in the
++ * same way here. For example,
++ *
++ *         fprintf (stream, "\t.word L%d-L%d\n",
++ *                  value, rel)
++ *
++ * You must provide this macro on machines where the addresses in a
++ * dispatch table are relative to the table's own address. If defined,
++ * GCC will also use this macro on all machines when producing
++ * PIC. body is the body of the ADDR_DIFF_VEC; it is provided so that
++ * the mode and flags can be read.
++ */
++#define ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_DIFF_ELT(STREAM, BODY, VALUE, REL)	    \
++    fprintf(STREAM, "\tbral\t%sL%d\n", LOCAL_LABEL_PREFIX, VALUE)
++
++/*
++This macro should be provided on machines where the addresses
++in a dispatch table are absolute.
++
++The definition should be a C statement to output to the stdio stream
++STREAM an assembler pseudo-instruction to generate a reference to
++a label.  VALUE is the number of an internal label whose
++definition is output using ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL.
++For example,
++
++fprintf(STREAM, "\t.word L%d\n", VALUE)
++*/
++
++#define ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_VEC_ELT(STREAM, VALUE)  \
++  fprintf(STREAM, "\t.long %sL%d\n", LOCAL_LABEL_PREFIX, VALUE)
++
++/** Assembler Commands for Exception Regions */
++
++/* ToDo: All of this subsection */
++
++/** Assembler Commands for Alignment */
++
++
++/*
++A C statement to output to the stdio stream STREAM an assembler
++command to advance the location counter to a multiple of 2 to the
++POWER bytes.  POWER will be a C expression of type int.
++*/
++#define ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN(STREAM, POWER)			\
++  do							\
++    {							\
++      if ((POWER) != 0)					\
++	fprintf(STREAM, "\t.align\t%d\n", POWER);	\
++    }							\
++  while (0)
++
++/*
++Like ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN, except that the \nop" instruction is used for padding, if
++necessary.
++*/
++#define ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN_WITH_NOP(STREAM, POWER) \
++ fprintf(STREAM, "\t.balignw\t%d, 0xd703\n", (1 << POWER))
++
++
++
++/******************************************************************************
++ * Controlling Debugging Information Format
++ *****************************************************************************/
++
++/* How to renumber registers for dbx and gdb.  */
++#define DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER(REGNO) ASM_REGNUM (REGNO)
++
++/* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address.  */
++#define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(LR_REGNUM)
++
++/*
++Define this macro if GCC should produce dwarf version 2 format
++debugging output in response to the -g option.
++
++To support optional call frame debugging information, you must also
++define INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX and either set
++RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the prologue insns if you use RTL for the
++prologue, or call dwarf2out_def_cfa and dwarf2out_reg_save
++as appropriate from TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE if you don't.
++*/
++#define DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO 1
++
++
++#define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
++#define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO 1
++
++
++/******************************************************************************
++ * Miscellaneous Parameters
++ *****************************************************************************/
++
++/* ToDo: a lot */
++
++/*
++An alias for a machine mode name.  This is the machine mode that
++elements of a jump-table should have.
++*/
++#define CASE_VECTOR_MODE SImode
++
++/*
++Define this macro to be a C expression to indicate when jump-tables
++should contain relative addresses.  If jump-tables never contain
++relative addresses, then you need not define this macro.
++*/
++#define CASE_VECTOR_PC_RELATIVE 0
++
++/* Increase the threshold for using table jumps on the UC arch. */
++#define CASE_VALUES_THRESHOLD  ((avr32_arch->arch_type == ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UC) ? 7 : 4) 
++
++/*
++The maximum number of bytes that a single instruction can move quickly
++between memory and registers or between two memory locations.
++*/
++#define MOVE_MAX (2*UNITS_PER_WORD)
++
++
++/* A C expression that is nonzero if on this machine the number of bits actually used
++   for the count of a shift operation is equal to the number of bits needed to represent
++   the size of the object being shifted. When this macro is nonzero, the compiler will
++   assume that it is safe to omit a sign-extend, zero-extend, and certain bitwise 'and'
++   instructions that truncates the count of a shift operation. On machines that have
++   instructions that act on bit-fields at variable positions, which may include 'bit test'
++   378 GNU Compiler Collection (GCC) Internals
++   instructions, a nonzero SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED also enables deletion of truncations
++   of the values that serve as arguments to bit-field instructions.
++   If both types of instructions truncate the count (for shifts) and position (for bit-field
++   operations), or if no variable-position bit-field instructions exist, you should define
++   this macro.
++   However, on some machines, such as the 80386 and the 680x0, truncation only applies
++   to shift operations and not the (real or pretended) bit-field operations. Define SHIFT_
++   COUNT_TRUNCATED to be zero on such machines. Instead, add patterns to the 'md' file
++   that include the implied truncation of the shift instructions.
++   You need not dene this macro if it would always have the value of zero. */
++#define SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED 1
++
++/*
++A C expression which is nonzero if on this machine it is safe to
++convert an integer of INPREC bits to one of OUTPREC
++bits (where OUTPREC is smaller than INPREC) by merely
++operating on it as if it had only OUTPREC bits.
++
++On many machines, this expression can be 1.
++
++When TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION returns 1 for a pair of sizes for
++modes for which MODES_TIEABLE_P is 0, suboptimal code can result.
++If this is the case, making TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION return 0 in
++such cases may improve things.
++*/
++#define TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION(OUTPREC, INPREC) 1
++
++/*
++An alias for the machine mode for pointers.  On most machines, define
++this to be the integer mode corresponding to the width of a hardware
++pointer; SImode on 32-bit machine or DImode on 64-bit machines.
++On some machines you must define this to be one of the partial integer
++modes, such as PSImode.
++
++The width of Pmode must be at least as large as the value of
++POINTER_SIZE.  If it is not equal, you must define the macro
++POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED to specify how pointers are extended
++to Pmode.
++*/
++#define Pmode SImode
++
++/*
++An alias for the machine mode used for memory references to functions
++being called, in call RTL expressions.  On most machines this
++should be QImode.
++*/
++#define FUNCTION_MODE SImode
++
++
++#define REG_S_P(x) \
++ (REG_P (x) || (GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG && REG_P (XEXP (x, 0))))
++
++
++/* If defined, modifies the length assigned to instruction INSN as a
++   function of the context in which it is used.  LENGTH is an lvalue
++   that contains the initially computed length of the insn and should
++   be updated with the correct length of the insn.  */
++#define ADJUST_INSN_LENGTH(INSN, LENGTH) \
++  ((LENGTH) = avr32_adjust_insn_length ((INSN), (LENGTH)))
++
++
++#define CLZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO(mode, value) \
++  (value = 32, (mode == SImode))
++
++#define CTZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO(mode, value) \
++  (value = 32, (mode == SImode))
++
++#define UNITS_PER_SIMD_WORD UNITS_PER_WORD
++
++#define STORE_FLAG_VALUE 1
++
++enum avr32_builtins
++{
++  AVR32_BUILTIN_MTSR,
++  AVR32_BUILTIN_MFSR,
++  AVR32_BUILTIN_MTDR,
++  AVR32_BUILTIN_MFDR,
++  AVR32_BUILTIN_CACHE,
++  AVR32_BUILTIN_SYNC,
++  AVR32_BUILTIN_TLBR,
++  AVR32_BUILTIN_TLBS,
++  AVR32_BUILTIN_TLBW,
++  AVR32_BUILTIN_BREAKPOINT,
++  AVR32_BUILTIN_XCHG,
++  AVR32_BUILTIN_LDXI,
++  AVR32_BUILTIN_BSWAP16,
++  AVR32_BUILTIN_BSWAP32,
++  AVR32_BUILTIN_COP,
++  AVR32_BUILTIN_MVCR_W,
++  AVR32_BUILTIN_MVRC_W,
++  AVR32_BUILTIN_MVCR_D,
++  AVR32_BUILTIN_MVRC_D,
++  AVR32_BUILTIN_MULSATHH_H,
++  AVR32_BUILTIN_MULSATHH_W,
++  AVR32_BUILTIN_MULSATRNDHH_H,
++  AVR32_BUILTIN_MULSATRNDWH_W,
++  AVR32_BUILTIN_MULSATWH_W,
++  AVR32_BUILTIN_MACSATHH_W,
++  AVR32_BUILTIN_SATADD_H,
++  AVR32_BUILTIN_SATSUB_H,
++  AVR32_BUILTIN_SATADD_W,
++  AVR32_BUILTIN_SATSUB_W,
++  AVR32_BUILTIN_MULWH_D,
++  AVR32_BUILTIN_MULNWH_D,
++  AVR32_BUILTIN_MACWH_D,
++  AVR32_BUILTIN_MACHH_D,
++  AVR32_BUILTIN_MUSFR,
++  AVR32_BUILTIN_MUSTR,
++  AVR32_BUILTIN_SATS,
++  AVR32_BUILTIN_SATU,
++  AVR32_BUILTIN_SATRNDS,
++  AVR32_BUILTIN_SATRNDU
++};
++
++
++#define FLOAT_LIB_COMPARE_RETURNS_BOOL(MODE, COMPARISON) \
++  ((MODE == SFmode) || (MODE == DFmode))
++
++#define RENAME_LIBRARY_SET ".set"
++
++/* Make ABI_NAME an alias for __GCC_NAME.  */
++#define RENAME_LIBRARY(GCC_NAME, ABI_NAME)		\
++  __asm__ (".globl\t__avr32_" #ABI_NAME "\n"		\
++	   ".set\t__avr32_" #ABI_NAME 	\
++	     ", __" #GCC_NAME "\n");
++
++/* Give libgcc functions avr32 ABI name.  */
++#ifdef L_muldi3
++#define DECLARE_LIBRARY_RENAMES RENAME_LIBRARY (muldi3, mul64)
++#endif
++#ifdef L_divdi3
++#define DECLARE_LIBRARY_RENAMES RENAME_LIBRARY (divdi3, sdiv64)
++#endif
++#ifdef L_udivdi3
++#define DECLARE_LIBRARY_RENAMES RENAME_LIBRARY (udivdi3, udiv64)
++#endif
++#ifdef L_moddi3
++#define DECLARE_LIBRARY_RENAMES RENAME_LIBRARY (moddi3, smod64)
++#endif
++#ifdef L_umoddi3
++#define DECLARE_LIBRARY_RENAMES RENAME_LIBRARY (umoddi3, umod64)
++#endif
++#ifdef L_ashldi3
++#define DECLARE_LIBRARY_RENAMES RENAME_LIBRARY (ashldi3, lsl64)
++#endif
++#ifdef L_lshrdi3
++#define DECLARE_LIBRARY_RENAMES RENAME_LIBRARY (lshrdi3, lsr64)
++#endif
++#ifdef L_ashrdi3
++#define DECLARE_LIBRARY_RENAMES RENAME_LIBRARY (ashrdi3, asr64)
++#endif
++
++#ifdef L_fixsfdi
++#define DECLARE_LIBRARY_RENAMES RENAME_LIBRARY (fixsfdi, f32_to_s64)
++#endif
++#ifdef L_fixunssfdi
++#define DECLARE_LIBRARY_RENAMES RENAME_LIBRARY (fixunssfdi, f32_to_u64)
++#endif
++#ifdef L_floatdidf
++#define DECLARE_LIBRARY_RENAMES RENAME_LIBRARY (floatdidf, s64_to_f64)
++#endif
++#ifdef L_floatdisf
++#define DECLARE_LIBRARY_RENAMES RENAME_LIBRARY (floatdisf, s64_to_f32)
++#endif
++
++#endif
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/gcc/config/avr32/avr32.md gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/config/avr32/avr32.md
+--- gcc-4.2.1/gcc/config/avr32/avr32.md	1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/config/avr32/avr32.md	2007-09-28 10:33:00.000000000 +0200
+@@ -0,0 +1,4606 @@
++;;   AVR32 machine description file.
++;;   Copyright 2003-2006 Atmel Corporation.
++;;
++;;   Written by Ronny Pedersen, Atmel Norway, <rpedersen@atmel.com>
++;;
++;;   This file is part of GCC.
++;;
++;;   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
++;;   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
++;;   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
++;;   (at your option) any later version.
++;;
++;;   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++;;   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++;;   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
++;;   GNU General Public License for more details.
++;;
++;;   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
++;;   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++;;   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
++
++;; -*- Mode: Scheme -*-
++
++(define_attr "type" "alu,alu2,alu_sat,mulhh,mulwh,mulww_w,mulww_d,div,machh_w,macww_w,macww_d,branch,call,load,load_rm,store,load2,load4,store2,store4,fmul,fcmps,fcmpd,fcast,fmv,fmvcpu,fldd,fstd,flds,fsts,fstm"
++  (const_string "alu"))
++
++
++(define_attr "cc" "none,set_vncz,set_ncz,set_cz,set_z,bld,compare,cmp_cond_insn,clobber,call_set,fpcompare,from_fpcc"
++  (const_string "none"))
++
++
++; NB! Keep this in sync with enum architecture_type in avr32.h
++(define_attr "pipeline" "ap,uc"
++  (const (symbol_ref "avr32_arch->arch_type")))
++
++(define_attr "length" ""
++  (const_int 4))
++
++
++;; Uses of UNSPEC in this file:
++(define_constants
++  [(UNSPEC_PUSHM                0)
++   (UNSPEC_POPM                 1)
++   (UNSPEC_UDIVMODSI4_INTERNAL	2)
++   (UNSPEC_DIVMODSI4_INTERNAL   3)
++   (UNSPEC_STM                  4)
++   (UNSPEC_LDM                  5)
++   (UNSPEC_MOVSICC              6)
++   (UNSPEC_ADDSICC              7)
++   (UNSPEC_COND_MI              8)
++   (UNSPEC_COND_PL              9)
++   (UNSPEC_PIC_SYM              10)
++   (UNSPEC_PIC_BASE             11)
++   (UNSPEC_STORE_MULTIPLE       12)
++   (UNSPEC_STMFP                13)
++   (UNSPEC_FPCC_TO_REG          14)
++   (UNSPEC_REG_TO_CC            15)
++   (UNSPEC_FORCE_MINIPOOL       16)
++   (UNSPEC_SATS                 17)
++   (UNSPEC_SATU                 18)
++   (UNSPEC_SATRNDS              19)
++   (UNSPEC_SATRNDU              20)
++  ])
++
++(define_constants
++  [(VUNSPEC_EPILOGUE                  0)
++   (VUNSPEC_CACHE                     1)
++   (VUNSPEC_MTSR                      2)
++   (VUNSPEC_MFSR                      3)
++   (VUNSPEC_BLOCKAGE                  4)
++   (VUNSPEC_SYNC                      5)
++   (VUNSPEC_TLBR                      6)
++   (VUNSPEC_TLBW                      7)
++   (VUNSPEC_TLBS                      8)
++   (VUNSPEC_BREAKPOINT                9)
++   (VUNSPEC_MTDR                      10)
++   (VUNSPEC_MFDR                      11)
++   (VUNSPEC_MVCR                      12)
++   (VUNSPEC_MVRC                      13)
++   (VUNSPEC_COP                       14)
++   (VUNSPEC_ALIGN                     15)
++   (VUNSPEC_POOL_START                16)
++   (VUNSPEC_POOL_END                  17)
++   (VUNSPEC_POOL_4                    18)
++   (VUNSPEC_POOL_8                    19)
++   (VUNSPEC_POOL_16                   20)
++   (VUNSPEC_MUSFR                     21)
++   (VUNSPEC_MUSTR                     22)
++   (VUNSPEC_SYNC_CMPXCHG              23)
++   (VUNSPEC_SYNC_SET_LOCK_AND_LOAD    24)
++   (VUNSPEC_SYNC_STORE_IF_LOCK        25)
++   (VUNSPEC_EH_RETURN                 26)
++   (VUNSPEC_FRS                       27)
++   ])
++
++(define_constants
++  [
++   ;; R7 = 15-7 = 8
++   (FP_REGNUM   8)
++   ;; Return Register = R12 = 15 - 12 = 3
++   (RETVAL_REGNUM   3)
++   ;; SP = R13 = 15 - 13 = 2
++   (SP_REGNUM   2)
++   ;; LR = R14 = 15 - 14 = 1
++   (LR_REGNUM   1)
++   ;; PC = R15 = 15 - 15 = 0
++   (PC_REGNUM   0)
++   ;; FPSR = GENERAL_REGS + 1 = 17
++   (FPCC_REGNUM 17)
++   ])
++
++
++
++
++;;******************************************************************************
++;; Macros
++;;******************************************************************************
++
++;; Integer Modes for basic alu insns
++(define_mode_macro INTM [SI HI QI])
++(define_mode_attr  alu_cc_attr [(SI "set_vncz") (HI "clobber") (QI "clobber")])
++
++;; Move word modes
++(define_mode_macro MOVM [SI V2HI V4QI])
++
++;; For mov/addcc insns
++(define_mode_macro ADDCC [SI HI QI])
++(define_mode_macro MOVCC [SI HI QI])
++(define_mode_macro CMP [DI SI HI QI])
++(define_mode_attr  cmp_constraint [(DI "rKu20") (SI "rKs21") (HI "r") (QI "r")])
++(define_mode_attr  cmp_predicate [(DI "register_immediate_operand")
++                                  (SI "register_immediate_operand")
++                                  (HI "register_operand")
++                                  (QI "register_operand")])
++
++;; For all conditional insns
++(define_code_macro any_cond [eq ne gt ge lt le gtu geu ltu leu])
++(define_code_attr cond [(eq "eq") (ne "ne") (gt "gt") (ge "ge") (lt "lt") (le "le")
++                        (gtu "hi") (geu "hs") (ltu "lo") (leu "ls")])
++(define_code_attr invcond [(eq "ne") (ne "eq") (gt "le") (ge "lt") (lt "ge") (le "gt")
++                           (gtu "ls") (geu "lo") (ltu "hs") (leu "hi")])
++
++;; For logical operations
++(define_code_macro logical [and ior xor])
++(define_code_attr logical_insn [(and "and") (ior "or") (xor "eor")])
++
++;; Load the predicates
++(include "predicates.md")
++
++
++;;******************************************************************************
++;; Automaton pipeline description for avr32
++;;******************************************************************************
++
++(define_automaton "avr32_ap")
++
++
++(define_cpu_unit "is" "avr32_ap")
++(define_cpu_unit "a1,m1,da" "avr32_ap")
++(define_cpu_unit "a2,m2,d" "avr32_ap")
++
++;;Alu instructions
++(define_insn_reservation "alu_op" 1
++  (and (eq_attr "pipeline" "ap")
++       (eq_attr "type" "alu"))
++  "is,a1,a2")
++
++(define_insn_reservation "alu2_op" 2
++  (and (eq_attr "pipeline" "ap")
++       (eq_attr "type" "alu2"))
++  "is,is+a1,a1+a2,a2")
++
++(define_insn_reservation "alu_sat_op" 2
++  (and (eq_attr "pipeline" "ap")
++       (eq_attr "type" "alu_sat"))
++  "is,a1,a2")
++
++
++;;Mul instructions
++(define_insn_reservation "mulhh_op" 2
++  (and (eq_attr "pipeline" "ap")
++       (eq_attr "type" "mulhh,mulwh"))
++  "is,m1,m2")
++
++(define_insn_reservation "mulww_w_op" 3
++  (and (eq_attr "pipeline" "ap")
++       (eq_attr "type" "mulww_w"))
++  "is,m1,m1+m2,m2")
++
++(define_insn_reservation "mulww_d_op" 5
++  (and (eq_attr "pipeline" "ap")
++       (eq_attr "type" "mulww_d"))
++  "is,m1,m1+m2,m1+m2,m2,m2")
++
++(define_insn_reservation "div_op" 33
++  (and (eq_attr "pipeline" "ap")
++       (eq_attr "type" "div"))
++  "is,m1,m1*31 + m2*31,m2")
++
++(define_insn_reservation "machh_w_op" 3
++  (and (eq_attr "pipeline" "ap")
++       (eq_attr "type" "machh_w"))
++  "is*2,m1,m2")
++
++
++(define_insn_reservation "macww_w_op" 4
++  (and (eq_attr "pipeline" "ap")
++       (eq_attr "type" "macww_w"))
++  "is*2,m1,m1,m2")
++
++
++(define_insn_reservation "macww_d_op" 6
++  (and (eq_attr "pipeline" "ap")
++       (eq_attr "type" "macww_d"))
++  "is*2,m1,m1+m2,m1+m2,m2")
++
++;;Bypasses for Mac instructions, because of accumulator cache.
++;;Set latency as low as possible in order to let the compiler let
++;;mul -> mac and mac -> mac combinations which use the same
++;;accumulator cache be placed close together to avoid any
++;;instructions which can ruin the accumulator cache come inbetween.
++(define_bypass 4 "machh_w_op" "alu_op,alu2_op,alu_sat_op,load_op" "avr32_mul_waw_bypass")
++(define_bypass 5 "macww_w_op" "alu_op,alu2_op,alu_sat_op,load_op" "avr32_mul_waw_bypass")
++(define_bypass 7 "macww_d_op" "alu_op,alu2_op,alu_sat_op,load_op" "avr32_mul_waw_bypass")
++
++(define_bypass 3 "mulhh_op" "alu_op,alu2_op,alu_sat_op,load_op" "avr32_mul_waw_bypass")
++(define_bypass 4 "mulww_w_op" "alu_op,alu2_op,alu_sat_op,load_op" "avr32_mul_waw_bypass")
++(define_bypass 6 "mulww_d_op" "alu_op,alu2_op,alu_sat_op,load_op" "avr32_mul_waw_bypass")
++
++
++;;Bypasses for all mul/mac instructions followed by an instruction
++;;which reads the output AND writes the result to the same register.
++;;This will generate an Write After Write hazard which gives an
++;;extra cycle before the result is ready.
++(define_bypass 0 "machh_w_op" "machh_w_op" "avr32_valid_macmac_bypass")
++(define_bypass 0 "macww_w_op" "macww_w_op" "avr32_valid_macmac_bypass")
++(define_bypass 0 "macww_d_op" "macww_d_op" "avr32_valid_macmac_bypass")
++
++(define_bypass 0 "mulhh_op" "machh_w_op" "avr32_valid_mulmac_bypass")
++(define_bypass 0 "mulww_w_op" "macww_w_op" "avr32_valid_mulmac_bypass")
++(define_bypass 0 "mulww_d_op" "macww_d_op" "avr32_valid_mulmac_bypass")
++
++;;Branch and call instructions
++;;We assume that all branches and rcalls are predicted correctly :-)
++;;while calls use a lot of cycles.
++(define_insn_reservation "branch_op" 0
++  (and (eq_attr "pipeline" "ap")
++       (eq_attr "type" "branch"))
++  "nothing")
++
++(define_insn_reservation "call_op" 10
++  (and (eq_attr "pipeline" "ap")
++       (eq_attr "type" "call"))
++  "nothing")
++
++
++;;Load store instructions
++(define_insn_reservation "load_op" 2
++  (and (eq_attr "pipeline" "ap")
++       (eq_attr "type" "load"))
++  "is,da,d")
++
++(define_insn_reservation "load_rm_op" 3
++  (and (eq_attr "pipeline" "ap")
++       (eq_attr "type" "load_rm"))
++  "is,da,d")
++
++
++(define_insn_reservation "store_op" 0
++  (and (eq_attr "pipeline" "ap")
++       (eq_attr "type" "store"))
++  "is,da,d")
++
++
++(define_insn_reservation "load_double_op" 3
++  (and (eq_attr "pipeline" "ap")
++       (eq_attr "type" "load2"))
++  "is,da,da+d,d")
++
++(define_insn_reservation "load_quad_op" 4
++  (and (eq_attr "pipeline" "ap")
++       (eq_attr "type" "load4"))
++  "is,da,da+d,da+d,d")
++
++(define_insn_reservation "store_double_op" 0
++  (and (eq_attr "pipeline" "ap")
++       (eq_attr "type" "store2"))
++  "is,da,da+d,d")
++
++
++(define_insn_reservation "store_quad_op" 0
++  (and (eq_attr "pipeline" "ap")
++       (eq_attr "type" "store4"))
++  "is,da,da+d,da+d,d")
++
++;;For store the operand to write to memory is read in d and
++;;the real latency between any instruction and a store is therefore
++;;one less than for the instructions which reads the operands in the first
++;;excecution stage
++(define_bypass 2 "load_double_op" "store_double_op" "avr32_store_bypass")
++(define_bypass 3 "load_quad_op" "store_quad_op" "avr32_store_bypass")
++(define_bypass 1 "load_op" "store_op" "avr32_store_bypass")
++(define_bypass 2 "load_rm_op" "store_op" "avr32_store_bypass")
++(define_bypass 1 "alu_sat_op" "store_op" "avr32_store_bypass")
++(define_bypass 1 "alu2_op" "store_op" "avr32_store_bypass")
++(define_bypass 1 "mulhh_op" "store_op" "avr32_store_bypass")
++(define_bypass 2 "mulww_w_op" "store_op" "avr32_store_bypass")
++(define_bypass 4 "mulww_d_op" "store_op" "avr32_store_bypass" )
++(define_bypass 2 "machh_w_op" "store_op" "avr32_store_bypass")
++(define_bypass 3 "macww_w_op" "store_op" "avr32_store_bypass")
++(define_bypass 5 "macww_d_op" "store_op" "avr32_store_bypass")
++
++
++; Bypass for load double operation. If only the first loaded word is needed
++; then the latency is 2
++(define_bypass 2 "load_double_op"
++                 "load_op,load_rm_op,alu_sat_op, alu2_op, alu_op, mulhh_op, mulww_w_op,
++                  mulww_d_op, machh_w_op, macww_w_op, macww_d_op"
++                 "avr32_valid_load_double_bypass")
++
++; Bypass for load quad operation. If only the first or second loaded word is needed
++; we set the latency to 2
++(define_bypass 2 "load_quad_op"
++                 "load_op,load_rm_op,alu_sat_op, alu2_op, alu_op, mulhh_op, mulww_w_op,
++                  mulww_d_op, machh_w_op, macww_w_op, macww_d_op"
++                 "avr32_valid_load_quad_bypass")
++
++
++;;******************************************************************************
++;; End of Automaton pipeline description for avr32
++;;******************************************************************************
++
++
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; move
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++
++;;== char - 8 bits ============================================================
++(define_expand "movqi"
++  [(set (match_operand:QI 0 "nonimmediate_operand" "")
++	(match_operand:QI 1 "general_operand" ""))]
++  ""
++  {
++   if ( !no_new_pseudos ){
++     if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) == MEM && optimize){
++         rtx reg = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
++
++         emit_insn (gen_zero_extendqisi2 (reg, operands[1]));
++         operands[1] = gen_lowpart (QImode, reg);
++     }
++
++     /* One of the ops has to be in a register.  */
++     if (GET_CODE (operands[0]) == MEM)
++       operands[1] = force_reg (QImode, operands[1]);
++   }
++
++  })
++
++(define_insn "*movqi_internal"
++  [(set (match_operand:QI 0 "nonimmediate_operand" "=r,r,m,r")
++	(match_operand:QI 1 "general_operand"  "rKs08,m,r,i"))]
++  ""
++  "@
++   mov\t%0, %1
++   ld.ub\t%0, %1
++   st.b\t%0, %1
++   mov\t%0, %1"
++  [(set_attr "length" "2,4,4,4")
++   (set_attr "type" "alu,load_rm,store,alu")])
++
++
++
++;;== short - 16 bits ==========================================================
++(define_expand "movhi"
++  [(set (match_operand:HI 0 "nonimmediate_operand" "")
++	(match_operand:HI 1 "general_operand" ""))]
++  ""
++  {
++   if ( !no_new_pseudos ){
++     if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) == MEM && optimize){
++         rtx reg = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
++
++         emit_insn (gen_extendhisi2 (reg, operands[1]));
++         operands[1] = gen_lowpart (HImode, reg);
++     }
++
++     /* One of the ops has to be in a register.  */
++     if (GET_CODE (operands[0]) == MEM)
++       operands[1] = force_reg (HImode, operands[1]);
++   }
++
++  })
++
++(define_insn "*movhi_internal"
++  [(set (match_operand:HI 0 "nonimmediate_operand" "=r,r,m,r")
++	(match_operand:HI 1 "general_operand"  "rKs08,m,r,i"))]
++  ""
++  "@
++   mov\t%0, %1
++   ld.sh\t%0, %1
++   st.h\t%0, %1
++   mov\t%0, %1"
++  [(set_attr "length" "2,4,4,4")
++   (set_attr "type" "alu,load_rm,store,alu")])
++
++
++;;== int - 32 bits ============================================================
++
++(define_expand "movmisalignsi"
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "nonimmediate_operand" "")
++	(match_operand:SI 1 "nonimmediate_operand" ""))]
++  "TARGET_UNALIGNED_WORD"
++  {
++  }
++)
++
++(define_expand "mov<mode>"
++  [(set (match_operand:MOVM 0 "register_operand" "")
++	(match_operand:MOVM 1 "general_operand" ""))]
++  ""
++  {
++
++    /* One of the ops has to be in a register.  */
++    if (GET_CODE (operands[0]) == MEM)
++      operands[1] = force_reg (<MODE>mode, operands[1]);
++
++
++    /* Check for out of range immediate constants as these may
++       occur during reloading, since it seems like reload does
++       not check if the immediate is legitimate. Don't know if
++       this is a bug? */
++    if ( reload_in_progress
++         && avr32_arch->arch_type != ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UC
++         && GET_CODE(operands[1]) == CONST_INT
++         && !avr32_const_ok_for_constraint_p(INTVAL(operands[1]), 'K', "Ks21") ){
++        operands[1] = force_const_mem(SImode, operands[1]);
++    }
++
++    if ( (flag_pic || TARGET_HAS_ASM_ADDR_PSEUDOS)
++         && !avr32_legitimate_pic_operand_p(operands[1]) )
++      operands[1] = legitimize_pic_address (operands[1], <MODE>mode,
++                                            (no_new_pseudos ? operands[0] : 0));
++    else if ( flag_pic && avr32_address_operand(operands[1], GET_MODE(operands[1])) )
++      /* If we have an address operand then this function uses the pic register. */
++      current_function_uses_pic_offset_table = 1;
++  })
++
++
++(define_insn "mov<mode>_internal"
++  [(set (match_operand:MOVM 0 "nonimmediate_operand"     "=r,   r,   r,r,m,r")
++	(match_operand:MOVM 1 "general_operand"          "rKs08,Ks21,n,m,r,W"))]
++  ""
++  {
++    switch (which_alternative) {
++      case 0:
++      case 1: return "mov\t%0, %1";
++      case 2: return "mov\t%0, lo(%1)\;orh\t%0,hi(%1)";
++      case 3:
++        if ( (REG_P(XEXP(operands[1], 0))
++              && REGNO(XEXP(operands[1], 0)) == SP_REGNUM)
++             || (GET_CODE(XEXP(operands[1], 0)) == PLUS
++                 && REGNO(XEXP(XEXP(operands[1], 0), 0)) == SP_REGNUM
++	         && GET_CODE(XEXP(XEXP(operands[1], 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
++	         && INTVAL(XEXP(XEXP(operands[1], 0), 1)) % 4 == 0
++	         && INTVAL(XEXP(XEXP(operands[1], 0), 1)) <= 0x1FC) )
++          return "lddsp\t%0, %1";
++	else if ( avr32_const_pool_ref_operand(operands[1], GET_MODE(operands[1])) )
++          return "lddpc\t%0, %1";
++        else
++          return "ld.w\t%0, %1";
++      case 4:
++        if ( (REG_P(XEXP(operands[0], 0))
++              && REGNO(XEXP(operands[0], 0)) == SP_REGNUM)
++             || (GET_CODE(XEXP(operands[0], 0)) == PLUS
++                 && REGNO(XEXP(XEXP(operands[0], 0), 0)) == SP_REGNUM
++	         && GET_CODE(XEXP(XEXP(operands[0], 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
++	         && INTVAL(XEXP(XEXP(operands[0], 0), 1)) % 4 == 0
++	         && INTVAL(XEXP(XEXP(operands[0], 0), 1)) <= 0x1FC) )
++          return "stdsp\t%0, %1";
++	else
++          return "st.w\t%0, %1";
++      case 5:
++        if ( TARGET_HAS_ASM_ADDR_PSEUDOS )
++          return "lda.w\t%0, %1";
++        else
++          return "ld.w\t%0, r6[%1@got]";
++      default:
++	abort();
++    }
++  }
++  
++  [(set_attr "length" "2,4,8,4,4,8")
++   (set_attr "type" "alu,alu,alu2,load,store,load")
++   (set_attr "cc" "none,none,set_z,none,none,clobber")])
++
++
++;; These instructions are for loading constants which cannot be loaded
++;; directly from the constant pool because the offset is too large
++;; high and lo_sum are used even tough for our case it should be
++;; low and high sum :-)
++(define_insn "mov_symbol_lo"
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++	(high:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "immediate_operand" "i" )))]
++  ""
++  "mov\t%0, lo(%1)"
++  [(set_attr "type" "alu")
++   (set_attr "length" "4")]
++)
++
++(define_insn "add_symbol_hi"
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++	(lo_sum:SI (match_dup 0)
++                   (match_operand:SI 1 "immediate_operand" "i" )))]
++  ""
++  "orh\t%0, hi(%1)"
++  [(set_attr "type" "alu")
++   (set_attr "length" "4")]
++)
++
++
++
++;; When generating pic, we need to load the symbol offset into a register.
++;; So that the optimizer does not confuse this with a normal symbol load
++;; we use an unspec.  The offset will be loaded from a constant pool entry,
++;; since that is the only type of relocation we can use.
++(define_insn "pic_load_addr"
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++	(unspec:SI [(match_operand:SI 1 "" "")] UNSPEC_PIC_SYM))]
++  "flag_pic && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P(XEXP(operands[1], 0))"
++  "lddpc\t%0, %1"
++  [(set_attr "type" "load")
++   (set_attr "length" "4")]
++)
++
++(define_insn "pic_compute_got_from_pc"
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "+r")
++	(unspec:SI [(minus:SI (pc)
++                              (match_dup 0))] UNSPEC_PIC_BASE))
++   (use (label_ref (match_operand 1 "" "")))]
++  "flag_pic"
++  {
++   (*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, "L",
++	 		     CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (operands[1]));
++   return \"rsub\t%0, pc\";
++  }
++  [(set_attr "cc" "clobber")
++   (set_attr "length" "2")]
++)
++
++;;== long long int - 64 bits ==================================================
++
++(define_expand "movdi"
++  [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "nonimmediate_operand" "")
++	(match_operand:DI 1 "general_operand" ""))]
++  ""
++  {
++
++    /* One of the ops has to be in a register.  */
++    if (GET_CODE (operands[0]) != REG)
++      operands[1] = force_reg (DImode, operands[1]);
++
++  })
++
++
++(define_insn_and_split "*movdi_internal"
++  [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "nonimmediate_operand"     "=r,r,   r,   r,r,r,m")
++	(match_operand:DI 1 "general_operand"          "r, Ks08,Ks21,G,n,m,r"))]
++  ""
++  {
++    switch (which_alternative ){
++    case 0:
++    case 1:
++    case 2:
++    case 3:
++    case 4:
++        return "#";
++    case 5:
++      if ( avr32_const_pool_ref_operand(operands[1], GET_MODE(operands[1])))
++        return "ld.d\t%0, pc[%1 - .]";
++      else
++        return "ld.d\t%0, %1";
++    case 6:
++      return "st.d\t%0, %1";
++    default:
++      abort();
++    }
++  }
++;; Lets split all reg->reg or imm->reg transfers into two SImode transfers 
++  "reload_completed &&
++   (REG_P (operands[0]) &&
++   (REG_P (operands[1]) 
++    || GET_CODE (operands[1]) == CONST_INT
++    || GET_CODE (operands[1]) == CONST_DOUBLE))"
++  [(set (match_dup 0) (match_dup 1))
++   (set (match_dup 2) (match_dup 3))]
++  {
++    operands[2] = gen_highpart (SImode, operands[0]);
++    operands[0] = gen_lowpart (SImode, operands[0]);
++    if ( REG_P(operands[1]) ){
++      operands[3] = gen_highpart(SImode, operands[1]);
++      operands[1] = gen_lowpart(SImode, operands[1]);
++    } else if ( GET_CODE(operands[1]) == CONST_DOUBLE 
++                || GET_CODE(operands[1]) == CONST_INT ){
++      rtx split_const[2];
++      avr32_split_const_expr (DImode, SImode, operands[1], split_const);
++      operands[3] = split_const[1];
++      operands[1] = split_const[0];
++    } else {
++      internal_error("Illegal operand[1] for movdi split!");
++    }
++  }
++
++  [(set_attr "length" "*,*,*,*,*,4,4")
++   (set_attr "type" "*,*,*,*,*,load2,store2")
++   (set_attr "cc" "*,*,*,*,*,none,none")])
++
++
++;;== 128 bits ==================================================
++(define_expand "movti"
++  [(set (match_operand:TI 0 "nonimmediate_operand" "")
++	(match_operand:TI 1 "nonimmediate_operand" ""))]
++  ""
++  {
++
++    /* One of the ops has to be in a register.  */
++    if (GET_CODE (operands[0]) != REG)
++      operands[1] = force_reg (TImode, operands[1]);
++
++    /* We must fix any pre_dec for loads and post_inc stores */
++    if ( GET_CODE (operands[0]) == MEM
++         && GET_CODE (XEXP(operands[0],0)) == POST_INC ){
++       emit_move_insn(gen_rtx_MEM(TImode, XEXP(XEXP(operands[0],0),0)), operands[1]);
++       emit_insn(gen_addsi3(XEXP(XEXP(operands[0],0),0), XEXP(XEXP(operands[0],0),0), GEN_INT(GET_MODE_SIZE(TImode))));
++       DONE;
++    }
++
++    if ( GET_CODE (operands[1]) == MEM
++         && GET_CODE (XEXP(operands[1],0)) == PRE_DEC ){
++       emit_insn(gen_addsi3(XEXP(XEXP(operands[1],0),0), XEXP(XEXP(operands[1],0),0), GEN_INT(-GET_MODE_SIZE(TImode))));
++       emit_move_insn(operands[0], gen_rtx_MEM(TImode, XEXP(XEXP(operands[1],0),0)));
++       DONE;
++    }
++  })
++
++
++(define_insn_and_split "*movti_internal"
++  [(set (match_operand:TI 0 "avr32_movti_dst_operand"  "=r,r,<RKu00,r,r")
++	(match_operand:TI 1 "avr32_movti_src_operand"  " r,RKu00>,r,n,m"))]
++  ""
++  {
++    switch (which_alternative ){
++    case 0:
++    case 3:
++        return "#";
++    case 1:
++        return "ldm\t%p1, %0";
++    case 2:
++        return "stm\t%p0, %1";
++    case 4:
++        return "ld.d\t%U0, pc[%1 - .]\;ld.d\t%B0, pc[%1 - . + 8]";
++    }
++  }
++
++  "reload_completed &&
++   (REG_P (operands[0]) &&
++   (REG_P (operands[1]) 
++    || (GET_CODE (operands[1]) == MEM
++        && GET_CODE (XEXP (operands[1], 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
++        && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (XEXP (operands[1], 0)))               
++    || GET_CODE (operands[1]) == CONST_INT
++    || GET_CODE (operands[1]) == CONST_DOUBLE))"
++  [(set (match_dup 0) (match_dup 1))
++   (set (match_dup 2) (match_dup 3))]
++  {
++    operands[2] = simplify_gen_subreg ( DImode, operands[0], 
++                                        TImode, 0 );
++    operands[0] = simplify_gen_subreg ( DImode, operands[0], 
++                                        TImode, 8 );
++    if ( REG_P(operands[1]) ){
++      operands[3] = simplify_gen_subreg ( DImode, operands[1], 
++                                          TImode, 0 );
++      operands[1] = simplify_gen_subreg ( DImode, operands[1], 
++                                          TImode, 8 );
++    } else if ( GET_CODE(operands[1]) == CONST_DOUBLE 
++                || GET_CODE(operands[1]) == CONST_INT ){
++      rtx split_const[2];
++      avr32_split_const_expr (TImode, DImode, operands[1], split_const);
++      operands[3] = split_const[1];
++      operands[1] = split_const[0];
++    } else if (avr32_const_pool_ref_operand (operands[1], GET_MODE(operands[1]))){
++      rtx split_const[2];
++      rtx cop = avoid_constant_pool_reference (operands[1]);
++      if (operands[1] == cop)
++        cop = get_pool_constant (XEXP (operands[1], 0));
++      avr32_split_const_expr (TImode, DImode, cop, split_const);
++      operands[3] = force_const_mem (DImode, split_const[1]); 
++      operands[1] = force_const_mem (DImode, split_const[0]); 
++   } else {
++      internal_error("Illegal operand[1] for movdi split!");
++    }
++  }
++  [(set_attr "length" "*,4,4,*,8")
++   (set_attr "type" "*,load4,store4,*,load4")])
++
++
++;;== float - 32 bits ==========================================================
++(define_expand "movsf"
++  [(set (match_operand:SF 0 "nonimmediate_operand" "")
++	(match_operand:SF 1 "general_operand" ""))]
++  ""
++  {
++
++
++    /* One of the ops has to be in a register.  */
++    if (GET_CODE (operands[0]) != REG)
++      operands[1] = force_reg (SFmode, operands[1]);
++
++  })
++
++(define_insn "*movsf_internal"
++  [(set (match_operand:SF 0 "nonimmediate_operand"     "=r,r,r,r,m")
++	(match_operand:SF 1 "general_operand"          "r, G,F,m,r"))]
++  "TARGET_SOFT_FLOAT"
++  {
++    switch (which_alternative) {
++      case 0:
++      case 1: return "mov\t%0, %1";
++      case 2: return "mov\t%0, lo(%1)\;orh\t%0, hi(%1)";
++      case 3:
++        if ( (REG_P(XEXP(operands[1], 0))
++              && REGNO(XEXP(operands[1], 0)) == SP_REGNUM)
++             || (GET_CODE(XEXP(operands[1], 0)) == PLUS
++                 && REGNO(XEXP(XEXP(operands[1], 0), 0)) == SP_REGNUM
++	         && GET_CODE(XEXP(XEXP(operands[1], 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
++	         && INTVAL(XEXP(XEXP(operands[1], 0), 1)) % 4 == 0
++	         && INTVAL(XEXP(XEXP(operands[1], 0), 1)) <= 0x1FC) )
++          return "lddsp\t%0, %1";
++          else if ( avr32_const_pool_ref_operand(operands[1], GET_MODE(operands[1])) )
++          return "lddpc\t%0, %1";
++        else
++          return "ld.w\t%0, %1";
++      case 4:
++        if ( (REG_P(XEXP(operands[0], 0))
++              && REGNO(XEXP(operands[0], 0)) == SP_REGNUM)
++             || (GET_CODE(XEXP(operands[0], 0)) == PLUS
++                 && REGNO(XEXP(XEXP(operands[0], 0), 0)) == SP_REGNUM
++	         && GET_CODE(XEXP(XEXP(operands[0], 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
++	         && INTVAL(XEXP(XEXP(operands[0], 0), 1)) % 4 == 0
++	         && INTVAL(XEXP(XEXP(operands[0], 0), 1)) <= 0x1FC) )
++          return "stdsp\t%0, %1";
++	else
++          return "st.w\t%0, %1";
++      default:
++	abort();
++    }
++  }
++
++  [(set_attr "length" "2,4,8,4,4")
++   (set_attr "type" "alu,alu,alu2,load,store")
++   (set_attr "cc" "none,none,clobber,none,none")])
++
++
++
++;;== double - 64 bits =========================================================
++(define_expand "movdf"
++  [(set (match_operand:DF 0 "nonimmediate_operand" "")
++	(match_operand:DF 1 "general_operand" ""))]
++  ""
++  {
++    /* One of the ops has to be in a register.  */
++    if (GET_CODE (operands[0]) != REG){
++      operands[1] = force_reg (DFmode, operands[1]);
++    }
++  })
++
++
++(define_insn_and_split "*movdf_internal"
++  [(set (match_operand:DF 0 "nonimmediate_operand"     "=r,r,r,r,m")
++	(match_operand:DF 1 "general_operand"          " r,G,F,m,r"))]
++  "TARGET_SOFT_FLOAT"
++  {
++    switch (which_alternative ){
++    case 0:
++    case 1:
++    case 2: 
++        return "#";
++    case 3:
++      if ( avr32_const_pool_ref_operand(operands[1], GET_MODE(operands[1])))
++        return "ld.d\t%0, pc[%1 - .]";
++      else
++        return "ld.d\t%0, %1";
++    case 4:
++      return "st.d\t%0, %1";
++    default:
++      abort();
++    }
++  }
++  "TARGET_SOFT_FLOAT
++   && reload_completed
++   && (REG_P (operands[0]) 
++        && (REG_P (operands[1])
++            || GET_CODE (operands[1]) == CONST_DOUBLE))"
++  [(set (match_dup 0) (match_dup 1))
++   (set (match_dup 2) (match_dup 3))]
++  "
++   {
++    operands[2] = gen_highpart (SImode, operands[0]);
++    operands[0] = gen_lowpart (SImode, operands[0]);
++    operands[3] = gen_highpart(SImode, operands[1]);
++    operands[1] = gen_lowpart(SImode, operands[1]);
++   }
++  "
++
++  [(set_attr "length" "*,*,*,4,4")
++   (set_attr "type" "*,*,*,load2,store2")
++   (set_attr "cc" "*,*,*,none,none")])
++
++
++
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; Move chunks of memory
++;;=============================================================================
++
++(define_expand "movmemsi"
++  [(match_operand:BLK 0 "general_operand" "")
++   (match_operand:BLK 1 "general_operand" "")
++   (match_operand:SI 2 "const_int_operand" "")
++   (match_operand:SI 3 "const_int_operand" "")]
++  ""
++  "
++   if (avr32_gen_movmemsi (operands))
++     DONE;
++   FAIL;
++  "
++
++  )
++
++
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; Bit field instructions
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++;; Instructions to insert or extract bit-fields
++;;=============================================================================
++
++(define_insn "insv"
++  [ (set (zero_extract:SI (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "+r")
++                          (match_operand:SI 1 "immediate_operand" "Ku05")
++                          (match_operand:SI 2 "immediate_operand" "Ku05"))
++         (match_operand 3 "register_operand" "r"))]
++  ""
++  "bfins\t%0, %3, %2, %1"
++  [(set_attr "type" "alu")
++   (set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "set_ncz")])
++
++
++
++(define_expand "extv"
++  [ (set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
++         (sign_extract:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "")
++                          (match_operand:SI 2 "immediate_operand" "")
++                          (match_operand:SI 3 "immediate_operand" "")))]
++  ""
++  {
++   if ( INTVAL(operands[2]) >= 32 )
++      FAIL;
++  }
++)
++
++(define_expand "extzv"
++  [ (set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
++         (zero_extract:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "")
++                          (match_operand:SI 2 "immediate_operand" "")
++                          (match_operand:SI 3 "immediate_operand" "")))]
++  ""
++  {
++   if ( INTVAL(operands[2]) >= 32 )
++      FAIL;
++  }
++)
++
++(define_insn "extv_internal"
++  [ (set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++         (sign_extract:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r")
++                          (match_operand:SI 2 "immediate_operand" "Ku05")
++                          (match_operand:SI 3 "immediate_operand" "Ku05")))]
++  "INTVAL(operands[2]) < 32"
++  "bfexts\t%0, %1, %3, %2"
++  [(set_attr "type" "alu")
++   (set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "set_ncz")])
++
++
++(define_insn "extzv_internal"
++  [ (set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++         (zero_extract:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r")
++                          (match_operand:SI 2 "immediate_operand" "Ku05")
++                          (match_operand:SI 3 "immediate_operand" "Ku05")))]
++  "INTVAL(operands[2]) < 32"
++  "bfextu\t%0, %1, %3, %2"
++  [(set_attr "type" "alu")
++   (set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "set_ncz")])
++
++
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; Some peepholes for avoiding unnecessary cast instructions
++;; followed by bfins.
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++
++(define_peephole2
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
++        (zero_extend:SI (match_operand:QI 1 "register_operand" "")))
++   (set (zero_extract:SI (match_operand 2 "register_operand" "")
++                         (match_operand:SI 3 "immediate_operand" "")
++                         (match_operand:SI 4 "immediate_operand" ""))
++        (match_dup 0))]
++  "((peep2_reg_dead_p(2, operands[0]) &&
++    (INTVAL(operands[3]) <= 8)))"
++  [(set (zero_extract:SI (match_dup 2)
++                         (match_dup 3)
++                         (match_dup 4))
++        (match_dup 1))]
++  )
++
++(define_peephole2
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
++        (zero_extend:SI (match_operand:HI 1 "register_operand" "")))
++   (set (zero_extract:SI (match_operand 2 "register_operand" "")
++                         (match_operand:SI 3 "immediate_operand" "")
++                         (match_operand:SI 4 "immediate_operand" ""))
++        (match_dup 0))]
++  "((peep2_reg_dead_p(2, operands[0]) &&
++    (INTVAL(operands[3]) <= 16)))"
++  [(set (zero_extract:SI (match_dup 2)
++                         (match_dup 3)
++                         (match_dup 4))
++        (match_dup 1))]
++  )
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; push bytes
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++;; Implements the push instruction
++;;=============================================================================
++(define_insn "pushm"
++  [(set (mem:BLK (pre_dec:BLK (reg:SI SP_REGNUM)))
++        (unspec:BLK [(match_operand 0 "const_int_operand" "")]
++                    UNSPEC_PUSHM))]
++  ""
++  {
++    if (INTVAL(operands[0])) {
++      return "pushm\t%r0";
++    } else {
++      return "";
++    }
++  }
++  [(set_attr "type" "store")
++   (set_attr "length" "2")
++   (set_attr "cc" "none")])
++
++(define_insn "stm"
++  [(unspec [(match_operand 0 "register_operand" "r")
++            (match_operand 1 "const_int_operand" "")
++            (match_operand 2 "const_int_operand" "")]
++	   UNSPEC_STM)]
++  ""
++  {
++    if (INTVAL(operands[1])) {
++      if (INTVAL(operands[2]) != 0)
++         return "stm\t--%0, %s1";
++      else
++         return "stm\t%0, %s1";
++    } else {
++      return "";
++    }
++  }
++  [(set_attr "type" "store")
++   (set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "none")])
++
++
++
++(define_insn "popm"
++  [(unspec [(match_operand 0 "const_int_operand" "")]
++	   UNSPEC_POPM)]
++  ""
++  {
++    if (INTVAL(operands[0])) {
++      return "popm   %r0";
++    } else {
++      return "";
++    }
++  }
++  [(set_attr "type" "load")
++   (set_attr "length" "2")])
++
++
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; add
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++;; Adds reg1 with reg2 and puts the result in reg0.
++;;=============================================================================
++(define_insn "add<mode>3"
++  [(set (match_operand:INTM 0 "register_operand" "=r,r,r,r,r")
++	(plus:INTM (match_operand:INTM 1 "register_operand" "%0,r,0,r,0")
++                   (match_operand:INTM 2 "avr32_add_operand" "r,r,Is08,Is16,Is21")))]
++  ""
++  "@
++   add     %0, %2
++   add     %0, %1, %2
++   sub     %0, %n2
++   sub     %0, %1, %n2
++   sub     %0, %n2"
++
++  [(set_attr "length" "2,4,2,4,4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "<INTM:alu_cc_attr>")])
++
++(define_insn "add<mode>3_lsl"
++  [(set (match_operand:INTM 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++	(plus:INTM (ashift:INTM (match_operand:INTM 1 "register_operand" "r")
++                                (match_operand:INTM 3 "avr32_add_shift_immediate_operand" "Ku02"))
++                   (match_operand:INTM 2 "register_operand" "r")))]
++  ""
++  "add     %0, %2, %1 << %3"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "<INTM:alu_cc_attr>")])
++ 
++(define_insn "add<mode>3_lsl2"
++  [(set (match_operand:INTM 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++	(plus:INTM (match_operand:INTM 1 "register_operand" "r")
++                   (ashift:INTM (match_operand:INTM 2 "register_operand" "r")
++                                (match_operand:INTM 3 "avr32_add_shift_immediate_operand" "Ku02"))))]
++  ""
++  "add     %0, %1, %2 << %3"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "<INTM:alu_cc_attr>")])
++
++
++
++(define_insn "add<mode>3_mul"
++  [(set (match_operand:INTM 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++	(plus:INTM (mult:INTM (match_operand:INTM 1 "register_operand" "r")
++                              (match_operand:INTM 3 "immediate_operand" "Ku04" ))
++                   (match_operand:INTM 2 "register_operand" "r")))]
++  "(INTVAL(operands[3]) == 0) || (INTVAL(operands[3]) == 2) ||
++   (INTVAL(operands[3]) == 4) || (INTVAL(operands[3]) == 8)"
++  "add     %0, %2, %1 << %p3"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "<INTM:alu_cc_attr>")])
++
++(define_insn "add<mode>3_mul2"
++  [(set (match_operand:INTM 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++	(plus:INTM (match_operand:INTM 1 "register_operand" "r")
++                   (mult:INTM (match_operand:INTM 2 "register_operand" "r")
++                              (match_operand:INTM 3 "immediate_operand" "Ku04" ))))]
++  "(INTVAL(operands[3]) == 0) || (INTVAL(operands[3]) == 2) ||
++   (INTVAL(operands[3]) == 4) || (INTVAL(operands[3]) == 8)"
++  "add     %0, %1, %2 << %p3"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "<INTM:alu_cc_attr>")])
++
++
++(define_peephole2
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
++        (ashift:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "")
++                   (match_operand:SI 2 "immediate_operand" "")))
++   (set (match_operand:SI 3 "register_operand" "")
++	(plus:SI (match_dup 0)
++                 (match_operand:SI 4 "register_operand" "")))]
++  "(peep2_reg_dead_p(2, operands[0]) &&
++    (INTVAL(operands[2]) < 4 && INTVAL(operands[2]) > 0))"
++  [(set (match_dup 3)
++	(plus:SI (ashift:SI (match_dup 1)
++                            (match_dup 2))
++                 (match_dup 4)))]
++  )
++
++(define_peephole2
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
++        (ashift:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "")
++                   (match_operand:SI 2 "immediate_operand" "")))
++   (set (match_operand:SI 3 "register_operand" "")
++	(plus:SI (match_operand:SI 4 "register_operand" "")
++                 (match_dup 0)))]
++  "(peep2_reg_dead_p(2, operands[0]) &&
++    (INTVAL(operands[2]) < 4 && INTVAL(operands[2]) > 0))"
++  [(set (match_dup 3)
++	(plus:SI (ashift:SI (match_dup 1)
++                            (match_dup 2))
++                 (match_dup 4)))]
++  )
++
++(define_insn "adddi3"
++  [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "register_operand" "=r,r")
++	(plus:DI (match_operand:DI 1 "register_operand" "%r,0")
++		 (match_operand:DI 2 "register_operand" "r,r")))]
++  ""
++  "@
++   add     %0, %1, %2\;adc    %m0, %m1, %m2
++   add     %0, %2\;adc    %m0, %m0, %m2"
++  [(set_attr "length" "8,6")
++   (set_attr "type" "alu2")
++   (set_attr "cc" "set_vncz")])
++
++
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; subtract
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++;; Subtract reg2 or immediate value from reg0 and puts the result in reg0.
++;;=============================================================================
++
++(define_insn "sub<mode>3"
++  [(set (match_operand:INTM 0 "general_operand" "=r,r,r,r,r,r,r")
++	(minus:INTM (match_operand:INTM 1 "nonmemory_operand" "0,r,0,r,0,r,Ks08")
++		  (match_operand:INTM 2 "nonmemory_operand" "r,r,Ks08,Ks16,Ks21,0,r")))]
++  ""
++  "@
++   sub     %0, %2
++   sub     %0, %1, %2
++   sub     %0, %2
++   sub     %0, %1, %2
++   sub     %0, %2
++   rsub    %0, %1
++   rsub    %0, %2, %1"
++  [(set_attr "length" "2,4,2,4,4,2,4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "<INTM:alu_cc_attr>")])
++
++(define_insn "*sub<mode>3_mul"
++  [(set (match_operand:INTM 0 "register_operand" "=r,r,r")
++	(minus:INTM (match_operand:INTM 1 "register_operand" "r,0,r")
++                    (mult:INTM (match_operand:INTM 2 "register_operand" "r,r,0")
++                               (match_operand:SI 3 "immediate_operand" "Ku04,Ku04,Ku04" ))))]
++  "(INTVAL(operands[3]) == 0) || (INTVAL(operands[3]) == 2) ||
++   (INTVAL(operands[3]) == 4) || (INTVAL(operands[3]) == 8)"
++  "@
++   sub     %0, %1, %2 << %p3
++   sub     %0, %0, %2 << %p3
++   sub     %0, %1, %0 << %p3"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4,4,4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "<INTM:alu_cc_attr>")])
++
++(define_insn "*sub<mode>3_lsl"
++  [(set (match_operand:INTM 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++	(minus:INTM  (match_operand:INTM 1 "register_operand" "r")
++                     (ashift:INTM (match_operand:INTM 2 "register_operand" "r")
++                                  (match_operand:SI 3 "avr32_add_shift_immediate_operand" "Ku02"))))]
++  ""
++  "sub     %0, %1, %2 << %3"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "<INTM:alu_cc_attr>")])
++
++
++(define_insn "subdi3"
++  [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "register_operand" "=r,r")
++	(minus:DI (match_operand:DI 1 "register_operand" "%r,0")
++		 (match_operand:DI 2 "register_operand" "r,r")))]
++  ""
++  "@
++   sub     %0, %1, %2\;sbc    %m0, %m1, %m2
++   sub     %0, %2\;sbc    %m0, %m0, %m2"
++  [(set_attr "length" "8,6")
++   (set_attr "type" "alu2")
++   (set_attr "cc" "set_vncz")])
++
++
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; multiply
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++;; Multiply op1 and op2 and put the value in op0.
++;;=============================================================================
++
++
++(define_insn "mulqi3"
++  [(set (match_operand:QI 0 "register_operand"         "=r,r,r")
++	(mult:QI (match_operand:QI 1 "register_operand" "%0,r,r")
++		 (match_operand:QI 2 "avr32_mul_operand" "r,r,Ks08")))]
++  ""
++  {
++   switch (which_alternative){
++    case 0:
++      return "mul     %0, %2";
++    case 1:
++      return "mul     %0, %1, %2";
++    case 2:
++      return "mul     %0, %1, %2";
++    default:
++      abort();
++   }
++  }
++  [(set_attr "type" "mulww_w,mulww_w,mulwh")
++   (set_attr "length" "2,4,4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "none")])
++
++(define_insn "mulsi3"
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand"         "=r,r,r")
++	(mult:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "%0,r,r")
++		 (match_operand:SI 2 "avr32_mul_operand" "r,r,Ks08")))]
++  ""
++  {
++   switch (which_alternative){
++    case 0:
++      return "mul     %0, %2";
++    case 1:
++      return "mul     %0, %1, %2";
++    case 2:
++      return "mul     %0, %1, %2";
++    default:
++      abort();
++   }
++  }
++  [(set_attr "type" "mulww_w,mulww_w,mulwh")
++   (set_attr "length" "2,4,4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "none")])
++
++
++(define_insn "mulhisi3"
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++	(mult:SI
++	 (sign_extend:SI (match_operand:HI 1 "register_operand" "%r"))
++	 (sign_extend:SI (match_operand:HI 2 "register_operand" "r"))))]
++  "TARGET_DSP"
++  "mulhh.w %0, %1:b, %2:b"
++  [(set_attr "type" "mulhh")
++   (set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "none")])
++
++(define_peephole2
++  [(match_scratch:DI 6 "r")
++   (set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
++	(mult:SI
++	 (sign_extend:SI (match_operand:HI 1 "register_operand" ""))
++         (sign_extend:SI (match_operand:HI 2 "register_operand" ""))))
++   (set (match_operand:SI 3 "register_operand" "")
++        (ashiftrt:SI (match_dup 0)
++                     (const_int 16)))]
++  "TARGET_DSP
++   && (peep2_reg_dead_p(1, operands[0]) || (REGNO(operands[0]) == REGNO(operands[3])))"
++  [(set (match_dup 4) (sign_extend:SI (match_dup 1)))
++   (set (match_dup 6)
++        (ashift:DI (mult:DI (sign_extend:DI (match_dup 4))
++                            (sign_extend:DI (match_dup 2)))
++                   (const_int 16)))
++   (set (match_dup 3) (match_dup 5))]
++
++  "{
++     operands[4] = gen_rtx_REG(SImode, REGNO(operands[1]));
++     operands[5] = gen_highpart (SImode, operands[4]);
++   }"
++  )
++
++(define_insn "mulnhisi3"
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++        (mult:SI
++         (sign_extend:SI (neg:HI (match_operand:HI 1 "register_operand" "r")))
++         (sign_extend:SI (match_operand:HI 2 "register_operand" "r"))))]
++  "TARGET_DSP"
++  "mulnhh.w %0, %1:b, %2:b"
++  [(set_attr "type" "mulhh")
++   (set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "none")])
++
++(define_insn "machisi3"
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "+r")
++	(plus:SI (mult:SI
++                  (sign_extend:SI (match_operand:HI 1 "register_operand" "%r"))
++                  (sign_extend:SI (match_operand:HI 2 "register_operand" "r")))
++                 (match_dup 0)))]
++  "TARGET_DSP"
++  "machh.w %0, %1:b, %2:b"
++  [(set_attr "type" "machh_w")
++   (set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "none")])
++
++
++
++(define_insn "mulsidi3"
++  [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++	(mult:DI
++	 (sign_extend:DI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "%r"))
++	 (sign_extend:DI (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "r"))))]
++  ""
++  "muls.d  %0, %1, %2"
++  [(set_attr "type" "mulww_d")
++   (set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "none")])
++
++(define_insn "umulsidi3"
++  [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++	(mult:DI
++	 (zero_extend:DI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "%r"))
++	 (zero_extend:DI (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "r"))))]
++  ""
++  "mulu.d  %0, %1, %2"
++  [(set_attr "type" "mulww_d")
++   (set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "none")])
++
++(define_insn "*mulaccsi3"
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "+r")
++	(plus:SI (mult:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "%r")
++			  (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "r"))
++		 (match_dup 0)))]
++  ""
++  "mac     %0, %1, %2"
++  [(set_attr "type" "macww_w")
++   (set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "none")])
++
++(define_insn "mulaccsidi3"
++  [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "register_operand" "+r")
++	(plus:DI (mult:DI
++		  (sign_extend:DI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "%r"))
++		  (sign_extend:DI (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "r")))
++		 (match_dup 0)))]
++  ""
++  "macs.d  %0, %1, %2"
++  [(set_attr "type" "macww_d")
++   (set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "none")])
++
++(define_insn "umulaccsidi3"
++  [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "register_operand" "+r")
++	(plus:DI (mult:DI
++		  (zero_extend:DI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "%r"))
++		  (zero_extend:DI (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "r")))
++		 (match_dup 0)))]
++  ""
++  "macu.d  %0, %1, %2"
++  [(set_attr "type" "macww_d")
++   (set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "none")])
++
++
++
++;; Try to avoid Write-After-Write hazards for mul operations
++;; if it can be done
++(define_peephole2
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
++	(mult:SI
++	 (sign_extend:SI (match_operand 1 "general_operand" ""))
++         (sign_extend:SI (match_operand 2 "general_operand" ""))))
++   (set (match_dup 0)
++	(match_operator:SI 3 "alu_operator" [(match_dup 0)
++                                             (match_operand 4 "general_operand" "")]))]
++  "peep2_reg_dead_p(1, operands[2])"
++  [(set (match_dup 5)
++        (mult:SI
++         (sign_extend:SI (match_dup 1))
++         (sign_extend:SI (match_dup 2))))
++   (set (match_dup 0)
++	(match_op_dup 3 [(match_dup 5)
++                         (match_dup 4)]))]
++  "{operands[5] = gen_rtx_REG(SImode, REGNO(operands[2]));}"
++  )
++
++
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; DSP instructions
++;;=============================================================================
++(define_insn "mulsathh_h"
++  [(set (match_operand:HI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++        (ss_truncate:HI (ashiftrt:SI (mult:SI (sign_extend:SI (match_operand:HI 1 "register_operand" "%r"))
++                                              (sign_extend:SI (match_operand:HI 2 "register_operand" "r")))
++                                     (const_int 15))))]
++  "TARGET_DSP"
++  "mulsathh.h\t%0, %1:b, %2:b"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "none")
++   (set_attr "type" "mulhh")])
++
++(define_insn "mulsatrndhh_h"
++  [(set (match_operand:HI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++        (ss_truncate:HI (ashiftrt:SI
++                         (plus:SI (mult:SI (sign_extend:SI (match_operand:HI 1 "register_operand" "%r"))
++                                           (sign_extend:SI (match_operand:HI 2 "register_operand" "r")))
++                                  (const_int 1073741824))
++                         (const_int 15))))]
++  "TARGET_DSP"
++  "mulsatrndhh.h\t%0, %1:b, %2:b"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "none")
++   (set_attr "type" "mulhh")])
++
++(define_insn "mulsathh_w"
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++        (ss_truncate:SI (ashift:DI (mult:DI (sign_extend:DI (match_operand:HI 1 "register_operand" "%r"))
++                                            (sign_extend:DI (match_operand:HI 2 "register_operand" "r")))
++                                   (const_int 1))))]
++  "TARGET_DSP"
++  "mulsathh.w\t%0, %1:b, %2:b"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "none")
++   (set_attr "type" "mulhh")])
++
++(define_insn "mulsatwh_w"
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++        (ss_truncate:SI (ashiftrt:DI (mult:DI (sign_extend:DI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r"))
++                                              (sign_extend:DI (match_operand:HI 2 "register_operand" "r")))
++                                     (const_int 15))))]
++  "TARGET_DSP"
++  "mulsatwh.w\t%0, %1, %2:b"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "none")
++   (set_attr "type" "mulwh")])
++
++(define_insn "mulsatrndwh_w"
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++        (ss_truncate:SI (ashiftrt:DI (plus:DI (mult:DI (sign_extend:DI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r"))
++                                                       (sign_extend:DI (match_operand:HI 2 "register_operand" "r")))
++                                              (const_int 1073741824))
++                                     (const_int 15))))]
++  "TARGET_DSP"
++  "mulsatrndwh.w\t%0, %1, %2:b"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "none")
++   (set_attr "type" "mulwh")])
++
++(define_insn "macsathh_w"
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "+r")
++        (plus:SI (match_dup 0)
++                 (ss_truncate:SI (ashift:DI (mult:DI (sign_extend:DI (match_operand:HI 1 "register_operand" "%r"))
++                                                     (sign_extend:DI (match_operand:HI 2 "register_operand" "r")))
++                                            (const_int 1)))))]
++  "TARGET_DSP"
++  "macsathh.w\t%0, %1:b, %2:b"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "none")
++   (set_attr "type" "mulhh")])
++
++
++(define_insn "mulwh_d"
++  [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++        (ashift:DI (mult:DI (sign_extend:DI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r"))
++                            (sign_extend:DI (match_operand:HI 2 "register_operand" "r")))
++                   (const_int 16)))]
++  "TARGET_DSP"
++  "mulwh.d\t%0, %1, %2:b"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "none")
++   (set_attr "type" "mulwh")])
++
++
++(define_insn "mulnwh_d"
++  [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++        (ashift:DI (mult:DI (not:DI (sign_extend:DI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r")))
++                            (sign_extend:DI (match_operand:HI 2 "register_operand" "r")))
++                   (const_int 16)))]
++  "TARGET_DSP"
++  "mulnwh.d\t%0, %1, %2:b"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "none")
++   (set_attr "type" "mulwh")])
++
++(define_insn "macwh_d"
++  [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "register_operand" "+r")
++        (plus:DI (match_dup 0)
++                 (ashift:DI (mult:DI (sign_extend:DI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "%r"))
++                                     (sign_extend:DI (match_operand:HI 2 "register_operand" "r")))
++                            (const_int 16))))]
++  "TARGET_DSP"
++  "macwh.d\t%0, %1, %2:b"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "none")
++   (set_attr "type" "mulwh")])
++
++(define_insn "machh_d"
++  [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "register_operand" "+r")
++        (plus:DI (match_dup 0)
++                 (mult:DI (sign_extend:DI (match_operand:HI 1 "register_operand" "%r"))
++                          (sign_extend:DI (match_operand:HI 2 "register_operand" "r")))))]
++  "TARGET_DSP"
++  "machh.d\t%0, %1:b, %2:b"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "none")
++   (set_attr "type" "mulwh")])
++
++(define_insn "satadd_w"
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++        (ss_plus:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r")
++                    (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "r")))]
++  "TARGET_DSP"
++  "satadd.w\t%0, %1, %2"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "none")
++   (set_attr "type" "alu_sat")])
++
++(define_insn "satsub_w"
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++        (ss_minus:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r")
++                     (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "r")))]
++  "TARGET_DSP"
++  "satsub.w\t%0, %1, %2"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "none")
++   (set_attr "type" "alu_sat")])
++
++(define_insn "satadd_h"
++  [(set (match_operand:HI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++        (ss_plus:HI (match_operand:HI 1 "register_operand" "r")
++                    (match_operand:HI 2 "register_operand" "r")))]
++  "TARGET_DSP"
++  "satadd.h\t%0, %1, %2"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "none")
++   (set_attr "type" "alu_sat")])
++
++(define_insn "satsub_h"
++  [(set (match_operand:HI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++        (ss_minus:HI (match_operand:HI 1 "register_operand" "r")
++                     (match_operand:HI 2 "register_operand" "r")))]
++  "TARGET_DSP"
++  "satsub.h\t%0, %1, %2"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "none")
++   (set_attr "type" "alu_sat")])
++
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; smin
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++;; Set reg0 to the smallest value of reg1 and reg2. It is used for signed
++;; values in the registers.
++;;=============================================================================
++(define_insn "sminsi3"
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++	(smin:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r")
++		 (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "r")))]
++  ""
++  "min     %0, %1, %2"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "none")])
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; smax
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++;; Set reg0 to the largest value of reg1 and reg2. It is used for signed
++;; values in the registers.
++;;=============================================================================
++(define_insn "smaxsi3"
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++	(smax:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r")
++		 (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "r")))]
++  ""
++  "max     %0, %1, %2"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "none")])
++
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; Logical operations
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++
++;; Split up simple DImode logical operations.  Simply perform the logical
++;; operation on the upper and lower halves of the registers.
++(define_split
++  [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "register_operand" "")
++	(match_operator:DI 6 "logical_binary_operator"
++	  [(match_operand:DI 1 "register_operand" "")
++	   (match_operand:DI 2 "register_operand" "")]))]
++  "reload_completed"
++  [(set (match_dup 0) (match_op_dup:SI 6 [(match_dup 1) (match_dup 2)]))
++   (set (match_dup 3) (match_op_dup:SI 6 [(match_dup 4) (match_dup 5)]))]
++  "
++  {
++    operands[3] = gen_highpart (SImode, operands[0]);
++    operands[0] = gen_lowpart (SImode, operands[0]);
++    operands[4] = gen_highpart (SImode, operands[1]);
++    operands[1] = gen_lowpart (SImode, operands[1]);
++    operands[5] = gen_highpart (SImode, operands[2]);
++    operands[2] = gen_lowpart (SImode, operands[2]);
++  }"
++)
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; Logical operations with shifted operand
++;;=============================================================================
++(define_insn "<code>si_lshift"
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++        (logical:SI (match_operator:SI 4 "logical_shift_operator"
++                                       [(match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "r")
++                                        (match_operand:SI 3 "immediate_operand" "Ku05")])
++                    (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r")))]
++  ""
++  {
++   if ( GET_CODE(operands[4]) == ASHIFT )
++      return "<logical_insn>\t%0, %1, %2 << %3";
++   else
++      return "<logical_insn>\t%0, %1, %2 >> %3";
++      }
++
++  [(set_attr "cc" "set_z")]
++)
++
++
++;;************************************************
++;; Peepholes for detecting logical operantions
++;; with shifted operands
++;;************************************************
++
++(define_peephole
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 3 "register_operand" "")
++        (match_operator:SI 5 "logical_shift_operator"
++                           [(match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "")
++                            (match_operand:SI 2 "immediate_operand" "")]))
++   (set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
++        (logical:SI (match_operand:SI 4 "register_operand" "")
++                    (match_dup 3)))]
++  "(dead_or_set_p(insn, operands[3])) || (REGNO(operands[3]) == REGNO(operands[0]))"
++  {
++   if ( GET_CODE(operands[5]) == ASHIFT )
++      return "<logical_insn>\t%0, %4, %1 << %2";
++   else
++      return "<logical_insn>\t%0, %4, %1 >> %2";
++  }
++  [(set_attr "cc" "set_z")]
++  )
++
++(define_peephole
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 3 "register_operand" "")
++        (match_operator:SI 5 "logical_shift_operator"
++                           [(match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "")
++                            (match_operand:SI 2 "immediate_operand" "")]))
++   (set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
++        (logical:SI (match_dup 3)
++                    (match_operand:SI 4 "register_operand" "")))]
++  "(dead_or_set_p(insn, operands[3])) || (REGNO(operands[3]) == REGNO(operands[0]))"
++  {
++   if ( GET_CODE(operands[5]) == ASHIFT )
++      return "<logical_insn>\t%0, %4, %1 << %2";
++   else
++      return "<logical_insn>\t%0, %4, %1 >> %2";
++  }
++  [(set_attr "cc" "set_z")]
++  )
++
++
++(define_peephole2
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
++        (match_operator:SI 5 "logical_shift_operator"
++                           [(match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "")
++                            (match_operand:SI 2 "immediate_operand" "")]))
++   (set (match_operand:SI 3 "register_operand" "")
++        (logical:SI (match_operand:SI 4 "register_operand" "")
++                    (match_dup 0)))]
++  "(peep2_reg_dead_p(2, operands[0])) || (REGNO(operands[3]) == REGNO(operands[0]))"
++
++  [(set (match_dup 3)
++        (logical:SI  (match_op_dup:SI 5 [(match_dup 1) (match_dup 2)])
++                     (match_dup 4)))]
++
++  ""
++)
++
++(define_peephole2
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
++        (match_operator:SI 5 "logical_shift_operator"
++                           [(match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "")
++                            (match_operand:SI 2 "immediate_operand" "")]))
++   (set (match_operand:SI 3 "register_operand" "")
++        (logical:SI (match_dup 0)
++                    (match_operand:SI 4 "register_operand" "")))]
++  "(peep2_reg_dead_p(2, operands[0])) || (REGNO(operands[3]) == REGNO(operands[0]))"
++
++  [(set (match_dup 3)
++        (logical:SI (match_op_dup:SI 5 [(match_dup 1) (match_dup 2)])
++                    (match_dup 4)))]
++
++  ""
++)
++
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; and
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++;; Store the result after a bitwise logical-and between reg0 and reg2 in reg0.
++;;=============================================================================
++
++(define_insn "andnsi"
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++        (and:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "0")
++                (not:SI (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "r"))))]
++  ""
++  "andn    %0, %2"
++  [(set_attr "cc" "set_z")
++   (set_attr "length" "2")]
++)
++
++
++
++
++(define_insn "andsi3"
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r, r, r, r")
++	(and:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "%0, r, 0, r")
++                (match_operand:SI 2 "nonmemory_operand" "r, M, i, r")))]
++  ""
++  {
++   switch (which_alternative){
++    case 0:
++         return "and\t%0, %2";
++    case 1:
++        {
++         int i, first_set = -1;
++         /* Search for first bit set in mask */
++         for ( i = 31; i >= 0; --i )
++           if ( INTVAL(operands[2]) & (1 << i) ){
++             first_set = i;
++             break;
++           }
++         operands[2] = gen_rtx_CONST_INT(SImode, first_set + 1);
++         return "bfextu\t%0, %1, 0, %2";
++        }
++    case 2:
++         if ( one_bit_cleared_operand(operands[2], VOIDmode) ){
++             int bitpos;
++             for ( bitpos = 0; bitpos < 32; bitpos++ )
++               if ( !(INTVAL(operands[2]) & (1 << bitpos)) )
++                 break;
++             operands[2] = gen_rtx_CONST_INT(SImode, bitpos);
++             return "cbr\t%0, %2";
++         } else if ( (INTVAL(operands[2]) >= 0) &&
++                     (INTVAL(operands[2]) <= 65535) )
++             return "andl\t%0, %2, COH";
++         else if ( (INTVAL(operands[2]) < 0) &&
++                   (INTVAL(operands[2]) >= -65536 ) )
++             return "andl\t%0, lo(%2)";
++         else if ( ((INTVAL(operands[2]) & 0xffff) == 0xffff) )
++             return "andh\t%0, hi(%2)";
++         else if ( ((INTVAL(operands[2]) & 0xffff) == 0x0) )
++             return "andh\t%0, hi(%2), COH";
++         else
++             return "andh\t%0, hi(%2)\;andl\t%0, lo(%2)";
++    case 3:
++         return "and\t%0, %1, %2";
++    default:
++	 abort();
++    }
++  }
++
++  [(set_attr "length" "2,4,8,4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "set_z")])
++
++
++(define_insn "anddi3"
++  [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "register_operand" "=&r,&r")
++	(and:DI (match_operand:DI 1 "register_operand" "%0,r")
++                (match_operand:DI 2 "register_operand" "r,r")))]
++  ""
++  "#"
++  [(set_attr "length" "8")
++   (set_attr "cc" "clobber")]
++)
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; or
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++;; Store the result after a bitwise inclusive-or between reg0 and reg2 in reg0.
++;;=============================================================================
++
++(define_insn "iorsi3"
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand"          "=r,r,r")
++	(ior:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand"  "%0,0,r" )
++		(match_operand:SI 2 "nonmemory_operand" "r ,i,r")))]
++  ""
++  {
++   switch (which_alternative){
++    case 0:
++         return "or\t%0, %2";
++    case 1:
++         if ( one_bit_set_operand(operands[2], VOIDmode) ){
++             int bitpos;
++             for (bitpos = 0; bitpos < 32; bitpos++)
++               if (INTVAL(operands[2]) & (1 << bitpos))
++                 break;
++             operands[2] = gen_rtx_CONST_INT( SImode, bitpos);
++             return "sbr\t%0, %2";
++         } else if ( (INTVAL(operands[2]) >= 0) &&
++              (INTVAL(operands[2]) <= 65535) )
++             return "orl\t%0, %2";
++         else if ( ((INTVAL(operands[2]) & 0xffff) == 0x0) )
++             return "orh\t%0, hi(%2)";
++         else
++             return "orh\t%0, hi(%2)\;orl\t%0, lo(%2)";
++    case 2:
++         return "or\t%0, %1, %2";
++    default:
++	 abort();
++    }
++  }
++  [(set_attr "length" "2,8,4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "set_z")])
++
++
++;(define_insn "iorsi3"
++;  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r, r, r")
++;	(ior:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "avr32_logical_insn_operand" "r, r, rA" )
++;		(match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "0, i, r")))]
++;  ""
++;  {
++;   switch (which_alternative){
++;    case 0:
++;         return "or     %0, %2";
++;    case 1:
++;         if ( one_bit_set_operand(operands[2], VOIDmode) ){
++;             int i, bitpos;
++;             for ( i = 0; i < 32; i++ )
++;                if ( INTVAL(operands[2]) & (1 << i) ){
++;                   bitpos = i;
++;                   break;
++;                }
++;             operands[2] = gen_rtx_CONST_INT( SImode, bitpos);
++;             return "sbr    %0, %2";
++;         } else if ( (INTVAL(operands[2]) >= 0) &&
++;              (INTVAL(operands[2]) <= 65535) )
++;             return "orl    %0, %2";
++;         else if ( ((INTVAL(operands[2]) & 0xffff) == 0x0) )
++;             return "orh    %0, hi(%2)";
++;         else
++;             return "orh    %0, hi(%2)\;orl    %0, lo(%2)";
++;    case 2:
++;         return "or     %0, %2, %1";
++;    }
++;  }
++;  [(set_attr "length" "2,8,4")
++;   (set_attr "cc" "set_z")])
++
++(define_insn "iordi3"
++  [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "register_operand" "=&r,&r")
++	(ior:DI (match_operand:DI 1 "register_operand" "%0,r")
++                (match_operand:DI 2 "register_operand" "r,r")))]
++  ""
++  "#"
++  [(set_attr "length" "8")
++   (set_attr "cc" "clobber")]
++)
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; xor bytes
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++;; Store the result after a bitwise exclusive-or between reg0 and reg2 in reg0.
++;;=============================================================================
++
++(define_insn "xorsi3"
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r,r,r")
++	(xor:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "0,0,r")
++		(match_operand:SI 2 "nonmemory_operand" "r,i,r")))]
++  ""
++  {
++   switch (which_alternative){
++    case 0:
++         return "eor     %0, %2";
++    case 1:
++         if ( (INTVAL(operands[2]) >= 0) &&
++              (INTVAL(operands[2]) <= 65535) )
++             return "eorl    %0, %2";
++         else if ( ((INTVAL(operands[2]) & 0xffff) == 0x0) )
++             return "eorh    %0, hi(%2)";
++         else
++             return "eorh    %0, hi(%2)\;eorl    %0, lo(%2)";
++    case 2:
++         return "eor     %0, %1, %2";
++    default:
++	 abort();
++    }
++  }
++
++  [(set_attr "length" "2,8,4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "set_z")])
++
++(define_insn "xordi3"
++  [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "register_operand" "=&r,&r")
++	(xor:DI (match_operand:DI 1 "register_operand" "%0,r")
++                (match_operand:DI 2 "register_operand" "r,r")))]
++  ""
++  "#"
++  [(set_attr "length" "8")
++   (set_attr "cc" "clobber")]
++)
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; divmod
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++;; Signed division that produces both a quotient and a remainder.
++;;=============================================================================
++(define_expand "divmodsi4"
++  [(parallel [
++     (parallel [
++       (set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++	    (div:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r")
++		    (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "r")))
++       (set (match_operand:SI 3 "register_operand" "=r")
++	    (mod:SI (match_dup 1)
++		    (match_dup 2)))])
++     (use (match_dup 4))])]
++  ""
++  {
++    if (! no_new_pseudos) {
++      operands[4] = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
++
++      emit_insn(gen_divmodsi4_internal(operands[4],operands[1],operands[2]));
++      emit_move_insn(operands[0], gen_rtx_SUBREG( SImode, operands[4], 4));
++      emit_move_insn(operands[3], gen_rtx_SUBREG( SImode, operands[4], 0));
++
++      DONE;
++    } else {
++      FAIL;
++    }
++
++  })
++
++
++(define_insn "divmodsi4_internal"
++  [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++	(unspec:DI [(match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r")
++		    (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "r")]
++		   UNSPEC_DIVMODSI4_INTERNAL))]
++  ""
++  "divs    %0, %1, %2"
++  [(set_attr "type" "div")
++   (set_attr "cc" "none")])
++
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; udivmod
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++;; Unsigned division that produces both a quotient and a remainder.
++;;=============================================================================
++(define_expand "udivmodsi4"
++ [(parallel [
++    (parallel [
++      (set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++	   (udiv:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r")
++		    (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "r")))
++      (set (match_operand:SI 3 "register_operand" "=r")
++	   (umod:SI (match_dup 1)
++		    (match_dup 2)))])
++    (use (match_dup 4))])]
++  ""
++  {
++    if (! no_new_pseudos) {
++      operands[4] = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
++
++      emit_insn(gen_udivmodsi4_internal(operands[4],operands[1],operands[2]));
++      emit_move_insn(operands[0], gen_rtx_SUBREG( SImode, operands[4], 4));
++      emit_move_insn(operands[3], gen_rtx_SUBREG( SImode, operands[4], 0));
++
++      DONE;
++    } else {
++      FAIL;
++    }
++  })
++
++(define_insn "udivmodsi4_internal"
++  [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++	(unspec:DI [(match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r")
++		    (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "r")]
++		   UNSPEC_UDIVMODSI4_INTERNAL))]
++  ""
++  "divu    %0, %1, %2"
++  [(set_attr "type" "div")
++   (set_attr "cc" "none")])
++
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; Arithmetic-shift left
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++;; Arithmetic-shift reg0 left by reg2 or immediate value.
++;;=============================================================================
++
++(define_insn "ashlsi3"
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand"           "=r,r,r")
++	(ashift:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r,0,r")
++		   (match_operand:SI 2 "nonmemory_operand" "r,Ku05,Ku05")))]
++  ""
++  "@
++   lsl     %0, %1, %2
++   lsl     %0, %2
++   lsl     %0, %1, %2"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4,2,4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "set_ncz")])
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; Arithmetic-shift right
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++;; Arithmetic-shift reg0 right by an immediate value.
++;;=============================================================================
++
++(define_insn "ashrsi3"
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand"             "=r,r,r")
++	(ashiftrt:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r,0,r")
++		     (match_operand:SI 2 "nonmemory_operand" "r,Ku05,Ku05")))]
++  ""
++  "@
++   asr     %0, %1, %2
++   asr     %0, %2
++   asr     %0, %1, %2"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4,2,4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "set_ncz")])
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; Logical shift right
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++;; Logical shift reg0 right by an immediate value.
++;;=============================================================================
++
++(define_insn "lshrsi3"
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r,r,r")
++	(lshiftrt:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r,0,r")
++		     (match_operand:SI 2 "nonmemory_operand" "r,Ku05,Ku05")))]
++  ""
++  "@
++   lsr     %0, %1, %2
++   lsr     %0, %2
++   lsr     %0, %1, %2"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4,2,4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "set_ncz")])
++
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; neg
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++;; Negate operand 1 and store the result in operand 0.
++;;=============================================================================
++(define_insn "negsi2"
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++	(neg:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "0")))]
++  ""
++  "neg     %0"
++  [(set_attr "length" "2")
++   (set_attr "cc" "set_vncz")])
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; abs
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++;; Store the absolute value of operand 1 into operand 0.
++;;=============================================================================
++(define_insn "abssi2"
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++	(abs:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "0")))]
++  ""
++  "abs     %0"
++  [(set_attr "length" "2")
++   (set_attr "cc" "set_z")])
++
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; one_cmpl
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++;; Store the bitwise-complement of operand 1 into operand 0.
++;;=============================================================================
++
++(define_insn "one_cmplsi2"
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r,r")
++	(not:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r,0")))]
++  ""
++  "@
++   rsub    %0, %1, -1
++   com     %0"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4,2")
++   (set_attr "cc" "set_z")])
++
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; Bit load
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++;; Load a bit into Z and C flags
++;;=============================================================================
++(define_insn "bldsi"
++  [(set (cc0)
++        (and:SI (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "r")
++                (match_operand:SI 1 "one_bit_set_operand" "i")))]
++  ""
++  "bld\t%0, %p1"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "bld")]
++  )
++
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; Compare
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++;; Compare reg0 with reg1 or an immediate value.
++;;=============================================================================
++
++(define_expand "cmpqi"
++  [(set (cc0)
++	(compare:QI
++	 (match_operand:QI 0 "general_operand" "")
++	 (match_operand:QI 1 "general_operand"  "")))]
++  ""
++  "{
++
++   if ( GET_CODE(operands[0]) != REG
++        && GET_CODE(operands[0]) != SUBREG)
++     operands[0] = force_reg(QImode, operands[0]);
++
++
++   if ( GET_CODE(operands[1]) != REG
++        && GET_CODE(operands[1]) != SUBREG )
++     operands[1] = force_reg(QImode, operands[1]);
++
++   avr32_compare_op0 = operands[0];
++   avr32_compare_op1 = operands[1];
++   emit_insn(gen_cmpqi_internal(operands[0], operands[1]));
++   DONE;
++  }"
++)
++
++
++(define_insn "cmpqi_internal"
++  [(set (cc0)
++        (compare:QI
++         (match_operand:QI 0 "register_operand" "r")
++         (match_operand:QI 1 "register_operand" "r")))]
++  ""
++  {
++   set_next_insn_cond(insn,
++                      avr32_output_cmp(get_next_insn_cond(insn), QImode, operands[0], operands[1]));
++   return "";
++  }
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "compare")])
++
++(define_expand "cmphi"
++  [(set (cc0)
++	(compare:HI
++	 (match_operand:HI 0 "register_operand" "")
++	 (match_operand:HI 1 "register_operand"  "")))]
++  ""
++  "{
++
++   //if ( (GET_CODE(operands[0]) == REG
++   //     || GET_CODE(operands[0]) == SUBREG)
++   //     && (GET_CODE(operands[1]) == CONST_INT
++   //         && avr32_const_ok_for_constraint_p (INTVAL(operands[1]), 'K', \"Ks21\")) ){
++   //   operands[0] = convert_to_mode(SImode, operands[0], 0);      
++   //   avr32_compare_op0 = operands[0];
++   //   avr32_compare_op1 = operands[1];
++   //   emit_insn(gen_cmpsi_internal(operands[0], operands[1]));
++   //   DONE;
++   //}
++
++   if ( GET_CODE(operands[0]) != REG
++        && GET_CODE(operands[0]) != SUBREG )
++     operands[0] = force_reg(HImode, operands[0]);
++
++
++   if ( GET_CODE(operands[1]) != REG
++        && GET_CODE(operands[1]) != SUBREG)
++     operands[1] = force_reg(HImode, operands[1]);
++
++   avr32_compare_op0 = operands[0];
++   avr32_compare_op1 = operands[1];
++  }"
++)
++
++
++(define_insn "cmphi_internal"
++  [(set (cc0)
++        (compare:HI
++         (match_operand:HI 0 "register_operand" "r")
++         (match_operand:HI 1 "register_operand" "r")))]
++  ""
++  {
++   set_next_insn_cond(insn,
++     avr32_output_cmp(get_next_insn_cond(insn), HImode, operands[0], operands[1]));
++   return "";
++  }
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "compare")])
++
++
++(define_expand "cmpsi"
++  [(set (cc0)
++	(compare:SI
++	 (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
++	 (match_operand:SI 1 "register_immediate_operand"  "")))]
++  ""
++  "{
++   if ( GET_CODE(operands[0]) != REG
++        && GET_CODE(operands[0]) != SUBREG )
++     operands[0] = force_reg(SImode, operands[0]);
++
++   if ( GET_CODE(operands[1]) != REG
++        && GET_CODE(operands[1]) != SUBREG
++        && GET_CODE(operands[1]) != CONST_INT )
++     operands[1] = force_reg(SImode, operands[1]);
++
++   avr32_compare_op0 = operands[0];
++   avr32_compare_op1 = operands[1];
++
++  }"
++)
++
++
++(define_insn "cmpsi_internal"
++  [(set (cc0)
++	(compare:SI
++	 (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "r, r, r")
++	 (match_operand:SI 1 "register_immediate_operand"  "r, Ks06, Ks21")))]
++  ""
++  {
++   set_next_insn_cond(insn,
++     avr32_output_cmp(get_next_insn_cond(insn), SImode, operands[0], operands[1]));
++   return "";
++  }
++
++  [(set_attr "length" "2,2,4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "compare")])
++
++
++(define_expand "cmpdi"
++  [(set (cc0)
++	(compare:DI
++	 (match_operand:DI 0 "register_operand" "")
++	 (match_operand:DI 1 "register_immediate_operand"  "")))]
++  ""
++  {
++   avr32_compare_op0 = operands[0];
++   avr32_compare_op1 = operands[1];
++  }
++)
++
++(define_insn "cmpdi_internal"
++  [(set (cc0)
++	(compare:DI
++	 (match_operand:DI 0 "register_operand" "r")
++	 (match_operand:DI 1 "register_immediate_operand"  "rKu20")))]
++  ""
++  {
++   set_next_insn_cond(insn,
++     avr32_output_cmp(get_next_insn_cond(insn), DImode, operands[0], operands[1]));
++   return "";
++  }
++
++  [(set_attr "length" "6")
++   (set_attr "type" "alu2")
++   (set_attr "cc" "compare")])
++
++
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; Test if zero
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++;; Compare reg against zero and set the condition codes.
++;;=============================================================================
++
++
++(define_expand "tstsi"
++  [(set (cc0)
++	(match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" ""))]
++  ""
++  {
++   avr32_compare_op0 = operands[0];
++   avr32_compare_op1 = const0_rtx;
++  }
++)
++
++(define_insn "tstsi_internal"
++  [(set (cc0)
++	(match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "r"))]
++  ""
++  {
++   set_next_insn_cond(insn,
++     avr32_output_cmp(get_next_insn_cond(insn), SImode, operands[0], const0_rtx));
++
++   return "";
++  }
++  [(set_attr "length" "2")
++   (set_attr "cc" "compare")])
++
++
++(define_expand "tstdi"
++  [(set (cc0)
++	(match_operand:DI 0 "register_operand" ""))]
++  ""
++  {
++   avr32_compare_op0 = operands[0];
++   avr32_compare_op1 = const0_rtx;
++  }
++)
++
++(define_insn "tstdi_internal"
++  [(set (cc0)
++	(match_operand:DI 0 "register_operand" "r"))]
++  ""
++  {
++   set_next_insn_cond(insn,
++     avr32_output_cmp(get_next_insn_cond(insn), DImode, operands[0], const0_rtx));
++   return "";
++  }
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "type" "alu2")
++   (set_attr "cc" "compare")])
++
++
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; Convert operands
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++;;
++;;=============================================================================
++(define_insn "truncdisi2"
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "general_operand" "")
++	(truncate:SI (match_operand:DI 1 "general_operand" "")))]
++  ""
++  "truncdisi2")
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; Extend
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++;;
++;;=============================================================================
++
++
++(define_insn "extendhisi2"
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r,r,r,r")
++	(sign_extend:SI (match_operand:HI 1 "nonimmediate_operand" "0,r,<RKu00>,m")))]
++  ""
++  {
++   switch ( which_alternative ){
++     case 0:
++       return    "casts.h\t%0";
++     case 1:
++       return    "bfexts\t%0, %1, 0, 16";
++     case 2:
++     case 3:
++       return    "ld.sh\t%0, %1";
++     default:
++       abort();
++   }
++  }
++  [(set_attr "length" "2,4,2,4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "set_ncz,set_ncz,none,none")
++   (set_attr "type" "alu,alu,load_rm,load_rm")])
++
++(define_insn "extendqisi2"
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r,r,r,r")
++	(sign_extend:SI (match_operand:QI 1 "extendqi_operand" "0,r,RKu00,m")))]
++  ""
++  {
++   switch ( which_alternative ){
++     case 0:
++       return    "casts.b\t%0";
++     case 1:
++       return    "bfexts\t%0, %1, 0, 8";
++     case 2:
++     case 3:
++       return    "ld.sb\t%0, %1";
++     default:
++       abort();
++   }
++  }
++  [(set_attr "length" "2,4,2,4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "set_ncz,set_ncz,none,none")
++   (set_attr "type" "alu,alu,load_rm,load_rm")])
++
++(define_insn "extendqihi2"
++  [(set (match_operand:HI 0 "register_operand" "=r,r,r,r")
++	(sign_extend:HI (match_operand:QI 1 "extendqi_operand" "0,r,RKu00,m")))]
++  ""
++  {
++   switch ( which_alternative ){
++     case 0:
++       return    "casts.b\t%0";
++     case 1:
++       return    "bfexts\t%0, %1, 0, 8";
++     case 2:
++     case 3:
++       return    "ld.sb\t%0, %1";
++     default:
++       abort();
++   }
++  }
++  [(set_attr "length" "2,4,2,4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "set_ncz,set_ncz,none,none")
++   (set_attr "type" "alu,alu,load_rm,load_rm")])
++
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; Zero-extend
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++;;
++;;=============================================================================
++
++(define_insn "zero_extendhisi2"
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r,r,r,r")
++	(zero_extend:SI (match_operand:HI 1 "nonimmediate_operand" "0,r,<RKu00>,m")))]
++  ""
++  {
++   switch ( which_alternative ){
++     case 0:
++       return    "castu.h\t%0";
++     case 1:
++       return    "bfextu\t%0, %1, 0, 16";
++     case 2:
++     case 3:
++       return    "ld.uh\t%0, %1";
++     default:
++       abort();
++   }
++  }
++
++  [(set_attr "length" "2,4,2,4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "set_ncz,set_ncz,none,none")
++   (set_attr "type" "alu,alu,load_rm,load_rm")])
++
++(define_insn "zero_extendqisi2"
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r,r,r,r")
++	(zero_extend:SI (match_operand:QI 1 "nonimmediate_operand" "0,r,<RKu00>,m")))]
++  ""
++  {
++   switch ( which_alternative ){
++     case 0:
++       return    "castu.b\t%0";
++     case 1:
++       return    "bfextu\t%0, %1, 0, 8";
++     case 2:
++     case 3:
++       return    "ld.ub\t%0, %1";
++     default:
++       abort();
++   }
++  }
++  [(set_attr "length" "2,4,2,4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "set_ncz, set_ncz, none, none")
++   (set_attr "type" "alu, alu, load_rm, load_rm")])
++
++(define_insn "zero_extendqihi2"
++  [(set (match_operand:HI 0 "register_operand" "=r,r,r,r")
++	(zero_extend:HI (match_operand:QI 1 "nonimmediate_operand" "0,r,<RKu00>,m")))]
++  ""
++  {
++   switch ( which_alternative ){
++     case 0:
++       return    "castu.b\t%0";
++     case 1:
++       return    "bfextu\t%0, %1, 0, 8";
++     case 2:
++     case 3:
++       return    "ld.ub\t%0, %1";
++     default:
++       abort();
++   }
++  }
++  [(set_attr "length" "2,4,2,4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "set_ncz, set_ncz, none, none")
++   (set_attr "type" "alu, alu, load_rm, load_rm")])
++
++
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; Conditional set register
++;; sr{cond4}  rd
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++
++;;Because of the same issue as with conditional moves and adds we must
++;;not separate the compare instrcution from the scc instruction as
++;;they might be sheduled "badly".
++
++(define_insn "s<code>"
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++	(any_cond:SI (cc0)
++                     (const_int 0)))]
++  ""
++  "sr<cond>\t%0"
++  [(set_attr "length" "2")
++   (set_attr "cc" "none")])
++
++(define_insn "smi"
++   [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++	 (unspec:SI [(cc0)
++                     (const_int 0)] UNSPEC_COND_MI))]
++  ""
++  "srmi\t%0"
++  [(set_attr "length" "2")
++   (set_attr "cc" "none")])
++
++(define_insn "spl"
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++	(unspec:SI [(cc0)
++                    (const_int 0)] UNSPEC_COND_PL))]
++  ""
++  "srpl\t%0"
++  [(set_attr "length" "2")
++   (set_attr "cc" "none")])
++
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; Conditional branch
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++;; Branch to label if the specified condition codes are set.
++;;=============================================================================
++; branch if negative
++(define_insn "bmi"
++  [(set (pc)
++	(if_then_else (unspec:CC [(cc0) (const_int 0)] UNSPEC_COND_MI)
++		      (label_ref (match_operand 0 "" ""))
++		      (pc)))]
++  ""
++  "brmi    %0"
++  [(set_attr "type" "branch")
++   (set (attr "length")
++	(cond [(and (le (minus (match_dup 0) (pc)) (const_int 254))
++		    (le (minus (pc) (match_dup 0)) (const_int 256)))
++	       (const_int 2)] ; use compact branch
++              (const_int 4))) ; use extended branch
++   (set_attr "cc" "none")])
++
++(define_insn "*bmi-reverse"
++  [(set (pc)
++	(if_then_else (unspec:CC [(cc0) (const_int 0)] UNSPEC_COND_MI)
++		      (pc)
++		      (label_ref (match_operand 0 "" ""))))]
++  ""
++  "brpl    %0"
++  [(set_attr "type" "branch")
++   (set (attr "length")
++	(cond [(and (le (minus (match_dup 0) (pc)) (const_int 254))
++		    (le (minus (pc) (match_dup 0)) (const_int 256)))
++	       (const_int 2)] ; use compact branch
++              (const_int 4))) ; use extended branch
++   (set_attr "cc" "none")])
++
++; branch if positive
++(define_insn "bpl"
++  [(set (pc)
++	(if_then_else (unspec:CC [(cc0) (const_int 0)] UNSPEC_COND_PL)
++		      (label_ref (match_operand 0 "" ""))
++		      (pc)))]
++  ""
++  "brpl    %0"
++  [(set_attr "type" "branch")
++   (set (attr "length")
++	(cond [(and (le (minus (match_dup 0) (pc)) (const_int 254))
++		    (le (minus (pc) (match_dup 0)) (const_int 256)))
++	       (const_int 2)] ; use compact branch
++              (const_int 4))) ; use extended branch
++   (set_attr "cc" "none")])
++
++(define_insn "*bpl-reverse"
++  [(set (pc)
++	(if_then_else (unspec:CC [(cc0) (const_int 0)] UNSPEC_COND_PL)
++		      (pc)
++		      (label_ref (match_operand 0 "" ""))))]
++  ""
++  "brmi    %0"
++  [(set_attr "type" "branch")
++   (set (attr "length")
++	(cond [(and (le (minus (match_dup 0) (pc)) (const_int 254))
++		    (le (minus (pc) (match_dup 0)) (const_int 256)))
++	       (const_int 2)] ; use compact branch
++              (const_int 4))) ; use extended branch
++   (set_attr "cc" "none")])
++
++; branch if equal
++(define_insn "b<code>"
++  [(set (pc)
++	(if_then_else (any_cond:CC (cc0)
++			  (const_int 0))
++		      (label_ref (match_operand 0 "" ""))
++		      (pc)))]
++  ""
++  "br<cond>    %0 "
++  [(set_attr "type" "branch")
++   (set (attr "length")
++	(cond [(and (le (minus (match_dup 0) (pc)) (const_int 254))
++		    (le (minus (pc) (match_dup 0)) (const_int 256)))
++	       (const_int 2)] ; use compact branch
++              (const_int 4))) ; use extended branch
++   (set_attr "cc" "none")])
++
++
++(define_insn "*b<code>-reverse"
++  [(set (pc)
++	(if_then_else (any_cond:CC (cc0)
++			  (const_int 0))
++		      (pc)
++		      (label_ref (match_operand 0 "" ""))))]
++  ""
++  "br<invcond>    %0 "
++  [(set_attr "type" "branch")
++   (set (attr "length")
++	(cond [(and (le (minus (match_dup 0) (pc)) (const_int 254))
++		    (le (minus (pc) (match_dup 0)) (const_int 256)))
++	       (const_int 2)] ; use compact branch
++              (const_int 4))) ; use extended branch
++   (set_attr "cc" "none")])
++
++
++
++;=============================================================================
++; Conditional Add/Subtract
++;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++; sub{cond4}  Rd, imm
++;=============================================================================
++
++
++(define_expand "add<mode>cc"
++  [(set (match_operand:ADDCC 0 "register_operand" "")
++        (if_then_else:ADDCC (match_operator 1 "avr32_comparison_operator" 
++                                            [(match_dup 4)
++                                             (match_dup 5)])
++                            (match_operand:ADDCC 2 "register_operand" "")
++                            (plus:ADDCC 
++                             (match_dup 2)
++                             (match_operand:ADDCC 3 "avr32_cond_immediate_operand" ""))))]
++  ""
++  {
++   /* Delete compare instruction as it is merged into this instruction */
++   remove_insn (get_last_insn_anywhere ());
++
++   operands[4] = avr32_compare_op0;
++   operands[5] = avr32_compare_op1;
++  }
++  )
++
++
++(define_insn "add<ADDCC:mode>cc_cmp<CMP:mode>"
++  [(set (match_operand:ADDCC 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++        (if_then_else:ADDCC (match_operator 1 "avr32_comparison_operator" 
++                                            [(match_operand:CMP 4 "register_operand" "r")
++                                             (match_operand:CMP 5 "<CMP:cmp_predicate>" "<CMP:cmp_constraint>")])
++                            (match_operand:ADDCC 2 "register_operand" "0")
++                            (plus:ADDCC 
++                             (match_dup 2)
++                             (match_operand:ADDCC 3 "avr32_cond_immediate_operand" "Is08"))))]
++  ""
++  {
++   operands[1] = avr32_output_cmp(operands[1], GET_MODE(operands[4]), operands[4], operands[5]);
++
++   return "sub%i1\t%0, -%3";
++  }
++  [(set_attr "length" "8")
++   (set_attr "cc" "cmp_cond_insn")])
++
++;=============================================================================
++; Conditional Move
++;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++; mov{cond4}  Rd, (Rs/imm)
++;=============================================================================
++(define_expand "mov<mode>cc"
++  [(set (match_operand:MOVCC 0 "register_operand" "")
++        (if_then_else:MOVCC (match_operator 1 "avr32_comparison_operator" 
++                                            [(match_dup 4)
++                                             (match_dup 5)])
++                            (match_operand:MOVCC 2 "avr32_cond_register_immediate_operand" "")
++                            (match_operand:MOVCC 3 "avr32_cond_register_immediate_operand" "")))]
++  ""
++  {
++   /* Delete compare instruction as it is merged into this instruction */
++   remove_insn (get_last_insn_anywhere ());
++
++   operands[4] = avr32_compare_op0;
++   operands[5] = avr32_compare_op1;
++  }
++  )
++
++
++(define_insn "mov<MOVCC:mode>cc_cmp<CMP:mode>"
++  [(set (match_operand:MOVCC 0 "register_operand" "=r,r,r")
++        (if_then_else:MOVCC (match_operator 1 "avr32_comparison_operator" 
++                                            [(match_operand:CMP 4 "register_operand" "r,r,r")
++                                             (match_operand:CMP 5 "<CMP:cmp_predicate>" "<CMP:cmp_constraint>,<CMP:cmp_constraint>,<CMP:cmp_constraint>")])
++                            (match_operand:MOVCC 2 "avr32_cond_register_immediate_operand" "0, rKs08,rKs08")
++                            (match_operand:MOVCC 3 "avr32_cond_register_immediate_operand" "rKs08,0,rKs08")))]
++  ""
++  {
++   operands[1] = avr32_output_cmp(operands[1], GET_MODE(operands[4]), operands[4], operands[5]);
++
++   switch( which_alternative ){
++    case 0:
++      return "mov%i1    %0, %3";
++    case 1:
++      return "mov%1    %0, %2";
++    case 2:
++      return "mov%1    %0, %2\;mov%i1    %0, %3";
++    default:
++      abort();
++    }
++
++
++  }
++  [(set_attr "length" "8,8,12")
++   (set_attr "cc" "cmp_cond_insn")])
++
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; jump
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++;; Jump inside a function; an unconditional branch to a label.
++;;=============================================================================
++(define_insn "jump"
++  [(set (pc)
++	(label_ref (match_operand 0 "" "")))]
++  ""
++  {
++    if (get_attr_length(insn) > 4)
++      return "Can't jump this far";
++    return (get_attr_length(insn) == 2 ?
++	    "rjmp    %0" : "bral    %0");
++  }
++  [(set_attr "type" "branch")
++   (set (attr "length")
++	(cond [(and (le (minus (match_dup 0) (pc)) (const_int 1022))
++		    (le (minus (pc) (match_dup 0)) (const_int 1024)))
++	       (const_int 2) ; use rjmp
++	       (le (match_dup 0) (const_int 1048575))
++	       (const_int 4)] ; use bral
++	      (const_int 8))) ; do something else
++   (set_attr "cc" "none")])
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; call
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++;; Subroutine call instruction returning no value.
++;;=============================================================================
++(define_insn "call_internal"
++  [(parallel [(call (mem:SI (match_operand:SI 0 "avr32_call_operand" "r,U,T,W"))
++                    (match_operand 1 "" ""))
++              (clobber (reg:SI LR_REGNUM))])]
++  ""
++  {
++   switch (which_alternative){
++    case 0:
++      return "icall\t%0";
++    case 1:
++      return "rcall\t%0";
++    case 2:
++      return "mcall\t%0";
++    case 3:
++      if ( TARGET_HAS_ASM_ADDR_PSEUDOS )
++        return "call\t%0";
++      else
++        return "mcall\tr6[%0@got]";
++    default:
++      abort();
++   }
++  }
++  [(set_attr "type" "call")
++   (set_attr "length" "2,4,4,10")
++   (set_attr "cc" "clobber")])
++
++
++(define_expand "call"
++  [(parallel [(call (match_operand:SI 0 "" "")
++                    (match_operand 1 "" ""))
++              (clobber (reg:SI LR_REGNUM))])]
++  ""
++  {
++   rtx call_address;
++   if ( GET_CODE(operands[0]) != MEM )
++      FAIL;
++
++   call_address = XEXP(operands[0], 0);
++
++   /* If assembler supports call pseudo insn and the call
++      address is a symbol then nothing special needs to be done. */
++   if ( TARGET_HAS_ASM_ADDR_PSEUDOS
++        && (GET_CODE(call_address) == SYMBOL_REF) ){
++      /* We must however mark the function as using the GOT if
++         flag_pic is set, since the call insn might turn into
++         a mcall using the GOT ptr register. */
++      if ( flag_pic ){
++         current_function_uses_pic_offset_table = 1;
++         emit_call_insn(gen_call_internal(call_address, operands[1]));
++         DONE;
++      }
++   } else {
++     if ( flag_pic &&
++          GET_CODE(call_address) == SYMBOL_REF ){
++       current_function_uses_pic_offset_table = 1;
++       emit_call_insn(gen_call_internal(call_address, operands[1]));
++       DONE;
++     }
++
++     if ( !SYMBOL_REF_RCALL_FUNCTION_P(operands[0]) ){
++       if ( optimize_size &&
++             GET_CODE(call_address) == SYMBOL_REF ){
++         call_address = force_const_mem(SImode, call_address);
++       } else {
++         call_address = force_reg(SImode, call_address);
++       }
++     }
++   }
++   emit_call_insn(gen_call_internal(call_address, operands[1]));
++   DONE;
++  }
++)
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; call_value
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++;; Subrutine call instruction returning a value.
++;;=============================================================================
++(define_expand "call_value"
++   [(parallel [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "" "")
++                    (call (match_operand:SI 1 "" "")
++                          (match_operand 2 "" "")))
++               (clobber (reg:SI LR_REGNUM))])]
++   ""
++   {
++    rtx call_address;
++    if ( GET_CODE(operands[1]) != MEM )
++      FAIL;
++
++    call_address = XEXP(operands[1], 0);
++
++    /* If assembler supports call pseudo insn and the call
++       address is a symbol then nothing special needs to be done. */
++    if ( TARGET_HAS_ASM_ADDR_PSEUDOS
++         && (GET_CODE(call_address) == SYMBOL_REF) ){
++       /* We must however mark the function as using the GOT if
++          flag_pic is set, since the call insn might turn into
++          a mcall using the GOT ptr register. */
++       if ( flag_pic ) {
++          current_function_uses_pic_offset_table = 1;
++          emit_call_insn(gen_call_value_internal(operands[0], call_address, operands[2]));
++          DONE;
++       }
++    } else {
++      if ( flag_pic &&
++           GET_CODE(call_address) == SYMBOL_REF ){
++        current_function_uses_pic_offset_table = 1;
++        emit_call_insn(gen_call_value_internal(operands[0], call_address, operands[2]));
++        DONE;
++      }
++
++      if ( !SYMBOL_REF_RCALL_FUNCTION_P(operands[1]) ){
++        if ( optimize_size &&
++             GET_CODE(call_address) == SYMBOL_REF){
++          call_address = force_const_mem(SImode, call_address);
++        } else {
++          call_address = force_reg(SImode, call_address);
++        }
++      }
++    }
++    emit_call_insn(gen_call_value_internal(operands[0], call_address,
++                                           operands[2]));
++    DONE;
++
++   })
++
++(define_insn "call_value_internal"
++  [(parallel [(set (match_operand 0 "register_operand" "=r,r,r,r")
++                   (call (mem:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "avr32_call_operand" "r,U,T,W"))
++                         (match_operand 2 "" "")))
++              (clobber (reg:SI LR_REGNUM))])]
++  ;; Operand 2 not used on the AVR32.
++  ""
++  {
++   switch (which_alternative){
++    case 0:
++      return "icall\t%1";
++    case 1:
++      return "rcall\t%1";
++    case 2:
++      return "mcall\t%1";
++    case 3:
++      if ( TARGET_HAS_ASM_ADDR_PSEUDOS )
++        return "call\t%1";
++      else
++        return "mcall\tr6[%1@got]";
++    default:
++      abort();
++   }
++  }
++  [(set_attr "type" "call")
++   (set_attr "length" "2,4,4,10")
++   (set_attr "cc" "call_set")])
++
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; untyped_call
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++;; Subrutine call instruction returning a value of any type.
++;; The code is copied from m68k.md (except gen_blockage is removed)
++;; Fixme!
++;;=============================================================================
++(define_expand "untyped_call"
++  [(parallel [(call (match_operand 0 "avr32_call_operand" "")
++		    (const_int 0))
++	      (match_operand 1 "" "")
++	      (match_operand 2 "" "")])]
++  ""
++  {
++    int i;
++
++    emit_call_insn (GEN_CALL (operands[0], const0_rtx, NULL, const0_rtx));
++
++    for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (operands[2], 0); i++) {
++      rtx set = XVECEXP (operands[2], 0, i);
++      emit_move_insn (SET_DEST (set), SET_SRC (set));
++    }
++
++    /* The optimizer does not know that the call sets the function value
++       registers we stored in the result block.  We avoid problems by
++       claiming that all hard registers are used and clobbered at this
++       point.  */
++    emit_insn (gen_blockage ());
++
++    DONE;
++  })
++
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; return
++;;=============================================================================
++
++(define_insn "return"
++  [(return)]
++  "USE_RETURN_INSN (FALSE)"
++  {
++   avr32_output_return_instruction(TRUE, FALSE, NULL, NULL);
++   return "";
++  }
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "type" "call")]
++  )
++
++(define_insn "return_cond"
++  [(set (pc) 
++        (if_then_else (match_operand 0 "avr32_comparison_operand" "")
++                      (return)
++                      (pc)))]
++  "USE_RETURN_INSN (TRUE)"
++  "ret%0\tr12";
++  [(set_attr "type" "call")])
++  
++
++(define_insn "return_imm"
++  [(parallel [(set (reg RETVAL_REGNUM) (match_operand 0 "immediate_operand" "i"))
++              (use (reg RETVAL_REGNUM))
++              (return)])]
++  "USE_RETURN_INSN (FALSE) &&
++   ((INTVAL(operands[0]) == -1) || (INTVAL(operands[0]) == 0) || (INTVAL(operands[0]) == 1))"
++  {
++   avr32_output_return_instruction(TRUE, FALSE, NULL, operands[0]);
++   return "";
++  }
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "type" "call")]
++  )
++
++(define_insn "return_imm_cond"
++  [(parallel [(set (reg RETVAL_REGNUM) (match_operand 0 "immediate_operand" "i"))
++              (use (reg RETVAL_REGNUM))
++              (set (pc) 
++                   (if_then_else (match_operand 1 "avr32_comparison_operand" "")
++                                 (return)
++                                 (pc)))])]
++  "USE_RETURN_INSN (TRUE) &&
++   ((INTVAL(operands[0]) == -1) || (INTVAL(operands[0]) == 0) || (INTVAL(operands[0]) == 1))"
++  "ret%1\t%0";
++  [(set_attr "type" "call")]
++  )
++
++(define_insn "return_<mode>reg"
++  [(set (reg RETVAL_REGNUM) (match_operand:MOVM 0 "register_operand" "r"))
++   (use (reg RETVAL_REGNUM))
++   (return)]
++  "USE_RETURN_INSN (TRUE)"
++  "retal    %0";
++  [(set_attr "type" "call")]
++  )
++
++(define_insn "return_<mode>reg_cond"
++  [(set (reg RETVAL_REGNUM) (match_operand:MOVM 0 "register_operand" "r"))
++   (use (reg RETVAL_REGNUM))
++   (set (pc) 
++        (if_then_else (match_operator 1 "avr32_comparison_operator"
++                                      [(cc0) (const_int 0)])
++                      (return)
++                      (pc)))]
++  "USE_RETURN_INSN (TRUE)"
++  "ret%1\t%0";
++  [(set_attr "type" "call")])
++  
++;;=============================================================================
++;; nop
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++;; No-op instruction.
++;;=============================================================================
++(define_insn "nop"
++  [(const_int 0)]
++  ""
++  "nop"
++  [(set_attr "length" "2")
++   (set_attr "type" "alu")
++   (set_attr "cc" "none")])
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; nonlocal_goto_receiver
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++;; For targets with a return stack we must make sure to flush the return stack
++;; since it will be corrupt after a nonlocal goto.
++;;=============================================================================
++(define_expand "nonlocal_goto_receiver"
++  [(const_int 0)]
++  "TARGET_RETURN_STACK"
++  "
++   {
++    emit_insn ( gen_frs() );
++    DONE;
++   }
++  "
++  )
++
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; builtin_setjmp_receiver
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++;; For pic code we need to reload the pic register.
++;; For targets with a return stack we must make sure to flush the return stack
++;; since it will probably be corrupted.
++;;=============================================================================
++(define_expand "builtin_setjmp_receiver"
++  [(label_ref (match_operand 0 "" ""))]
++  "flag_pic"
++  "
++   {
++    if ( TARGET_RETURN_STACK ) 
++     emit_insn ( gen_frs() );
++    avr32_load_pic_register ();
++    DONE;
++   }
++  "
++)
++
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; indirect_jump
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++;; Jump to an address in reg or memory.
++;;=============================================================================
++(define_expand "indirect_jump"
++  [(set (pc)
++	(match_operand:SI 0 "general_operand" ""))]
++  ""
++  {
++    /* One of the ops has to be in a register.  */
++    if ( (flag_pic || TARGET_HAS_ASM_ADDR_PSEUDOS )
++         && !avr32_legitimate_pic_operand_p(operands[0]) )
++      operands[0] = legitimize_pic_address (operands[0], SImode, 0);
++    else if ( flag_pic && avr32_address_operand(operands[0], GET_MODE(operands[0])) )
++      /* If we have an address operand then this function uses the pic register. */
++      current_function_uses_pic_offset_table = 1;
++  })
++
++
++(define_insn "indirect_jump_internal"
++  [(set (pc)
++	(match_operand:SI 0 "general_operand" "r,m,W"))]
++  ""
++  {
++    switch( which_alternative ){
++      case 0:
++        return "mov\tpc, %0";
++      case 1:
++        if ( avr32_const_pool_ref_operand(operands[0], GET_MODE(operands[0])) )
++          return "lddpc\tpc, %0";
++        else
++          return "ld.w\tpc, %0";
++      case 2:
++        if ( flag_pic )
++          return "ld.w\tpc, r6[%0@got]";
++        else
++          return "lda.w\tpc, %0";
++      default:
++	abort();
++    }
++   }
++  [(set_attr "length" "2,4,8")
++   (set_attr "type" "call,call,call")
++   (set_attr "cc" "none,none,clobber")])
++
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; casesi and tablejump
++;;=============================================================================
++(define_insn "tablejump_add"
++  [(set (pc)
++	(plus:SI (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "r")
++                 (mult:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r")
++                          (match_operand:SI 2 "immediate_operand" "Ku04" ))))
++   (use (label_ref (match_operand 3 "" "")))]
++  "flag_pic &&
++   ((INTVAL(operands[2]) == 0) || (INTVAL(operands[2]) == 2) ||
++    (INTVAL(operands[2]) == 4) || (INTVAL(operands[2]) == 8))"
++  "add\tpc, %0, %1 << %p2"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "clobber")])
++ 
++(define_insn "tablejump_insn"
++  [(set (pc) (match_operand:SI 0 "memory_operand" "m"))
++   (use (label_ref (match_operand 1 "" "")))]
++  "!flag_pic"
++  "ld.w\tpc, %0"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "type" "call")
++   (set_attr "cc" "none")])
++
++(define_expand "casesi"
++  [(match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")	; index to jump on
++   (match_operand:SI 1 "const_int_operand" "")	; lower bound
++   (match_operand:SI 2 "const_int_operand" "")	; total range
++   (match_operand:SI 3 "" "")			; table label
++   (match_operand:SI 4 "" "")]			; Out of range label
++  ""
++  "
++  {
++    rtx reg;
++    rtx index = operands[0];
++    rtx low_bound = operands[1];
++    rtx range = operands[2];
++    rtx table_label = operands[3];
++    rtx oor_label = operands[4];
++
++    if (low_bound != const0_rtx)
++      {
++        if (!avr32_const_ok_for_constraint_p(INTVAL (low_bound), 'I', \"Is21\")){
++          reg = force_reg(SImode, GEN_INT (INTVAL (low_bound)));
++	  emit_insn (gen_subsi3 (reg, index,
++			         reg));
++        } else {
++          reg = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
++          emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (reg, index,
++		         	 GEN_INT (-INTVAL (low_bound))));
++        }
++		index = reg;
++      }
++
++    if (!avr32_const_ok_for_constraint_p (INTVAL (range), 'K', \"Ks21\"))
++      range = force_reg (SImode, range);
++
++    emit_cmp_and_jump_insns ( index, range, GTU, NULL_RTX, SImode, 1, oor_label );
++    reg = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
++    emit_move_insn ( reg, gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (VOIDmode, table_label));
++
++    if ( flag_pic ) 
++       emit_jump_insn ( gen_tablejump_add ( reg, index, GEN_INT(4), table_label));
++    else
++       emit_jump_insn ( 
++           gen_tablejump_insn ( gen_rtx_MEM ( SImode, 
++                                              gen_rtx_PLUS ( SImode, 
++                                                             reg, 
++                                                             gen_rtx_MULT ( SImode, 
++                                                                            index, 
++                                                                            GEN_INT(4)))),
++                                table_label));
++    DONE;
++  }"
++)
++
++
++
++(define_insn "prefetch"
++  [(prefetch (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "r")
++	     (match_operand 1 "const_int_operand" "")
++	     (match_operand 2 "const_int_operand" ""))]
++  ""
++  {
++     return "pref\t%0[0]";
++  }
++
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "type" "load")
++   (set_attr "cc" "none")])
++
++
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; prologue
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++;; This pattern, if defined, emits RTL for entry to a function. The function
++;; entry i responsible for setting up the stack frame, initializing the frame
++;; pointer register, saving callee saved registers, etc.
++;;=============================================================================
++(define_expand "prologue"
++  [(clobber (const_int 0))]
++  ""
++  "
++  avr32_expand_prologue();
++  DONE;
++  "
++  )
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; eh_return
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++;; This pattern, if defined, affects the way __builtin_eh_return, and
++;; thence the call frame exception handling library routines, are
++;; built. It is intended to handle non-trivial actions needed along
++;; the abnormal return path.
++;;
++;; The address of the exception handler to which the function should
++;; return is passed as operand to this pattern. It will normally need
++;; to copied by the pattern to some special register or memory
++;; location. If the pattern needs to determine the location of the
++;; target call frame in order to do so, it may use
++;; EH_RETURN_STACKADJ_RTX, if defined; it will have already been
++;; assigned.
++;;
++;; If this pattern is not defined, the default action will be to
++;; simply copy the return address to EH_RETURN_HANDLER_RTX. Either
++;; that macro or this pattern needs to be defined if call frame
++;; exception handling is to be used.
++
++;; We can't expand this before we know where the link register is stored.
++(define_insn_and_split "eh_return"
++  [(unspec_volatile [(match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "r")]
++		    VUNSPEC_EH_RETURN)
++   (clobber (match_scratch:SI 1 "=&r"))]
++   ""
++  "#"
++  "reload_completed"
++  [(const_int 0)]
++  "
++  {
++    avr32_set_return_address (operands[0], operands[1]);
++    DONE;
++  }"
++  )
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; ffssi2
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++(define_insn "ffssi2"
++  [ (set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++         (ffs:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r"))) ]
++  ""
++  "mov    %0, %1
++   brev   %0
++   clz    %0, %0
++   sub    %0, -1
++   cp     %0, 33
++   moveq  %0, 0"
++  [(set_attr "length" "18")
++   (set_attr "cc" "clobber")]
++  )
++
++
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; swap_h
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++(define_insn "*swap_h"
++  [ (set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++         (ior:SI (ashift:SI (match_dup 0) (const_int 16))
++                 (lshiftrt:SI (match_dup 0) (const_int 16))))]
++  ""
++  "swap.h    %0"
++  [(set_attr "length" "2")]
++  )
++
++(define_insn_and_split "bswap_16"
++  [ (set (match_operand:HI 0 "avr32_bswap_operand" "=r,RKs13,r")
++         (ior:HI (and:HI (lshiftrt:HI (match_operand:HI 1 "avr32_bswap_operand" "r,r,RKs13")
++                                      (const_int 8))
++                         (const_int 255))
++                 (ashift:HI (and:HI (match_dup 1)
++                                    (const_int 255))
++                            (const_int 8))))]
++  ""
++  {
++   switch ( which_alternative ){
++     case 0:
++       if ( REGNO(operands[0]) == REGNO(operands[1]))
++         return "swap.bh\t%0";
++       else
++         return "mov\t%0, %1\;swap.bh\t%0";
++     case 1:
++       return "stswp.h\t%0, %1";
++     case 2:
++       return "ldswp.sh\t%0, %1";
++     default:
++       abort();
++     }
++  }
++
++  "(reload_completed &&
++     REG_P(operands[0]) && REG_P(operands[1])
++     && (REGNO(operands[0]) != REGNO(operands[1])))"
++  [(set (match_dup 0) (match_dup 1))
++   (set (match_dup 0)
++        (ior:HI (and:HI (lshiftrt:HI (match_dup 0)
++                                     (const_int 8))
++                        (const_int 255))
++                (ashift:HI (and:HI (match_dup 0)
++                                   (const_int 255))
++                           (const_int 8))))]
++  ""
++
++  [(set_attr "length" "4,4,4")
++   (set_attr "type" "alu,store,load_rm")]
++  )
++
++(define_insn_and_split "bswap_32"
++  [ (set (match_operand:SI 0 "avr32_bswap_operand" "=r,RKs14,r")
++         (ior:SI (ior:SI (lshiftrt:SI (and:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "avr32_bswap_operand" "=r,r,RKs14")
++                                              (const_int 4278190080))
++                                      (const_int 24))
++                         (lshiftrt:SI (and:SI (match_dup 1)
++                                              (const_int 16711680))
++                                      (const_int 8)))
++                 (ior:SI (ashift:SI (and:SI (match_dup 1)
++                                            (const_int 65280))
++                                    (const_int 8))
++                         (ashift:SI (and:SI (match_dup 1)
++                                            (const_int 255))
++                                    (const_int 24)))))]
++  ""
++  {
++    switch ( which_alternative ){
++     case 0:
++       if ( REGNO(operands[0]) == REGNO(operands[1]))
++         return "swap.b\t%0";
++       else
++         return "mov\t%0, %1\;swap.b\t%0";
++     case 1:
++       return "stswp.w\t%0, %1";
++     case 2:
++       return "ldswp.w\t%0, %1";
++     default:
++       abort();
++    }
++  }
++  "(reload_completed &&
++    REG_P(operands[0]) && REG_P(operands[1])
++    && (REGNO(operands[0]) != REGNO(operands[1])))"
++  [(set (match_dup 0) (match_dup 1))
++   (set (match_dup 0)
++        (ior:SI (ior:SI (lshiftrt:SI (and:SI (match_dup 0)
++                                             (const_int 4278190080))
++                                     (const_int 24))
++                        (lshiftrt:SI (and:SI (match_dup 0)
++                                             (const_int 16711680))
++                                     (const_int 8)))
++                (ior:SI (ashift:SI (and:SI (match_dup 0)
++                                           (const_int 65280))
++                                   (const_int 8))
++                        (ashift:SI (and:SI (match_dup 0)
++                                           (const_int 255))
++                                   (const_int 24)))))]
++  ""
++
++  [(set_attr "length" "4,4,4")
++   (set_attr "type" "alu,store,load_rm")]
++  )
++
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; blockage
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++;; UNSPEC_VOLATILE is considered to use and clobber all hard registers and
++;; all of memory.  This blocks insns from being moved across this point.
++
++(define_insn "blockage"
++  [(unspec_volatile [(const_int 0)] VUNSPEC_BLOCKAGE)]
++  ""
++  ""
++  [(set_attr "length" "0")]
++)
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; clzsi2
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++(define_insn "clzsi2"
++  [ (set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++         (clz:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r"))) ]
++  ""
++  "clz    %0, %1"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "set_z")]
++  )
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; ctzsi2
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++(define_insn "ctzsi2"
++  [ (set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r,r")
++         (ctz:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "0,r"))) ]
++  ""
++  "@
++   brev\t%0\;clz\t%0, %0
++   mov\t%0, %1\;brev\t%0\;clz\t%0, %0"
++  [(set_attr "length" "8")
++   (set_attr "cc" "set_z")]
++  )
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; cache instructions
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++(define_insn "cache"
++  [ (unspec_volatile [(match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "r")
++                      (match_operand:SI 1 "immediate_operand" "Ku05")] VUNSPEC_CACHE)]
++  ""
++  "cache    %0[0], %1"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")]
++  )
++
++(define_insn "sync"
++  [ (unspec_volatile [(match_operand:SI 0 "immediate_operand" "Ku08")] VUNSPEC_SYNC)]
++  ""
++  "sync    %0"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")]
++  )
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; TLB instructions
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++(define_insn "tlbr"
++  [ (unspec_volatile [(const_int 0)] VUNSPEC_TLBR)]
++  ""
++  "tlbr"
++  [(set_attr "length" "2")]
++  )
++
++(define_insn "tlbw"
++  [ (unspec_volatile [(const_int 0)] VUNSPEC_TLBW)]
++  ""
++  "tlbw"
++  [(set_attr "length" "2")]
++  )
++
++(define_insn "tlbs"
++  [ (unspec_volatile [(const_int 0)] VUNSPEC_TLBS)]
++  ""
++  "tlbs"
++  [(set_attr "length" "2")]
++  )
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; Breakpoint instruction
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++(define_insn "breakpoint"
++  [ (unspec_volatile [(const_int 0)] VUNSPEC_BREAKPOINT)]
++  ""
++  "breakpoint"
++  [(set_attr "length" "2")]
++  )
++
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; mtsr/mfsr instruction
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++(define_insn "mtsr"
++  [ (unspec_volatile [(match_operand 0 "immediate_operand" "i")
++                      (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r")] VUNSPEC_MTSR)]
++  ""
++  "mtsr\t%0, %1"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")]
++  )
++
++(define_insn "mfsr"
++  [ (set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++         (unspec_volatile:SI [(match_operand 1 "immediate_operand" "i")] VUNSPEC_MFSR)) ]
++  ""
++  "mfsr\t%0, %1"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")]
++  )
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; mtdr/mfdr instruction
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++(define_insn "mtdr"
++  [ (unspec_volatile [(match_operand 0 "immediate_operand" "i")
++                      (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r")] VUNSPEC_MTDR)]
++  ""
++  "mtdr\t%0, %1"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")]
++  )
++
++(define_insn "mfdr"
++  [ (set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++         (unspec_volatile:SI [(match_operand 1 "immediate_operand" "i")] VUNSPEC_MFDR)) ]
++  ""
++  "mfdr\t%0, %1"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")]
++  )
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; musfr
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++(define_insn "musfr"
++  [ (unspec_volatile [(match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "r")] VUNSPEC_MUSFR)]
++  ""
++  "musfr\t%0"
++  [(set_attr "length" "2")
++   (set_attr "cc" "clobber")]
++  )
++
++(define_insn "mustr"
++  [ (set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++         (unspec_volatile:SI [(const_int 0)] VUNSPEC_MUSTR)) ]
++  ""
++  "mustr\t%0"
++  [(set_attr "length" "2")]
++  )
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; Flush Return Stack instruction
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++(define_insn "frs"
++  [ (unspec_volatile [(const_int 0)] VUNSPEC_FRS)]
++  ""
++  "frs"
++  [(set_attr "length" "2")
++   (set_attr "cc" "none")]
++  )
++
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; Saturation Round Scale instruction
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++(define_insn "sats"
++  [ (set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "+r")
++         (unspec:SI [(match_dup 0)
++                     (match_operand 1 "immediate_operand" "Ku05")
++                     (match_operand 2 "immediate_operand" "Ku05")]
++                    UNSPEC_SATS)) ]
++  "TARGET_DSP"
++  "sats\t%0 >> %1, %2"
++  [(set_attr "type" "alu_sat")
++   (set_attr "length" "4")]
++  )
++
++(define_insn "satu"
++  [ (set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "+r")
++         (unspec:SI [(match_dup 0)
++                     (match_operand 1 "immediate_operand" "Ku05")
++                     (match_operand 2 "immediate_operand" "Ku05")]
++                    UNSPEC_SATU)) ]
++  "TARGET_DSP"
++  "satu\t%0 >> %1, %2"
++  [(set_attr "type" "alu_sat")
++   (set_attr "length" "4")]
++  )
++
++(define_insn "satrnds"
++  [ (set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "+r")
++         (unspec:SI [(match_dup 0)
++                     (match_operand 1 "immediate_operand" "Ku05")
++                     (match_operand 2 "immediate_operand" "Ku05")]
++                    UNSPEC_SATRNDS)) ]
++  "TARGET_DSP"
++  "satrnds\t%0 >> %1, %2"
++  [(set_attr "type" "alu_sat")
++   (set_attr "length" "4")]
++  )
++
++(define_insn "satrndu"
++  [ (set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "+r")
++         (unspec:SI [(match_dup 0)
++                     (match_operand 1 "immediate_operand" "Ku05")
++                     (match_operand 2 "immediate_operand" "Ku05")]
++                    UNSPEC_SATRNDU)) ]
++  "TARGET_DSP"
++  "sats\t%0 >> %1, %2"
++  [(set_attr "type" "alu_sat")
++   (set_attr "length" "4")]
++  )
++
++;; Special patterns for dealing with the constant pool
++
++(define_insn "align_4"
++  [(unspec_volatile [(const_int 0)] VUNSPEC_ALIGN)]
++  ""
++  {
++   assemble_align (32);
++   return "";
++  }
++  [(set_attr "length" "2")]
++)
++
++(define_insn "consttable_start"
++  [(unspec_volatile [(const_int 0)] VUNSPEC_POOL_START)]
++  ""
++  {
++   return ".cpool";
++  }
++  [(set_attr "length" "0")]
++  )
++
++(define_insn "consttable_end"
++  [(unspec_volatile [(const_int 0)] VUNSPEC_POOL_END)]
++  ""
++  {
++   making_const_table = FALSE;
++   return "";
++  }
++  [(set_attr "length" "0")]
++)
++
++
++(define_insn "consttable_4"
++  [(unspec_volatile [(match_operand 0 "" "")] VUNSPEC_POOL_4)]
++  ""
++  {
++    making_const_table = TRUE;
++    switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (operands[0])))
++      {
++      case MODE_FLOAT:
++      {
++        REAL_VALUE_TYPE r;
++        char real_string[1024];
++        REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (r, operands[0]);
++        real_to_decimal(real_string, &r, 1024, 0, 1);
++        asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.float\t%s\n", real_string);
++        break;
++      }
++      default:
++        assemble_integer (operands[0], 4, 0, 1);
++        break;
++      }
++    return "";
++  }
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")]
++)
++
++(define_insn "consttable_8"
++  [(unspec_volatile [(match_operand 0 "" "")] VUNSPEC_POOL_8)]
++  ""
++  {
++    making_const_table = TRUE;
++    switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (operands[0])))
++      {
++       case MODE_FLOAT:
++        {
++         REAL_VALUE_TYPE r; 
++         char real_string[1024];
++         REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (r, operands[0]);
++         real_to_decimal(real_string, &r, 1024, 0, 1);
++         asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.double\t%s\n", real_string);
++         break;
++        }
++       default:
++         assemble_integer(operands[0], 8, 0, 1);
++        break;
++     }
++    return "";
++  }
++  [(set_attr "length" "8")]
++)
++
++(define_insn "consttable_16"
++  [(unspec_volatile [(match_operand 0 "" "")] VUNSPEC_POOL_16)]
++  ""
++  {
++    making_const_table = TRUE;
++    assemble_integer(operands[0], 16, 0, 1);
++    return "";
++  }
++  [(set_attr "length" "16")]
++)
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; coprocessor instructions
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++(define_insn "cop"
++  [ (unspec_volatile [(match_operand 0 "immediate_operand" "Ku03")
++                      (match_operand 1 "immediate_operand" "Ku04")
++                      (match_operand 2 "immediate_operand" "Ku04")
++                      (match_operand 3 "immediate_operand" "Ku04")
++                      (match_operand 4 "immediate_operand" "Ku07")] VUNSPEC_COP)]
++  ""
++  "cop\tcp%0, cr%1, cr%2, cr%3, %4"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")]
++  )
++
++(define_insn "mvcrsi"
++  [ (set (match_operand:SI 0 "avr32_cop_move_operand" "=r,<,Z")
++         (unspec_volatile:SI [(match_operand 1 "immediate_operand" "Ku03,Ku03,Ku03")
++                              (match_operand 2 "immediate_operand" "Ku04,Ku04,Ku04")]
++                             VUNSPEC_MVCR)) ]
++  ""
++  "@
++   mvcr.w\tcp%1, %0, cr%2
++   stcm.w\tcp%1, %0, cr%2
++   stc.w\tcp%1, %0, cr%2"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")]
++  )
++
++(define_insn "mvcrdi"
++  [ (set (match_operand:DI 0 "avr32_cop_move_operand" "=r,<,Z")
++         (unspec_volatile:DI [(match_operand 1 "immediate_operand" "Ku03,Ku03,Ku03")
++                              (match_operand 2 "immediate_operand" "Ku04,Ku04,Ku04")]
++                             VUNSPEC_MVCR)) ]
++  ""
++  "@
++   mvcr.d\tcp%1, %0, cr%2
++   stcm.d\tcp%1, %0, cr%2-cr%i2
++   stc.d\tcp%1, %0, cr%2"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")]
++  )
++
++(define_insn "mvrcsi"
++  [ (unspec_volatile:SI [(match_operand 0 "immediate_operand" "Ku03,Ku03,Ku03")
++                         (match_operand 1 "immediate_operand" "Ku04,Ku04,Ku04")
++                         (match_operand:SI 2 "avr32_cop_move_operand" "r,>,Z")]
++                        VUNSPEC_MVRC)]
++  ""
++  {
++   switch (which_alternative){
++    case 0:
++      return "mvrc.w\tcp%0, cr%1, %2";
++    case 1:
++      return "ldcm.w\tcp%0, %2, cr%1";
++    case 2:
++      return "ldc.w\tcp%0, cr%1, %2";
++    default:
++      abort();
++   }
++  }
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")]
++  )
++
++(define_insn "mvrcdi"
++  [ (unspec_volatile:DI [(match_operand 0 "immediate_operand" "Ku03,Ku03,Ku03")
++                         (match_operand 1 "immediate_operand" "Ku04,Ku04,Ku04")
++                         (match_operand:DI 2 "avr32_cop_move_operand" "r,>,Z")]
++                        VUNSPEC_MVRC)]
++  ""
++  {
++   switch (which_alternative){
++    case 0:
++      return "mvrc.d\tcp%0, cr%1, %2";
++    case 1:
++      return "ldcm.d\tcp%0, %2, cr%1-cr%i1";
++    case 2:
++      return "ldc.d\tcp%0, cr%1, %2";
++    default:
++      abort();
++   }
++  }
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")]
++  )
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; epilogue
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++;; This pattern emits RTL for exit from a function. The function exit is
++;; responsible for deallocating the stack frame, restoring callee saved
++;; registers and emitting the return instruction.
++;; ToDo: using TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE instead.
++;;=============================================================================
++(define_expand "epilogue"
++  [(unspec_volatile [(return)] VUNSPEC_EPILOGUE)]
++  ""
++  "
++  if (USE_RETURN_INSN (FALSE)){
++      emit_jump_insn (gen_return ());
++      DONE;
++  }
++  emit_jump_insn (gen_rtx_UNSPEC_VOLATILE (VOIDmode,
++	gen_rtvec (1,
++		gen_rtx_RETURN (VOIDmode)),
++	VUNSPEC_EPILOGUE));
++  DONE;
++  "
++  )
++
++(define_insn "*epilogue_insns"
++  [(unspec_volatile [(return)] VUNSPEC_EPILOGUE)]
++  ""
++  {
++    avr32_output_return_instruction (FALSE, FALSE, NULL, NULL);
++    return "";
++  }
++  ; Length is absolute worst case
++  [(set_attr "type" "branch")
++   (set_attr "length" "12")]
++  )
++
++(define_insn "*epilogue_insns_ret_imm"
++  [(parallel [(set (reg RETVAL_REGNUM) (match_operand 0 "immediate_operand" "i"))
++              (use (reg RETVAL_REGNUM))
++              (unspec_volatile [(return)] VUNSPEC_EPILOGUE)])]
++  "((INTVAL(operands[0]) == -1) || (INTVAL(operands[0]) == 0) || (INTVAL(operands[0]) == 1))"
++  {
++    avr32_output_return_instruction (FALSE, FALSE, NULL, operands[0]);
++    return "";
++  }
++  ; Length is absolute worst case
++  [(set_attr "type" "branch")
++   (set_attr "length" "12")]
++  )
++
++(define_insn "sibcall_epilogue"
++  [(unspec_volatile [(const_int 0)] VUNSPEC_EPILOGUE)]
++  ""
++  {
++   avr32_output_return_instruction (FALSE, FALSE,  NULL, NULL);
++   return "";
++  }
++;; Length is absolute worst case
++  [(set_attr "type" "branch")
++   (set_attr "length" "12")]
++  )
++
++(define_insn "*sibcall_epilogue_insns_ret_imm"
++  [(parallel [(set (reg RETVAL_REGNUM) (match_operand 0 "immediate_operand" "i"))
++              (use (reg RETVAL_REGNUM))
++              (unspec_volatile [(const_int 0)] VUNSPEC_EPILOGUE)])]
++  "((INTVAL(operands[0]) == -1) || (INTVAL(operands[0]) == 0) || (INTVAL(operands[0]) == 1))"
++  {
++    avr32_output_return_instruction (FALSE, FALSE, NULL, operands[0]);
++    return "";
++  }
++  ; Length is absolute worst case
++  [(set_attr "type" "branch")
++   (set_attr "length" "12")]
++  )
++
++(define_insn "ldxi"
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++	(mem:SI (plus:SI
++                 (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r")
++                 (mult:SI (zero_extract:SI (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "r")
++                                           (const_int 8)
++                                           (match_operand:SI 3 "immediate_operand" "Ku05"))
++                          (const_int 4)))))]
++  "(INTVAL(operands[3]) == 24 || INTVAL(operands[3]) == 16 || INTVAL(operands[3]) == 8
++   || INTVAL(operands[3]) == 0)"
++  {
++   switch ( INTVAL(operands[3]) ){
++    case 0:
++         return "ld.w    %0, %1[%2:b << 2]";
++    case 8:
++         return "ld.w    %0, %1[%2:l << 2]";
++    case 16:
++         return "ld.w    %0, %1[%2:u << 2]";
++    case 24:
++         return "ld.w    %0, %1[%2:t << 2]";
++    default:
++         internal_error("illegal operand for ldxi");
++   }
++  }
++  [(set_attr "type" "load")
++   (set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "none")])
++
++
++
++
++
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; Peephole optimizing
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++;; Changing
++;;   sub     r8, r7, 8
++;;   st.w    r8[0x0], r12
++;; to
++;;   sub     r8, r7, 8
++;;   st.w    r7[-0x8], r12
++;;=============================================================================
++; (set (reg:SI 9 r8)
++;      (plus:SI (reg/f:SI 6 r7)
++;               (const_int ...)))
++; (set (mem:SI (reg:SI 9 r8))
++;      (reg:SI 12 r12))
++(define_peephole2
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
++	(plus:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "")
++		 (match_operand:SI 2 "immediate_operand" "")))
++   (set (mem:SI (match_dup 0))
++	(match_operand:SI 3 "register_operand" ""))]
++  "REGNO(operands[0]) != REGNO(operands[1]) && avr32_const_ok_for_constraint_p(INTVAL(operands[2]), 'K', \"Ks16\")"
++  [(set (match_dup 0)
++	(plus:SI (match_dup 1)
++		 (match_dup 2)))
++   (set (mem:SI (plus:SI (match_dup 1)
++			 (match_dup 2)))
++	(match_dup 3))]
++  "")
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; Peephole optimizing
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++;; Changing
++;;   sub     r6, r7, 4
++;;   ld.w    r6, r6[0x0]
++;; to
++;;   sub     r6, r7, 4
++;;   ld.w    r6, r7[-0x4]
++;;=============================================================================
++; (set (reg:SI 7 r6)
++;      (plus:SI (reg/f:SI 6 r7)
++;               (const_int -4 [0xfffffffc])))
++; (set (reg:SI 7 r6)
++;      (mem:SI (reg:SI 7 r6)))
++(define_peephole2
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
++	(plus:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "")
++		 (match_operand:SI 2 "immediate_operand" "")))
++   (set (match_operand:SI 3 "register_operand" "")
++	(mem:SI (match_dup 0)))]
++  "REGNO(operands[0]) != REGNO(operands[1]) && avr32_const_ok_for_constraint_p(INTVAL(operands[2]), 'K', \"Ks16\")"
++  [(set (match_dup 0)
++	(plus:SI (match_dup 1)
++		 (match_dup 2)))
++   (set (match_dup 3)
++	(mem:SI (plus:SI (match_dup 1)
++			 (match_dup 2))))]
++  "")
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; Peephole optimizing
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++;; Changing
++;;   ld.sb   r0, r7[-0x6]
++;;   cashs.b r0
++;; to
++;;   ld.sb   r0, r7[-0x6]
++;;=============================================================================
++(define_peephole2
++  [(set (match_operand:QI 0 "register_operand" "")
++	(match_operand:QI 1 "load_sb_memory_operand" ""))
++   (set (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "")
++	(sign_extend:SI (match_dup 0)))]
++  "(REGNO(operands[0]) == REGNO(operands[2]) || peep2_reg_dead_p(2, operands[0]))"
++  [(set (match_dup 2)
++	(sign_extend:SI (match_dup 1)))]
++  "")
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; Peephole optimizing
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++;; Changing
++;;   ld.ub   r0, r7[-0x6]
++;;   cashu.b r0
++;; to
++;;   ld.ub   r0, r7[-0x6]
++;;=============================================================================
++(define_peephole2
++  [(set (match_operand:QI 0 "register_operand" "")
++	(match_operand:QI 1 "memory_operand" ""))
++   (set (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "")
++	(zero_extend:SI (match_dup 0)))]
++  "(REGNO(operands[0]) == REGNO(operands[2])) || peep2_reg_dead_p(2, operands[0])"
++  [(set (match_dup 2)
++	(zero_extend:SI (match_dup 1)))]
++  "")
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; Peephole optimizing
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++;; Changing
++;;   ld.sh   r0, r7[-0x6]
++;;   casts.h r0
++;; to
++;;   ld.sh   r0, r7[-0x6]
++;;=============================================================================
++(define_peephole2
++  [(set (match_operand:HI 0 "register_operand" "")
++	(match_operand:HI 1 "memory_operand" ""))
++   (set (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "")
++	(sign_extend:SI (match_dup 0)))]
++  "(REGNO(operands[0]) == REGNO(operands[2])) || peep2_reg_dead_p(2, operands[0])"
++  [(set (match_dup 2)
++	(sign_extend:SI (match_dup 1)))]
++  "")
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; Peephole optimizing
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++;; Changing
++;;   ld.uh   r0, r7[-0x6]
++;;   castu.h r0
++;; to
++;;   ld.uh   r0, r7[-0x6]
++;;=============================================================================
++(define_peephole2
++  [(set (match_operand:HI 0 "register_operand" "")
++	(match_operand:HI 1 "memory_operand" ""))
++   (set (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "")
++	(zero_extend:SI (match_dup 0)))]
++  "(REGNO(operands[0]) == REGNO(operands[2])) || peep2_reg_dead_p(2, operands[0])"
++  [(set (match_dup 2)
++	(zero_extend:SI (match_dup 1)))]
++  "")
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; Peephole optimizing
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++;; Changing
++;;   mul     rd, rx, ry
++;;   add     rd2, rd
++;; to
++;;   mac     rd2, rx, ry
++;;=============================================================================
++(define_peephole2
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
++        (mult:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "")
++                (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "")))
++   (set (match_operand:SI 3 "register_operand" "")
++        (plus:SI (match_dup 3)
++                 (match_dup 0)))]
++  "peep2_reg_dead_p(2, operands[0])"
++  [(set (match_dup 3)
++	(plus:SI (mult:SI (match_dup 1)
++			  (match_dup 2))
++		 (match_dup 3)))]
++  "")
++
++
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; Peephole optimizing
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++;; Changing
++;;   bfextu  rd, rs, k5, 1 or and(h/l) rd, one_bit_set_mask
++;; to
++;;   bld     rs, k5
++;;
++;; If rd is dead after the operation.
++;;=============================================================================
++(define_peephole2
++  [ (set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
++         (zero_extract:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "")
++                          (const_int 1)
++                          (match_operand:SI 2 "immediate_operand" "")))
++    (set (cc0)
++         (match_dup 0))]
++  "peep2_reg_dead_p(2, operands[0])"
++  [(set (cc0)
++        (and:SI (match_dup 1)
++                (match_dup 2)))]
++  "operands[2] = GEN_INT(1 << INTVAL(operands[2]));")
++
++(define_peephole2
++  [ (set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
++         (and:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "")
++                 (match_operand:SI 2 "one_bit_set_operand" "")))
++    (set (cc0)
++         (match_dup 0))]
++  "peep2_reg_dead_p(2, operands[0])"
++  [(set (cc0)
++        (and:SI (match_dup 1)
++                (match_dup 2)))]
++  "")
++
++;;=============================================================================
++;; Peephole optimizing
++;;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
++;; Load with extracted index: ld.w  Rd, Rb[Ri:{t/u/b/l} << 2]
++;;
++;;=============================================================================
++
++
++(define_peephole
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
++        (zero_extract:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "")
++                         (const_int 8)
++                         (match_operand:SI 2 "avr32_extract_shift_operand" "")))
++   (set (match_operand:SI 3 "register_operand" "")
++        (mem:SI (plus:SI (mult:SI (match_dup 0) (const_int 4))
++                         (match_operand:SI 4 "register_operand" ""))))]
++
++  "(dead_or_set_p(insn, operands[0]))"
++  {
++   switch ( INTVAL(operands[2]) ){
++    case 0:
++         return "ld.w    %3, %4[%1:b << 2]";
++    case 8:
++         return "ld.w    %3, %4[%1:l << 2]";
++    case 16:
++         return "ld.w    %3, %4[%1:u << 2]";
++    case 24:
++         return "ld.w    %3, %4[%1:t << 2]";
++    default:
++         internal_error("illegal operand for ldxi");
++   }
++  }
++  [(set_attr "type" "load")
++   (set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "clobber")]
++  )
++
++
++
++(define_peephole
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
++        (and:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "") (const_int 255)))
++   (set (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "")
++        (mem:SI (plus:SI (mult:SI (match_dup 0) (const_int 4))
++                         (match_operand:SI 3 "register_operand" ""))))]
++
++  "(dead_or_set_p(insn, operands[0]))"
++
++  "ld.w    %2, %3[%1:b << 2]"
++  [(set_attr "type" "load")
++   (set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "clobber")]
++  )
++
++
++(define_peephole2
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
++        (zero_extract:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "")
++                         (const_int 8)
++                         (match_operand:SI 2 "avr32_extract_shift_operand" "")))
++   (set (match_operand:SI 3 "register_operand" "")
++        (mem:SI (plus:SI (mult:SI (match_dup 0) (const_int 4))
++                         (match_operand:SI 4 "register_operand" ""))))]
++
++  "(peep2_reg_dead_p(2, operands[0]))
++   || (REGNO(operands[0]) == REGNO(operands[3]))"
++  [(set (match_dup 3)
++	(mem:SI (plus:SI
++                 (match_dup 4)
++                 (mult:SI (zero_extract:SI (match_dup 1)
++                                           (const_int 8)
++                                           (match_dup 2))
++                          (const_int 4)))))]
++  )
++
++(define_peephole2
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
++        (zero_extend:SI (match_operand:QI 1 "register_operand" "")))
++   (set (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "")
++        (mem:SI (plus:SI (mult:SI (match_dup 0) (const_int 4))
++                         (match_operand:SI 3 "register_operand" ""))))]
++
++  "(peep2_reg_dead_p(2, operands[0]))
++   || (REGNO(operands[0]) == REGNO(operands[2]))"
++  [(set (match_dup 2)
++	(mem:SI (plus:SI
++                 (match_dup 3)
++                 (mult:SI (zero_extract:SI (match_dup 1)
++                                           (const_int 8)
++                                           (const_int 0))
++                          (const_int 4)))))]
++  "operands[1] = gen_rtx_REG(SImode, REGNO(operands[1]));"
++  )
++
++
++(define_peephole2
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
++        (and:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "")
++                (const_int 255)))
++   (set (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "")
++        (mem:SI (plus:SI (mult:SI (match_dup 0) (const_int 4))
++                         (match_operand:SI 3 "register_operand" ""))))]
++
++  "(peep2_reg_dead_p(2, operands[0]))
++   || (REGNO(operands[0]) == REGNO(operands[2]))"
++  [(set (match_dup 2)
++	(mem:SI (plus:SI
++                 (match_dup 3)
++                 (mult:SI (zero_extract:SI (match_dup 1)
++                                           (const_int 8)
++                                           (const_int 0))
++                          (const_int 4)))))]
++  ""
++  )
++
++
++
++(define_peephole2
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
++        (lshiftrt:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "")
++                     (const_int 24)))
++   (set (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "")
++        (mem:SI (plus:SI (mult:SI (match_dup 0) (const_int 4))
++                         (match_operand:SI 3 "register_operand" ""))))]
++
++  "(peep2_reg_dead_p(2, operands[0]))
++   || (REGNO(operands[0]) == REGNO(operands[2]))"
++  [(set (match_dup 2)
++	(mem:SI (plus:SI
++                 (match_dup 3)
++                 (mult:SI (zero_extract:SI (match_dup 1)
++                                           (const_int 8)
++                                           (const_int 24))
++                          (const_int 4)))))]
++  ""
++  )
++
++
++;;************************************************
++;; ANDN
++;;
++;;************************************************
++
++
++(define_peephole2
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
++        (not:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "")))
++   (set (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "")
++        (and:SI (match_dup 2)
++                (match_dup 0)))]
++  "peep2_reg_dead_p(2, operands[0])"
++
++  [(set (match_dup 2)
++        (and:SI  (match_dup 2)
++                 (not:SI (match_dup 1))
++                 ))]
++  ""
++)
++
++(define_peephole2
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
++        (not:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "")))
++   (set (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "")
++        (and:SI (match_dup 0)
++                (match_dup 2)
++                ))]
++  "peep2_reg_dead_p(2, operands[0])"
++
++  [(set (match_dup 2)
++        (and:SI  (match_dup 2)
++                 (not:SI (match_dup 1))
++                 ))]
++
++  ""
++)
++
++
++;;=================================================================
++;; Addabs peephole
++;;=================================================================
++
++(define_peephole
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "=r")
++ 	(abs:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r")))
++   (set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++ 	(plus:SI (match_operand:SI 3 "register_operand" "r")
++ 		 (match_dup 2)))]
++  "dead_or_set_p(insn, operands[2])"
++  "addabs  %0, %3, %1"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "set_z")])
++
++(define_peephole
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "=r")
++ 	(abs:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r")))
++   (set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++ 	(plus:SI (match_dup 2)
++                 (match_operand:SI 3 "register_operand" "r")))]
++  "dead_or_set_p(insn, operands[2])"
++  "addabs  %0, %3, %1"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "set_z")])
++
++
++;;=================================================================
++;; Detect roundings
++;;=================================================================
++
++(define_insn "*round"
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++        (ashiftrt:SI (plus:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "0")
++                              (match_operand:SI 2 "immediate_operand" "i"))
++                     (match_operand:SI 3 "immediate_operand" "i")))]
++  "avr32_rnd_operands(operands[2], operands[3])"
++
++  "satrnds    %0 >> %3, 31"
++
++  [(set_attr "type" "alu_sat")
++   (set_attr "length" "4")]
++
++  )
++
++
++(define_peephole2
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
++	(plus:SI (match_dup 0)
++                 (match_operand:SI 1 "immediate_operand" "")))
++   (set (match_dup 0)
++	(ashiftrt:SI (match_dup 0)
++                     (match_operand:SI 2 "immediate_operand" "")))]
++  "avr32_rnd_operands(operands[1], operands[2])"
++
++  [(set (match_dup 0)
++        (ashiftrt:SI (plus:SI (match_dup 0)
++                              (match_dup 1))
++                     (match_dup 2)))]
++  )
++
++(define_peephole
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "r")
++	(plus:SI (match_dup 0)
++                 (match_operand:SI 1 "immediate_operand" "i")))
++   (set (match_dup 0)
++	(ashiftrt:SI (match_dup 0)
++                     (match_operand:SI 2 "immediate_operand" "i")))]
++  "avr32_rnd_operands(operands[1], operands[2])"
++
++  "satrnds    %0 >> %2, 31"
++
++  [(set_attr "type" "alu_sat")
++   (set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "clobber")]
++
++  )
++
++
++;;=================================================================
++;; mcall
++;;=================================================================
++(define_peephole
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand"        "")
++	(match_operand 1 "avr32_const_pool_ref_operand"  ""))
++   (parallel [(call (mem:SI (match_dup 0))
++                    (match_operand 2 "" ""))
++              (clobber (reg:SI LR_REGNUM))])]
++  "dead_or_set_p(insn, operands[0])"
++  "mcall    %1"
++  [(set_attr "type" "call")
++   (set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "clobber")]
++)
++
++(define_peephole
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand"        "")
++	(match_operand 1 "avr32_const_pool_ref_operand"  ""))
++   (parallel [(set (match_operand 0 "register_operand" "")
++                   (call (mem:SI (match_dup 2))
++                         (match_operand 3 "" "")))
++              (clobber (reg:SI LR_REGNUM))])]
++  "dead_or_set_p(insn, operands[2])"
++  "mcall    %1"
++  [(set_attr "type" "call")
++   (set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "call_set")]
++)
++
++
++(define_peephole2
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand"    "")
++	(match_operand 1 "avr32_const_pool_ref_operand"  ""))
++   (parallel [(call (mem:SI (match_dup 0))
++                    (match_operand 2 "" ""))
++              (clobber (reg:SI LR_REGNUM))])]
++  "peep2_reg_dead_p(2, operands[0])"
++  [(parallel [(call (mem:SI (match_dup 1))
++                    (match_dup 2))
++              (clobber (reg:SI LR_REGNUM))])]
++  ""
++)
++
++(define_peephole2
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand"        "")
++	(match_operand 1 "avr32_const_pool_ref_operand"  ""))
++   (parallel [(set (match_operand 2 "register_operand" "")
++                   (call (mem:SI (match_dup 0))
++                         (match_operand 3 "" "")))
++              (clobber (reg:SI LR_REGNUM))])]
++  "(peep2_reg_dead_p(2, operands[0]) || (REGNO(operands[2]) == REGNO(operands[0])))"
++  [(parallel [(set (match_dup 2)
++                   (call (mem:SI (match_dup 1))
++                         (match_dup 3)))
++              (clobber (reg:SI LR_REGNUM))])]
++  ""
++)
++
++;;=================================================================
++;; Returning a value
++;;=================================================================
++
++
++(define_peephole
++  [(set (match_operand 0 "register_operand" "")
++        (match_operand 1 "register_operand" ""))
++   (return)]
++  "USE_RETURN_INSN (TRUE) && (REGNO(operands[0]) == RETVAL_REGNUM)
++   && (REGNO(operands[1]) != LR_REGNUM)
++   && (REGNO_REG_CLASS(REGNO(operands[1])) == GENERAL_REGS)"
++  "retal    %1"
++  [(set_attr "type" "call")
++   (set_attr "length" "2")]
++  )
++
++
++(define_peephole
++  [(set (match_operand 0 "register_operand" "r")
++        (match_operand 1 "immediate_operand" "i"))
++   (return)]
++  "(USE_RETURN_INSN (FALSE) && (REGNO(operands[0]) == RETVAL_REGNUM) &&
++   ((INTVAL(operands[1]) == -1) || (INTVAL(operands[1]) == 0) || (INTVAL(operands[1]) == 1)))"
++  {
++    avr32_output_return_instruction (TRUE, FALSE, NULL, operands[1]);
++    return "";
++  }
++  [(set_attr "type" "call")
++   (set_attr "length" "4")]
++  )
++
++(define_peephole
++  [(set (match_operand 0 "register_operand" "r")
++        (match_operand 1 "immediate_operand" "i"))
++   (unspec_volatile [(return)] VUNSPEC_EPILOGUE)]
++  "(REGNO(operands[0]) == RETVAL_REGNUM) &&
++   ((INTVAL(operands[1]) == -1) || (INTVAL(operands[1]) == 0) || (INTVAL(operands[1]) == 1))"
++  {
++    avr32_output_return_instruction (FALSE, FALSE, NULL, operands[1]);
++    return "";
++  }
++  ; Length is absolute worst case
++  [(set_attr "type" "branch")
++   (set_attr "length" "12")]
++  )
++
++(define_peephole
++  [(set (match_operand 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++        (if_then_else (match_operator 1 "avr32_comparison_operator"
++                                      [(match_operand 4 "register_operand" "r")
++                                       (match_operand 5 "register_immediate_operand" "rKs21")])
++                      (match_operand 2 "avr32_cond_register_immediate_operand" "rKs08")
++                      (match_operand 3 "avr32_cond_register_immediate_operand" "rKs08")))
++   (return)]
++  "USE_RETURN_INSN (TRUE) && (REGNO(operands[0]) == RETVAL_REGNUM)"
++  {
++   operands[1] = avr32_output_cmp(operands[1], GET_MODE(operands[4]), operands[4], operands[5]);
++
++   if ( GET_CODE(operands[2]) == REG
++        && GET_CODE(operands[3]) == REG
++        && REGNO(operands[2]) != LR_REGNUM
++        && REGNO(operands[3]) != LR_REGNUM ){
++      return "ret%1    %2\;ret%i1    %3";
++   } else if ( GET_CODE(operands[2]) == REG
++               && GET_CODE(operands[3]) == CONST_INT ){
++      if ( INTVAL(operands[3]) == -1
++           || INTVAL(operands[3]) == 0
++           || INTVAL(operands[3]) == 1 ){
++        return "ret%1    %2\;ret%i1    %d3";
++      } else {
++        return "mov%1    r12, %2\;mov%i1    r12, %3\;retal    r12";
++      }
++   } else if ( GET_CODE(operands[2]) == CONST_INT
++               && GET_CODE(operands[3]) == REG ){
++      if ( INTVAL(operands[2]) == -1
++           || INTVAL(operands[2]) == 0
++           || INTVAL(operands[2]) == 1 ){
++        return "ret%1    %d2\;ret%i1    %3";
++      } else {
++        return "mov%1    r12, %2\;mov%i1    r12, %3\;retal    r12";
++      }
++   } else {
++      if ( (INTVAL(operands[2]) == -1
++            || INTVAL(operands[2]) == 0
++            || INTVAL(operands[2]) == 1 )
++           && (INTVAL(operands[3]) == -1
++               || INTVAL(operands[3]) == 0
++               || INTVAL(operands[3]) == 1 )){
++        return "ret%1    %d2\;ret%i1    %d3";
++      } else {
++        return "mov%1    r12, %2\;mov%i1    r12, %3\;retal    r12";
++      }
++   }
++  }
++
++  [(set_attr "length" "10")
++   (set_attr "cc" "none")
++   (set_attr "type" "call")])
++
++
++;;=================================================================
++;; mulnhh.w
++;;=================================================================
++
++(define_peephole2
++  [(set (match_operand:HI 0 "register_operand" "")
++        (neg:HI (match_operand:HI 1 "register_operand" "")))
++   (set (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "")
++        (mult:SI
++         (sign_extend:SI (match_dup 0))
++         (sign_extend:SI (match_operand:HI 3 "register_operand" ""))))]
++  "(peep2_reg_dead_p(2, operands[0])) || (REGNO(operands[2]) == REGNO(operands[0]))"
++  [ (set (match_dup 2)
++         (mult:SI
++          (sign_extend:SI (neg:HI (match_dup 1)))
++          (sign_extend:SI (match_dup 3))))]
++  ""
++  )
++
++(define_peephole2
++  [(set (match_operand:HI 0 "register_operand" "")
++        (neg:HI (match_operand:HI 1 "register_operand" "")))
++   (set (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "")
++        (mult:SI
++         (sign_extend:SI (match_operand:HI 3 "register_operand" ""))
++         (sign_extend:SI (match_dup 0))))]
++  "(peep2_reg_dead_p(2, operands[0])) || (REGNO(operands[2]) == REGNO(operands[0]))"
++  [ (set (match_dup 2)
++         (mult:SI
++          (sign_extend:SI (neg:HI (match_dup 1)))
++          (sign_extend:SI (match_dup 3))))]
++  ""
++  )
++
++
++
++;;=================================================================
++;; Vector set and extract operations
++;;=================================================================
++(define_insn "vec_setv2hi_hi"
++  [(set (match_operand:V2HI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++        (vec_merge:V2HI
++         (match_dup 0)
++         (vec_duplicate:V2HI
++          (match_operand:HI 1 "register_operand" "r"))
++         (const_int 1)))]
++  ""
++  "bfins\t%0, %1, 16, 16"
++  [(set_attr "type" "alu")
++   (set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "clobber")])
++
++(define_insn "vec_setv2hi_lo"
++  [(set (match_operand:V2HI 0 "register_operand" "+r")
++        (vec_merge:V2HI
++         (match_dup 0)
++         (vec_duplicate:V2HI
++          (match_operand:HI 1 "register_operand" "r"))
++         (const_int 2)))]
++  ""
++  "bfins\t%0, %1, 0, 16"
++  [(set_attr "type" "alu")
++   (set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "clobber")])
++
++(define_expand "vec_setv2hi"
++  [(set (match_operand:V2HI 0 "register_operand" "")
++        (vec_merge:V2HI
++         (match_dup 0)
++         (vec_duplicate:V2HI
++          (match_operand:HI 1 "register_operand" ""))
++         (match_operand 2 "immediate_operand" "")))]
++  ""
++  { operands[2] = GEN_INT(INTVAL(operands[2]) + 1); }
++  )
++
++(define_insn "vec_extractv2hi"
++  [(set (match_operand:HI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++        (vec_select:HI
++         (match_operand:V2HI 1 "register_operand" "r")
++         (parallel [(match_operand:SI 2 "immediate_operand" "i")])))]
++  ""
++  {
++   if ( INTVAL(operands[2]) == 0 )
++      return "bfextu\t%0, %1, 16, 16";
++   else
++      return "bfextu\t%0, %1, 0, 16";
++  }
++  [(set_attr "type" "alu")
++   (set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "clobber")])
++
++(define_insn "vec_extractv4qi"
++  [(set (match_operand:QI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++        (vec_select:QI
++         (match_operand:V4QI 1 "register_operand" "r")
++         (parallel [(match_operand:SI 2 "immediate_operand" "i")])))]
++  ""
++  {
++   switch ( INTVAL(operands[2]) ){
++     case 0:
++       return "bfextu\t%0, %1, 24, 8";
++     case 1:
++       return "bfextu\t%0, %1, 16, 8";
++     case 2:
++       return "bfextu\t%0, %1, 8, 8";
++     case 3:
++       return "bfextu\t%0, %1, 0, 8";
++     default:
++       abort();
++   }
++  }
++  [(set_attr "type" "alu")
++   (set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "clobber")])
++
++
++(define_insn "concatv2hi"
++  [(set (match_operand:V2HI 0 "register_operand" "=r, r, r")
++        (vec_concat:V2HI
++         (match_operand:HI 1 "register_operand" "r, r, 0")
++         (match_operand:HI 2 "register_operand" "r, 0, r")))]
++  ""
++  "@
++   mov\t%0, %1\;bfins\t%0, %2, 0, 16
++   bfins\t%0, %2, 0, 16
++   bfins\t%0, %1, 16, 16"
++  [(set_attr "length" "6, 4, 4")
++   (set_attr "type" "alu")])
++
++
++;; Load the atomic operation description
++(include "sync.md")
++
++;; Load the SIMD description
++(include "simd.md")
++
++;; Load the FP coprocessor patterns
++(include "fpcp.md")
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/gcc/config/avr32/avr32-modes.def gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/config/avr32/avr32-modes.def
+--- gcc-4.2.1/gcc/config/avr32/avr32-modes.def	1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/config/avr32/avr32-modes.def	2007-05-07 14:29:10.000000000 +0200
+@@ -0,0 +1 @@
++VECTOR_MODES (INT, 4);        /*            V4QI V2HI */
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/gcc/config/avr32/avr32.opt gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/config/avr32/avr32.opt
+--- gcc-4.2.1/gcc/config/avr32/avr32.opt	1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/config/avr32/avr32.opt	2007-09-28 10:33:00.000000000 +0200
+@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
++; Options for the ATMEL AVR32 port of the compiler.
++
++; Copyright 2007 Atmel Corporation.
++;
++; This file is part of GCC.
++;
++; GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
++; the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
++; Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
++; version.
++;
++; GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
++; WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
++; FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
++; for more details.
++;
++; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
++; along with GCC; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
++; Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
++; 02110-1301, USA.
++
++muse-rodata-section
++Target Report Mask(USE_RODATA_SECTION)
++Do not put readonly-data in .text section, but in .rodata.
++
++mhard-float
++Target Report Undocumented Mask(HARD_FLOAT)
++Use floating point coprocessor instructions.
++
++msoft-float
++Target Report Undocumented InverseMask(HARD_FLOAT, SOFT_FLOAT)
++Use software floating-point library for floating-point operations.
++
++force-double-align
++Target Report RejectNegative Mask(FORCE_DOUBLE_ALIGN)
++Force double-word alignment for double-word memory accesses.
++
++mno-init-got
++Target Report RejectNegative Mask(NO_INIT_GOT)
++Do not initialize GOT register before using it when compiling PIC code.
++
++mrelax
++Target Report Mask(RELAX)
++Let invoked assembler and linker do relaxing (Enabled by default when optimization level is >1).
++
++mmd-reorg-opt
++Target Report Undocumented Mask(MD_REORG_OPTIMIZATION)
++Perform machine dependent optimizations in reorg stage.
++
++masm-addr-pseudos
++Target Report Mask(HAS_ASM_ADDR_PSEUDOS) 
++Use assembler pseudo-instructions lda.w and call for handling direct addresses. (Enabled by default)
++
++mpart=
++Target Report RejectNegative Joined Var(avr32_part_name)
++Specify the AVR32 part name
++
++mcpu=
++Target Report RejectNegative Joined Undocumented Var(avr32_part_name)
++Specify the AVR32 part name (deprecated)
++
++march=
++Target Report RejectNegative Joined Var(avr32_arch_name)
++Specify the AVR32 architecture name
++
++mfast-float
++Target Report Mask(FAST_FLOAT)
++Enable fast floating-point library. Enabled by default if the -funsafe-math-optimizations switch is specified.
++
++mimm-in-const-pool
++Target Report Var(avr32_imm_in_const_pool) Init(-1)
++Put large immediates in constant pool. This is enabled by default for archs with insn-cache.
++
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/gcc/config/avr32/avr32-protos.h gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/config/avr32/avr32-protos.h
+--- gcc-4.2.1/gcc/config/avr32/avr32-protos.h	1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/config/avr32/avr32-protos.h	2007-09-28 10:33:00.000000000 +0200
+@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
++/*
++   Prototypes for exported functions defined in avr32.c
++   Copyright 2003-2006 Atmel Corporation.
++
++   Written by Ronny Pedersen, Atmel Norway, <rpedersen@atmel.com>
++   Initial porting by Anders �dland.
++
++   This file is part of GCC.
++
++   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
++   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
++   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
++   (at your option) any later version.
++
++   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
++   GNU General Public License for more details.
++
++   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
++   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
++
++
++#ifndef AVR32_PROTOS_H
++#define AVR32_PROTOS_H
++
++extern const int swap_reg[];
++
++extern int avr32_valid_macmac_bypass (rtx, rtx);
++extern int avr32_valid_mulmac_bypass (rtx, rtx);
++
++extern int avr32_decode_lcomm_symbol_offset (rtx, int *);
++extern void avr32_encode_lcomm_symbol_offset (tree, char *, int);
++
++extern const char *avr32_strip_name_encoding (const char *);
++
++extern rtx avr32_get_note_reg_equiv (rtx insn);
++
++extern int avr32_use_return_insn (int iscond);
++
++extern void avr32_make_reglist16 (int reglist16_vect, char *reglist16_string);
++
++extern void avr32_make_reglist8 (int reglist8_vect, char *reglist8_string);
++extern void avr32_make_fp_reglist_w (int reglist_mask, char *reglist_string);
++extern void avr32_make_fp_reglist_d (int reglist_mask, char *reglist_string);
++
++extern void avr32_output_return_instruction (int single_ret_inst,
++					     int iscond, rtx cond,
++					     rtx r12_imm);
++extern void avr32_expand_prologue (void);
++extern void avr32_set_return_address (rtx source, rtx scratch);
++
++extern int avr32_hard_regno_mode_ok (int regno, enum machine_mode mode);
++extern int avr32_extra_constraint_s (rtx value, const int strict);
++extern int avr32_eh_return_data_regno (const int n);
++extern int avr32_initial_elimination_offset (const int from, const int to);
++extern rtx avr32_function_arg (CUMULATIVE_ARGS * cum, enum machine_mode mode,
++			       tree type, int named);
++extern void avr32_init_cumulative_args (CUMULATIVE_ARGS * cum, tree fntype,
++					rtx libname, tree fndecl);
++extern void avr32_function_arg_advance (CUMULATIVE_ARGS * cum,
++					enum machine_mode mode,
++					tree type, int named);
++#ifdef ARGS_SIZE_RTX
++/* expr.h defines ARGS_SIZE_RTX and `enum direction'.  */
++extern enum direction avr32_function_arg_padding (enum machine_mode mode,
++						  tree type);
++#endif /* ARGS_SIZE_RTX */
++extern rtx avr32_function_value (tree valtype, tree func, bool outgoing);
++extern rtx avr32_libcall_value (enum machine_mode mode);
++extern int avr32_sched_use_dfa_pipeline_interface (void);
++extern bool avr32_return_in_memory (tree type, tree fntype);
++extern void avr32_regs_to_save (char *operand);
++extern void avr32_target_asm_function_prologue (FILE * file,
++						HOST_WIDE_INT size);
++extern void avr32_target_asm_function_epilogue (FILE * file,
++						HOST_WIDE_INT size);
++extern void avr32_trampoline_template (FILE * file);
++extern void avr32_initialize_trampoline (rtx addr, rtx fnaddr,
++					 rtx static_chain);
++extern int avr32_legitimate_address (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x,
++				     int strict);
++extern int avr32_legitimate_constant_p (rtx x);
++
++extern int avr32_legitimate_pic_operand_p (rtx x);
++
++extern rtx avr32_find_symbol (rtx x);
++extern void avr32_select_section (rtx exp, int reloc, int align);
++extern void avr32_encode_section_info (tree decl, rtx rtl, int first);
++extern void avr32_asm_file_end (FILE * stream);
++extern void avr32_asm_output_ascii (FILE * stream, char *ptr, int len);
++extern void avr32_asm_output_common (FILE * stream, const char *name,
++				     int size, int rounded);
++extern void avr32_asm_output_label (FILE * stream, const char *name);
++extern void avr32_asm_declare_object_name (FILE * stream, char *name,
++					   tree decl);
++extern void avr32_asm_globalize_label (FILE * stream, const char *name);
++extern void avr32_asm_weaken_label (FILE * stream, const char *name);
++extern void avr32_asm_output_external (FILE * stream, tree decl,
++				       const char *name);
++extern void avr32_asm_output_external_libcall (FILE * stream, rtx symref);
++extern void avr32_asm_output_labelref (FILE * stream, const char *name);
++extern void avr32_notice_update_cc (rtx exp, rtx insn);
++extern void avr32_print_operand (FILE * stream, rtx x, int code);
++extern void avr32_print_operand_address (FILE * stream, rtx x);
++
++extern int avr32_symbol (rtx x);
++
++extern void avr32_select_rtx_section (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x,
++				      unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align);
++
++extern int avr32_load_multiple_operation (rtx op, enum machine_mode mode);
++extern int avr32_store_multiple_operation (rtx op, enum machine_mode mode);
++
++extern int avr32_const_ok_for_constraint_p (HOST_WIDE_INT value, char c,
++					    const char *str);
++
++extern bool avr32_cannot_force_const_mem (rtx x);
++
++extern void avr32_init_builtins (void);
++
++extern rtx avr32_expand_builtin (tree exp, rtx target, rtx subtarget,
++				 enum machine_mode mode, int ignore);
++
++extern bool avr32_must_pass_in_stack (enum machine_mode mode, tree type);
++
++extern bool avr32_strict_argument_naming (CUMULATIVE_ARGS * ca);
++
++extern bool avr32_pass_by_reference (CUMULATIVE_ARGS * cum,
++				     enum machine_mode mode,
++				     tree type, bool named);
++
++extern rtx avr32_gen_load_multiple (rtx * regs, int count, rtx from,
++				    int write_back, int in_struct_p,
++				    int scalar_p);
++extern rtx avr32_gen_store_multiple (rtx * regs, int count, rtx to,
++				     int in_struct_p, int scalar_p);
++extern int avr32_gen_movmemsi (rtx * operands);
++
++extern int avr32_rnd_operands (rtx add, rtx shift);
++extern int avr32_adjust_insn_length (rtx insn, int length);
++
++extern int symbol_mentioned_p (rtx x);
++extern int label_mentioned_p (rtx x);
++extern rtx legitimize_pic_address (rtx orig, enum machine_mode mode, rtx reg);
++extern int avr32_address_register_rtx_p (rtx x, int strict_p);
++extern int avr32_legitimate_index_p (enum machine_mode mode, rtx index,
++				     int strict_p);
++
++extern int avr32_const_double_immediate (rtx value);
++extern void avr32_init_expanders (void);
++extern rtx avr32_return_addr (int count, rtx frame);
++extern bool avr32_got_mentioned_p (rtx addr);
++
++extern void avr32_final_prescan_insn (rtx insn, rtx * opvec, int noperands);
++
++extern int avr32_expand_movcc (enum machine_mode mode, rtx operands[]);
++extern int avr32_expand_addcc (enum machine_mode mode, rtx operands[]);
++#ifdef RTX_CODE
++extern int avr32_expand_scc (RTX_CODE cond, rtx * operands);
++#endif
++
++extern int avr32_store_bypass (rtx insn_out, rtx insn_in);
++extern int avr32_mul_waw_bypass (rtx insn_out, rtx insn_in);
++extern int avr32_valid_load_double_bypass (rtx insn_out, rtx insn_in);
++extern int avr32_valid_load_quad_bypass (rtx insn_out, rtx insn_in);
++extern rtx avr32_output_cmp (rtx cond, enum machine_mode mode,
++			     rtx op0, rtx op1);
++
++rtx get_next_insn_cond (rtx cur_insn);
++int set_next_insn_cond (rtx cur_insn, rtx cond);
++void avr32_override_options (void);
++void avr32_load_pic_register (void);
++void avr32_optimization_options (int level, int size);
++void avr32_split_const_expr (enum machine_mode mode,
++                             enum machine_mode new_mode,
++                             rtx expr, 
++                             rtx *split_expr);
++void avr32_get_intval (enum machine_mode mode,
++                       rtx const_expr, 
++                       HOST_WIDE_INT *val);
++
++
++#endif /* AVR32_PROTOS_H */
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/gcc/config/avr32/crti.asm gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/config/avr32/crti.asm
+--- gcc-4.2.1/gcc/config/avr32/crti.asm	1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/config/avr32/crti.asm	2007-05-07 14:29:10.000000000 +0200
+@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
++/*
++   Init/fini stuff for AVR32.
++   Copyright 2003-2006 Atmel Corporation.
++
++   Written by Ronny Pedersen, Atmel Norway, <rpedersen@atmel.com>
++
++   This file is part of GCC.
++
++   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
++   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
++   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
++   (at your option) any later version.
++
++   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
++   GNU General Public License for more details.
++
++   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
++   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
++
++	
++/* The code in sections .init and .fini is supposed to be a single
++   regular function.  The function in .init is called directly from
++   start in crt1.asm.  The function in .fini is atexit()ed in crt1.asm
++   too.
++
++   crti.asm contributes the prologue of a function to these sections,
++   and crtn.asm comes up the epilogue.  STARTFILE_SPEC should list
++   crti.o before any other object files that might add code to .init
++   or .fini sections, and ENDFILE_SPEC should list crtn.o after any
++   such object files.  */
++		
++	.file		"crti.asm"
++
++	.section	".init"
++/* Just load the GOT */
++	.align 2
++	.global	_init
++_init:
++	stm	--sp, r6, lr
++	lddpc	r6, 1f		
++0:	
++	rsub	r6, pc
++	rjmp	2f
++	.align	2
++1:	.long	0b - _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_		
++2:	
++				
++	.section	".fini"
++/* Just load the GOT */
++	.align	2
++	.global	_fini
++_fini:
++	stm	--sp, r6, lr
++	lddpc	r6, 1f		
++0:	
++	rsub	r6, pc
++	rjmp	2f
++	.align	2
++1:	.long	0b - _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_		
++2:	
++
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/gcc/config/avr32/crtn.asm gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/config/avr32/crtn.asm
+--- gcc-4.2.1/gcc/config/avr32/crtn.asm	1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/config/avr32/crtn.asm	2007-05-07 14:29:10.000000000 +0200
+@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
++/*   Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++    Written By Nick Clifton
++
++  This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
++  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
++  Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
++  later version.
++
++  In addition to the permissions in the GNU General Public License, the
++  Free Software Foundation gives you unlimited permission to link the
++  compiled version of this file with other programs, and to distribute
++  those programs without any restriction coming from the use of this
++  file.  (The General Public License restrictions do apply in other
++  respects; for example, they cover modification of the file, and
++  distribution when not linked into another program.)
++
++  This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
++  WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
++  General Public License for more details.
++
++  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
++  along with this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
++  the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
++  Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
++
++     As a special exception, if you link this library with files
++     compiled with GCC to produce an executable, this does not cause
++     the resulting executable to be covered by the GNU General Public License.
++     This exception does not however invalidate any other reasons why
++     the executable file might be covered by the GNU General Public License.
++*/
++
++
++
++	
++	.file		"crtn.asm"
++
++	.section	".init"
++	ldm	sp++, r6, pc
++			
++	.section	".fini"
++	ldm	sp++, r6, pc
++		
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/gcc/config/avr32/fpcp.md gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/config/avr32/fpcp.md
+--- gcc-4.2.1/gcc/config/avr32/fpcp.md	1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/config/avr32/fpcp.md	2007-05-07 14:29:10.000000000 +0200
+@@ -0,0 +1,551 @@
++;;   AVR32 machine description file for Floating-Point instructions.
++;;   Copyright 2003-2006 Atmel Corporation.
++;;
++;;   Written by Ronny Pedersen, Atmel Norway, <rpedersen@atmel.com>
++;;
++;;   This file is part of GCC.
++;;
++;;   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
++;;   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
++;;   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
++;;   (at your option) any later version.
++;;
++;;   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++;;   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++;;   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
++;;   GNU General Public License for more details.
++;;
++;;   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
++;;   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++;;   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
++
++;; -*- Mode: Scheme -*-
++
++;;******************************************************************************
++;; Automaton pipeline description for floating-point coprocessor insns
++;;******************************************************************************
++(define_cpu_unit "fid,fm1,fm2,fm3,fm4,fwb,fcmp,fcast" "avr32_ap")
++
++(define_insn_reservation "fmv_op" 1
++  (and (eq_attr "pipeline" "ap")
++       (eq_attr "type" "fmv"))
++  "is,da,d,fid,fwb")
++
++(define_insn_reservation "fmul_op" 5
++  (and (eq_attr "pipeline" "ap")
++       (eq_attr "type" "fmul"))
++  "is,da,d,fid,fm1,fm2,fm3,fm4,fwb")
++
++(define_insn_reservation "fcmps_op" 1
++  (and (eq_attr "pipeline" "ap")
++       (eq_attr "type" "fcmps"))
++  "is,da,d,fid,fcmp")
++
++(define_insn_reservation "fcmpd_op" 2
++  (and (eq_attr "pipeline" "ap")
++       (eq_attr "type" "fcmpd"))
++  "is,da,d,fid*2,fcmp")
++
++(define_insn_reservation "fcast_op" 3
++  (and (eq_attr "pipeline" "ap")
++       (eq_attr "type" "fcast"))
++  "is,da,d,fid,fcmp,fcast,fwb")
++
++(define_insn_reservation "fmvcpu_op" 2
++  (and (eq_attr "pipeline" "ap")
++       (eq_attr "type" "fmvcpu"))
++  "is,da,d")
++
++(define_insn_reservation "fldd_op" 1
++  (and (eq_attr "pipeline" "ap")
++       (eq_attr "type" "fldd"))
++  "is,da,d,fwb")
++
++(define_insn_reservation "flds_op" 1
++  (and (eq_attr "pipeline" "ap")
++       (eq_attr "type" "flds"))
++  "is,da,d,fwb")
++
++(define_insn_reservation "fsts_op" 0
++  (and (eq_attr "pipeline" "ap")
++       (eq_attr "type" "fsts"))
++  "is,da*2,d")
++
++(define_insn_reservation "fstd_op" 0
++  (and (eq_attr "pipeline" "ap")
++       (eq_attr "type" "fstd"))
++  "is,da*2,d")
++
++
++(define_insn "*movsf_fpcp"
++  [(set (match_operand:SF 0 "nonimmediate_operand"     "=f,f,r,f,m,r,r,r,m")
++	(match_operand:SF 1 "general_operand"          " f,r,f,m,f,r,G,m,r"))]
++  "TARGET_HARD_FLOAT"
++  "@
++   fmov.s\t%0, %1
++   fmov.s\t%0, %1
++   fmov.s\t%0, %1
++   fld.s\t%0, %1
++   fst.s\t%0, %1
++   mov\t%0, %1
++   mov\t%0, %1
++   ld.w\t%0, %1
++   st.w\t%0, %1"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4,4,4,4,4,2,4,4,4")
++   (set_attr "type" "fmv,flds,fmvcpu,flds,fsts,alu,alu,load,store")])
++
++(define_insn_and_split "*movdf_fpcp"
++  [(set (match_operand:DF 0 "nonimmediate_operand"     "=f,f,r,f,m,r,r,m")
++	(match_operand:DF 1 "general_operand"          " f,r,f,m,f,r,m,r"))]
++  "TARGET_HARD_FLOAT"
++  "@
++   fmov.d\t%0, %1
++   fmov.d\t%0, %1
++   fmov.d\t%0, %1
++   fld.d\t%0, %1
++   fst.d\t%0, %1
++   mov\t%0, %1\;mov\t%m0, %m1
++   ld.d\t%0, %1
++   st.d\t%0, %1"
++
++  "TARGET_HARD_FLOAT
++   && reload_completed
++   && (REG_P(operands[0]) &&  (REGNO_REG_CLASS(REGNO(operands[0])) == GENERAL_REGS))
++   && (REG_P(operands[1]) &&  (REGNO_REG_CLASS(REGNO(operands[1])) == GENERAL_REGS))"
++  [(set (match_dup 0) (match_dup 1))
++   (set (match_dup 2) (match_dup 3))]
++  "
++   {
++    operands[2] = gen_highpart (SImode, operands[0]);
++    operands[0] = gen_lowpart (SImode, operands[0]);
++    operands[3] = gen_highpart(SImode, operands[1]);
++    operands[1] = gen_lowpart(SImode, operands[1]);
++   }
++  "
++
++  [(set_attr "length" "4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4")
++   (set_attr "type" "fmv,fldd,fmvcpu,fldd,fstd,alu2,load2,store2")])
++
++
++(define_insn "mulsf3"
++  [(set (match_operand:SF          0 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "=f")
++	(mult:SF (match_operand:SF 1 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "f")
++		 (match_operand:SF 2 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "f")))]
++  "TARGET_HARD_FLOAT"
++  "fmul.s\t%0, %1, %2"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "type" "fmul")])
++
++(define_insn "nmulsf3"
++  [(set (match_operand:SF          0 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "=f")
++	(neg:SF (mult:SF (match_operand:SF 1 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "f")
++                         (match_operand:SF 2 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "f"))))]
++  "TARGET_HARD_FLOAT"
++  "fnmul.s\t%0, %1, %2"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "type" "fmul")])
++
++(define_peephole2
++  [(set (match_operand:SF          0 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "")
++	(mult:SF (match_operand:SF 1 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "")
++		 (match_operand:SF 2 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "")))
++   (set (match_operand:SF          3 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "")
++	(neg:SF (match_dup 0)))]
++  "TARGET_HARD_FLOAT &&
++   (peep2_reg_dead_p(2, operands[0]) || (REGNO(operands[3]) == REGNO(operands[0])))"
++  [(set (match_dup 3)
++	(neg:SF (mult:SF (match_dup 1)
++			 (match_dup 2))))]
++)
++
++
++(define_insn "macsf3"
++  [(set (match_operand:SF          0 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "=f")
++	(plus:SF (mult:SF (match_operand:SF 1 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "f")
++                          (match_operand:SF 2 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "f"))
++                 (match_operand:SF 3 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "0")))]
++  "TARGET_HARD_FLOAT"
++  "fmac.s\t%0, %1, %2"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "type" "fmul")])
++
++(define_insn "nmacsf3"
++  [(set (match_operand:SF          0 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "=f")
++	(plus:SF  (neg:SF (mult:SF (match_operand:SF 1 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "f")
++                                   (match_operand:SF 2 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "f")))
++                  (match_operand:SF 3 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "0")))]
++  "TARGET_HARD_FLOAT"
++  "fnmac.s\t%0, %1, %2"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "type" "fmul")])
++
++(define_peephole2
++  [(set (match_operand:SF          0 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "")
++	(mult:SF (match_operand:SF 1 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "")
++		 (match_operand:SF 2 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "")))
++   (set (match_operand:SF          3 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "")
++	(minus:SF
++	 (match_dup 3)
++	 (match_dup 0)))]
++  "TARGET_HARD_FLOAT && peep2_reg_dead_p(2, operands[0])"
++  [(set (match_dup 3)
++	(plus:SF  (neg:SF (mult:SF (match_dup 1)
++                                   (match_dup 2)))
++                  (match_dup 3)))]
++)
++
++
++(define_insn "msubacsf3"
++  [(set (match_operand:SF          0 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "=f")
++	(minus:SF (mult:SF (match_operand:SF 1 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "f")
++                           (match_operand:SF 2 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "f"))
++                  (match_operand:SF 3 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "0")))]
++  "TARGET_HARD_FLOAT"
++  "fmsc.s\t%0, %1, %2"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "type" "fmul")])
++
++(define_peephole2
++  [(set (match_operand:SF          0 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "")
++	(mult:SF (match_operand:SF 1 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "")
++		 (match_operand:SF 2 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "")))
++   (set (match_operand:SF          3 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "")
++	(minus:SF
++	 (match_dup 0)
++	 (match_dup 3)))]
++  "TARGET_HARD_FLOAT && peep2_reg_dead_p(2, operands[0])"
++  [(set (match_dup 3)
++	(minus:SF  (mult:SF (match_dup 1)
++			    (match_dup 2))
++		   (match_dup 3)))]
++)
++
++(define_insn "nmsubacsf3"
++  [(set (match_operand:SF          0 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "=f")
++	(minus:SF  (neg:SF (mult:SF (match_operand:SF 1 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "f")
++                                    (match_operand:SF 2 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "f")))
++                   (match_operand:SF 3 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "0")))]
++  "TARGET_HARD_FLOAT"
++  "fnmsc.s\t%0, %1, %2"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "type" "fmul")])
++
++
++
++(define_insn "addsf3"
++  [(set (match_operand:SF          0 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "=f")
++	(plus:SF (match_operand:SF 1 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "f")
++		 (match_operand:SF 2 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "f")))]
++  "TARGET_HARD_FLOAT"
++  "fadd.s\t%0, %1, %2"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "type" "fmul")])
++
++(define_insn "subsf3"
++  [(set (match_operand:SF          0 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "=f")
++	(minus:SF (match_operand:SF 1 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "f")
++                  (match_operand:SF 2 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "f")))]
++  "TARGET_HARD_FLOAT"
++  "fsub.s\t%0, %1, %2"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "type" "fmul")])
++
++
++(define_insn "negsf2"
++  [(set (match_operand:SF          0 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "=f")
++	(neg:SF (match_operand:SF 1 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "f")))]
++  "TARGET_HARD_FLOAT"
++  "fneg.s\t%0, %1"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "type" "fmv")])
++
++(define_insn "abssf2"
++  [(set (match_operand:SF          0 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "=f")
++	(abs:SF (match_operand:SF 1 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "f")))]
++  "TARGET_HARD_FLOAT"
++  "fabs.s\t%0, %1"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "type" "fmv")])
++
++(define_insn "truncdfsf2"
++  [(set (match_operand:SF          0 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "=f")
++	(float_truncate:SF
++         (match_operand:DF 1 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "f")))]
++  "TARGET_HARD_FLOAT"
++  "fcastd.s\t%0, %1"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "type" "fcast")])
++
++(define_insn "extendsfdf2"
++  [(set (match_operand:DF          0 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "=f")
++	(float_extend:DF
++         (match_operand:SF 1 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "f")))]
++  "TARGET_HARD_FLOAT"
++  "fcasts.d\t%0, %1"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "type" "fcast")])
++
++(define_insn "muldf3"
++  [(set (match_operand:DF          0 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "=f")
++	(mult:DF (match_operand:DF 1 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "f")
++		 (match_operand:DF 2 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "f")))]
++  "TARGET_HARD_FLOAT"
++  "fmul.d\t%0, %1, %2"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "type" "fmul")])
++
++(define_insn "nmuldf3"
++  [(set (match_operand:DF          0 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "=f")
++	(neg:DF (mult:DF (match_operand:DF 1 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "f")
++                         (match_operand:DF 2 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "f"))))]
++  "TARGET_HARD_FLOAT"
++  "fnmul.d\t%0, %1, %2"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "type" "fmul")])
++
++(define_peephole2
++  [(set (match_operand:DF          0 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "")
++	(mult:DF (match_operand:DF 1 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "")
++		 (match_operand:DF 2 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "")))
++   (set (match_operand:DF          3 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "")
++	(neg:DF (match_dup 0)))]
++  "TARGET_HARD_FLOAT &&
++   (peep2_reg_dead_p(2, operands[0]) || (REGNO(operands[3]) == REGNO(operands[0])))"
++  [(set (match_dup 3)
++	(neg:DF (mult:DF (match_dup 1)
++			 (match_dup 2))))]
++)
++
++(define_insn "macdf3"
++  [(set (match_operand:DF          0 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "=f")
++	(plus:DF (mult:DF (match_operand:DF 1 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "f")
++                          (match_operand:DF 2 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "f"))
++                 (match_operand:DF 3 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "0")))]
++  "TARGET_HARD_FLOAT"
++  "fmac.d\t%0, %1, %2"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "type" "fmul")])
++
++(define_insn "msubacdf3"
++  [(set (match_operand:DF          0 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "=f")
++	(minus:DF (mult:DF (match_operand:DF 1 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "f")
++                           (match_operand:DF 2 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "f"))
++                  (match_operand:DF 3 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "0")))]
++  "TARGET_HARD_FLOAT"
++  "fmsc.d\t%0, %1, %2"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "type" "fmul")])
++
++(define_peephole2
++  [(set (match_operand:DF          0 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "")
++	(mult:DF (match_operand:DF 1 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "")
++		 (match_operand:DF 2 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "")))
++   (set (match_operand:DF          3 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "")
++	(minus:DF
++	 (match_dup 0)
++	 (match_dup 3)))]
++  "TARGET_HARD_FLOAT && peep2_reg_dead_p(2, operands[0])"
++  [(set (match_dup 3)
++	(minus:DF  (mult:DF (match_dup 1)
++			    (match_dup 2))
++		   (match_dup 3)))]
++  )
++
++(define_insn "nmsubacdf3"
++  [(set (match_operand:DF          0 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "=f")
++	(minus:DF  (neg:DF (mult:DF (match_operand:DF 1 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "f")
++                                    (match_operand:DF 2 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "f")))
++                   (match_operand:DF 3 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "0")))]
++  "TARGET_HARD_FLOAT"
++  "fnmsc.d\t%0, %1, %2"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "type" "fmul")])
++
++(define_insn "nmacdf3"
++  [(set (match_operand:DF          0 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "=f")
++	(plus:DF  (neg:DF (mult:DF (match_operand:DF 1 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "f")
++                                   (match_operand:DF 2 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "f")))
++                  (match_operand:DF 3 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "0")))]
++  "TARGET_HARD_FLOAT"
++  "fnmac.d\t%0, %1, %2"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "type" "fmul")])
++
++(define_peephole2
++  [(set (match_operand:DF          0 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "")
++	(mult:DF (match_operand:DF 1 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "")
++		 (match_operand:DF 2 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "")))
++   (set (match_operand:DF          3 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "")
++	(minus:DF
++	 (match_dup 3)
++	 (match_dup 0)))]
++  "TARGET_HARD_FLOAT && peep2_reg_dead_p(2, operands[0])"
++  [(set (match_dup 3)
++	(plus:DF  (neg:DF (mult:DF (match_dup 1)
++                                   (match_dup 2)))
++                  (match_dup 3)))]
++)
++
++(define_insn "adddf3"
++  [(set (match_operand:DF          0 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "=f")
++	(plus:DF (match_operand:DF 1 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "f")
++		 (match_operand:DF 2 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "f")))]
++  "TARGET_HARD_FLOAT"
++  "fadd.d\t%0, %1, %2"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "type" "fmul")])
++
++(define_insn "subdf3"
++  [(set (match_operand:DF          0 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "=f")
++	(minus:DF (match_operand:DF 1 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "f")
++                  (match_operand:DF 2 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "f")))]
++  "TARGET_HARD_FLOAT"
++  "fsub.d\t%0, %1, %2"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "type" "fmul")])
++
++(define_insn "negdf2"
++  [(set (match_operand:DF          0 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "=f")
++	(neg:DF (match_operand:DF 1 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "f")))]
++  "TARGET_HARD_FLOAT"
++  "fneg.d\t%0, %1"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "type" "fmv")])
++
++(define_insn "absdf2"
++  [(set (match_operand:DF          0 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "=f")
++	(abs:DF (match_operand:DF 1 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "f")))]
++  "TARGET_HARD_FLOAT"
++  "fabs.d\t%0, %1"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "type" "fmv")])
++
++
++(define_expand "cmpdf"
++  [(set (cc0)
++	(compare:DF
++	 (match_operand:DF 0 "general_operand" "")
++	 (match_operand:DF 1 "general_operand"  "")))]
++  "TARGET_HARD_FLOAT"
++  "{
++   rtx tmpreg;
++   if ( !REG_P(operands[0]) )
++     operands[0] = force_reg(DFmode, operands[0]);
++
++   if ( !REG_P(operands[1]) )
++     operands[1] = force_reg(DFmode, operands[1]);
++
++   avr32_compare_op0 = operands[0];
++   avr32_compare_op1 = operands[1];
++
++   emit_insn(gen_cmpdf_internal(operands[0], operands[1]));
++
++   tmpreg = gen_reg_rtx(SImode);
++   emit_insn(gen_fpcc_to_reg(tmpreg));
++   emit_insn(gen_reg_to_cc(tmpreg));
++
++   DONE;
++  }"
++)
++
++(define_insn "cmpdf_internal"
++  [(set (reg:CC FPCC_REGNUM)
++	(compare:CC
++	 (match_operand:DF 0 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "f")
++	 (match_operand:DF 1 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "f")))]
++  "TARGET_HARD_FLOAT"
++  {
++   if (!rtx_equal_p(cc_prev_status.mdep.fpvalue, SET_SRC(PATTERN (insn))) )
++      return "fcmp.d\t%0, %1";
++   return "";
++  }
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "type" "fcmpd")
++   (set_attr "cc" "fpcompare")])
++
++(define_expand "cmpsf"
++  [(set (cc0)
++	(compare:SF
++	 (match_operand:SF 0 "general_operand" "")
++	 (match_operand:SF 1 "general_operand"  "")))]
++  "TARGET_HARD_FLOAT"
++  "{
++   rtx tmpreg;
++   if ( !REG_P(operands[0]) )
++     operands[0] = force_reg(SFmode, operands[0]);
++
++   if ( !REG_P(operands[1]) )
++     operands[1] = force_reg(SFmode, operands[1]);
++
++   avr32_compare_op0 = operands[0];
++   avr32_compare_op1 = operands[1];
++
++   emit_insn(gen_cmpsf_internal(operands[0], operands[1]));
++
++   tmpreg = gen_reg_rtx(SImode);
++   emit_insn(gen_fpcc_to_reg(tmpreg));
++   emit_insn(gen_reg_to_cc(tmpreg));
++
++   DONE;
++  }"
++)
++
++(define_insn "cmpsf_internal"
++  [(set (reg:CC FPCC_REGNUM)
++	(compare:CC
++	 (match_operand:SF 0 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "f")
++	 (match_operand:SF 1 "avr32_fp_register_operand" "f")))]
++  "TARGET_HARD_FLOAT"
++  {
++   if (!rtx_equal_p(cc_prev_status.mdep.fpvalue, SET_SRC(PATTERN (insn))) )
++      return "fcmp.s\t%0, %1";
++   return "";
++  }
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "type" "fcmps")
++   (set_attr "cc" "fpcompare")])
++
++(define_insn "fpcc_to_reg"
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++	(unspec:SI [(reg:CC FPCC_REGNUM)]
++		   UNSPEC_FPCC_TO_REG))]
++  "TARGET_HARD_FLOAT"
++  "fmov.s\t%0, fsr"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "type" "fmvcpu")])
++
++(define_insn "reg_to_cc"
++  [(set (cc0)
++	(unspec:SI [(match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "r")]
++		   UNSPEC_REG_TO_CC))]
++  "TARGET_HARD_FLOAT"
++  "musfr\t%0"
++  [(set_attr "length" "2")
++   (set_attr "type" "alu")
++   (set_attr "cc" "from_fpcc")])
++
++(define_insn "stm_fp"
++  [(unspec [(match_operand 0 "register_operand" "r")
++            (match_operand 1 "const_int_operand" "")
++            (match_operand 2 "const_int_operand" "")]
++	   UNSPEC_STMFP)]
++  "TARGET_HARD_FLOAT"
++  {
++    int cop_reglist = INTVAL(operands[1]);
++
++    if (INTVAL(operands[2]) != 0)
++      return "stcm.w\tcp0, --%0, %C1";
++    else
++      return "stcm.w\tcp0, %0, %C1";
++
++    if ( cop_reglist & ~0xff ){
++      operands[1] = GEN_INT(cop_reglist & ~0xff);
++      if (INTVAL(operands[2]) != 0)
++         return "stcm.d\tcp0, --%0, %D1";
++      else
++         return "stcm.d\tcp0, %0, %D1";
++    }
++  }
++  [(set_attr "type" "fstm")
++   (set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "cc" "none")])
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/gcc/config/avr32/lib1funcs.S gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/config/avr32/lib1funcs.S
+--- gcc-4.2.1/gcc/config/avr32/lib1funcs.S	1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/config/avr32/lib1funcs.S	2007-09-28 10:33:00.000000000 +0200
+@@ -0,0 +1,2589 @@
++ 
++/* Adjust the unpacked double number if it is a subnormal number.
++   The exponent and mantissa pair are stored
++   in [mant_hi,mant_lo] and [exp]. A register with the correct sign bit in
++   the MSB is passed in [sign]. Needs two scratch
++   registers [scratch1] and [scratch2]. An adjusted and packed double float
++   is present in [mant_hi,mant_lo] after macro has executed */
++.macro  adjust_subnormal_df     exp, mant_lo, mant_hi, sign, scratch1, scratch2 
++        /* We have an exponent which is <=0 indicating a subnormal number
++           As it should be stored as if the exponent was 1 (although the
++           exponent field is all zeros to indicate a subnormal number)
++           we have to shift down the mantissa to its correct position. */
++        neg     \exp
++        sub     \exp,-1                   /* amount to shift down */
++        cp.w    \exp,54
++        brlo    50f                     /* if more than 53 shift steps, the
++                                           entire mantissa will disappear
++                                           without any rounding to occur */
++        mov     \mant_hi, 0
++        mov     \mant_lo, 0
++        rjmp    52f
++50:     
++        sub     \exp,-10                /* do the shift to position the
++                                           mantissa at the same time
++                                           note! this does not include the
++                                           final 1 step shift to add the sign */
++ 
++        /* when shifting, save all shifted out bits in [scratch2]. we may need to
++           look at them to make correct rounding. */
++ 
++        rsub    \scratch1,\exp,32       /* get inverted shift count */
++        cp.w    \exp,32                 /* handle shifts >= 32 separately */
++        brhs    51f
++ 
++        /* small (<32) shift amount, both words are part of the shift */
++        lsl     \scratch2,\mant_lo,\scratch1               /* save bits to shift out from lsw*/
++        lsl     \scratch1,\mant_hi,\scratch1               /* get bits from msw destined for lsw*/
++        lsr     \mant_lo,\mant_lo,\exp                     /* shift down lsw */
++        lsr     \mant_hi,\mant_hi,\exp                     /* shift down msw */
++        or      \mant_hi,\scratch1                         /* add bits from msw with prepared lsw */
++        rjmp    50f
++ 
++        /* large (>=32) shift amount, only lsw will have bits left after shift.
++           note that shift operations will use ((shift count) mod 32) so
++           we do not need to subtract 32 from shift count. */
++51:
++        lsl     \scratch2,\mant_hi,\scratch1               /* save bits to shift out from msw */
++        or      \scratch2,\mant_lo                         /* also save all bits from lsw */
++        mov     \mant_lo,\mant_hi                          /* msw -> lsw (i.e. "shift 32 first") */
++        mov     \mant_hi,0                                 /* clear msw */
++        lsr     \mant_lo,\mant_lo,\exp                     /* make rest of shift inside lsw */
++ 
++50:
++        /* result is almost ready to return, except that least significant bit
++           and the part we already shifted out may cause the result to be
++           rounded */
++        bld     \mant_lo,0                   /* get bit to be shifted out */
++        brcc    51f                          /* if bit was 0, no rounding */
++ 
++        /* msb of part to remove is 1, so rounding depends on rest of bits */
++        tst     \scratch2,\scratch2                   /* get shifted out tail */
++        brne    50f     /* if rest > 0, do round */
++        bld     \mant_lo,1                   /* we have to look at lsb in result */
++        brcc    51f   /* if lsb is 0, don't round */
++ 
++50:
++        /* subnormal result requires rounding
++           rounding may cause subnormal to become smallest normal number
++           luckily, smallest normal number has exactly the representation
++           we got by rippling a one bit up from mantissa into exponent field. */
++        sub     \mant_lo,-1
++        subcc   \mant_hi,-1
++ 
++51:
++        /* shift and return packed double with correct sign */
++        rol     \sign
++        ror     \mant_hi
++        ror     \mant_lo        
++52:     
++.endm
++ 
++ 
++/* Adjust subnormal single float number with exponent [exp]
++   and mantissa [mant] and round.    */
++.macro  adjust_subnormal_sf     sf, exp, mant, sign, scratch
++        /* subnormal number */
++        rsub    \exp,\exp, 1            /* shift amount */
++        cp.w    \exp, 25
++        movhs   \mant, 0                
++        brhs    90f                     /* Return zero */
++        rsub    \scratch, \exp, 32
++        lsl     \scratch, \mant,\scratch/* Check if there are any bits set
++                                           in the bits discarded in the mantissa */
++        srne    \scratch                /* If so set the lsb of the shifted mantissa */ 
++        lsr     \mant,\mant,\exp        /* Shift the mantissa */
++        or      \mant, \scratch         /* Round lsb if any bits were shifted out  */
++        /* Rounding :   For explaination, see round_sf. */
++        mov     \scratch, 0x7f          /* Set rounding constant */
++        bld     \mant, 8                
++        subeq   \scratch, -1            /* For odd numbers use rounding constant 0x80 */
++        add     \mant, \scratch         /* Add rounding constant to mantissa */
++        /* We can't overflow because mantissa is at least shifted one position
++           to the right so the implicit bit is zero. We can however get the implicit
++           bit set after rounding which means that we have the lowest normal number
++           but this is ok since this bit has the same position as the LSB of the
++           exponent */
++        lsr     \sf, \mant, 7
++        /* Rotate in sign */
++        lsl     \sign, 1
++        ror     \sf
++90:     
++.endm
++ 
++ 
++/* Round the unpacked df number with exponent [exp] and
++   mantissa [mant_hi, mant_lo]. Uses scratch register
++   [scratch] */
++.macro  round_df        exp, mant_lo, mant_hi, scratch
++        mov     \scratch, 0x3ff         /* Rounding constant */
++        bld     \mant_lo,11             /* Check if lsb in the final result is  
++                                           set */
++        subeq   \scratch, -1            /* Adjust rounding constant to 0x400
++                                           if rounding 0.5 upwards */   
++        add     \mant_lo, \scratch      /* Round */
++        acr     \mant_hi                /* If overflowing we know that
++                                           we have all zeros in the bits not
++                                           scaled out so we can leave them
++                                           but we must increase the exponent with
++                                           two since we had an implicit bit
++                                           which is lost + the extra overflow bit */
++        subcs   \exp, -2                /* Update exponent */
++.endm           
++ 
++/* Round single float number stored in [mant] and [exp] */
++.macro  round_sf        exp, mant, scratch
++        /* Round:       
++                For 0.5 we round to nearest even integer
++                for all other cases we round to nearest integer.
++                This means that if the digit left of the "point" (.)
++                is 1 we can add 0x80 to the mantissa since the
++                corner case 0x180 will round up to 0x200. If the
++                digit left of the "point" is 0 we will have to
++                add 0x7f since this will give 0xff and hence a
++                truncation/rounding downwards for the corner
++                case when the 9 lowest bits are 0x080 */
++        mov     \scratch, 0x7f  /* Set rounding constant */
++        /* Check if the mantissa is even or odd */
++        bld     \mant, 8
++        subeq   \scratch, -1    /* Rounding constant should be 0x80 */
++        add     \mant, \scratch
++        subcs   \exp, -2        /* Adjust exponent if we overflowed */          
++.endm
++ 
++/* Scale mantissa [mant_hi, mant_lo] with amount [shift_count].
++   Uses scratch registers [scratch1] and [scratch2] */
++.macro  scale_df        shift_count, mant_lo, mant_hi, scratch1, scratch2       
++        /* Scale [mant_hi, mant_lo] with shift_amount.
++           Must not forget the sticky bits we intend to shift out. */
++ 
++        rsub    \scratch1,\shift_count,32/* get (32 - shift count)
++                                           (if shift count > 32 we get a
++                                           negative value, but that will
++                                           work as well in the code below.) */
++ 
++        cp.w    \shift_count,32          /* handle shifts >= 32 separately */
++        brhs    70f
++ 
++        /* small (<32) shift amount, both words are part of the shift
++           first remember whether part that is lost contains any 1 bits ... */
++        lsl     \scratch2,\mant_lo,\scratch1  /*shift away bits that are part of
++                                                final mantissa. only part that goes
++                                                to scratch2 are bits that will be lost */
++ 
++        /* ... and now to the actual shift */
++        lsl     \scratch1,\mant_hi,\scratch1  /* get bits from msw destined for lsw*/
++        lsr     \mant_lo,\mant_lo,\shift_count   /* shift down lsw of mantissa */
++        lsr     \mant_hi,\mant_hi,\shift_count   /* shift down msw of mantissa */
++        or      \mant_lo,\scratch1               /* combine these bits with prepared lsw*/
++        rjmp    71f
++ 
++        /* large (>=32) shift amount, only lsw will have bits left after shift.
++           note that shift operations will use ((shift count) mod 32) so
++           we do not need to subtract 32 from shift count. */
++70:
++        /* first remember whether part that is lost contains any 1 bits ... */
++        lsl     \scratch2,\mant_hi,\scratch1   /* save all lost bits from msw */
++        or      \scratch2,\mant_lo             /* also save lost bits (all) from lsw
++                                                  now scratch2<>0 if we lose any bits */
++ 
++        /* ... and now to the actual shift */
++        mov     \mant_lo,\mant_hi             /* msw -> lsw (i.e. "shift 32 first")*/
++        mov     \mant_hi,0                    /* clear msw */
++        lsr     \mant_lo,\mant_lo,\shift_count /* make rest of shift inside lsw*/
++ 
++71:
++        cp.w    \scratch2,0                    /* if any '1' bit in part we lost ...*/
++        breq    70f
++ 
++        sbr     \mant_lo,0                    /* ... we need to set sticky bit*/
++70:             
++.endm
++                
++/* Unpack exponent and mantissa from the double number
++   stored in [df_hi,df_lo]. The exponent is stored in [exp]
++   while the mantissa is stored in [df_hi,df_lo]. */
++        
++.macro  unpack_df               exp, df_lo, df_hi
++        lsr     \exp, \df_hi,21               /* Extract exponent */
++        lsl     \df_hi,10                     /* Get mantissa */
++        or      \df_hi,\df_hi,\df_lo>>21
++        lsl     \df_lo,11
++ 
++        neg     \exp                          /* Fix implicit bit */
++        bst     \df_hi,31
++        subeq   \exp,1
++        neg     \exp                          /* negate back exponent */
++        .endm
++        
++/* Unpack exponent and mantissa from the single float number
++   stored in [sf]. The exponent is stored in [exp]
++   while the mantissa is stored in [sf]. */     
++.macro  unpack_sf               exp, sf
++        lsr     \exp, \sf, 24
++        brne    80f
++        /* Fix subnormal number */
++        lsl     \sf,7
++        clz     \exp,\sf
++        lsl     \sf,\sf,\exp
++        rsub    \exp,\exp,1
++        rjmp    81f
++80:     
++        lsl     \sf,7
++        sbr     \sf, 31 /*Implicit bit*/
++81:     
++.endm
++ 
++ 
++ 
++/* Pack a single float number stored in [mant] and [exp]
++   into a single float number in [sf]  */
++.macro  pack_sf sf, exp, mant
++        bld     \mant,31                  /* implicit bit to z */
++        subne   \exp,1                   /* if subnormal (implicit bit 0)
++                                          adjust exponent to storage format */
++        
++        lsr     \sf, \mant, 7
++        bfins   \sf, \exp, 24, 8
++.endm   
++ 
++/* Pack exponent [exp] and mantissa [mant_hi, mant_lo]
++   into [df_hi, df_lo].  [df_hi] is shifted
++   one bit up so the sign bit can be shifted into it */
++        
++.macro  pack_df         exp, mant_lo, mant_hi, df_lo, df_hi
++        bld     \mant_hi,31                  /* implicit bit to z */
++        subne   \exp,1                   /* if subnormal (implicit bit 0)
++                                          adjust exponent to storage format */
++ 
++        lsr     \mant_lo,11                  /* shift back lsw */
++        or      \df_lo,\mant_lo,\mant_hi<<21          /* combine with low bits from msw */
++        lsl     \mant_hi,1                   /* get rid of implicit bit */
++        lsr     \mant_hi,11                  /* shift back msw except for one step*/
++        or      \df_hi,\mant_hi,\exp<<21          /* combine msw with exponent */
++.endm
++ 
++/* Normalize single float number stored in [mant] and [exp]
++   using scratch register [scratch] */
++.macro  normalize_sf    exp, mant, scratch
++        /* Adjust exponent and mantissa */
++        clz     \scratch, \mant
++        sub     \exp, \scratch
++        lsl     \mant, \mant, \scratch
++.endm
++ 
++/* Normalize the exponent and mantissa pair stored
++   in [mant_hi,mant_lo] and [exp]. Needs two scratch
++   registers [scratch1] and [scratch2]. */
++.macro  normalize_df            exp, mant_lo, mant_hi, scratch1, scratch2
++        clz     \scratch1,\mant_hi     /* Check if we have zeros in high bits */
++        breq    80f                     /* No need for scaling if no zeros in high bits */
++        brcs    81f                     /* Check for all zeros */           
++ 
++        /* shift amount is smaller than 32, and involves both msw and lsw*/
++        rsub    \scratch2,\scratch1,32  /* shift mantissa */
++        lsl     \mant_hi,\mant_hi,\scratch1
++        lsr     \scratch2,\mant_lo,\scratch2
++        or      \mant_hi,\scratch2
++        lsl     \mant_lo,\mant_lo,\scratch1
++        sub     \exp,\scratch1          /* adjust exponent */
++        rjmp    80f                     /* Finished */  
++81:
++        /* shift amount is greater than 32 */
++        clz     \scratch1,\mant_lo      /* shift mantissa */
++        movcs   \scratch1, 0
++        subcc   \scratch1,-32
++        mov     \mant_hi,\mant_lo
++        lsl     \mant_hi,\mant_hi,\scratch1
++        mov     \mant_lo,0
++        sub     \exp,\scratch1          /* adjust exponent */
++80:     
++.endm
++        
++ 
++/* Fast but approximate multiply of two 64-bit numbers to give a 64 bit result.
++   The multiplication of [al]x[bl] is discarded.
++   Operands in [ah], [al], [bh], [bl].
++   Scratch registers in [sh], [sl].
++   Returns results in registers [rh], [rl].*/
++.macro  mul_approx_df   ah, al, bh, bl, rh, rl, sh, sl
++        mulu.d  \sl, \ah, \bl
++        macu.d  \sl, \al, \bh
++        mulu.d  \rl, \ah, \bh
++        add     \rl, \sh
++        acr     \rh
++.endm           
++ 
++ 
++ 
++        
++#ifdef L_avr32_f64_mul
++        .align  2
++        .global __avr32_f64_mul
++        .type  __avr32_f64_mul,@function
++ 
++                
++__avr32_f64_mul:
++        or      r12, r10, r11 << 1 
++        breq   __avr32_f64_mul_op1_zero        
++
++        stm     --sp, r5,r6,r7,lr       
++        /* op1 in {r11,r10}*/
++        /* op2 in {r9,r8}*/
++        eor     lr, r11, r9             /* MSB(lr) = Sign(op1) ^ Sign(op2) */
++ 
++        /* Unpack op1 */        
++        /* exp: r7 */
++        /* sf:  r11, r10 */
++        lsr     r7, r11, 20 /* Extract exponent */
++                
++        lsl     r11, 11 /* Extract mantissa, leave room for implicit bit */ 
++        or      r11, r11, r10>>21
++        lsl     r10, 11
++        sbr     r11, 31 /* Insert implicit bit */
++
++        cbr     r7, 11       /* Clear sign bit */
++        /* Check if normalization is needed */
++        breq    __avr32_f64_mul_op1_subnormal /*If number is subnormal, normalize it */ 
++
++22:     
++        /* Unpack op2 */
++        /* exp: r6 */
++        /* sf:  r9, r8 */
++        lsr     r6, r9, 20 /* Extract exponent */
++                
++        lsl     r9, 11 /* Extract mantissa, leave room for implicit bit */ 
++        or      r9, r9, r8>>21
++        lsl     r8, 11
++        sbr     r9, 31 /* Insert implicit bit */
++
++        cbr     r6, 11       /* Clear sign bit */
++        /* Check if normalization is needed */
++        breq    __avr32_f64_mul_op2_subnormal /*If number is subnormal, normalize it */ 
++23:     
++ 
++        /* Check if any operands are NaN or INF */
++        cp      r7, 0x7ff
++        breq    __avr32_f64_mul_op_nan_or_inf /* Check op1 for NaN or Inf */
++        cp      r6, 0x7ff
++        breq    __avr32_f64_mul_op_nan_or_inf  /* Check op2 for NaN or Inf */
++ 
++ 
++        /* Calculate new exponent in r12*/
++        add     r12, r7, r6
++        sub     r12, (1023-1)
++ 
++        /* Do the multiplication using approximate calculation.
++         Place result in r11, r10. Use r7, r6 as scratch registers */
++        mul_approx_df        r11 /*ah*/, r10 /*al*/, r9 /*bh*/, r8 /*bl*/, r11 /*rh*/, r10 /*rl*/, r7 /*sh*/, r6 /*sl*/
++ 
++        /* Check if result is zero */
++        breq    __avr32_f64_mul_res_subnormal
++
++        /* Adjust exponent and mantissa */
++        /* [r12]:exp, [r11, r10]:mant, [r9,r8,r7]:scratch*/
++        /* Mantissa may be of the format 0.xxxx or 1.xxxx. */
++        /* In the first case, shift one pos to left.*/
++        sub     r9, r12, 1
++        mov     r8, r11
++        lsl     r7, r10, 1
++        rol     r8
++        bld     r11, 31
++        movne   r12, r9
++        movne   r11, r8
++        movne   r10, r7
++        cp      r12, 0  
++        breq    __avr32_f64_mul_res_subnormal /*Result was subnormal. Flush-to-zero and return zero*/
++ 
++        /* Check for Inf. */
++        cp.w    r12, 0x7ff
++        brge    __avr32_f64_mul_res_inf
++ 
++        /* Result was not subnormal. Perform rounding. */
++        /* Because of performance optimization, we have no sticky bit, */
++        /* so round-to-even won't work as specified in the IEEE standard.*/
++        /* [r12]:exp, [r11, r10]:mant */
++        /* Mantissa is in 0.64 format. Round by adding 1<<(64-(52+2))=1<<10*/
++        /* That is, 1 in the MSB of the part that will be discarded in final packing.*/
++        mov     r9, (1<<10)
++        add     r10, r9
++        acr     r11
++        /* Adjust exponent if we overflowed.*/
++        subcs   r12, -1 
++        
++        
++        /* Pack final result*/
++        /* Input:        [r12]:exp, [r11, r10]:mant */
++        /* Result in [r11,r10] */
++        /* Insert mantissa */
++        cbr     r11, 31 /*Clear implicit bit*/
++        lsr     r10, 11
++        or      r10, r10, r11<<21
++        lsr     r11, 11
++        /* Insert exponent and sign bit*/
++        or      r11, r11, r12<<20
++        bld     lr, 31
++        bst     r11, 31
++        
++        /* Return result in [r11,r10] */
++        ldm     sp++, r5, r6, r7,pc
++ 
++ 
++__avr32_f64_mul_op1_subnormal:
++        cbr     r11, 31 /* Clear implicit bit. */
++        normalize_df    r7 /*exp*/, r10, r11 /*Mantissa*/, r5, r12 /*scratch*/  
++        rjmp    22b
++ 
++__avr32_f64_mul_op2_subnormal:
++        cbr     r9, 31 /* Clear implicit bit. */
++        normalize_df    r6 /*exp*/, r8, r9 /*Mantissa*/, r5, r12 /*scratch*/    
++        rjmp    23b
++                
++ 
++__avr32_f64_mul_op_nan_or_inf:
++        /* Same code for OP1 and OP2*/
++        /* Since we are here, at least one of the OPs were NaN or INF*/
++        /* Shift out implicit bit of both operands' mantissa */
++        lsl     r11, 1
++        lsl     r9, 1
++        /* Merge the regs in each operand to check for zero*/
++        or      r11, r10 /* op1 */
++        or      r9, r8 /* op2 */
++        /* Check if op1 is NaN or INF */
++        cp      r7, 0x7ff
++        brne    __avr32_f64_mul_op1_not_naninf
++        /* op1 was NaN or INF.*/
++        cp      r11, 0
++        brne    __avr32_f64_mul_res_nan /* op1 was NaN. Result will be NaN*/
++        /*op1 was INF. check if op2 is NaN or INF*/
++        cp      r6, 0x7ff
++        brne    __avr32_f64_mul_res_inf /*op1 was INF, op2 was neither NaN nor INF*/
++        /* op1 is INF, op2 is either NaN or INF*/
++        cp      r9, 0
++        breq    __avr32_f64_mul_res_inf /*op2 was also INF*/
++        rjmp    __avr32_f64_mul_res_nan /*op2 was NaN*/
++ 
++__avr32_f64_mul_op1_not_naninf:
++        /* op1 was not NaN nor INF. Then op2 must be NaN or INF*/
++        cp      r9, 0
++        breq    __avr32_f64_mul_res_inf /*op2 was INF, return INF*/
++        rjmp   __avr32_f64_mul_res_nan /*else return NaN*/
++        
++__avr32_f64_mul_res_subnormal:/* Multiply result was subnormal. Return zero. */
++        mov     r11, lr /*Get correct sign*/
++        andh    r11, 0x8000, COH
++        mov     r10, 0
++        ldm     sp++, r5, r6, r7,pc
++ 
++__avr32_f64_mul_res_nan:        /* Return NaN. */
++        mov     r11, -1
++        mov     r10, -1
++        ldm     sp++, r5, r6, r7,pc
++        
++__avr32_f64_mul_res_inf:        /* Return INF. */
++        mov     r11, 0
++        orh     r11, 0x7ff0
++        bld     lr, 31
++        bst     r11, 31
++        mov     r10, 0
++        ldm     sp++, r5, r6, r7,pc
++
++__avr32_f64_mul_op1_zero:
++        /* Get sign */
++        eor     r11, r11, r9
++        andh    r11, 0x8000, COH  
++        /* Check if op2 is Inf or NaN. */
++        bfextu  r12, r9, 20, 11
++        cp.w    r12, 0x7ff
++        retne   r12     /* Return 0.0 */
++        /* Return NaN */
++        mov     r10, -1
++        mov     r11, -1
++        ret     r12
++         
++
++ 
++#endif
++                
++ 
++#if  defined(L_avr32_f64_addsub) || defined(L_avr32_f64_addsub_fast)
++        .align  2
++
++__avr32_f64_sub_from_add:
++        /* Switch sign on op2 */
++        eorh    r9, 0x8000
++
++#if  defined(L_avr32_f64_addsub_fast)
++        .global __avr32_f64_sub_fast
++        .type  __avr32_f64_sub_fast,@function
++__avr32_f64_sub_fast:
++#else	
++        .global __avr32_f64_sub
++        .type  __avr32_f64_sub,@function
++__avr32_f64_sub:
++#endif
++        
++        /* op1 in {r11,r10}*/
++        /* op2 in {r9,r8}*/
++
++#if  defined(L_avr32_f64_addsub_fast)
++        /* If op2 is zero just return op1 */
++        or      r12, r8, r9 << 1
++        reteq   r12 
++#endif
++ 
++        /* Check signs */
++        eor     r12, r11, r9
++        /* Different signs, use addition. */
++        brmi    __avr32_f64_add_from_sub
++ 
++        stm     --sp, r5, r6, r7, lr
++ 
++        /* Get sign of op1 into r12 */
++        mov     r12, r11
++        andh    r12, 0x8000, COH                
++ 
++        /* Remove sign from operands */
++        cbr     r11, 31
++        cbr     r9, 31
++ 
++        /* Put the number with the largest exponent in [r11, r10]
++           and the number with the smallest exponent in [r9, r8] */
++        cp      r11, r9
++        brhs    1f /* Skip swap if operands already correctly ordered*/
++        /* Operands were not correctly ordered, swap them*/
++        mov     r7, r11
++        mov     r11, r9
++        mov     r9, r7
++        mov     r7, r10
++        mov     r10, r8
++        mov     r8, r7
++        eorh    r12, 0x8000 /* Invert sign in r12*/
++1:      
++        /* Unpack largest operand - opH */      
++        /* exp: r7 */
++        /* sf:  r11, r10 */
++        lsr     r7, r11, 20 /* Extract exponent */
++        cbr     r7, 11      /* Clear sign bit */
++        lsl     r11, 11 /* Extract mantissa, leave room for implicit bit */ 
++        or      r11, r11, r10>>21
++        lsl     r10, 11
++        sbr     r11, 31 /* Insert implicit bit */
++ 
++        
++        /* Unpack smallest operand - opL */
++        /* exp: r6 */
++        /* sf:  r9, r8 */
++        lsr     r6, r9, 20 /* Extract exponent */
++        cbr     r6, 11     /* Clear sign bit */
++        breq    __avr32_f64_sub_opL_subnormal /* If either zero or subnormal */
++        lsl     r9, 11 /* Extract mantissa, leave room for implicit bit */ 
++        or      r9, r9, r8>>21
++        lsl     r8, 11
++        sbr     r9, 31 /* Insert implicit bit */
++ 
++
++__avr32_f64_sub_opL_subnormal_done:     
++        /* opH is NaN or Inf. */
++        cp.w    r7, 0x7ff
++        breq    __avr32_f64_sub_opH_nan_or_inf
++
++        /* Get shift amount to scale mantissa of op2. */
++        rsub    r6, r7
++        breq    __avr32_f64_sub_shift_done /* No need to shift, exponents are equal*/
++ 
++        /* Scale mantissa [r9, r8] with amount [r6].
++        Uses scratch registers [r5] and [lr].
++        In IEEE mode:Must not forget the sticky bits we intend to shift out. */
++ 
++        rsub    r5,r6,32 /* get (32 - shift count)
++                            (if shift count > 32 we get a
++                            negative value, but that will
++                            work as well in the code below.) */
++ 
++        cp.w    r6,32       /* handle shifts >= 32 separately */
++        brhs    __avr32_f64_sub_longshift
++ 
++        /* small (<32) shift amount, both words are part of the shift
++           first remember whether part that is lost contains any 1 bits ... */
++        lsl     lr,r8,r5  /* shift away bits that are part of
++                             final mantissa. only part that goes
++                             to lr are bits that will be lost */
++ 
++        /* ... and now to the actual shift */
++        lsl     r5,r9,r5  /* get bits from msw destined for lsw*/
++        lsr     r8,r8,r6  /* shift down lsw of mantissa */
++        lsr     r9,r9,r6  /* shift down msw of mantissa */
++        or      r8,r5     /* combine these bits with prepared lsw*/
++#if  defined(L_avr32_f64_addsub)
++        cp.w    lr,0      /* if any '1' bit in part we lost ...*/
++        srne    lr
++        or      r8, lr     /* ... we need to set sticky bit*/
++#endif
++        
++__avr32_f64_sub_shift_done:     
++        /* Now subtract the mantissas. */
++        sub     r10, r8
++        sbc     r11, r11, r9
++ 
++        /* Normalize the exponent and mantissa pair stored in
++        [r11,r10] and exponent in [r7]. Needs two scratch registers [r6] and [lr]. */
++        clz     r6,r11     /* Check if we have zeros in high bits */
++        breq    __avr32_f64_sub_longnormalize_done  /* No need for scaling if no zeros in high bits */
++        brcs    __avr32_f64_sub_longnormalize
++ 
++        /* shift amount is smaller than 32, and involves both msw and lsw*/
++        rsub    lr,r6,32  /* shift mantissa */
++        lsl     r11,r11,r6
++        lsr     lr,r10,lr
++        or      r11,lr
++        lsl     r10,r10,r6
++        sub     r7,r6    /* adjust exponent */
++        brle    __avr32_f64_sub_subnormal_result
++ 
++__avr32_f64_sub_longnormalize_done:     
++        
++#if defined(L_avr32_f64_addsub)
++        /* Insert the bits we will remove from the mantissa r9[31:21] */
++        lsl     r9, r10, (32 - 11)
++#else
++        /* Keep the last bit shifted out. */
++        bfextu  r9, r10, 10, 1
++#endif
++ 
++        /* Pack final result*/
++        /* Input: [r7]:exp, [r11, r10]:mant, [r12]:sign in MSB */
++        /* Result in [r11,r10] */
++        /* Insert mantissa */
++        cbr     r11, 31 /*Clear implicit bit*/
++        lsr     r10, 11
++        or      r10, r10, r11<<21
++        lsr     r11, 11
++        /* Insert exponent and sign bit*/
++        or      r11, r11, r7<<20
++        bld     r12, 31
++        bst     r11, 31
++        
++        /* Round */     
++__avr32_f64_sub_round:
++#if defined(L_avr32_f64_addsub)
++        mov     r7, 0
++        sbr     r7, 31
++        bld     r10, 0
++        subne   r7, -1  
++ 
++        cp.w    r9, r7
++        srhs    r9
++#endif
++        add     r10, r9
++        acr     r11
++        
++        /* Return result in [r11,r10] */
++        ldm     sp++, r5, r6, r7,pc
++ 
++ 
++ 
++__avr32_f64_sub_opL_subnormal:
++        /* Extract the of mantissa */
++        lsl     r9, 11 /* Extract mantissa, leave room for implicit bit */ 
++        or      r9, r9, r8>>21
++        lsl     r8, 11
++ 
++        /* Set exponent to 1 if we do not have a zero. */
++        or      lr, r9, r8
++        movne   r6,1
++ 
++        /* Check if opH is also subnormal. If so, clear implicit bit in r11*/
++        rsub    lr, r7, 0
++        moveq   r7,1
++        bst     r11, 31
++ 
++        /* Check if op1 is zero, if so set exponent to 0. */
++        or      lr, r11, r10
++        moveq   r7,0
++                
++        rjmp    __avr32_f64_sub_opL_subnormal_done
++ 
++__avr32_f64_sub_opH_nan_or_inf: 
++        /* Check if opH is NaN, if so return NaN */
++        cbr     r11, 31
++        or      lr, r11, r10
++        brne    __avr32_f64_sub_return_nan
++ 
++        /* opH is Inf. */
++        /* Check if opL is Inf. or NaN */
++        cp.w    r6, 0x7ff
++        breq    __avr32_f64_sub_opL_nan_or_inf
++        ldm     sp++, r5, r6, r7, pc/* opL not Inf or NaN, return opH */
++__avr32_f64_sub_opL_nan_or_inf:
++        cbr     r9, 31
++        or      lr, r9, r8
++        brne    __avr32_f64_sub_return_nan
++        mov     r10, 0  /* Generate Inf in r11, r10 */
++        mov     r11, 0
++        orh     r11, 0x7ff0
++        ldm     sp++, r5, r6, r7, pc/* opL Inf, return Inf */
++__avr32_f64_sub_return_nan:     
++        mov     r10, -1 /* Generate NaN in r11, r10 */
++        mov     r11, -1
++        ldm     sp++, r5, r6, r7, pc/* opL Inf or NaN, return NaN */
++ 
++ 
++__avr32_f64_sub_subnormal_result:
++        /* Just flush subnormals to zero. */
++        mov     r10, 0
++        mov     r11, 0
++        ldm     sp++, r5, r6, r7, pc
++
++ 
++__avr32_f64_sub_longshift:
++        /* large (>=32) shift amount, only lsw will have bits left after shift.
++           note that shift operations will use ((shift count=r6) mod 32) so
++           we do not need to subtract 32 from shift count. */
++        /* Saturate the shift amount to 63. If the amount
++           is any larger op2 is insignificant. */
++        satu    r6 >> 0, 6
++#if defined(L_avr32_f64_addsub)
++        /* first remember whether part that is lost contains any 1 bits ... */
++        lsl     lr,r9,r5   /* save all lost bits from msw */
++        or      lr,r8      /* also save lost bits (all) from lsw
++                              now lr != 0 if we lose any bits */
++#endif  
++        /* ... and now to the actual shift */
++        mov     r8,r9      /* msw -> lsw (i.e. "shift 32 first")*/
++        mov     r9,0       /* clear msw */
++        lsr     r8,r8,r6   /* make rest of shift inside lsw*/
++#if defined(L_avr32_f64_addsub)
++        cp.w    lr,0       /* if any '1' bit in part we lost ...*/
++        sreq    lr
++        or     r8, lr      /* ... we need to set sticky bit*/
++#endif
++        rjmp    __avr32_f64_sub_shift_done
++ 
++__avr32_f64_sub_longnormalize:
++        /* shift amount is greater than 32 */
++        clz     r6,r10      /* shift mantissa */
++        /* If the resulting mantissa is zero the result is 
++           zero so force exponent to zero. */
++        movcs   r7, 0
++        movcs   r6, 0
++        subcc   r6,-32
++        mov     r11,r10
++        lsl     r11,r11,r6
++        mov     r10,0
++        sub     r7,r6          /* adjust exponent */
++        brle    __avr32_f64_sub_subnormal_result
++        rjmp    __avr32_f64_sub_longnormalize_done
++        
++ 
++        
++	 .align  2
++__avr32_f64_add_from_sub:
++        /* Switch sign on op2 */
++        eorh    r9, 0x8000
++
++#if defined(L_avr32_f64_addsub_fast)
++        .global __avr32_f64_add_fast
++        .type  __avr32_f64_add_fast,@function
++__avr32_f64_add_fast:
++#else	
++        .global __avr32_f64_add
++        .type  __avr32_f64_add,@function
++__avr32_f64_add:
++#endif
++        
++        /* op1 in {r11,r10}*/
++        /* op2 in {r9,r8}*/
++ 
++#if defined(L_avr32_f64_addsub_fast)
++        /* If op2 is zero just return op1 */
++        or      r12, r8, r9 << 1
++        reteq   r12 
++#endif
++
++        /* Check signs */
++        eor     r12, r11, r9
++        /* Different signs, use subtraction. */
++        brmi    __avr32_f64_sub_from_add
++ 
++        stm     --sp, r5, r6, r7, lr
++ 
++        /* Get sign of op1 into r12 */
++        mov     r12, r11
++        andh    r12, 0x8000, COH                
++ 
++        /* Remove sign from operands */
++        cbr     r11, 31
++        cbr     r9, 31
++ 
++        /* Put the number with the largest exponent in [r11, r10]
++           and the number with the smallest exponent in [r9, r8] */
++        cp      r11, r9
++        brhs    1f /* Skip swap if operands already correctly ordered*/
++        /* Operands were not correctly ordered, swap them*/
++        mov     r7, r11
++        mov     r11, r9
++        mov     r9, r7
++        mov     r7, r10
++        mov     r10, r8
++        mov     r8, r7
++1:      
++        /* Unpack largest operand - opH */      
++        /* exp: r7 */
++        /* sf:  r11, r10 */
++        lsr     r7, r11, 20 /* Extract exponent */
++        cbr     r7, 11      /* Clear sign bit */
++        lsl     r11, 11 /* Extract mantissa, leave room for implicit bit */ 
++        or      r11, r11, r10>>21
++        lsl     r10, 11
++        sbr     r11, 31 /* Insert implicit bit */
++ 
++        
++        /* Unpack smallest operand - opL */
++        /* exp: r6 */
++        /* sf:  r9, r8 */
++        lsr     r6, r9, 20 /* Extract exponent */
++        cbr     r6, 11     /* Clear sign bit */
++        breq    __avr32_f64_add_opL_subnormal /* If either zero or subnormal */
++        lsl     r9, 11 /* Extract mantissa, leave room for implicit bit */ 
++        or      r9, r9, r8>>21
++        lsl     r8, 11
++        sbr     r9, 31 /* Insert implicit bit */
++
++ 
++__avr32_f64_add_opL_subnormal_done:     
++        /* opH is NaN or Inf. */
++        cp.w    r7, 0x7ff
++        breq    __avr32_f64_add_opH_nan_or_inf
++
++        /* Get shift amount to scale mantissa of op2. */
++        rsub    r6, r7
++        breq    __avr32_f64_add_shift_done /* No need to shift, exponents are equal*/
++ 
++        /* Scale mantissa [r9, r8] with amount [r6].
++        Uses scratch registers [r5] and [lr].
++        In IEEE mode:Must not forget the sticky bits we intend to shift out. */
++        rsub    r5,r6,32 /* get (32 - shift count)
++                            (if shift count > 32 we get a
++                            negative value, but that will
++                            work as well in the code below.) */
++ 
++        cp.w    r6,32       /* handle shifts >= 32 separately */
++        brhs    __avr32_f64_add_longshift
++ 
++        /* small (<32) shift amount, both words are part of the shift
++           first remember whether part that is lost contains any 1 bits ... */
++        lsl     lr,r8,r5  /* shift away bits that are part of
++                             final mantissa. only part that goes
++                             to lr are bits that will be lost */
++ 
++        /* ... and now to the actual shift */
++        lsl     r5,r9,r5  /* get bits from msw destined for lsw*/
++        lsr     r8,r8,r6  /* shift down lsw of mantissa */
++        lsr     r9,r9,r6  /* shift down msw of mantissa */
++        or      r8,r5     /* combine these bits with prepared lsw*/
++#if defined(L_avr32_f64_addsub)
++        cp.w    lr,0      /* if any '1' bit in part we lost ...*/
++        srne    lr
++        or      r8, lr     /* ... we need to set sticky bit*/
++#endif
++        
++__avr32_f64_add_shift_done:     
++        /* Now add the mantissas. */
++        add     r10, r8
++        adc     r11, r11, r9
++ 
++        /* Check if we overflowed. */
++        brcs    __avr32_f64_add_res_of
++        
++__avr32_f64_add_res_of_done:    
++        
++#if defined(L_avr32_f64_addsub)
++        /* Insert the bits we will remove from the mantissa r9[31:21] */
++        lsl     r9, r10, (32 - 11)
++#else
++        /* Keep the last bit shifted out. */
++        bfextu  r9, r10, 10, 1
++#endif
++ 
++        /* Pack final result*/
++        /* Input: [r7]:exp, [r11, r10]:mant, [r12]:sign in MSB */
++        /* Result in [r11,r10] */
++        /* Insert mantissa */
++        cbr     r11, 31 /*Clear implicit bit*/
++        lsr     r10, 11
++        or      r10, r10, r11<<21
++        lsr     r11, 11
++        /* Insert exponent and sign bit*/
++        or      r11, r11, r7<<20
++        bld     r12, 31
++        bst     r11, 31
++        
++        /* Round */     
++__avr32_f64_add_round:
++#if defined(L_avr32_f64_addsub)
++        mov     r7, 0
++        sbr     r7, 31
++        bld     r10, 0
++        subne   r7, -1  
++ 
++        cp.w    r9, r7
++        srhs    r9
++#endif
++        add     r10, r9
++        acr     r11
++        
++        /* Return result in [r11,r10] */
++        ldm     sp++, r5, r6, r7,pc
++ 
++ 
++ 
++__avr32_f64_add_opL_subnormal:
++        /* Extract the of mantissa */
++        lsl     r9, 11 /* Extract mantissa, leave room for implicit bit */ 
++        or      r9, r9, r8>>21
++        lsl     r8, 11
++ 
++        /* Set exponent to 1 if we do not have a zero. */
++        or      lr, r9, r8
++        movne   r6,1
++ 
++        /* Check if opH is also subnormal. If so, clear implicit bit in r11*/
++        rsub    lr, r7, 0
++        moveq   r7,1
++        bst     r11, 31
++ 
++        /* Check if op1 is zero, if so set exponent to 0. */
++        or      lr, r11, r10
++        moveq   r7,0
++                
++        rjmp    __avr32_f64_add_opL_subnormal_done
++ 
++__avr32_f64_add_opH_nan_or_inf: 
++        /* Check if opH is NaN, if so return NaN */
++        cbr     r11, 31
++        or      lr, r11, r10
++        brne    __avr32_f64_add_return_nan
++ 
++        /* opH is Inf. */
++        /* Check if opL is Inf. or NaN */
++        cp.w    r6, 0x7ff
++        breq    __avr32_f64_add_opL_nan_or_inf
++        ldm     sp++, r5, r6, r7, pc/* opL not Inf or NaN, return opH */
++__avr32_f64_add_opL_nan_or_inf:
++        cbr     r9, 31
++        or      lr, r9, r8
++        brne    __avr32_f64_add_return_nan
++        mov     r10, 0  /* Generate Inf in r11, r10 */
++        mov     r11, 0
++        orh     r11, 0x7ff0
++        ldm     sp++, r5, r6, r7, pc/* opL Inf, return Inf */
++__avr32_f64_add_return_nan:     
++        mov     r10, -1 /* Generate NaN in r11, r10 */
++        mov     r11, -1
++        ldm     sp++, r5, r6, r7, pc/* opL Inf or NaN, return NaN */
++ 
++ 
++__avr32_f64_add_longshift:
++        /* large (>=32) shift amount, only lsw will have bits left after shift.
++           note that shift operations will use ((shift count=r6) mod 32) so
++           we do not need to subtract 32 from shift count. */
++        /* Saturate the shift amount to 63. If the amount
++           is any larger op2 is insignificant. */
++        satu    r6 >> 0, 6
++#if defined(L_avr32_f64_addsub)
++        /* first remember whether part that is lost contains any 1 bits ... */
++        lsl     lr,r9,r5   /* save all lost bits from msw */
++        or      lr,r8      /* also save lost bits (all) from lsw
++                              now lr != 0 if we lose any bits */
++#endif  
++        /* ... and now to the actual shift */
++        mov     r8,r9      /* msw -> lsw (i.e. "shift 32 first")*/
++        mov     r9,0       /* clear msw */
++        lsr     r8,r8,r6   /* make rest of shift inside lsw*/
++#if defined(L_avr32_f64_addsub)
++        cp.w    lr,0       /* if any '1' bit in part we lost ...*/
++        sreq    lr
++        or     r8, lr      /* ... we need to set sticky bit*/
++#endif
++        rjmp    __avr32_f64_add_shift_done
++ 
++__avr32_f64_add_res_of:
++        /* We overflowed. Increase exponent and shift mantissa.*/
++        /* [r7]:exp, [r11, r10]:mant */
++        ror     r11
++        lsr     r10, 1
++        sub     r7, -1
++ 
++        /* Clear mantissa to set result to Inf if the exponent is 255. */
++        cp.w    r7, 0x7ff
++        moveq   r10, 0
++        moveq   r11, 0
++        rjmp    __avr32_f64_add_res_of_done
++        
++ 
++#endif
++ 
++#ifdef L_avr32_f64_to_u32
++        /* This goes into L_fixdfsi */
++#endif
++        
++ 
++#ifdef L_avr32_f64_to_s32
++        .global __avr32_f64_to_u32
++        .type  __avr32_f64_to_u32,@function
++__avr32_f64_to_u32:
++        cp.w    r11, 0
++        retmi   0       /* Negative returns 0 */
++ 
++        /* Fallthrough to df to signed si conversion */ 
++        .global __avr32_f64_to_s32
++        .type  __avr32_f64_to_s32,@function
++__avr32_f64_to_s32:
++        lsl     r12,r11,1
++        lsr     r12,21                  /* extract exponent*/
++        sub     r12,1023                /* convert to unbiased exponent.*/
++        retlo   0                       /* too small exponent implies zero. */
++ 
++1:      
++        rsub    r12,r12,31              /* shift count = 31 - exponent */
++        mov     r9,r11                  /* save sign for later...*/
++        lsl     r11,11                  /* remove exponent and sign*/
++        sbr     r11,31                  /* add implicit bit*/
++        or      r11,r11,r10>>21         /* get rest of bits from lsw of double */
++        lsr     r11,r11,r12             /* shift down mantissa to final place */
++        lsl     r9,1                    /* sign -> carry */
++        retcc   r11                     /* if positive, we are done */
++        neg     r11                     /* if negative float, negate result */
++        ret     r11
++ 
++#endif  /* L_fixdfsi*/
++ 
++#ifdef L_avr32_f64_to_u64
++        /* Actual function is in L_fixdfdi */
++#endif
++        
++#ifdef L_avr32_f64_to_s64
++        .global __avr32_f64_to_u64
++        .type  __avr32_f64_to_u64,@function
++__avr32_f64_to_u64:
++        cp.w    r11,0
++        /* Negative numbers return zero */
++        movmi   r10, 0
++        movmi   r11, 0
++        retmi   r11
++ 
++        
++ 
++        /* Fallthrough */
++        .global __avr32_f64_to_s64
++        .type  __avr32_f64_to_s64,@function
++__avr32_f64_to_s64:
++        lsl     r9,r11,1
++        lsr     r9,21                   /* get exponent*/
++        sub     r9,1023                 /* convert to correct range*/
++        /* Return zero if exponent to small */
++        movlo   r10, 0
++        movlo   r11, 0
++        retlo   r11
++ 
++        mov     r8,r11                  /* save sign for later...*/
++1:      
++        lsl     r11,11                  /* remove exponent */
++        sbr     r11,31                  /* add implicit bit*/
++        or      r11,r11,r10>>21         /* get rest of bits from lsw of double*/
++        lsl     r10,11                  /* align lsw correctly as well */
++        rsub    r9,r9,63                /* shift count = 63 - exponent */
++        breq    1f
++ 
++        cp.w    r9,32                   /* is shift count more than one reg? */
++        brhs    0f
++ 
++        mov     r12,r11                 /* save msw */
++        lsr     r10,r10,r9              /* small shift count, shift down lsw */
++        lsr     r11,r11,r9              /* small shift count, shift down msw */
++        rsub    r9,r9,32                /* get 32-size of shifted out tail */
++        lsl     r12,r12,r9              /* align part to move from msw to lsw */
++        or      r10,r12                 /* combine to get new lsw */
++        rjmp    1f
++ 
++0:
++        lsr     r10,r11,r9              /* large shift count,only lsw get bits
++                                           note that shift count is modulo 32*/
++        mov     r11,0                   /* msw will be 0 */
++ 
++1:
++        lsl     r8,1                    /* sign -> carry */
++        retcc   r11                     /* if positive, we are done */
++ 
++        neg     r11                     /* if negative float, negate result */
++        neg     r10
++        scr     r11
++        ret     r11 
++ 
++#endif
++ 
++#ifdef L_avr32_u32_to_f64
++        /* Code located in L_floatsidf */
++#endif
++        
++#ifdef L_avr32_s32_to_f64
++        .global __avr32_u32_to_f64
++        .type  __avr32_u32_to_f64,@function
++__avr32_u32_to_f64:
++        sub     r11, r12, 0 /* Move to r11 and force Z flag to be updated */
++        mov     r12, 0      /* always positive */
++        rjmp    0f          /* Jump to common code for floatsidf */
++        
++        .global __avr32_s32_to_f64
++        .type  __avr32_s32_to_f64,@function
++__avr32_s32_to_f64:
++        mov     r11, r12        /* Keep original value in r12 for sign */
++        abs     r11             /* Absolute value if r12 */
++0:      
++        mov     r10,0           /* let remaining bits be zero */
++        reteq   r11             /* zero long will return zero float */
++ 
++        pushm   lr
++        mov     r9,31+1023              /* set exponent */
++                
++        normalize_df    r9 /*exp*/, r10, r11 /* mantissa */, r8, lr /* scratch */
++ 
++        /* Check if a subnormal result was created */
++        cp.w    r9, 0
++        brgt    0f
++        
++        adjust_subnormal_df     r9 /* exp */, r10, r11 /* Mantissa */, r12 /*sign*/, r8, lr /* scratch */
++        popm    pc
++0:
++        
++        /* Round result */
++        round_df        r9 /*exp*/, r10, r11 /* Mantissa */, r8 /*scratch*/
++        cp.w    r9,0x7ff
++        brlt    0f
++        /*Return infinity */
++        mov     r10, 0
++        mov     r11, 0
++        orh     r11, 0xffe0
++        rjmp    __floatsidf_return_op1
++        
++0:
++ 
++        /* Pack */
++        pack_df r9 /*exp*/, r10, r11 /* mantissa */, r10, r11 /* Output df number*/
++__floatsidf_return_op1: 
++        lsl     r12,1                  /* shift in sign bit */
++        ror     r11
++ 
++        popm    pc
++#endif
++ 
++ 
++#ifdef L_avr32_f32_cmp_eq
++        .global __avr32_f32_cmp_eq
++        .type  __avr32_f32_cmp_eq,@function
++__avr32_f32_cmp_eq:     
++        cp.w    r12, r11
++        breq    0f      
++        /* If not equal check for +/-0 */
++        /* Or together the two values and shift out the sign bit.
++           If the result is zero, then the two values are both zero. */
++        or      r12, r11
++        lsl     r12, 1
++        sreq    r12
++        ret     r12
++0:                      
++        /* Numbers were equal. Check for NaN or Inf */
++        mov     r11, 0
++        orh     r11, 0xff00
++        lsl     r12, 1
++        cp.w    r12, r11
++        srls    r12     /* 0 if NaN, 1 otherwise */
++        ret     r12     
++#endif
++        
++#if defined(L_avr32_f32_cmp_ge) || defined(L_avr32_f32_cmp_lt)
++#ifdef L_avr32_f32_cmp_ge
++        .global __avr32_f32_cmp_ge
++        .type  __avr32_f32_cmp_ge,@function
++__avr32_f32_cmp_ge:
++#endif  
++#ifdef L_avr32_f32_cmp_lt
++        .global __avr32_f32_cmp_lt
++        .type  __avr32_f32_cmp_lt,@function
++__avr32_f32_cmp_lt:
++#endif  
++        lsl     r10, r12, 1     /* Remove sign bits */
++        lsl     r9, r11, 1
++        mov     r8, 0
++        orh     r8, 0xff00
++        cp.w    r10, r8
++        rethi   0               /* Op0 is NaN */                
++        cp.w    r9, r8
++        rethi   0               /* Op1 is Nan */
++ 
++        eor     r8, r11, r12
++        bld     r12, 31
++#ifdef L_avr32_f32_cmp_ge
++        srcc    r8      /* Set result to true if op0 is positive*/
++#endif
++#ifdef L_avr32_f32_cmp_lt
++        srcs    r8      /* Set result to true if op0 is negative*/
++#endif
++        retmi   r8      /* Return if signs are different */
++        brcs    0f      /* Both signs negative? */
++ 
++        /* Both signs positive */
++        cp.w    r12, r11
++#ifdef L_avr32_f32_cmp_ge
++        srhs    r12
++#endif
++#ifdef L_avr32_f32_cmp_lt
++        srlo    r12
++#endif
++        retal   r12
++0:
++        /* Both signs negative */
++        cp.w    r11, r12
++#ifdef L_avr32_f32_cmp_ge
++        srhs    r12
++#endif
++#ifdef L_avr32_f32_cmp_lt
++        srlo    r12
++#endif
++        retal   r12
++#endif
++        
++ 
++#ifdef L_avr32_f64_cmp_eq
++        .global __avr32_f64_cmp_eq
++        .type  __avr32_f64_cmp_eq,@function
++__avr32_f64_cmp_eq:     
++        cp.w    r10,r8
++        cpc     r11,r9
++        breq    0f
++        
++        /* Args were not equal*/
++        /* Both args could be zero with different sign bits */
++        lsl     r11,1                   /* get rid of sign bits */
++        lsl     r9,1
++        or      r11,r10                 /* Check if all bits are zero */
++        or      r11,r9
++        or      r11,r8
++        sreq    r12                     /* If all zeros the arguments are equal
++                                           so return 1 else return 0 */
++        ret     r12
++0:      
++        /* check for NaN */
++        lsl     r11,1
++        mov     r12, 0
++        orh     r12, 0xffe0
++        cp.w    r10,0
++        cpc     r11,r12                 /* check if nan or inf */
++        srls    r12                     /* If Arg is NaN return 0 else 1*/
++        ret     r12                     /* Return  */
++ 
++#endif
++ 
++ 
++#if   defined(L_avr32_f64_cmp_ge) || defined(L_avr32_f64_cmp_lt)
++ 
++#ifdef L_avr32_f64_cmp_ge
++        .global __avr32_f64_cmp_ge
++        .type  __avr32_f64_cmp_ge,@function
++__avr32_f64_cmp_ge:
++#endif  
++#ifdef L_avr32_f64_cmp_lt
++        .global __avr32_f64_cmp_lt
++        .type  __avr32_f64_cmp_lt,@function
++__avr32_f64_cmp_lt:
++#endif  
++ 
++        /* compare magnitude of op1 and op2 */
++        pushm   lr
++        
++        lsl     r11,1                   /* Remove sign bit of op1 */
++        srcs    lr                      /* Sign op1 to lsb of lr*/
++        lsl     r9,1                    /* Remove sign bit of op2 */
++        rol     lr                      /* Sign op2 to lsb of lr, sign bit op1 bit 1 of lr*/
++ 
++        /* Check for Nan */
++        mov     r12, 0
++        orh     r12, 0xffe0
++        cp.w    r10,0
++        cpc     r11,r12
++        movhi   r12, 0  /* Return false for NaN */
++        brhi    0f      /* We have NaN */
++        cp.w    r8,0
++        cpc     r9,r12
++        movhi   r12, 0  /* Return false for NaN */
++        brhi    0f      /* We have NaN */
++ 
++        cp.w    lr,3                   /* both operands negative ?*/    
++        breq    1f
++ 
++        cp.w    lr,1                   /* both operands positive? */
++        brlo    2f
++ 
++        /* Different signs. If sign of op1 is negative the difference
++           between op1 and op2 will always be negative, and if op1 is
++           positive the difference will always be positive */           
++#ifdef L_avr32_f64_cmp_ge
++        sreq    r12
++#endif
++#ifdef L_avr32_f64_cmp_lt
++        srne    r12
++#endif
++        popm    pc
++ 
++ 
++2:
++        /* Both operands positive. Just compute the difference */
++        cp.w    r10,r8
++        cpc     r11,r9
++#ifdef L_avr32_f64_cmp_ge
++        srhs    r12
++#endif
++#ifdef L_avr32_f64_cmp_lt
++        srlo    r12
++#endif
++        popm    pc
++                
++1:
++        /* Both operands negative. Compute the difference with operands switched */
++        cp     r8,r10
++        cpc    r9,r11
++#ifdef L_avr32_f64_cmp_ge
++        srhs    r12
++#endif
++#ifdef L_avr32_f64_cmp_lt
++        srlo    r12
++#endif
++0:      
++        popm    pc
++#endif
++ 
++        
++ 
++#ifdef L_avr32_f64_div
++        .align  2
++        .global __avr32_f64_div
++        .type  __avr32_f64_div,@function
++ 
++__avr32_f64_div:
++        stm     --sp, r0, r1, r2, r3, r4, r5, r6, r7,lr 
++        /* op1 in {r11,r10}*/
++        /* op2 in {r9,r8}*/
++        eor     lr, r11, r9             /* MSB(lr) = Sign(op1) ^ Sign(op2) */
++ 
++        
++        /* Unpack op1 to 2.62 format*/  
++        /* exp: r7 */
++        /* sf:  r11, r10 */
++        lsr     r7, r11, 20 /* Extract exponent */
++                
++        lsl     r11, 9 /* Extract mantissa, leave room for implicit bit */ 
++        or      r11, r11, r10>>23
++        lsl     r10, 9
++        sbr     r11, 29 /* Insert implicit bit */
++        andh    r11, 0x3fff /*Mask last part of exponent since we use 2.62 format*/
++ 
++        cbr     r7, 11       /* Clear sign bit */
++        /* Check if normalization is needed */
++        breq    11f /*If number is subnormal, normalize it */
++22:     
++        cp      r7, 0x7ff
++        brhs    2f  /* Check op1 for NaN or Inf */
++
++        /* Unpack op2 to 2.62 format*/
++        /* exp: r6 */
++        /* sf:  r9, r8 */
++        lsr     r6, r9, 20 /* Extract exponent */
++                
++        lsl     r9, 9 /* Extract mantissa, leave room for implicit bit */ 
++        or      r9, r9, r8>>23
++        lsl     r8, 9
++        sbr     r9, 29 /* Insert implicit bit */
++        andh    r9, 0x3fff /*Mask last part of exponent since we use 2.62 format*/
++ 
++        cbr     r6, 11       /* Clear sign bit */
++        /* Check if normalization is needed */
++        breq    13f /*If number is subnormal, normalize it */
++23:             
++        cp      r6, 0x7ff
++        brhs    3f  /* Check op2 for NaN or Inf */
++
++        /* Calculate new exponent */
++        sub     r7, r6
++        sub     r7,-1023
++ 
++        /* Divide */
++        /* Approximating 1/d with the following recurrence: */
++        /* R[j+1] = R[j]*(2-R[j]*d) */
++        /* Using 2.62 format */
++        /* TWO:  r12 */
++        /* d = op2 = divisor (2.62 format): r9,r8 */
++        /* Multiply result :     r5, r4 */
++        /* Initial guess :       r3, r2 */
++        /* New approximations :  r3, r2 */
++        /* op1 = Dividend (2.62 format) : r11, r10 */
++ 
++        mov     r12, 1 /* Load TWO */
++        brev    r12
++         
++        /* Load initial guess, using look-up table */
++        /* Initial guess is of format 01.XY, where XY is constructed as follows: */
++        /* Let d be of following format: 00.1xy....., then XY=~xy */
++        /* For d=00.100 = 0,5   -> initial guess=01.11 = 1,75 */
++        /* For d=00.101 = 0,625 -> initial guess=01.11 = 1,5  */
++        /* For d=00.110 = 0,75  -> initial guess=01.11 = 1,25 */
++        /* For d=00.111 = 0,875 -> initial guess=01.11 = 1,0  */
++        /* r2 is also part of the reg pair forming initial guess, but it*/
++        /* is kept uninitialized to save one cycle since it has so low significance*/
++ 
++        lsr     r3, r12, 1
++        bfextu  r4, r9, 27, 2
++        com     r4
++        bfins   r3, r4, 28, 2
++ 
++        /* First approximation */
++        /* Approximating to 32 bits */
++        /* r5 = R[j]*d */
++        mulu.d  r4, r3, r9
++        /* r5 = 2-R[j]*d */
++        sub    r5, r12, r5<<2
++        /* r3 = R[j]*(2-R[j]*d) */
++        mulu.d  r4, r3, r5
++        lsl     r3, r5, 2
++         
++        /* Second approximation */
++        /* Approximating to 32 bits */
++        /* r5 = R[j]*d */
++        mulu.d  r4, r3, r9
++        /* r5 = 2-R[j]*d */
++        sub    r5, r12, r5<<2
++        /* r3 = R[j]*(2-R[j]*d) */
++        mulu.d  r4, r3, r5
++        lsl     r3, r5, 2
++         
++        /* Third approximation */
++        /* Approximating to 32 bits */
++        /* r5 = R[j]*d */
++        mulu.d  r4, r3, r9
++        /* r5 = 2-R[j]*d */
++        sub    r5, r12, r5<<2
++        /* r3 = R[j]*(2-R[j]*d) */
++        mulu.d  r4, r3, r5
++        lsl     r3, r5, 2
++ 
++        /* Fourth approximation */
++        /* Approximating to 64 bits */
++        /* r5,r4 = R[j]*d */
++        mul_approx_df        r3 /*ah*/, r2 /*al*/, r9 /*bh*/, r8 /*bl*/, r5 /*rh*/, r4 /*rl*/, r1 /*sh*/, r0 /*sl*/
++        lsl    r5, 2
++        or     r5, r5, r4>>30
++        lsl    r4, 2
++        /* r5,r4 = 2-R[j]*d */
++        neg    r4
++        sbc    r5, r12, r5
++        /* r3,r2 = R[j]*(2-R[j]*d) */
++        mul_approx_df        r3 /*ah*/, r2 /*al*/, r5 /*bh*/, r4 /*bl*/, r5 /*rh*/, r4 /*rl*/, r1 /*sh*/, r0 /*sl*/
++        lsl    r3, r5, 2
++        or     r3, r3, r4>>30
++        lsl    r2, r4, 2
++ 
++ 
++        /* Fifth approximation */
++        /* Approximating to 64 bits */
++        /* r5,r4 = R[j]*d */
++        mul_approx_df        r3 /*ah*/, r2 /*al*/, r9 /*bh*/, r8 /*bl*/, r5 /*rh*/, r4 /*rl*/, r1 /*sh*/, r0 /*sl*/
++        lsl    r5, 2
++        or     r5, r5, r4>>30
++        lsl    r4, 2
++        /* r5,r4 = 2-R[j]*d */
++        neg    r4
++        sbc    r5, r12, r5
++        /* r3,r2 = R[j]*(2-R[j]*d) */
++        mul_approx_df        r3 /*ah*/, r2 /*al*/, r5 /*bh*/, r4 /*bl*/, r5 /*rh*/, r4 /*rl*/, r1 /*sh*/, r0 /*sl*/
++        lsl    r3, r5, 2
++        or     r3, r3, r4>>30
++        lsl    r2, r4, 2
++ 
++ 
++        /* Multiply with dividend to get quotient */
++        mul_approx_df        r3 /*ah*/, r2 /*al*/, r11 /*bh*/, r10 /*bl*/, r3 /*rh*/, r2 /*rl*/, r1 /*sh*/, r0 /*sl*/
++ 
++        /* Shift by 3 to get result in 1.63 format, as required by the exponent. */
++        /* Note that 1.63 format is already used by the exponent in r7, since */
++        /* a bias of 1023 was added to the result exponent, even though the implicit */
++        /* bit was inserted. This gives the exponent an additional bias of 1, which */
++        /* supports 1.63 format. */
++        lsl     r3, r3, 3
++        or      r3, r3, r2>>29
++        lsl     r2, r2, 3
++ 
++        /* To increase speed, this result is not corrected before final rounding.*/
++        /* This may give a difference to IEEE compliant code of 1 ULP.*/
++ 
++        /* Adjust exponent and mantissa */
++        /* r7:exp, [r3, r2]:mant, [r12,r11,r10]:scratch*/
++        /* Mantissa may be of the format 0.xxxx or 1.xxxx. */
++        /* In the first case, shift one pos to left.*/
++        sub     r10, r7, 1
++        mov     r12, r3
++        lsl     r11, r2, 1
++        rol     r12
++        bld     r3, 31
++        movne   r7, r10
++        movne   r3, r12
++        movne   r2, r11
++        cp      r7, 0   
++        breq    15f /*Result was subnormal. Flush-to-zero and return zero*/
++ 
++        /* Result was not subnormal. Perform rounding. */
++        /* Note that the tie case (for round-to-even) can not occur in division. */
++        /* [r7]:exp, [r3, r2]:mant */
++        /* Mantissa is in 0.64 format. Round by adding 1<<(64-(52+2))=1<<10*/
++        mov     r12, (1<<10)
++        add     r2, r12
++        acr     r3
++        /* Adjust exponent if we overflowed.*/
++        subcs   r7, -1  
++ 
++ 
++        
++        /* Pack final result*/
++        /* Input:        [r7]:exp, [r3, r2]:mant */
++        /* Result in [r11,r10] */
++        /* Insert exponent and sign bit*/
++        lsl     r11, r7, 20
++        bld     lr, 31
++        bst     r11, 31
++        /* Insert mantissa */
++        cbr     r3, 31 /*Clear implicit bit*/
++        or      r11, r11, r3>>11
++        lsr     r10, r2, 11
++        or      r10, r10, r3<<21
++        /* Return result in [r11,r10] */
++        ldm     sp++, r0, r1, r2, r3, r4, r5, r6, r7,pc
++ 
++                
++2:
++        /* Op1 is NaN or inf */
++        andh    r11, 0x000f /* Extract mantissa */
++        or      r11, r10
++        brne    16f     /* Return NaN if op1 is NaN */
++        /* Op1 is inf check op2 */
++        lsr     r6, r9, 20 /* Extract exponent */
++        cbr     r6, 8       /* Clear sign bit */
++        cp      r6, 0x7ff
++        brne    17f     /* Inf/number gives inf, return inf */
++        rjmp    16f     /* The rest gives NaN*/
++        
++3:      
++        /* Op1 is a valid number. Op 2 is NaN or inf */
++        andh    r9, 0x000f /* Extract mantissa */
++        or      r9, r8
++        brne    16f     /* Return NaN if op2 is NaN */
++        rjmp    15f     /* Op2 was inf, return zero*/
++                
++11:     /* Op1 was denormal. Fix it. */
++        lsl     r11, 2
++        or      r11, r11, r10 >> 30
++        lsl     r10, 2
++        cbr     r11, 31
++        /* Check if op1 is zero. */
++        or      r4, r10, r11
++        breq    __avr32_f64_div_op1_zero
++        normalize_df    r7 /*exp*/, r10, r11 /*Mantissa*/, r4, r5 /*scratch*/
++        lsr     r10, 2
++        or      r10, r10, r11 << 30
++        lsr     r11, 2
++        rjmp    22b
++ 
++ 
++13:     /* Op2 was denormal. Fix it */
++        lsl     r9, 2
++        or      r9, r9, r8 >> 30
++        lsl     r8, 2
++        cbr     r9, 31
++        /* Check if op2 is zero. */
++        or      r4, r9, r8
++        breq    17f     /* Divisor is zero -> return Inf */
++        normalize_df    r6 /*exp*/, r8, r9 /*Mantissa*/, r4, r5 /*scratch*/     
++        lsr     r8, 2
++        or      r8, r8, r9 << 30
++        lsr     r9, 2
++        rjmp    23b
++        
++ 
++15:     /* Divide result was subnormal. Return zero. */
++        mov     r11, lr /*Get correct sign*/
++        andh    r11, 0x8000, COH
++        mov     r10, 0
++        ldm     sp++, r0, r1, r2, r3, r4, r5, r6, r7,pc
++ 
++16:     /* Return NaN. */
++        mov     r11, -1
++        mov     r10, -1
++        ldm     sp++, r0, r1, r2, r3, r4, r5, r6, r7,pc
++        
++17:     /* Return INF. */
++        mov     r11, lr /*Get correct sign*/
++        andh    r11, 0x8000, COH
++        orh     r11, 0x7ff0
++        mov     r10, 0
++        ldm     sp++, r0, r1, r2, r3, r4, r5, r6, r7,pc
++
++__avr32_f64_div_op1_zero:
++        or      r5, r8, r9 << 1
++        breq    16b             /* 0.0/0.0 -> NaN */
++        bfextu  r4, r9, 20, 11
++        cp      r4, 0x7ff
++        brne    15b             /* Return zero */
++        /* Check if divisor is Inf or NaN */
++        or      r5, r8, r9 << 12
++        breq    15b             /* Divisor is inf -> return zero */
++        rjmp    16b             /* Return NaN */                
++        
++        
++        
++
++#endif  
++                
++#if defined(L_avr32_f32_addsub) || defined(L_avr32_f32_addsub_fast)
++
++        .align  2
++__avr32_f32_sub_from_add:
++        /* Switch sign on op2 */
++        eorh    r11, 0x8000
++
++#if defined(L_avr32_f32_addsub_fast)
++        .global __avr32_f32_sub_fast
++        .type  __avr32_f32_sub_fast,@function
++__avr32_f32_sub_fast:
++#else
++        .global __avr32_f32_sub
++        .type  __avr32_f32_sub,@function
++__avr32_f32_sub:
++#endif 
++ 
++        /* Check signs */
++        eor     r8, r11, r12
++        /* Different signs, use subtraction. */
++        brmi    __avr32_f32_add_from_sub
++ 
++        /* Get sign of op1 */
++        mov     r8, r12
++        andh    r12, 0x8000, COH                
++ 
++        /* Remove sign from operands */
++        cbr     r11, 31
++#if defined(L_avr32_f32_addsub_fast)
++        reteq   r8      /* If op2 is zero return op1 */
++#endif
++        cbr     r8, 31
++ 
++        /* Put the number with the largest exponent in r10
++           and the number with the smallest exponent in r9 */
++        max     r10, r8, r11
++        min     r9, r8, r11
++        cp      r10, r8 /*If largest operand (in R10) is not equal to op1*/
++        subne   r12, 1 /* Subtract 1 from sign, which will invert MSB of r12*/
++        andh    r12, 0x8000, COH /*Mask all but MSB*/
++ 
++        /* Unpack exponent and mantissa of op1 */
++        lsl     r8, r10, 8
++        sbr     r8, 31  /* Set implicit bit. */
++        lsr     r10, 23 
++                
++        /* op1 is NaN or Inf. */
++        cp.w    r10, 0xff
++        breq    __avr32_f32_sub_op1_nan_or_inf
++        
++        /* Unpack exponent and mantissa of op2 */
++        lsl     r11, r9, 8
++        sbr     r11, 31  /* Set implicit bit. */
++        lsr     r9, 23  
++ 
++#if defined(L_avr32_f32_addsub)
++        /* Keep sticky bit for correct IEEE rounding */
++        st.w    --sp, r12
++ 
++        /* op2 is either zero or subnormal. */
++        breq    __avr32_f32_sub_op2_subnormal
++0:      
++        /* Get shift amount to scale mantissa of op2. */
++        rsub    r9, r10                 
++ 
++        /* Saturate the shift amount to 31. If the amount
++           is any larger op2 is insignificant. */
++        satu    r9 >> 0, 5      
++ 
++        /* Shift mantissa of op2 to same decimal point as the mantissa
++           of op1. */
++        lsr     r12, r11, r9
++ 
++        /* Put the remainding bits into r11[23:..].*/
++        rsub    r9, r9, (32-8)
++        lsl     r11, r11, r9
++ 
++        /* Now subtract the mantissas. */
++        sub     r8, r12
++ 
++        ld.w    r12, sp++
++ 
++        /* Normalize resulting mantissa. */
++        clz     r9, r8
++        lsl     r8, r8, r9
++        sub     r10, r9
++        brle    __avr32_f32_sub_subnormal_result
++        
++        /* Insert the bits we will remove from the mantissa into r11[31:24] */
++        bfins   r11, r8, 24, 8
++#else
++        /* Ignore sticky bit to simplify and speed up rounding */
++        /* op2 is either zero or subnormal. */
++        breq    __avr32_f32_sub_op2_subnormal
++0:      
++        /* Get shift amount to scale mantissa of op2. */
++        rsub    r9, r10                 
++ 
++        /* Saturate the shift amount to 31. If the amount
++           is any larger op2 is insignificant. */
++        satu    r9 >> 0, 5      
++ 
++        /* Shift mantissa of op2 to same decimal point as the mantissa
++           of op1. */
++        lsr     r11, r11, r9
++ 
++        /* Now subtract the mantissas. */
++        sub     r8, r11
++ 
++        /* Normalize resulting mantissa. */
++        clz     r9, r8
++        lsl     r8, r8, r9
++        sub     r10, r9
++        brle    __avr32_f32_sub_subnormal_result        
++#endif
++        
++        /* Pack result. */
++        or      r12, r12, r8 >> 8
++        bfins   r12, r10, 23, 8         
++ 
++        /* Round */     
++__avr32_f32_sub_round:
++#if defined(L_avr32_f32_addsub)
++        mov     r10, 0
++        sbr     r10, 31
++        bld     r12, 0
++        subne   r10, -1 
++        cp.w    r11, r10
++        subhs   r12, -1
++#else
++        bld     r8, 7 
++        acr     r12
++#endif  
++        
++        ret     r12     
++ 
++ 
++__avr32_f32_sub_op2_subnormal:
++        /* Fix implicit bit and adjust exponent of subnormals. */
++        cbr     r11, 31
++        /* Set exponent to 1 if we do not have a zero. */
++        movne   r9,1
++ 
++        /* Check if op1 is also subnormal. */
++        cp.w    r10, 0
++        brne    0b
++ 
++        cbr     r8, 31
++         /* If op1 is not zero set exponent to 1. */
++        movne   r10,1
++                
++        rjmp    0b
++ 
++__avr32_f32_sub_op1_nan_or_inf: 
++        /* Check if op1 is NaN, if so return NaN */
++        lsl     r11, r8, 1
++        retne   -1
++ 
++        /* op1 is Inf. */
++        bfins   r12, r10, 23, 8 /* Generate Inf in r12 */
++ 
++        /* Check if op2 is Inf. or NaN */
++        lsr     r11, r9, 23
++        cp.w    r11, 0xff
++        retne   r12             /* op2 not Inf or NaN, return op1 */
++ 
++        ret     -1              /* op2 Inf or NaN, return NaN */
++ 
++__avr32_f32_sub_subnormal_result:
++        /* Check if the number is so small that
++           it will be represented with zero. */
++        rsub    r10, r10, 9
++        rsub    r9, r10, 32
++        retcs   0
++ 
++        /* Shift the mantissa into the correct position.*/
++        lsr     r10, r8, r10
++        /* Add sign bit. */
++        or      r10, r12
++
++        /* Put the shifted out bits in the most significant part
++           of r8. */
++        lsl     r8, r8, r9
++ 
++#if defined(L_avr32_f32_addsub)
++        /* Add all the remainder bits used for rounding into r11 */
++        andh    r11, 0x00FF     
++        or      r11, r8
++#else
++        lsr     r8, 24 
++#endif
++        rjmp    __avr32_f32_sub_round
++ 
++                                
++        .align  2
++
++__avr32_f32_add_from_sub:
++        /* Switch sign on op2 */
++        eorh    r11, 0x8000
++
++#if defined(L_avr32_f32_addsub_fast)
++        .global __avr32_f32_add_fast
++        .type  __avr32_f32_add_fast,@function
++__avr32_f32_add_fast:
++#else
++        .global __avr32_f32_add
++        .type  __avr32_f32_add,@function
++__avr32_f32_add:
++#endif 
++	
++        /* Check signs */
++        eor     r8, r11, r12
++        /* Different signs, use subtraction. */
++        brmi    __avr32_f32_sub_from_add
++ 
++        /* Get sign of op1 */
++        mov     r8, r12
++        andh    r12, 0x8000, COH                
++ 
++        /* Remove sign from operands */
++        cbr     r11, 31
++#if defined(L_avr32_f32_addsub_fast)
++        reteq   r8      /* If op2 is zero return op1 */
++#endif
++        cbr     r8, 31
++ 
++        /* Put the number with the largest exponent in r10
++           and the number with the smallest exponent in r9 */
++        max     r10, r8, r11
++        min     r9, r8, r11
++ 
++        /* Unpack exponent and mantissa of op1 */
++        lsl     r8, r10, 8
++        sbr     r8, 31  /* Set implicit bit. */
++        lsr     r10, 23 
++                
++        /* op1 is NaN or Inf. */
++        cp.w    r10, 0xff
++        breq    __avr32_f32_add_op1_nan_or_inf
++        
++        /* Unpack exponent and mantissa of op2 */
++        lsl     r11, r9, 8
++        sbr     r11, 31  /* Set implicit bit. */
++        lsr     r9, 23  
++ 
++#if defined(L_avr32_f32_addsub)
++        /* Keep sticky bit for correct IEEE rounding */
++        st.w    --sp, r12
++ 
++        /* op2 is either zero or subnormal. */
++        breq    __avr32_f32_add_op2_subnormal
++0:      
++        /* Get shift amount to scale mantissa of op2. */
++        rsub    r9, r10                 
++ 
++        /* Saturate the shift amount to 31. If the amount
++           is any larger op2 is insignificant. */
++        satu    r9 >> 0, 5      
++ 
++        /* Shift mantissa of op2 to same decimal point as the mantissa
++           of op1. */
++        lsr     r12, r11, r9
++ 
++        /* Put the remainding bits into r11[23:..].*/
++        rsub    r9, r9, (32-8)
++        lsl     r11, r11, r9
++        /* Insert the bits we will remove from the mantissa into r11[31:24] */
++        bfins   r11, r12, 24, 8
++ 
++        /* Now add the mantissas. */
++        add     r8, r12
++ 
++        ld.w    r12, sp++
++#else
++        /* Ignore sticky bit to simplify and speed up rounding */
++        /* op2 is either zero or subnormal. */
++        breq    __avr32_f32_add_op2_subnormal
++0:      
++        /* Get shift amount to scale mantissa of op2. */
++        rsub    r9, r10                 
++ 
++        /* Saturate the shift amount to 31. If the amount
++           is any larger op2 is insignificant. */
++        satu    r9 >> 0, 5      
++ 
++        /* Shift mantissa of op2 to same decimal point as the mantissa
++           of op1. */
++        lsr     r11, r11, r9
++ 
++        /* Now add the mantissas. */
++        add     r8, r11
++        
++#endif
++        /* Check if we overflowed. */
++        brcs    __avr32_f32_add_res_of
++1:      
++        /* Pack result. */
++        or      r12, r12, r8 >> 8
++        bfins   r12, r10, 23, 8         
++ 
++        /* Round */     
++#if defined(L_avr32_f32_addsub)
++        mov     r10, 0
++        sbr     r10, 31
++        bld     r12, 0
++        subne   r10, -1 
++        cp.w    r11, r10
++        subhs   r12, -1
++#else
++        bld     r8, 7 
++        acr     r12
++#endif  
++
++        ret     r12     
++ 
++__avr32_f32_add_op2_subnormal:
++        /* Fix implicit bit and adjust exponent of subnormals. */
++        cbr     r11, 31
++        /* Set exponent to 1 if we do not have a zero. */
++        movne   r9,1
++ 
++        /* Check if op1 is also subnormal. */
++        cp.w    r10, 0
++        brne    0b
++
++        cbr     r8, 31
++        /* If op1 is not zero set exponent to 1. */
++        movne   r10,1
++                
++        rjmp    0b
++ 
++__avr32_f32_add_op1_nan_or_inf: 
++        /* Check if op1 is NaN, if so return NaN */
++        lsl     r11, r8, 1
++        retne   -1
++ 
++        /* op1 is Inf. */
++        bfins   r12, r10, 23, 8 /* Generate Inf in r12 */
++ 
++        /* Check if op2 is Inf. or NaN */
++        lsr     r11, r9, 23
++        cp.w    r11, 0xff
++        retne   r12             /* op2 not Inf or NaN, return op1 */
++ 
++        lsl     r9, 9
++        reteq   r12             /* op2 Inf return op1 */
++        ret     -1              /* op2 is NaN, return NaN */ 
++ 
++__avr32_f32_add_res_of:
++        /* We overflowed. Increase exponent and shift mantissa.*/
++        lsr     r8, 1
++        sub     r10, -1
++ 
++        /* Clear mantissa to set result to Inf if the exponent is 255. */
++        cp.w    r10, 255
++        moveq   r8, 0
++        moveq   r11, 0
++        rjmp    1b      
++        
++        
++#endif
++ 
++        
++#if defined(L_avr32_f32_div) || defined(L_avr32_f32_div_fast)
++	.align	2
++
++#if defined(L_avr32_f32_div_fast)
++        .global __avr32_f32_div_fast
++        .type  __avr32_f32_div_fast,@function
++__avr32_f32_div_fast:
++#else
++        .global __avr32_f32_div
++        .type  __avr32_f32_div,@function
++__avr32_f32_div:
++#endif
++	 
++        eor     r8, r11, r12            /* MSB(r8) = Sign(op1) ^ Sign(op2) */
++ 
++        /* Unpack */
++        lsl     r12,1
++        reteq   0                       /* Return zero if op1 is zero */
++        lsl     r11,1
++        breq    4f                      /* Check op2 for zero */
++        
++        /* Unpack op1*/ 
++        /* exp: r9 */
++        /* sf:  r12 */
++        lsr     r9, r12, 24
++        breq    11f /*If number is subnormal*/
++        cp      r9, 0xff
++        brhs    2f  /* Check op1 for NaN or Inf */      
++        lsl     r12, 7
++        sbr     r12, 31 /*Implicit bit*/
++12:                     
++ 
++        /* Unpack op2*/
++        /* exp: r10 */
++        /* sf:  r11 */
++        lsr     r10, r11, 24
++        breq    13f /*If number is subnormal*/
++        cp      r10, 0xff
++        brhs    3f  /* Check op2 for NaN or Inf */      
++        
++        lsl     r11,7
++        sbr     r11, 31 /*Implicit bit*/
++14:     
++ 
++        /* For UC3, store with predecrement is faster than stm */
++        st.w    --sp, r5
++        st.d    --sp, r6
++ 
++        /* Calculate new exponent */
++        sub     r9, r10
++        sub     r9,-127
++ 
++        /* Divide */
++        /* Approximating 1/d with the following recurrence: */
++        /* R[j+1] = R[j]*(2-R[j]*d) */
++        /* Using 2.30 format */
++        /* TWO:  r10 */
++        /* d:    r5 */
++        /* Multiply result :     r6, r7 */
++        /* Initial guess :       r11 */
++        /* New approximations :  r11 */
++        /* Dividend :            r12 */
++ 
++        mov     r10, 1 /* Load TWO */
++        brev    r10
++         
++        lsr     r12, 2     /* Get significand of Op1 in 2.30 format */
++        lsr     r5, r11, 2 /* Get significand of Op2 (=d) in 2.30 format */
++ 
++        /* Load initial guess, using look-up table */
++        /* Initial guess is of format 01.XY, where XY is constructed as follows: */
++        /* Let d be of following format: 00.1xy....., then XY=~xy */
++        /* For d=00.100 = 0,5   -> initial guess=01.11 = 1,75 */
++        /* For d=00.101 = 0,625 -> initial guess=01.11 = 1,5  */
++        /* For d=00.110 = 0,75  -> initial guess=01.11 = 1,25 */
++        /* For d=00.111 = 0,875 -> initial guess=01.11 = 1,0  */
++ 
++        lsr     r11, r10, 1
++        bfextu  r6, r5, 27, 2
++        com     r6
++        bfins   r11, r6, 28, 2
++ 
++        /* First approximation */
++        /* r7 = R[j]*d */
++        mulu.d  r6, r11, r5
++        /* r7 = 2-R[j]*d */
++        sub    r7, r10, r7<<2
++        /* r11 = R[j]*(2-R[j]*d) */
++        mulu.d  r6, r11, r7
++        lsl     r11, r7, 2
++         
++        /* Second approximation */
++        /* r7 = R[j]*d */
++        mulu.d  r6, r11, r5
++        /* r7 = 2-R[j]*d */
++        sub    r7, r10, r7<<2
++        /* r11 = R[j]*(2-R[j]*d) */
++        mulu.d  r6, r11, r7
++        lsl     r11, r7, 2
++         
++        /* Third approximation */
++        /* r7 = R[j]*d */
++        mulu.d  r6, r11, r5
++        /* r7 = 2-R[j]*d */
++        sub    r7, r10, r7<<2
++        /* r11 = R[j]*(2-R[j]*d) */
++        mulu.d  r6, r11, r7
++        lsl     r11, r7, 2
++ 
++        /* Fourth approximation */
++        /* r7 = R[j]*d */
++        mulu.d  r6, r11, r5
++        /* r7 = 2-R[j]*d */
++        sub    r7, r10, r7<<2
++        /* r11 = R[j]*(2-R[j]*d) */
++        mulu.d  r6, r11, r7
++        lsl     r11, r7, 2
++ 
++ 
++        /* Multiply with dividend to get quotient, r7 = sf(op1)/sf(op2) */
++        mulu.d  r6, r11, r12
++ 
++        /* Shift by 3 to get result in 1.31 format, as required by the exponent. */
++        /* Note that 1.31 format is already used by the exponent in r9, since */
++        /* a bias of 127 was added to the result exponent, even though the implicit */
++        /* bit was inserted. This gives the exponent an additional bias of 1, which */
++        /* supports 1.31 format. */
++        lsl     r10, r7, 3
++ 
++#if defined(L_avr32_f32_div)
++        /* To perform correct rounding, check for nonzero remainder, */
++        /* and set LSB in quot if remainder != 0 */
++        /* Remainder = dividend(r12) - divisor(r5)*quotient(r10) */
++ 
++        lsl     r5, 1         /* Transform divisor from 2.30 to 1.31 format */
++        /* Mask all bits lower than guard in quotient. */
++        /* These bits are inexact due to approximative algorithm */
++        andl    r10, 0xffc0
++        /* Add 1 in least significant bit pos to make sure approximation is from above */
++        sub     r10, -64  
++        mulu.d  r6, r5, r10
++        /* If remainder < 0, truncated quotient is too large, so the  */
++        /* delta added must be subtracted to get the correct truncated quotient. */
++        sub     r12, r7      /* Calculate remainder and implicitly set flags */
++        sublt   r10, 64
++#endif
++                       
++        /* For UC3, load with postincrement is faster than ldm */
++        ld.d    r6, sp++
++        ld.w    r5, sp++
++        
++        /* Adjust exponent and mantissa */
++        /* r9:exp, r10:mant, r11:scratch*/
++        clz     r11, r10
++        sub     r9, r11
++        breq    16f /*Result was subnormal*/
++        lsl     r10, r10, r11
++ 
++        /* Result was not subnormal. Perform rounding. */
++        /* Note that the tie case (for round-to-even) can not occur in division. */
++        /* r9:exp, r10:mant*/
++        sub     r10, -1*(0x80)
++        /* Adjust exponent if we overflowed. Note that we must use {cc} 
++           since we perform the add using a sub insn. */ 
++        subcc   r9, -1  
++        
++        /* Pack final result*/
++        lsr     r12, r10, 7
++        bfins   r12, r9, 24, 8
++__divsf_return_op1:     
++        lsl     r8, 1
++        ror     r12
++        ret     r12
++ 
++ 
++2:
++        /* Op1 is NaN or inf */
++        retne   -1      /* Return NaN if op1 is NaN */
++        /* Op1 is inf check op2 */
++        mov     r9, 0xff
++        brev    r9     
++        cp      r11, r9
++        brlo    __divsf_return_op1 /* inf/number gives inf */
++        ret     -1      /* The rest gives NaN*/
++3:      
++        /* Op1 is NaN or inf */
++        reteq   0       /* Return zero if number/inf*/
++        ret     -1      /* Return NaN*/
++4:
++        /* Op2 is zero ? */
++        tst     r12,r12
++        reteq   -1      /* 0.0/0.0 is NaN */
++        /* Nonzero/0.0 is Inf. Sign bit will be shifted in before returning*/
++        mov     r12, 0x7ff 
++        brev    r12
++        rjmp    __divsf_return_op1
++                
++11:     /* Op1 was denormal. Fix it. */
++        lsl     r12,7
++        clz     r9,r12
++        lsl     r12,r12,r9
++        rsub    r9,r9,1
++        rjmp    12b
++ 
++13:     /* Op2 was denormal. Fix it. */ 
++        lsl     r11,7
++        clz     r10,r11
++        lsl     r11,r11,r10
++        rsub    r10,r10,1
++        rjmp    14b
++        
++ 
++16:     /* Divide result was subnormal. Fix it and return. */
++#if defined(L_avr32_f32_div)
++        lsl     r10, r10, r11 /*Perform shift required by adjustment of exponent and mantissa*/
++        adjust_subnormal_sf     r12 /*sf*/, r9 /*exp*/, r10 /*mant*/, r8 /*sign*/,r11 /*scratch*/
++#else
++        /*Flush to zero*/
++        mov     r12, 0
++#endif
++        ret     r12
++        
++#endif
++ 
++#ifdef L_avr32_f32_mul
++        .global __avr32_f32_mul
++        .type  __avr32_f32_mul,@function
++ 
++                
++__avr32_f32_mul:
++        mov     r8, r12
++        eor     r12, r11                /* MSB(r8) = Sign(op1) ^ Sign(op2) */
++        andh    r12, 0x8000, COH
++        
++        /* arrange operands so that that op1 >= op2 */
++        cbr     r8, 31
++        breq    __avr32_f32_mul_op1_zero
++        cbr     r11, 31
++ 
++        /* Put the number with the largest exponent in r10
++           and the number with the smallest exponent in r9 */
++        max     r10, r8, r11
++        min     r9, r8, r11
++ 
++        /* Unpack exponent and mantissa of op1 */
++        lsl     r8, r10, 8
++        sbr     r8, 31  /* Set implicit bit. */
++        lsr     r10, 23 
++                
++        /* op1 is NaN or Inf. */
++        cp.w    r10, 0xff
++        breq    __avr32_f32_mul_op1_nan_or_inf
++        
++        /* Unpack exponent and mantissa of op2 */
++        lsl     r11, r9, 8
++        sbr     r11, 31  /* Set implicit bit. */
++        lsr     r9, 23  
++ 
++        /* op2 is either zero or subnormal. */
++        breq    __avr32_f32_mul_op2_subnormal
++0:      
++        /* Calculate new exponent */
++        add     r9,r10
++ 
++        /* Do the multiplication */
++        mulu.d  r10,r8,r11
++ 
++        /* We might need to scale up by two if the MSB of the result is
++           zero. */
++        lsl     r8, r11, 1
++        movcc   r11, r8
++        subcc   r9, 1
++ 
++        /* Put the shifted out bits of the mantissa into r10 */
++        lsr     r10, 8
++        bfins   r10, r11, 24, 8
++                
++        sub     r9,(127-1)              /* remove extra exponent bias */
++        brle    __avr32_f32_mul_res_subnormal
++ 
++        /* Check for Inf. */
++        cp.w    r9, 0xff
++        brge    1f
++ 
++        /* Pack result. */
++        or      r12, r12, r11 >> 8
++        bfins   r12, r9, 23, 8          
++ 
++        /* Round */     
++__avr32_f32_mul_round:
++        mov     r8, 0
++        sbr     r8, 31
++        bld     r12, 0
++        subne   r8, -1  
++ 
++        cp.w    r10, r8
++        subhs   r12, -1
++        
++        ret     r12     
++ 
++1:      
++        /* Return Inf */        
++        orh     r12, 0x7f80
++        ret     r12
++ 
++__avr32_f32_mul_op2_subnormal:
++        cbr     r11, 31
++        clz     r9, r11
++        retcs   0       /* op2 is zero. Return 0 */
++        lsl     r11, r11, r9
++        rsub    r9, r9, 1
++                
++        /* Check if op2 is subnormal. */
++        tst     r10, r10
++        brne    0b
++ 
++        /* op2 is subnormal */  
++        cbr     r8, 31
++        clz     r10, r11
++        retcs   0       /* op1 is zero. Return 0 */
++        lsl     r8, r8, r10
++        rsub    r10, r10, 1
++                        
++        rjmp    0b
++                
++ 
++__avr32_f32_mul_op1_nan_or_inf:
++        /* Check if op1 is NaN, if so return NaN */
++        lsl     r11, r8, 1
++        retne   -1
++ 
++        /* op1 is Inf. */
++        tst     r9, r9
++        reteq   -1      /* Inf * 0 -> NaN */
++ 
++        bfins   r12, r10, 23, 8 /* Generate Inf in r12 */
++ 
++        /* Check if op2 is Inf. or NaN */
++        lsr     r11, r9, 23
++        cp.w    r11, 0xff
++        retne   r12             /* op2 not Inf or NaN, return Info */
++ 
++        lsl     r9, 9
++        reteq   r12             /* op2 Inf return Inf */
++        ret     -1              /* op2 is NaN, return NaN */ 
++        
++__avr32_f32_mul_res_subnormal:
++        /* Check if the number is so small that
++           it will be represented with zero. */
++        rsub    r9, r9, 9
++        rsub    r8, r9, 32
++        retcs   0
++ 
++        /* Shift the mantissa into the correct position.*/
++        lsr     r9, r11, r9
++        /* Add sign bit. */
++        or      r12, r9
++        /* Put the shifted out bits in the most significant part
++           of r8. */
++        lsl     r11, r11, r8
++ 
++        /* Add all the remainder bits used for rounding into r11 */
++        andh    r10, 0x00FF     
++        or      r10, r11
++        rjmp    __avr32_f32_mul_round
++
++__avr32_f32_mul_op1_zero:
++        bfextu  r10, r11, 23, 8
++        cp.w    r10, 0xff
++        retne   r12
++        reteq   -1        
++ 
++#endif  
++ 
++        
++#ifdef L_avr32_s32_to_f32
++        .global __avr32_s32_to_f32
++        .type  __avr32_s32_to_f32,@function
++__avr32_s32_to_f32:
++        cp      r12, 0
++        reteq   r12     /* If zero then return zero float */
++        mov     r11, r12 /* Keep the sign */
++        abs     r12     /* Compute the absolute value */
++        mov     r10, 31 + 127   /* Set the correct exponent */
++        
++        /* Normalize */
++        normalize_sf    r10 /*exp*/, r12 /*mant*/, r9 /*scratch*/       
++ 
++        /* Check for subnormal result */
++        cp.w    r10, 0
++        brle    __avr32_s32_to_f32_subnormal
++ 
++        round_sf        r10 /*exp*/, r12 /*mant*/, r9 /*scratch*/       
++        pack_sf         r12 /*sf*/, r10 /*exp*/, r12 /*mant*/
++        lsl     r11, 1
++        ror     r12
++        ret     r12             
++ 
++__avr32_s32_to_f32_subnormal:
++        /* Adjust a subnormal result */
++        adjust_subnormal_sf     r12/*sf*/, r10 /*exp*/, r12 /*mant*/, r11/*sign*/, r9 /*scratch*/
++        ret     r12
++        
++#endif
++ 
++#ifdef L_avr32_u32_to_f32
++        .global __avr32_u32_to_f32
++        .type  __avr32_u32_to_f32,@function
++__avr32_u32_to_f32:
++        cp      r12, 0
++        reteq   r12     /* If zero then return zero float */
++        mov     r10, 31 + 127   /* Set the correct exponent */
++        
++        /* Normalize */
++        normalize_sf    r10 /*exp*/, r12 /*mant*/, r9 /*scratch*/       
++ 
++        /* Check for subnormal result */
++        cp.w    r10, 0
++        brle    __avr32_u32_to_f32_subnormal
++ 
++        round_sf        r10 /*exp*/, r12 /*mant*/, r9 /*scratch*/       
++        pack_sf         r12 /*sf*/, r10 /*exp*/, r12 /*mant*/
++        lsr     r12,1   /* Sign bit is 0 for unsigned int */
++        ret     r12             
++ 
++__avr32_u32_to_f32_subnormal:
++        /* Adjust a subnormal result */
++        mov     r8, 0
++        adjust_subnormal_sf     r12/*sf*/,r10 /*exp*/, r12 /*mant*/,r8/*sign*/, r9 /*scratch*/
++        ret     r12
++        
++        
++#endif
++        
++ 
++#ifdef L_avr32_f32_to_s32
++        .global __avr32_f32_to_s32
++        .type  __avr32_f32_to_s32,@function
++__avr32_f32_to_s32:
++        bfextu  r11, r12, 23, 8
++        sub     r11,127                 /* Fix bias */
++        retlo   0                       /* Negative exponent yields zero integer */
++ 
++        /* Shift mantissa into correct position */
++        rsub    r11,r11,31      /* Shift amount */
++        lsl     r10,r12,8       /* Get mantissa */
++        sbr     r10,31          /* Add implicit bit */
++        lsr     r10,r10,r11     /* Perform shift */
++        lsl     r12,1           /* Check sign */
++        retcc   r10             /* if positive, we are done */
++        neg     r10             /* if negative float, negate result */
++        ret     r10
++ 
++#endif  
++        
++#ifdef L_avr32_f32_to_u32
++        .global __avr32_f32_to_u32
++        .type  __avr32_f32_to_u32,@function
++__avr32_f32_to_u32:
++        cp      r12,0
++        retmi   0                       /* Negative numbers gives 0 */
++        bfextu  r11, r12, 23, 8         /* Extract exponent */
++        sub     r11,127                 /* Fix bias */
++        retlo   0                       /* Negative exponent yields zero integer */
++ 
++        /* Shift mantissa into correct position */
++        rsub    r11,r11,31      /* Shift amount */
++        lsl     r12,8           /* Get mantissa */
++        sbr     r12,31          /* Add implicit bit */
++        lsr     r12,r12,r11     /* Perform shift */
++        ret     r12
++ 
++#endif  
++ 
++#ifdef L_avr32_f32_to_f64
++        .global __avr32_f32_to_f64
++        .type  __avr32_f32_to_f64,@function
++ 
++__avr32_f32_to_f64:
++        lsl     r11,r12,1               /* Remove sign bit, keep original value in r12*/
++        moveq   r10, 0
++        reteq   r11                     /* Return zero if input is zero */
++ 
++        bfextu  r9,r11,24,8              /* Get exponent */
++        cp.w    r9,0xff                 /* check for NaN or inf */
++        breq    0f
++ 
++        lsl     r11,7                   /* Convert sf mantissa to df format */
++        mov     r10,0
++ 
++        /* Check if implicit bit should be set */
++        cp.w    r9, 0
++        subeq   r9,-1                    /* Adjust exponent if it was 0 */
++        srne    r8
++        or      r11, r11, r8 << 31      /* Set implicit bit if needed */
++        sub     r9,(127-0x3ff)          /* Convert exponent to df format exponent */
++ 
++        /*We know that low register of mantissa is 0, and will be unaffected by normalization.*/
++        /*We can therefore use the faster normalize_sf function instead of normalize_df.*/
++        normalize_sf    r9 /*exp*/, r11 /*mantissa*/, r8 /*scratch*/
++        pack_df         r9 /*exp*/, r10, r11 /*mantissa*/, r10, r11 /*df*/
++ 
++__extendsfdf_return_op1:        
++        /* Rotate in sign bit */
++        lsl     r12, 1
++        ror     r11
++        ret     r11
++                        
++0:
++        /* Inf or NaN*/
++        mov     r10, 0
++        orh     r10, 0xffe0
++        lsl     r11,8                   /* check mantissa */
++        movne   r11, -1                 /* Return NaN */
++        moveq   r11, r10                /* Return inf */
++        rjmp    __extendsfdf_return_op1
++#endif                  
++ 
++ 
++#ifdef L_avr32_f64_to_f32
++        .global __avr32_f64_to_f32
++        .type  __avr32_f64_to_f32,@function
++ 
++__avr32_f64_to_f32:
++        /* Unpack */
++        lsl     r9,r11,1                /* Unpack exponent */
++        lsr     r9,21
++ 
++        reteq   0                       /* If exponent is 0 the number is so small
++                                           that the conversion to single float gives
++                                           zero */
++ 
++        lsl     r8,r11,10                  /* Adjust mantissa */
++        or      r12,r8,r10>>22
++ 
++        lsl     r10,10                  /* Check if there are any remaining bits
++                                           in the low part of the mantissa.*/
++        neg     r10
++        rol     r12                     /* If there were remaining bits then set lsb
++                                           of mantissa to 1 */
++ 
++        cp      r9,0x7ff
++        breq    2f                      /* Check for NaN or inf */
++ 
++        sub     r9,(0x3ff-127)          /* Adjust bias of exponent */
++        sbr     r12,31                  /* set the implicit bit.*/
++ 
++        cp.w    r9, 0                   /* Check for subnormal number */
++        brle    3f
++ 
++        round_sf        r9 /*exp*/, r12 /*mant*/, r10 /*scratch*/       
++        pack_sf         r12 /*sf*/, r9 /*exp*/, r12 /*mant*/
++__truncdfsf_return_op1: 
++        /* Rotate in sign bit */
++        lsl     r11, 1
++        ror     r12
++        ret     r12             
++        
++2:
++        /* NaN or inf */
++        cbr     r12,31                  /* clear implicit bit */
++        retne   -1                      /* Return NaN if mantissa not zero */
++        mov     r12, 0
++        orh     r12, 0xff00
++        ret     r12                     /* Return inf */
++ 
++3:      /* Result is subnormal. Adjust it.*/
++        adjust_subnormal_sf     r12/*sf*/,r9 /*exp*/, r12 /*mant*/, r11/*sign*/, r10 /*scratch*/
++        ret     r12
++        
++                
++#endif
++ 
+\ No newline at end of file
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/gcc/config/avr32/lib2funcs.S gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/config/avr32/lib2funcs.S
+--- gcc-4.2.1/gcc/config/avr32/lib2funcs.S	1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/config/avr32/lib2funcs.S	2007-05-07 14:29:10.000000000 +0200
+@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
++	.align	4
++	.global __nonlocal_goto
++	.type  __nonlocal_goto,@function
++
++/* __nonlocal_goto:	This function handles nonlocal_goto's in gcc.
++
++	parameter 0 (r12) = New Frame Pointer
++	parameter 1 (r11) = Address to goto
++	parameter 2 (r10) = New Stack Pointer
++
++	This function invalidates the return stack, since it returns from a
++	function without using a return instruction.
++*/
++__nonlocal_goto:
++	mov	r7, r12
++	mov	sp, r10
++	frs			# Flush return stack
++	mov	pc, r11
++
++
++		
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/gcc/config/avr32/linux-elf.h gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/config/avr32/linux-elf.h
+--- gcc-4.2.1/gcc/config/avr32/linux-elf.h	1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/config/avr32/linux-elf.h	2007-09-28 10:33:00.000000000 +0200
+@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
++/*
++   Linux/Elf specific definitions.
++   Copyright 2003-2006 Atmel Corporation.
++
++   Written by Ronny Pedersen, Atmel Norway, <rpedersen@atmel.com>
++   and H�vard Skinnemoen, Atmel Norway, <hskinnemoen@atmel.com>
++
++   This file is part of GCC.
++
++   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
++   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
++   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
++   (at your option) any later version.
++
++   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
++   GNU General Public License for more details.
++
++   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
++   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
++
++
++
++/* elfos.h should have already been included.  Now just override
++   any conflicting definitions and add any extras.  */
++
++/* Run-time Target Specification.  */
++#undef  TARGET_VERSION
++#define TARGET_VERSION  fputs (" (AVR32 GNU/Linux with ELF)", stderr);
++
++/* Do not assume anything about header files.  */
++#define NO_IMPLICIT_EXTERN_C
++
++/* The GNU C++ standard library requires that these macros be defined.  */
++#undef CPLUSPLUS_CPP_SPEC
++#define CPLUSPLUS_CPP_SPEC "-D_GNU_SOURCE %(cpp)"
++
++/* Now we define the strings used to build the spec file.  */
++#undef  LIB_SPEC
++#define LIB_SPEC \
++  "%{pthread:-lpthread} \
++   %{shared:-lc} \
++   %{!shared:%{profile:-lc_p}%{!profile:-lc}}"
++
++/* Provide a STARTFILE_SPEC appropriate for GNU/Linux.  Here we add
++   the GNU/Linux magical crtbegin.o file (see crtstuff.c) which
++   provides part of the support for getting C++ file-scope static
++   object constructed before entering `main'.  */
++
++#undef  STARTFILE_SPEC
++#define STARTFILE_SPEC \
++  "%{!shared: \
++     %{pg:gcrt1.o%s} %{!pg:%{p:gcrt1.o%s} \
++		       %{!p:%{profile:gcrt1.o%s} \
++			 %{!profile:crt1.o%s}}}} \
++   crti.o%s %{!shared:crtbegin.o%s} %{shared:crtbeginS.o%s}"
++
++/* Provide a ENDFILE_SPEC appropriate for GNU/Linux.  Here we tack on
++   the GNU/Linux magical crtend.o file (see crtstuff.c) which
++   provides part of the support for getting C++ file-scope static
++   object constructed before entering `main', followed by a normal
++   GNU/Linux "finalizer" file, `crtn.o'.  */
++
++#undef  ENDFILE_SPEC
++#define ENDFILE_SPEC \
++  "%{!shared:crtend.o%s} %{shared:crtendS.o%s} crtn.o%s"
++
++#undef ASM_SPEC
++#define ASM_SPEC "%{!mno-pic:--pic} %{mrelax|O*:%{mno-relax|O0|O1: ;:--linkrelax}} %{mcpu=*:-mcpu=%*}"
++
++#undef  LINK_SPEC
++#define LINK_SPEC "%{version:-v} \
++   %{static:-Bstatic} \
++   %{shared:-shared} \
++   %{symbolic:-Bsymbolic} \
++   %{rdynamic:-export-dynamic} \
++   %{!dynamic-linker:-dynamic-linker /lib/ld-uClibc.so.0} \
++   %{mrelax|O*:%{mno-relax|O0|O1: ;:--relax}}"
++
++#define TARGET_OS_CPP_BUILTINS() LINUX_TARGET_OS_CPP_BUILTINS()
++
++/* This is how we tell the assembler that two symbols have the same value.  */
++#define ASM_OUTPUT_DEF(FILE, NAME1, NAME2) \
++  do					   \
++    {					   \
++      assemble_name (FILE, NAME1); 	   \
++      fputs (" = ", FILE);		   \
++      assemble_name (FILE, NAME2);	   \
++      fputc ('\n', FILE);		   \
++    }					   \
++  while (0)
++
++
++
++#undef  CC1_SPEC
++#define CC1_SPEC "%{profile:-p}"
++
++/* Target CPU builtins.  */
++#define TARGET_CPU_CPP_BUILTINS()				\
++  do								\
++    {								\
++      builtin_define ("__avr32__");				\
++      builtin_define ("__AVR32__");				\
++      builtin_define ("__AVR32_LINUX__");			\
++      builtin_define (avr32_part->macro);			\
++      builtin_define (avr32_arch->macro);			\
++      if (avr32_arch->uarch_type == UARCH_TYPE_AVR32A)		\
++	builtin_define ("__AVR32_AVR32A__");			\
++      else							\
++	builtin_define ("__AVR32_AVR32B__");			\
++      if (TARGET_UNALIGNED_WORD)				\
++	builtin_define ("__AVR32_HAS_UNALIGNED_WORD__");	\
++      if (TARGET_SIMD)						\
++	builtin_define ("__AVR32_HAS_SIMD__");			\
++      if (TARGET_DSP)						\
++	builtin_define ("__AVR32_HAS_DSP__");			\
++      if (TARGET_RMW)						\
++	builtin_define ("__AVR32_HAS_RMW__");			\
++      if (TARGET_BRANCH_PRED)					\
++	builtin_define ("__AVR32_HAS_BRANCH_PRED__");		\
++      if (TARGET_FAST_FLOAT)                                    \
++        builtin_define ("__AVR32_FAST_FLOAT__");                \
++      if (flag_pic)						\
++	{							\
++	  builtin_define ("__PIC__");				\
++	  builtin_define ("__pic__");				\
++	}							\
++    }								\
++  while (0)
++
++
++
++/* Call the function profiler with a given profile label.  */
++#undef  FUNCTION_PROFILER
++#define FUNCTION_PROFILER(STREAM, LABELNO)				\
++  do									\
++    {									\
++      fprintf (STREAM, "\tmov\tlr, lo(mcount)\n\torh\tlr, hi(mcount)\n"); \
++      fprintf (STREAM, "\ticall lr\n");					\
++    }									\
++  while (0)
++
++#define NO_PROFILE_COUNTERS 1
++
++/* For dynamic libraries to work */
++/* #define PLT_REG_CALL_CLOBBERED 1 */
++#define AVR32_ALWAYS_PIC 1
++
++/* uclibc does not implement sinf, cosf etc. */
++#undef TARGET_C99_FUNCTIONS
++#define TARGET_C99_FUNCTIONS 0
++
++#define LINK_GCC_C_SEQUENCE_SPEC \
++  "%{static:--start-group} %G %L %{static:--end-group}%{!static:%G}"
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/gcc/config/avr32/predicates.md gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/config/avr32/predicates.md
+--- gcc-4.2.1/gcc/config/avr32/predicates.md	1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/config/avr32/predicates.md	2007-09-28 10:33:00.000000000 +0200
+@@ -0,0 +1,331 @@
++;;   AVR32 predicates file.
++;;   Copyright 2003-2006 Atmel Corporation.
++;;
++;;   Written by Ronny Pedersen, Atmel Norway, <rpedersen@atmel.com>
++;;
++;;   This file is part of GCC.
++;;
++;;   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
++;;   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
++;;   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
++;;   (at your option) any later version.
++;;
++;;   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++;;   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++;;   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
++;;   GNU General Public License for more details.
++;;
++;;   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
++;;   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++;;   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
++
++
++;; True if the operand is a memory reference which contains an
++;; Address consisting of a single pointer register
++(define_predicate "avr32_indirect_register_operand"
++  (and (match_code "mem")
++       (match_test "register_operand(XEXP(op, 0), SImode)")))
++
++
++
++;; Address expression with a base pointer offset with
++;; a register displacement
++(define_predicate "avr32_indexed_memory_operand"
++  (and (match_code "mem")
++       (match_test "GET_CODE(XEXP(op, 0)) == PLUS"))
++  {
++
++   rtx op0 = XEXP(XEXP(op, 0), 0);
++   rtx op1 = XEXP(XEXP(op, 0), 1);
++
++   return ((avr32_address_register_rtx_p (op0, 0)
++            && avr32_legitimate_index_p (GET_MODE(op), op1, 0))
++	   || (avr32_address_register_rtx_p (op1, 0)
++            && avr32_legitimate_index_p (GET_MODE(op), op0, 0)));
++
++ })
++
++;; Operand suitable for the ld.sb instruction
++(define_predicate "load_sb_memory_operand"
++  (ior (match_operand 0 "avr32_indirect_register_operand")
++       (match_operand 0 "avr32_indexed_memory_operand")))
++
++
++;; Operand suitable as operand to insns sign extending QI values
++(define_predicate "extendqi_operand"
++  (ior (match_operand 0 "load_sb_memory_operand")
++       (match_operand 0 "register_operand")))
++
++(define_predicate "post_inc_memory_operand"
++  (and (match_code "mem")
++       (match_test "(GET_CODE(XEXP(op, 0)) == POST_INC)
++                     && REG_P(XEXP(XEXP(op, 0), 0))")))
++
++(define_predicate "pre_dec_memory_operand"
++  (and (match_code "mem")
++       (match_test "(GET_CODE(XEXP(op, 0)) == PRE_DEC)
++                     && REG_P(XEXP(XEXP(op, 0), 0))")))
++
++;; Operand suitable for add instructions
++(define_predicate "avr32_add_operand"
++  (ior (match_operand 0 "register_operand")
++       (and (match_operand 0 "immediate_operand")
++            (match_test "CONST_OK_FOR_CONSTRAINT_P(INTVAL(op), 'I', \"Is21\")"))))
++
++;; Operand is a power of two immediate
++(define_predicate "power_of_two_operand"
++  (match_code "const_int")
++{
++  HOST_WIDE_INT value = INTVAL (op);
++
++  return value != 0 && (value & (value - 1)) == 0;
++})
++
++;; Operand is a multiple of 8 immediate
++(define_predicate "multiple_of_8_operand"
++  (match_code "const_int")
++{
++  HOST_WIDE_INT value = INTVAL (op);
++
++  return (value & 0x7) == 0 ;
++})
++
++;; Operand is a multiple of 16 immediate
++(define_predicate "multiple_of_16_operand"
++  (match_code "const_int")
++{
++  HOST_WIDE_INT value = INTVAL (op);
++
++  return (value & 0xf) == 0 ;
++})
++
++;; Operand is a mask used for masking away upper bits of a reg
++(define_predicate "avr32_mask_upper_bits_operand"
++  (match_code "const_int")
++{
++  HOST_WIDE_INT value = INTVAL (op) + 1;
++
++  return value != 1 && value != 0 && (value & (value - 1)) == 0;
++})
++
++
++;; Operand suitable for mul instructions
++(define_predicate "avr32_mul_operand"
++  (ior (match_operand 0 "register_operand")
++       (and (match_operand 0 "immediate_operand")
++            (match_test "CONST_OK_FOR_CONSTRAINT_P(INTVAL(op), 'K', \"Ks08\")"))))
++
++;; True for logical binary operators.
++(define_predicate "logical_binary_operator"
++  (match_code "ior,xor,and"))
++
++;; True for logical shift operators
++(define_predicate "logical_shift_operator"
++  (match_code "ashift,lshiftrt"))
++
++;; True for shift operand for logical and, or and eor insns
++(define_predicate "avr32_logical_shift_operand"
++  (and (match_code "ashift,lshiftrt")
++       (ior (and (match_test "GET_CODE(XEXP(op, 1)) == CONST_INT")
++                 (match_test "register_operand(XEXP(op, 0), GET_MODE(XEXP(op, 0)))"))
++            (and (match_test "GET_CODE(XEXP(op, 0)) == CONST_INT")
++                 (match_test "register_operand(XEXP(op, 1), GET_MODE(XEXP(op, 1)))"))))
++  {
++   return 1;
++  }
++  )
++
++
++;; Predicate for second operand to and, ior and xor insn patterns
++(define_predicate "avr32_logical_insn_operand"
++  (ior (match_operand 0 "register_operand")
++       (match_operand 0 "avr32_logical_shift_operand"))
++  {
++   return 1;
++  }
++)
++
++
++;; True for avr32 comparison operators
++(define_predicate "avr32_comparison_operator"
++  (ior (match_code "eq, ne, gt, ge, lt, le, gtu, geu, ltu, leu")
++       (and (match_code "unspec")
++            (match_test "(XINT(op, 1) == UNSPEC_COND_MI)
++                         || (XINT(op, 1) == UNSPEC_COND_PL)"))))
++
++;; True for avr32 comparison operand
++(define_predicate "avr32_comparison_operand"
++  (ior (and (match_code "eq, ne, gt, ge, lt, le, gtu, geu, ltu, leu")
++            (match_test "(rtx_equal_p (XEXP(op,0), cc0_rtx) && rtx_equal_p (XEXP(op,1), const0_rtx))"))
++       (and (match_code "unspec")
++            (match_test "(XINT(op, 1) == UNSPEC_COND_MI)
++                         || (XINT(op, 1) == UNSPEC_COND_PL)"))))
++
++;; True if this is a const_int with one bit set
++(define_predicate "one_bit_set_operand"
++  (match_code "const_int")
++  {
++   int i;
++   int value;
++   int ones = 0;
++
++   value = INTVAL(op);
++   for ( i = 0 ; i < 32; i++ ){
++     if ( value & ( 1 << i ) ){
++        ones++;
++      }
++   }
++
++   return ( ones == 1 );
++  })
++
++
++;; True if this is a const_int with one bit cleared
++(define_predicate "one_bit_cleared_operand"
++  (match_code "const_int")
++  {
++   int i;
++   int value;
++   int zeroes = 0;
++
++   value = INTVAL(op);
++   for ( i = 0 ; i < 32; i++ ){
++     if ( !(value & ( 1 << i )) ){
++        zeroes++;
++      }
++   }
++
++   return ( zeroes == 1 );
++  })
++
++
++;; True if this is a register or immediate operand
++(define_predicate "register_immediate_operand"
++  (ior (match_operand 0 "register_operand")
++       (match_operand 0 "immediate_operand")))
++
++
++;; True is this is an operand containing a label_ref
++(define_predicate "avr32_label_ref_operand"
++  (and (match_code "mem")
++       (match_test "avr32_find_symbol(op)
++                    && (GET_CODE(avr32_find_symbol(op)) == LABEL_REF)")))
++
++;; True is this is a valid symbol pointing to the constant pool
++(define_predicate "avr32_const_pool_operand"
++  (and (match_code "symbol_ref")
++       (match_test "CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P(op)"))
++  {
++        return (flag_pic ? (!(symbol_mentioned_p (get_pool_constant (op))
++                        || label_mentioned_p (get_pool_constant (op)))
++                       || avr32_got_mentioned_p(get_pool_constant (op)))
++                    : true);
++  }
++)
++
++;; True is this is a memory reference to the constant or mini pool
++(define_predicate "avr32_const_pool_ref_operand"
++  (ior (match_operand 0 "avr32_label_ref_operand")
++       (and (match_code "mem")
++            (match_test "avr32_const_pool_operand(XEXP(op,0), GET_MODE(XEXP(op,0)))"))))
++
++
++;; Legal source operand for movti insns
++(define_predicate "avr32_movti_src_operand"
++  (ior (match_operand 0 "avr32_const_pool_ref_operand")
++       (ior (ior (match_operand 0 "register_immediate_operand")
++                 (match_operand 0 "avr32_indirect_register_operand"))
++            (match_operand 0 "post_inc_memory_operand"))))
++  
++;; Legal destination operand for movti insns
++(define_predicate "avr32_movti_dst_operand"
++  (ior (ior (match_operand 0 "register_operand")
++            (match_operand 0 "avr32_indirect_register_operand"))
++       (match_operand 0 "pre_dec_memory_operand")))
++
++
++;; True is this is a k12 offseted memory operand
++(define_predicate "avr32_k12_memory_operand"
++  (and (match_code "mem")
++       (ior (match_test "REG_P(XEXP(op, 0))")
++            (match_test "GET_CODE(XEXP(op, 0)) == PLUS
++                         && REG_P(XEXP(XEXP(op, 0), 0))
++                         && (GET_CODE(XEXP(XEXP(op, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT)
++                         && (CONST_OK_FOR_CONSTRAINT_P(INTVAL(XEXP(XEXP(op, 0), 0)),
++                                'K', (mode == SImode) ? \"Ks14\" : ((mode == HImode) ? \"Ks13\" : \"Ks12\")))"))))
++
++;; True is this is a memory operand with an immediate displacement
++(define_predicate "avr32_imm_disp_memory_operand"
++  (and (match_code "mem")
++       (match_test "GET_CODE(XEXP(op, 0)) == PLUS
++                    && REG_P(XEXP(XEXP(op, 0), 0))
++                    && (GET_CODE(XEXP(XEXP(op, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT)")))
++
++;; True is this is a bswap operand
++(define_predicate "avr32_bswap_operand"
++  (ior (match_operand 0 "avr32_k12_memory_operand")
++       (match_operand 0 "register_operand")))
++
++;; True is this is a valid coprocessor insn memory operand
++(define_predicate "avr32_cop_memory_operand"
++  (and (match_operand 0 "memory_operand")
++       (not (match_test "GET_CODE(XEXP(op, 0)) == PLUS
++                         && REG_P(XEXP(XEXP(op, 0), 0))
++                         && (GET_CODE(XEXP(XEXP(op, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT)
++                         && !(CONST_OK_FOR_CONSTRAINT_P(INTVAL(XEXP(XEXP(op, 0), 0)), 'K', \"Ku10\"))"))))
++
++;; True is this is a valid source/destination operand
++;; for moving values to/from a coprocessor
++(define_predicate "avr32_cop_move_operand"
++  (ior (match_operand 0 "register_operand")
++       (match_operand 0 "avr32_cop_memory_operand")))
++
++
++;; True is this is a valid extract byte offset for use in
++;; load extracted index insns
++(define_predicate "avr32_extract_shift_operand"
++  (and (match_operand 0 "const_int_operand")
++       (match_test "(INTVAL(op) == 0) || (INTVAL(op) == 8)
++                    || (INTVAL(op) == 16) || (INTVAL(op) == 24)")))
++
++;; True is this is a floating-point register
++(define_predicate "avr32_fp_register_operand"
++  (and (match_operand 0 "register_operand")
++       (match_test "REGNO_REG_CLASS(REGNO(op)) == FP_REGS")))
++
++;; True is this is valid avr32 symbol operand
++(define_predicate "avr32_symbol_operand"
++  (ior (match_code "label_ref, symbol_ref")
++       (and (match_code "const")
++            (match_test "avr32_find_symbol(op)"))))
++
++;; True is this is valid operand for the lda.w and call pseudo insns
++(define_predicate "avr32_address_operand"
++  (and (match_code "label_ref, symbol_ref")
++       (ior (match_test "TARGET_HAS_ASM_ADDR_PSEUDOS")
++            (match_test "flag_pic")) ))
++
++;; True if this is a avr32 call operand
++(define_predicate "avr32_call_operand"
++  (ior (ior (match_operand 0 "register_operand")
++            (ior (match_operand 0 "avr32_const_pool_ref_operand")
++                 (match_operand 0 "avr32_address_operand")))
++       (match_test "SYMBOL_REF_RCALL_FUNCTION_P(op)")))
++
++;; Return true for operators performing ALU operations
++
++(define_predicate "alu_operator"
++  (match_code "ior, xor, and, plus, minus, ashift, lshiftrt, ashiftrt"))
++
++(define_predicate "avr32_add_shift_immediate_operand"
++  (and (match_operand 0 "immediate_operand")
++       (match_test "CONST_OK_FOR_CONSTRAINT_P(INTVAL(op), 'K', \"Ku02\")")))
++
++(define_predicate "avr32_cond_register_immediate_operand"
++  (ior (match_operand 0 "register_operand")
++       (and (match_operand 0 "immediate_operand")
++            (match_test "CONST_OK_FOR_CONSTRAINT_P(INTVAL(op), 'K', \"Ks08\")"))))
++
++(define_predicate "avr32_cond_immediate_operand"
++  (and (match_operand 0 "immediate_operand")
++       (match_test "CONST_OK_FOR_CONSTRAINT_P(INTVAL(op), 'I', \"Is08\")")))
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/gcc/config/avr32/simd.md gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/config/avr32/simd.md
+--- gcc-4.2.1/gcc/config/avr32/simd.md	1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/config/avr32/simd.md	2007-05-07 14:29:10.000000000 +0200
+@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
++;;   AVR32 machine description file for SIMD instructions.
++;;   Copyright 2003-2006 Atmel Corporation.
++;;
++;;   Written by Ronny Pedersen, Atmel Norway, <rpedersen@atmel.com>
++;;
++;;   This file is part of GCC.
++;;
++;;   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
++;;   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
++;;   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
++;;   (at your option) any later version.
++;;
++;;   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++;;   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++;;   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
++;;   GNU General Public License for more details.
++;;
++;;   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
++;;   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++;;   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
++
++;; -*- Mode: Scheme -*-
++
++
++;; Vector modes
++(define_mode_macro VECM [V2HI V4QI])
++(define_mode_attr  size [(V2HI "h") (V4QI "b")])
++
++(define_insn "add<mode>3"
++  [(set (match_operand:VECM 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++	(plus:VECM (match_operand:VECM 1 "register_operand" "r")
++                   (match_operand:VECM 2 "register_operand" "r")))]
++  "TARGET_SIMD"
++  "padd.<size>\t%0, %1, %2"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "type" "alu")])
++
++
++(define_insn "sub<mode>3"
++  [(set (match_operand:VECM 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++	(minus:VECM (match_operand:VECM 1 "register_operand" "r")
++                    (match_operand:VECM 2 "register_operand" "r")))]
++  "TARGET_SIMD"
++  "psub.<size>\t%0, %1, %2"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "type" "alu")])
++
++
++(define_insn "abs<mode>2"
++  [(set (match_operand:VECM 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++	(abs:VECM (match_operand:VECM 1 "register_operand" "r")))]
++  "TARGET_SIMD"
++  "pabs.s<size>\t%0, %1"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "type" "alu")])
++
++(define_insn "ashl<mode>3"
++  [(set (match_operand:VECM 0 "register_operand"           "=r")
++	(ashift:VECM (match_operand:VECM 1 "register_operand" "r")
++                     (match_operand:SI 2 "immediate_operand" "Ku04")))]
++  "TARGET_SIMD"
++  "plsl.<size>\t%0, %1, %2"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "type" "alu")])
++
++(define_insn "ashr<mode>3"
++  [(set (match_operand:VECM 0 "register_operand"           "=r")
++	(ashiftrt:VECM (match_operand:VECM 1 "register_operand" "r")
++                       (match_operand:SI 2 "immediate_operand" "Ku04")))]
++  "TARGET_SIMD"
++  "pasr.<size>\t%0, %1, %2"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "type" "alu")])
++
++(define_insn "lshr<mode>3"
++  [(set (match_operand:VECM 0 "register_operand"           "=r")
++	(lshiftrt:VECM (match_operand:VECM 1 "register_operand" "r")
++                       (match_operand:SI 2 "immediate_operand" "Ku04")))]
++  "TARGET_SIMD"
++  "plsr.<size>\t%0, %1, %2"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "type" "alu")])
++
++(define_insn "smaxv2hi3"
++  [(set (match_operand:V2HI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++	(smax:V2HI (match_operand:V2HI 1 "register_operand" "r")
++                        (match_operand:V2HI 2 "register_operand" "r")))]
++
++  "TARGET_SIMD"
++  "pmax.sh\t%0, %1, %2"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "type" "alu")])
++
++(define_insn "sminv2hi3"
++  [(set (match_operand:V2HI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++	(smin:V2HI (match_operand:V2HI 1 "register_operand" "r")
++                        (match_operand:V2HI 2 "register_operand" "r")))]
++
++  "TARGET_SIMD"
++  "pmin.sh\t%0, %1, %2"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "type" "alu")])
++
++(define_insn "umaxv4qi3"
++  [(set (match_operand:V4QI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++	(umax:V4QI (match_operand:V4QI 1 "register_operand" "r")
++                   (match_operand:V4QI 2 "register_operand" "r")))]
++
++  "TARGET_SIMD"
++  "pmax.ub\t%0, %1, %2"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "type" "alu")])
++
++(define_insn "uminv4qi3"
++  [(set (match_operand:V4QI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++	(umin:V4QI (match_operand:V4QI 1 "register_operand" "r")
++                   (match_operand:V4QI 2 "register_operand" "r")))]
++
++  "TARGET_SIMD"
++  "pmin.ub\t%0, %1, %2"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "type" "alu")])
++
++
++(define_insn "addsubv2hi"
++  [(set (match_operand:V2HI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++        (vec_concat:V2HI
++         (plus:HI (match_operand:HI 1 "register_operand" "r")
++                  (match_operand:HI 2 "register_operand" "r"))
++         (minus:HI (match_dup 1) (match_dup 2))))]
++  "TARGET_SIMD"
++  "paddsub.h\t%0, %1:b, %2:b"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "type" "alu")])
++
++(define_insn "subaddv2hi"
++  [(set (match_operand:V2HI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++        (vec_concat:V2HI
++         (minus:HI (match_operand:HI 1 "register_operand" "r")
++                  (match_operand:HI 2 "register_operand" "r"))
++         (plus:HI (match_dup 1) (match_dup 2))))]
++  "TARGET_SIMD"
++  "psubadd.h\t%0, %1:b, %2:b"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")
++   (set_attr "type" "alu")])
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/gcc/config/avr32/sync.md gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/config/avr32/sync.md
+--- gcc-4.2.1/gcc/config/avr32/sync.md	1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/config/avr32/sync.md	2007-09-28 10:33:00.000000000 +0200
+@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
++;;=================================================================
++;; Atomic operations
++;;=================================================================
++
++
++(define_insn "sync_compare_and_swapsi"
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=&r,&r")
++	(match_operand:SI 1 "memory_operand" "+RKs16,+RKs16"))
++   (set (match_dup 1)
++	(unspec_volatile:SI
++	  [(match_dup 1)
++	   (match_operand:SI 2 "register_immediate_operand" "r,Ks21")
++	   (match_operand:SI 3 "register_operand" "r,r")]
++	  VUNSPEC_SYNC_CMPXCHG))   ]
++  ""
++  "0:
++   ssrf\t5
++   ld.w\t%0,%1
++   cp.w\t%0,%2
++   brne\t0f
++   stcond\t%1, %3
++   brne\t0b
++   0:
++  "
++  [(set_attr "length" "16,18")
++   (set_attr "cc" "clobber")]
++  )
++ 
++
++(define_code_macro atomic_op [plus minus and ior xor])
++(define_code_attr  atomic_asm_insn [(plus "add") (minus "sub") (and "and") (ior "or") (xor "eor")])
++(define_code_attr  atomic_insn [(plus "add") (minus "sub") (and "and") (ior "ior") (xor "xor")])
++
++(define_insn "sync_loadsi"
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
++	(unspec_volatile:SI
++         [(match_operand:SI 1 "memory_operand" "RKs16")
++          (label_ref (match_operand 2 "" ""))]
++         VUNSPEC_SYNC_SET_LOCK_AND_LOAD) )]
++  ""
++  "%2:
++   ssrf\t5
++   ld.w\t%0,%1"
++  [(set_attr "length" "6")
++   (set_attr "cc" "clobber")]
++  )
++  
++(define_insn "sync_store_if_lock"
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "memory_operand" "=RKs16")
++        (unspec_volatile:SI
++         [(match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r")
++          (label_ref (match_operand 2 "" ""))]
++         VUNSPEC_SYNC_STORE_IF_LOCK) )]
++  ""
++  "stcond\t%0, %1
++   brne\t%2"
++  [(set_attr "length" "6")
++   (set_attr "cc" "clobber")]
++  )
++
++
++(define_expand "sync_<atomic_insn>si"
++  [(set (match_dup 2)
++	(unspec_volatile:SI
++         [(match_operand:SI 0 "memory_operand" "")
++          (match_dup 3)]
++         VUNSPEC_SYNC_SET_LOCK_AND_LOAD))
++   (set (match_dup 2) 
++        (atomic_op:SI (match_dup 2)
++                      (match_operand:SI 1 "register_immediate_operand" "")))
++   (set (match_dup 0)
++        (unspec_volatile:SI
++         [(match_dup 2)
++          (match_dup 3)]
++         VUNSPEC_SYNC_STORE_IF_LOCK) )]
++  ""
++  {
++   operands[2] = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
++   operands[3] = gen_rtx_LABEL_REF(Pmode, gen_label_rtx ());
++  }
++  )
++
++
++
++(define_expand "sync_old_<atomic_insn>si"
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
++	(unspec_volatile:SI
++         [(match_operand:SI 1 "memory_operand" "")
++          (match_dup 4)]
++         VUNSPEC_SYNC_SET_LOCK_AND_LOAD))
++   (set (match_dup 3) 
++        (atomic_op:SI (match_dup 0)
++                      (match_operand:SI 2 "register_immediate_operand" "")))
++   (set (match_dup 1)
++        (unspec_volatile:SI
++         [(match_dup 3)
++          (match_dup 4)]
++         VUNSPEC_SYNC_STORE_IF_LOCK) )]
++  ""
++  {
++   operands[3] = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
++   operands[4] = gen_rtx_LABEL_REF(Pmode, gen_label_rtx ());
++  }
++  )
++
++(define_expand "sync_new_<atomic_insn>si"
++  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
++	(unspec_volatile:SI
++         [(match_operand:SI 1 "memory_operand" "")
++          (match_dup 3)]
++         VUNSPEC_SYNC_SET_LOCK_AND_LOAD))
++   (set (match_dup 0) 
++        (atomic_op:SI (match_dup 0)
++                      (match_operand:SI 2 "register_immediate_operand" "")))
++   (set (match_dup 1)
++        (unspec_volatile:SI
++         [(match_dup 0)
++          (match_dup 3)]
++         VUNSPEC_SYNC_STORE_IF_LOCK) )]
++  ""
++  {
++   operands[3] = gen_rtx_LABEL_REF(Pmode, gen_label_rtx ());
++  }
++  )
++
++
++;(define_insn "sync_<atomic_insn>si"
++;  [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "memory_operand" "+RKs16")
++;	(unspec_volatile:SI
++;         [(atomic_op:SI (match_dup 0)
++;                        (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r"))]
++;         VUNSPEC_SYNC_CMPXCHG))
++;   (clobber (match_scratch:SI 2 "=&r"))]
++;  ""
++;  "0:
++;   ssrf\t5
++;   ld.w\t%2,%0
++;   <atomic_asm_insn>\t%2,%1
++;   stcond\t%0, %2
++;   brne\t0b
++;  "
++;  [(set_attr "length" "14")
++;   (set_attr "cc" "clobber")]
++;  )
++;
++;(define_insn "sync_new_<atomic_insn>si"
++;  [(set (match_operand:SI 1 "memory_operand" "+RKs16")
++;	(unspec_volatile:SI
++;         [(atomic_op:SI (match_dup 1)
++;                        (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "r"))]
++;         VUNSPEC_SYNC_CMPXCHG))
++;   (set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=&r")
++;	(atomic_op:SI (match_dup 1)
++;                      (match_dup 2)))]
++;  ""
++;  "0:
++;   ssrf\t5
++;   ld.w\t%0,%1
++;   <atomic_asm_insn>\t%0,%2
++;   stcond\t%1, %0
++;   brne\t0b
++;  "
++;  [(set_attr "length" "14")
++;   (set_attr "cc" "clobber")]
++;  )
++
++(define_insn "sync_lock_test_and_setsi"
++  [ (set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=&r")
++         (match_operand:SI 1 "memory_operand" "+RKu00"))
++    (set (match_dup 1)
++         (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "r")) ]
++  ""
++  "xchg\t%0, %p1, %2"
++  [(set_attr "length" "4")]
++  )
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/gcc/config/avr32/t-avr32 gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/config/avr32/t-avr32
+--- gcc-4.2.1/gcc/config/avr32/t-avr32	1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/config/avr32/t-avr32	2007-09-28 10:33:00.000000000 +0200
+@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
++
++MD_INCLUDES= 	$(srcdir)/config/avr32/avr32.md \
++		$(srcdir)/config/avr32/sync.md \
++		$(srcdir)/config/avr32/fpcp.md \
++		$(srcdir)/config/avr32/simd.md \
++                $(srcdir)/config/avr32/predicates.md
++
++s-config s-conditions s-flags s-codes s-constants s-emit s-recog s-preds \
++	s-opinit s-extract s-peep s-attr s-attrtab s-output: $(MD_INCLUDES)
++
++# We want fine grained libraries, so use the new code
++# to build the floating point emulation libraries.
++FPBIT = fp-bit.c
++DPBIT = dp-bit.c
++
++LIB1ASMSRC = avr32/lib1funcs.S
++LIB1ASMFUNCS =  _avr32_f64_mul _avr32_f64_addsub _avr32_f64_addsub_fast  _avr32_f64_to_u32 \
++                _avr32_f64_to_s32 _avr32_f64_to_u64 _avr32_f64_to_s64 _avr32_u32_to_f64 \
++                _avr32_s32_to_f64 _avr32_f64_cmp_eq _avr32_f64_cmp_ge _avr32_f64_cmp_lt \
++                _avr32_f32_cmp_eq _avr32_f32_cmp_ge _avr32_f32_cmp_lt _avr32_f64_div \
++                _avr32_f32_div _avr32_f32_div_fast _avr32_f32_addsub _avr32_f32_addsub_fast \
++                _avr32_f32_mul _avr32_s32_to_f32 _avr32_u32_to_f32 _avr32_f32_to_s32 \
++                _avr32_f32_to_u32 _avr32_f32_to_f64 _avr32_f64_to_f32
++
++#LIB2FUNCS_EXTRA += $(srcdir)/config/avr32/lib2funcs.S
++
++MULTILIB_OPTIONS     = march=ap/march=uc
++MULTILIB_DIRNAMES    = ap uc
++MULTILIB_EXCEPTIONS  =
++MULTILIB_MATCHES     = march?ap=mcpu?ap7000
++MULTILIB_MATCHES     += march?ap=mcpu?ap7010
++MULTILIB_MATCHES     += march?ap=mcpu?ap7020
++MULTILIB_MATCHES     += march?uc=mcpu?uc3a0256
++MULTILIB_MATCHES     += march?uc=mcpu?uc3a0512
++MULTILIB_MATCHES     += march?uc=mcpu?uc3a1128
++MULTILIB_MATCHES     += march?uc=mcpu?uc3a1256
++MULTILIB_MATCHES     += march?uc=mcpu?uc3a1512
++MULTILIB_MATCHES     += march?uc=mcpu?uc3b064
++MULTILIB_MATCHES     += march?uc=mcpu?uc3b0128
++MULTILIB_MATCHES     += march?uc=mcpu?uc3b0256
++MULTILIB_MATCHES     += march?uc=mcpu?uc3b164
++MULTILIB_MATCHES     += march?uc=mcpu?uc3b1128
++MULTILIB_MATCHES     += march?uc=mcpu?uc3b1256
++MULTILIB_MATCHES     += march?ap=mpart?ap7000
++MULTILIB_MATCHES     += march?ap=mpart?ap7010
++MULTILIB_MATCHES     += march?ap=mpart?ap7020
++MULTILIB_MATCHES     += march?uc=mpart?uc3a0256
++MULTILIB_MATCHES     += march?uc=mpart?uc3a0512
++MULTILIB_MATCHES     += march?uc=mpart?uc3a1128
++MULTILIB_MATCHES     += march?uc=mpart?uc3a1256
++MULTILIB_MATCHES     += march?uc=mpart?uc3a1512
++MULTILIB_MATCHES     += march?uc=mpart?uc3b064
++MULTILIB_MATCHES     += march?uc=mpart?uc3b0128
++MULTILIB_MATCHES     += march?uc=mpart?uc3b0256
++MULTILIB_MATCHES     += march?uc=mpart?uc3b164
++MULTILIB_MATCHES     += march?uc=mpart?uc3b1128
++MULTILIB_MATCHES     += march?uc=mpart?uc3b1256
++
++EXTRA_MULTILIB_PARTS = crtbegin.o crtbeginS.o crtend.o crtendS.o crti.o crtn.o
++
++CRTSTUFF_T_CFLAGS = -mrelax
++CRTSTUFF_T_CFLAGS_S = -mrelax -fPIC
++TARGET_LIBGCC2_CFLAGS += -mrelax
++
++LIBGCC = stmp-multilib
++INSTALL_LIBGCC = install-multilib
++
++fp-bit.c: $(srcdir)/config/fp-bit.c
++	echo '#define FLOAT' > fp-bit.c
++	cat $(srcdir)/config/fp-bit.c >> fp-bit.c
++
++dp-bit.c: $(srcdir)/config/fp-bit.c
++	cat $(srcdir)/config/fp-bit.c > dp-bit.c
++
++
++
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/gcc/config/avr32/t-elf gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/config/avr32/t-elf
+--- gcc-4.2.1/gcc/config/avr32/t-elf	1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/config/avr32/t-elf	2007-05-07 14:29:10.000000000 +0200
+@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
++
++# Assemble startup files.
++$(T)crti.o: $(srcdir)/config/avr32/crti.asm $(GCC_PASSES)
++	$(GCC_FOR_TARGET) $(CRTSTUFF_CFLAGS) $(CRTSTUFF_T_CFLAGS) $(INCLUDES) \
++	-c -o $(T)crti.o -x assembler-with-cpp $(srcdir)/config/avr32/crti.asm
++
++$(T)crtn.o: $(srcdir)/config/avr32/crtn.asm $(GCC_PASSES)
++	$(GCC_FOR_TARGET) $(CRTSTUFF_CFLAGS) $(CRTSTUFF_T_CFLAGS) $(INCLUDES) \
++	-c -o $(T)crtn.o -x assembler-with-cpp $(srcdir)/config/avr32/crtn.asm
++
++
++# Build the libraries for both hard and soft floating point
++EXTRA_MULTILIB_PARTS = crtbegin.o crtbeginS.o crtend.o crtendS.o crti.o crtn.o
++
++LIBGCC = stmp-multilib
++INSTALL_LIBGCC = install-multilib
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/gcc/config/avr32/uclinux-elf.h gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/config/avr32/uclinux-elf.h
+--- gcc-4.2.1/gcc/config/avr32/uclinux-elf.h	1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/config/avr32/uclinux-elf.h	2007-05-07 14:29:10.000000000 +0200
+@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
++
++/* Run-time Target Specification.  */
++#undef  TARGET_VERSION
++#define TARGET_VERSION  fputs (" (AVR32 uClinux with ELF)", stderr)
++
++/* We don't want a .jcr section on uClinux. As if this makes a difference... */
++#define TARGET_USE_JCR_SECTION 0
++
++/* Here we go. Drop the crtbegin/crtend stuff completely. */
++#undef STARTFILE_SPEC
++#define STARTFILE_SPEC							\
++  "%{!shared: %{pg:gcrt1.o%s} %{!pg:%{p:gcrt1.o%s}"			\
++  " %{!p:%{profile:gcrt1.o%s}"						\
++  " %{!profile:crt1.o%s}}}} crti.o%s"
++
++#undef ENDFILE_SPEC
++#define ENDFILE_SPEC "crtn.o%s"
++
++#undef TARGET_DEFAULT
++#define TARGET_DEFAULT (AVR32_FLAG_NO_INIT_GOT)
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/gcc/config/host-linux.c gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/config/host-linux.c
+--- gcc-4.2.1/gcc/config/host-linux.c	2005-08-01 19:43:33.000000000 +0200
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/config/host-linux.c	2007-05-07 14:29:15.000000000 +0200
+@@ -26,6 +26,9 @@
+ #include "hosthooks.h"
+ #include "hosthooks-def.h"
+ 
++#ifndef SSIZE_MAX
++#define SSIZE_MAX LONG_MAX
++#endif
+ 
+ /* Linux has a feature called exec-shield-randomize that perturbs the
+    address of non-fixed mapped segments by a (relatively) small amount.
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/gcc/config.gcc gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/config.gcc
+--- gcc-4.2.1/gcc/config.gcc	2007-02-03 06:25:20.000000000 +0100
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/config.gcc	2007-09-28 10:33:09.000000000 +0200
+@@ -782,6 +782,24 @@ avr-*-*)
+ 	tm_file="avr/avr.h dbxelf.h"
+ 	use_fixproto=yes
+ 	;;
++avr32*-*-linux*)
++    tm_file="dbxelf.h elfos.h linux.h avr32/linux-elf.h avr32/avr32.h "
++    tmake_file="t-linux avr32/t-avr32 avr32/t-elf"
++	extra_parts="crtbegin.o crtbeginS.o crtend.o crtendS.o"
++	extra_modes=avr32/avr32-modes.def
++	gnu_ld=yes
++	;;
++avr32*-*-uclinux*)
++	tm_file="dbxelf.h elfos.h linux.h avr32/linux-elf.h avr32/uclinux-elf.h avr32/avr32.h"
++	tmake_file="t-linux avr32/t-avr32 avr32/t-elf"
++	extra_modes=avr32/avr32-modes.def
++	gnu_ld=yes
++	;;
++avr32-*-*)
++    tm_file="dbxelf.h elfos.h avr32/avr32.h avr32/avr32-elf.h"
++    tmake_file="avr32/t-avr32 avr32/t-elf"
++	extra_modes=avr32/avr32-modes.def
++	;;
+ bfin*-elf*)
+ 	tm_file="${tm_file} dbxelf.h elfos.h bfin/elf.h"
+         tmake_file=bfin/t-bfin-elf
+@@ -1682,6 +1700,9 @@ pdp11-*-bsd)
+ pdp11-*-*)
+ 	use_fixproto=yes
+ 	;;
++avr-*-*)
++	use_fixproto=yes
++	;;
+ # port not yet contributed
+ #powerpc-*-openbsd*)
+ #	tmake_file="${tmake_file} rs6000/t-fprules rs6000/t-fprules-fpbit "
+@@ -2718,6 +2739,32 @@ case "${target}" in
+ 		fi
+ 		;;
+ 
++	avr32*-*-*)
++		supported_defaults="part arch"
++
++		case "$with_part" in
++		"" \
++		| "ap7000" | "ap7010" | "ap7020" | "uc3a0256" | "uc3a0512" | "uc3a1128" | "uc3a1256" | "uc3a1512" )
++			# OK
++			;;
++		*)
++			echo "Unknown part used in --with-part=$with_part" 1>&2
++			exit 1
++			;;
++		esac
++
++		case "$with_arch" in
++		"" \
++		| "ap" | "uc")
++			# OK
++			;;
++		*)
++			echo "Unknown arch used in --with-arch=$with_arch" 1>&2
++			exit 1
++			;;
++		esac
++                ;;
++
+ 	fr*-*-*linux*)
+ 		supported_defaults=cpu
+ 		case "$with_cpu" in
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/gcc/doc/extend.texi gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/doc/extend.texi
+--- gcc-4.2.1/gcc/doc/extend.texi	2007-03-12 23:10:12.000000000 +0100
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/doc/extend.texi	2007-09-28 10:32:30.000000000 +0200
+@@ -1981,7 +1981,7 @@ this attribute to work correctly.
+ 
+ @item interrupt
+ @cindex interrupt handler functions
+-Use this attribute on the ARM, AVR, C4x, CRX, M32C, M32R/D, MS1, and Xstormy16
++Use this attribute on the ARM, AVR, AVR32, C4x, CRX, M32C, M32R/D, MS1, and Xstormy16
+ ports to indicate that the specified function is an interrupt handler.
+ The compiler will generate function entry and exit sequences suitable
+ for use in an interrupt handler when this attribute is present.
+@@ -2000,6 +2000,15 @@ void f () __attribute__ ((interrupt ("IR
+ 
+ Permissible values for this parameter are: IRQ, FIQ, SWI, ABORT and UNDEF@.
+ 
++Note, for the AVR32, you can specify which banking scheme is used for
++the interrupt mode this interrupt handler is used in like this:
++
++@smallexample
++void f () __attribute__ ((interrupt ("FULL")));
++@end smallexample
++
++Permissible values for this parameter are: FULL, HALF, NONE and UNDEF.
++
+ @item interrupt_handler
+ @cindex interrupt handler functions on the Blackfin, m68k, H8/300 and SH processors
+ Use this attribute on the Blackfin, m68k, H8/300, H8/300H, H8S, and SH to
+@@ -6167,6 +6176,7 @@ instructions, but allow the compiler to 
+ @menu
+ * Alpha Built-in Functions::
+ * ARM Built-in Functions::
++* AVR32 Built-in Functions::
+ * Blackfin Built-in Functions::
+ * FR-V Built-in Functions::
+ * X86 Built-in Functions::
+@@ -6405,6 +6415,54 @@ long long __builtin_arm_wxor (long long,
+ long long __builtin_arm_wzero ()
+ @end smallexample
+ 
++@node AVR32 Built-in Functions
++@subsection AVR32 Built-in Functions
++
++
++@smallexample
++
++int __builtin_sats (int /*Rd*/,int /*sa*/, int /*bn*/)
++int __builtin_satu (int /*Rd*/,int /*sa*/, int /*bn*/)
++int __builtin_satrnds (int /*Rd*/,int /*sa*/, int /*bn*/)
++int __builtin_satrndu (int /*Rd*/,int /*sa*/, int /*bn*/)
++short __builtin_mulsathh_h (short, short)
++int __builtin_mulsathh_w (short, short)
++short __builtin_mulsatrndhh_h (short, short)
++int __builtin_mulsatrndwh_w (int, short)
++int __builtin_mulsatwh_w (int, short)
++int __builtin_macsathh_w (int, short, short)
++short __builtin_satadd_h (short, short)
++short __builtin_satsub_h (short, short)
++int __builtin_satadd_w (int, int)
++int __builtin_satsub_w (int, int)
++long long __builtin_mulwh_d(int, short)
++long long __builtin_mulnwh_d(int, short)
++long long __builtin_macwh_d(long long, int, short)
++long long __builtin_machh_d(long long, short, short)
++
++void __builtin_musfr(int);
++int __builtin_mustr(void);
++int __builtin_mfsr(int /*Status Register Address*/)
++void __builtin_mtsr(int /*Status Register Address*/, int /*Value*/)
++int __builtin_mfdr(int /*Debug Register Address*/)
++void __builtin_mtdr(int /*Debug Register Address*/, int /*Value*/)
++void __builtin_cache(void * /*Address*/, int /*Cache Operation*/)
++void __builtin_sync(int /*Sync Operation*/)
++void __builtin_tlbr(void)
++void __builtin_tlbs(void)
++void __builtin_tlbw(void)
++void __builtin_breakpoint(void)
++int __builtin_xchg(void * /*Address*/, int /*Value*/ )
++short __builtin_bswap_16(short)
++int __builtin_bswap_32(int)
++void __builtin_cop(int/*cpnr*/, int/*crd*/, int/*crx*/, int/*cry*/, int/*op*/)
++int __builtin_mvcr_w(int/*cpnr*/, int/*crs*/)
++void __builtin_mvrc_w(int/*cpnr*/, int/*crd*/, int/*value*/)
++long long __builtin_mvcr_d(int/*cpnr*/, int/*crs*/)
++void __builtin_mvrc_d(int/*cpnr*/, int/*crd*/, long long/*value*/)
++
++@end smallexample
++
+ @node Blackfin Built-in Functions
+ @subsection Blackfin Built-in Functions
+ 
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/gcc/doc/invoke.texi gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/doc/invoke.texi
+--- gcc-4.2.1/gcc/doc/invoke.texi	2007-04-24 23:54:22.000000000 +0200
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/doc/invoke.texi	2007-09-28 10:32:30.000000000 +0200
+@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ in the following sections.
+ -fno-default-inline  -fvisibility-inlines-hidden @gol
+ -Wabi  -Wctor-dtor-privacy @gol
+ -Wnon-virtual-dtor  -Wreorder @gol
+--Weffc++  -Wno-deprecated  -Wstrict-null-sentinel @gol
++-Weffc++  -Wno-deprecated @gol
+ -Wno-non-template-friend  -Wold-style-cast @gol
+ -Woverloaded-virtual  -Wno-pmf-conversions @gol
+ -Wsign-promo}
+@@ -588,6 +588,12 @@ Objective-C and Objective-C++ Dialects}.
+ -mauto-incdec  -minmax  -mlong-calls  -mshort @gol
+ -msoft-reg-count=@var{count}}
+ 
++@emph{AVR32 Options}
++@gccoptlist{-muse-rodata-section -mhard-float -msoft-float -mrelax @gol
++-mforce-double-align -mno-init-got -mpart=@var{part} -mcpu=@var{cpu} @gol
++-march=@var{arch} -mfast-float -masm-addr-pseudos -mno-asm-addr-pseudos -mno-pic
++}
++
+ @emph{MCore Options}
+ @gccoptlist{-mhardlit  -mno-hardlit  -mdiv  -mno-div  -mrelax-immediates @gol
+ -mno-relax-immediates  -mwide-bitfields  -mno-wide-bitfields @gol
+@@ -1868,14 +1874,6 @@ to filter out those warnings.
+ @opindex Wno-deprecated
+ Do not warn about usage of deprecated features.  @xref{Deprecated Features}.
+ 
+-@item -Wstrict-null-sentinel @r{(C++ only)}
+-@opindex Wstrict-null-sentinel
+-Warn also about the use of an uncasted @code{NULL} as sentinel.  When
+-compiling only with GCC this is a valid sentinel, as @code{NULL} is defined
+-to @code{__null}.  Although it is a null pointer constant not a null pointer,
+-it is guaranteed to of the same size as a pointer.  But this use is
+-not portable across different compilers.
+-
+ @item -Wno-non-template-friend @r{(C++ only)}
+ @opindex Wno-non-template-friend
+ Disable warnings when non-templatized friend functions are declared
+@@ -2732,13 +2730,11 @@ requiring @option{-O}.
+ If you want to warn about code which uses the uninitialized value of the
+ variable in its own initializer, use the @option{-Winit-self} option.
+ 
+-These warnings occur for individual uninitialized or clobbered
+-elements of structure, union or array variables as well as for
+-variables which are uninitialized or clobbered as a whole.  They do
+-not occur for variables or elements declared @code{volatile}.  Because
+-these warnings depend on optimization, the exact variables or elements
+-for which there are warnings will depend on the precise optimization
+-options and version of GCC used.
++These warnings occur only for variables that are candidates for
++register allocation.  Therefore, they do not occur for a variable that
++is declared @code{volatile}, or whose address is taken, or whose size
++is other than 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes.  Also, they do not occur for
++structures, unions or arrays, even when they are in registers.
+ 
+ Note that there may be no warning about a variable that is used only
+ to compute a value that itself is never used, because such
+@@ -6201,10 +6197,6 @@ If number of candidates in the set is sm
+ we always try to remove unnecessary ivs from the set during its
+ optimization when a new iv is added to the set.
+ 
+-@item scev-max-expr-size
+-Bound on size of expressions used in the scalar evolutions analyzer.
+-Large expressions slow the analyzer.
+-
+ @item vect-max-version-checks
+ The maximum number of runtime checks that can be performed when doing
+ loop versioning in the vectorizer.  See option ftree-vect-loop-version
+@@ -7402,7 +7394,7 @@ platform.
+ * ARC Options::
+ * ARM Options::
+ * AVR Options::
+-* Blackfin Options::
++* AVR32 Options::
+ * CRIS Options::
+ * CRX Options::
+ * Darwin Options::
+@@ -7867,81 +7859,68 @@ comply to the C standards, but it will p
+ size.
+ @end table
+ 
+-@node Blackfin Options
+-@subsection Blackfin Options
+-@cindex Blackfin Options
++@node AVR32 Options
++@subsection AVR32 Options
++@cindex AVR32 Options
++
++These options are defined for AVR32 implementations:
+ 
+ @table @gcctabopt
+-@item -momit-leaf-frame-pointer
+-@opindex momit-leaf-frame-pointer
+-Don't keep the frame pointer in a register for leaf functions.  This
+-avoids the instructions to save, set up and restore frame pointers and
+-makes an extra register available in leaf functions.  The option
+-@option{-fomit-frame-pointer} removes the frame pointer for all functions
+-which might make debugging harder.
++@item -muse-rodata-section
++@opindex muse-rodata-section
++Use section @samp{.rodata} for read-only data instead of @samp{.text}.
+ 
+-@item -mspecld-anomaly
+-@opindex mspecld-anomaly
+-When enabled, the compiler will ensure that the generated code does not
+-contain speculative loads after jump instructions.  This option is enabled
+-by default.
+-
+-@item -mno-specld-anomaly
+-@opindex mno-specld-anomaly
+-Don't generate extra code to prevent speculative loads from occurring.
+-
+-@item -mcsync-anomaly
+-@opindex mcsync-anomaly
+-When enabled, the compiler will ensure that the generated code does not
+-contain CSYNC or SSYNC instructions too soon after conditional branches.
+-This option is enabled by default.
+-
+-@item -mno-csync-anomaly
+-@opindex mno-csync-anomaly
+-Don't generate extra code to prevent CSYNC or SSYNC instructions from
+-occurring too soon after a conditional branch.
+-
+-@item -mlow-64k
+-@opindex mlow-64k
+-When enabled, the compiler is free to take advantage of the knowledge that
+-the entire program fits into the low 64k of memory.
+-
+-@item -mno-low-64k
+-@opindex mno-low-64k
+-Assume that the program is arbitrarily large.  This is the default.
++@item -mrelax
++@opindex mrelax
++Enable relaxing in linker. This means that when the address of symbols
++are known at link time, the linker can optimize @samp{icall} and @samp{mcall}
++instructions into a @samp{rcall} instruction if possible. Loading the address
++of a symbol can also be optimized.  
++
++@item -mforce-double-align
++@opindex mforce-double-align
++Force double-word alignment for double-word memory accesses.
++
++@item -mno-init-got
++@opindex mno-init-got
++Do not initialize the GOT register before using it when compiling PIC
++code.
+ 
+-@item -mid-shared-library
+-@opindex mid-shared-library
+-Generate code that supports shared libraries via the library ID method.
+-This allows for execute in place and shared libraries in an environment
+-without virtual memory management.  This option implies @option{-fPIC}.
++@item -mno-pic
++@opindex mno-pic
++Do not emit position-independent code (will break dynamic linking.)
+ 
+-@item -mno-id-shared-library
+-@opindex mno-id-shared-library
+-Generate code that doesn't assume ID based shared libraries are being used.
+-This is the default.
++@item -masm-addr-pseudos
++@opindex masm-addr-pseudos
++Use assembler pseudo-instructions lda.w and call for handling direct
++addresses. (Enabled by default)
++
++@item -mno-asm-addr-pseudos
++@opindex mno-asm-addr-pseudos
++Do not use assembler pseudo-instructions lda.w and call for handling direct addresses.
++
++@item -mpart=@var{part}
++@opindex mpart
++Generate code for the specified part. Permissible parts are: @samp{ap7000},
++@samp{ap7010},@samp{ap7020},@samp{uc3a0256}, @samp{uc3a0512},
++@samp{uc3a1128}, @samp{uc3a1256}, @samp{uc3a1512}. 
+ 
+-@item -mshared-library-id=n
+-@opindex mshared-library-id
+-Specified the identification number of the ID based shared library being
+-compiled.  Specifying a value of 0 will generate more compact code, specifying
+-other values will force the allocation of that number to the current
+-library but is no more space or time efficient than omitting this option.
++@item -mcpu=@var{cpu-type}
++@opindex mcpu
++Same as -mpart. Obsolete.
++
++@item -march=@var{arch}
++@opindex march
++Generate code for the specified architecture. Permissible architectures are:
++@samp{ap} and @samp{uc}. 
++
++@item -mfast-float
++@opindex mfast-float
++Enable fast floating-point library that does not conform to ieee but is still good enough
++for most applications. The fast floating-point library does not round to the nearest even
++but away from zero. Enabled by default if the -funsafe-math-optimizations switch is specified. 
+ 
+-@item -mlong-calls
+-@itemx -mno-long-calls
+-@opindex mlong-calls
+-@opindex mno-long-calls
+-Tells the compiler to perform function calls by first loading the
+-address of the function into a register and then performing a subroutine
+-call on this register.  This switch is needed if the target function
+-will lie outside of the 24 bit addressing range of the offset based
+-version of subroutine call instruction.
+ 
+-This feature is not enabled by default.  Specifying
+-@option{-mno-long-calls} will restore the default behavior.  Note these
+-switches have no effect on how the compiler generates code to handle
+-function calls via function pointers.
+ @end table
+ 
+ @node CRIS Options
+@@ -11852,6 +11831,7 @@ conventions that adheres to the March 19
+ Application Binary Interface, PowerPC processor supplement.  This is the
+ default unless you configured GCC using @samp{powerpc-*-eabiaix}.
+ 
++
+ @item -mcall-sysv-eabi
+ @opindex mcall-sysv-eabi
+ Specify both @option{-mcall-sysv} and @option{-meabi} options.
+@@ -14153,4 +14133,4 @@ You need to include the special files al
+ exist, because otherwise they won't get converted.
+ 
+ @xref{Protoize Caveats}, for more information on how to use
+-@code{protoize} successfully.
++@code{protoize} successfully.
+\ No newline at end of file
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/gcc/doc/md.texi gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/doc/md.texi
+--- gcc-4.2.1/gcc/doc/md.texi	2007-04-04 03:24:10.000000000 +0200
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/doc/md.texi	2007-09-28 10:32:30.000000000 +0200
+@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@
+ @c This is part of the GCC manual.
+ @c For copying conditions, see the file gcc.texi.
+ 
++
+ @ifset INTERNALS
+ @node Machine Desc
+ @chapter Machine Descriptions
+@@ -1681,6 +1682,58 @@ A memory reference suitable for iWMMXt l
+ A memory reference suitable for the ARMv4 ldrsb instruction.
+ @end table
+ 
++@item AVR32 family---@file{avr32.h}
++@table @code
++@item f
++Floating-point registers (f0 to f15)
++
++@item Ku@var{bits}
++Unsigned constant representable with @var{bits} number of bits (Must be
++two digits). I.e: An unsigned 8-bit constant is written as @samp{Ku08}  
++ 
++@item Ks@var{bits}
++Signed constant representable with @var{bits} number of bits (Must be
++two digits). I.e: A signed 12-bit constant is written as @samp{Ks12}  
++
++@item Is@var{bits}
++The negated range of a signed constant representable with  @var{bits} 
++number of bits. The same as @samp{Ks@var{bits}} with a negated range. 
++This means that the constant must be in the range @math{-2^{bits-1}-1} to @math{2^{bits-1}}
++
++@item G
++A single/double precision floating-point immediate or 64-bit integer 
++immediate where the least and most significant words both can be
++loaded with a move instruction. That is the the integer form of the 
++values in the least and most significant words both are in the range 
++@math{-2^{20}} to @math{2^{20}-1}.
++         
++@item RKs@var{bits}
++A memory reference where the address consists of a base register
++plus a signed immediate displacement with range given by @samp{Ks@var{bits}}
++which has the same format as for the signed immediate integer constraint
++given above.  
++
++@item RKu@var{bits}
++A memory reference where the address consists of a base register
++plus an unsigned immediate displacement with range given by @samp{Ku@var{bits}}
++which has the same format as for the unsigned immediate integer constraint
++given above.  
++
++@item S
++A memory reference with an immediate or register offset
++
++@item T
++A memory reference to a constant pool entry
++
++@item W
++A valid operand for use in the @samp{lda.w} instruction macro when
++relaxing is enabled
++
++@item Z
++A memory reference valid for coprocessor memory instructions
++
++@end table
++
+ @item AVR family---@file{config/avr/constraints.md}
+ @table @code
+ @item l
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/gcc/expmed.c gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/expmed.c
+--- gcc-4.2.1/gcc/expmed.c	2007-04-25 07:43:32.000000000 +0200
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/expmed.c	2007-09-28 10:33:09.000000000 +0200
+@@ -37,6 +37,7 @@ Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street,
+ #include "real.h"
+ #include "recog.h"
+ #include "langhooks.h"
++#include "target.h"
+ 
+ static void store_fixed_bit_field (rtx, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT,
+ 				   unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT,
+@@ -455,9 +456,18 @@ store_bit_field (rtx str_rtx, unsigned H
+ 	  ? ((GET_MODE_SIZE (fieldmode) >= UNITS_PER_WORD
+ 	     || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (op0)) == GET_MODE_SIZE (fieldmode))
+ 	     && byte_offset % GET_MODE_SIZE (fieldmode) == 0)
+-	  : (! SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS (fieldmode, MEM_ALIGN (op0))
+-	     || (offset * BITS_PER_UNIT % bitsize == 0
+-		 && MEM_ALIGN (op0) % GET_MODE_BITSIZE (fieldmode) == 0))))
++         : ( 
++
++             /* NB! Added for AVR32, and I think this should be true for
++                all targets not using narrow volatile bitfields. If the
++                bitfield is volatile then we need to perform an access
++                consistent with the container type. */
++             !(MEM_VOLATILE_P (op0) 
++               && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op0)) != bitsize
++               && !targetm.narrow_volatile_bitfield ())
++             && (! SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS (fieldmode, MEM_ALIGN (op0))
++                 || (offset * BITS_PER_UNIT % bitsize == 0
++                     && MEM_ALIGN (op0) % GET_MODE_BITSIZE (fieldmode) == 0)))))
+     {
+       if (MEM_P (op0))
+ 	op0 = adjust_address (op0, fieldmode, offset);
+@@ -1257,6 +1267,13 @@ extract_bit_field (rtx str_rtx, unsigned
+ 	   && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode1) != 0
+ 	   && byte_offset % GET_MODE_SIZE (mode1) == 0)
+ 	  || (MEM_P (op0)
++             /* NB! Added for AVR32, and I think this should be true for
++                all targets not using narrow volatile bitfields. If the
++                bitfield is volatile then we need to perform an access
++                consistent with the container type. */
++              && !(MEM_VOLATILE_P (op0)
++                   && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op0)) != bitsize
++                   && !targetm.narrow_volatile_bitfield ())
+ 	      && (! SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS (mode, MEM_ALIGN (op0))
+ 		  || (offset * BITS_PER_UNIT % bitsize == 0
+ 		      && MEM_ALIGN (op0) % bitsize == 0)))))
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/gcc/expr.c gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/expr.c
+--- gcc-4.2.1/gcc/expr.c	2007-04-23 03:57:48.000000000 +0200
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/expr.c	2007-09-28 10:33:08.000000000 +0200
+@@ -3520,18 +3520,19 @@ emit_single_push_insn (enum machine_mode
+     }
+   else
+     {
++      emit_move_insn (stack_pointer_rtx,
++		      expand_binop (Pmode,
+ #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
+-      /* ??? This seems wrong if STACK_PUSH_CODE == POST_DEC.  */
+-      dest_addr = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, stack_pointer_rtx,
+-				GEN_INT (-(HOST_WIDE_INT) rounded_size));
++				    sub_optab,
+ #else
+-      /* ??? This seems wrong if STACK_PUSH_CODE == POST_INC.  */
+-      dest_addr = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, stack_pointer_rtx,
+-				GEN_INT (rounded_size));
++				    add_optab,
+ #endif
+-      dest_addr = gen_rtx_PRE_MODIFY (Pmode, stack_pointer_rtx, dest_addr);
++				    stack_pointer_rtx,
++				    GEN_INT (rounded_size),
++				    NULL_RTX, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN));
++      dest_addr = stack_pointer_rtx;
+     }
+-
++  
+   dest = gen_rtx_MEM (mode, dest_addr);
+ 
+   if (type != 0)
+@@ -5510,7 +5511,16 @@ store_field (rtx target, HOST_WIDE_INT b
+      is a bit field, we cannot use addressing to access it.
+      Use bit-field techniques or SUBREG to store in it.  */
+ 
+-  if (mode == VOIDmode
++  if (
++      /* NB! Added for AVR32, and I think this should be true for
++         all targets not using narrow volatile bitfields. If the
++         bitfield is volatile then we need to perform an access
++         consistent with the container type. */
++      (MEM_P (target) 
++       && MEM_VOLATILE_P (target) 
++       && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (target)) > bitsize
++       && !targetm.narrow_volatile_bitfield ())
++      || mode == VOIDmode
+       || (mode != BLKmode && ! direct_store[(int) mode]
+ 	  && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_COMPLEX_INT
+ 	  && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT)
+@@ -7512,7 +7522,16 @@ expand_expr_real_1 (tree exp, rtx target
+ 	   by doing the extract into an object as wide as the field
+ 	   (which we know to be the width of a basic mode), then
+ 	   storing into memory, and changing the mode to BLKmode.  */
+-	if (mode1 == VOIDmode
++       if (      
++            /* NB! Added for AVR32, and I think this should be true for
++               all targets not using narrow volatile bitfields. If the
++               bitfield is volatile then we need to perform an access
++               consistent with the container type. */
++            (MEM_P (op0) 
++             && MEM_VOLATILE_P (op0) 
++             && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op0)) > bitsize
++             && !targetm.narrow_volatile_bitfield ())
++            || mode1 == VOIDmode
+ 	    || REG_P (op0) || GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG
+ 	    || (mode1 != BLKmode && ! direct_load[(int) mode1]
+ 		&& GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_COMPLEX_INT
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/gcc/function.c gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/function.c
+--- gcc-4.2.1/gcc/function.c	2007-07-19 05:25:32.000000000 +0200
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/function.c	2007-09-28 10:33:09.000000000 +0200
+@@ -2677,8 +2677,12 @@ assign_parm_setup_reg (struct assign_par
+     SET_DECL_RTL (parm, parmreg);
+ 
+   /* Copy the value into the register.  */
+-  if (data->nominal_mode != data->passed_mode
+-      || promoted_nominal_mode != data->promoted_mode)
++  if ( (data->nominal_mode != data->passed_mode
++        /* Added for AVR32: If passed_mode is equal
++           to promoted nominal mode why should be convert?
++           The conversion should make no difference. */
++        && data->passed_mode != promoted_nominal_mode)
++       || promoted_nominal_mode != data->promoted_mode)
+     {
+       int save_tree_used;
+ 
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/gcc/genemit.c gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/genemit.c
+--- gcc-4.2.1/gcc/genemit.c	2006-03-29 23:07:12.000000000 +0200
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/genemit.c	2007-09-28 10:33:08.000000000 +0200
+@@ -122,6 +122,24 @@ max_operand_vec (rtx insn, int arg)
+ }
+ 
+ static void
++gen_vararg_prologue(int operands)
++{
++  int i;
++
++  if (operands > 1)
++    {
++      for (i = 1; i < operands; i++)
++	printf("  rtx operand%d ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;\n", i);
++
++      printf("  va_list args;\n\n");
++      printf("  va_start(args, operand0);\n");
++      for (i = 1; i < operands; i++)
++	printf("  operand%d = va_arg(args, rtx);\n", i);
++      printf("  va_end(args);\n\n");
++    }
++}
++
++static void
+ print_code (RTX_CODE code)
+ {
+   const char *p1;
+@@ -406,18 +424,16 @@ gen_insn (rtx insn, int lineno)
+     fatal ("match_dup operand number has no match_operand");
+ 
+   /* Output the function name and argument declarations.  */
+-  printf ("rtx\ngen_%s (", XSTR (insn, 0));
++  printf ("rtx\ngen_%s ", XSTR (insn, 0));
++
+   if (operands)
+-    for (i = 0; i < operands; i++)
+-      if (i)
+-	printf (",\n\trtx operand%d ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED", i);
+-      else
+-	printf ("rtx operand%d ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED", i);
++    printf("(rtx operand0 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, ...)\n");
+   else
+-    printf ("void");
+-  printf (")\n");
++    printf("(void)\n");
+   printf ("{\n");
+ 
++  gen_vararg_prologue(operands);
++
+   /* Output code to construct and return the rtl for the instruction body.  */
+ 
+   if (XVECLEN (insn, 1) == 1)
+@@ -457,16 +473,12 @@ gen_expand (rtx expand)
+   operands = max_operand_vec (expand, 1);
+ 
+   /* Output the function name and argument declarations.  */
+-  printf ("rtx\ngen_%s (", XSTR (expand, 0));
++  printf ("rtx\ngen_%s ", XSTR (expand, 0));
+   if (operands)
+-    for (i = 0; i < operands; i++)
+-      if (i)
+-	printf (",\n\trtx operand%d", i);
+-      else
+-	printf ("rtx operand%d", i);
++    printf("(rtx operand0 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, ...)\n");
+   else
+-    printf ("void");
+-  printf (")\n");
++    printf("(void)\n");
++
+   printf ("{\n");
+ 
+   /* If we don't have any C code to write, only one insn is being written,
+@@ -476,6 +488,8 @@ gen_expand (rtx expand)
+       && operands > max_dup_opno
+       && XVECLEN (expand, 1) == 1)
+     {
++      gen_vararg_prologue(operands);
++
+       printf ("  return ");
+       gen_exp (XVECEXP (expand, 1, 0), DEFINE_EXPAND, NULL);
+       printf (";\n}\n\n");
+@@ -489,6 +503,7 @@ gen_expand (rtx expand)
+   for (; i <= max_scratch_opno; i++)
+     printf ("  rtx operand%d ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;\n", i);
+   printf ("  rtx _val = 0;\n");
++  gen_vararg_prologue(operands);
+   printf ("  start_sequence ();\n");
+ 
+   /* The fourth operand of DEFINE_EXPAND is some code to be executed
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/gcc/genflags.c gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/genflags.c
+--- gcc-4.2.1/gcc/genflags.c	2006-01-23 16:15:12.000000000 +0100
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/genflags.c	2007-09-28 10:33:09.000000000 +0200
+@@ -128,7 +128,6 @@ static void
+ gen_proto (rtx insn)
+ {
+   int num = num_operands (insn);
+-  int i;
+   const char *name = XSTR (insn, 0);
+   int truth = maybe_eval_c_test (XSTR (insn, 2));
+ 
+@@ -159,12 +158,7 @@ gen_proto (rtx insn)
+   if (num == 0)
+     fputs ("void", stdout);
+   else
+-    {
+-      for (i = 1; i < num; i++)
+-	fputs ("rtx, ", stdout);
+-
+-      fputs ("rtx", stdout);
+-    }
++    fputs("rtx, ...", stdout);
+ 
+   puts (");");
+ 
+@@ -174,12 +168,7 @@ gen_proto (rtx insn)
+     {
+       printf ("static inline rtx\ngen_%s", name);
+       if (num > 0)
+-	{
+-	  putchar ('(');
+-	  for (i = 0; i < num-1; i++)
+-	    printf ("rtx ARG_UNUSED (%c), ", 'a' + i);
+-	  printf ("rtx ARG_UNUSED (%c))\n", 'a' + i);
+-	}
++	puts("(rtx ARG_UNUSED(a), ...)");
+       else
+ 	puts ("(void)");
+       puts ("{\n  return 0;\n}");
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/gcc/genoutput.c gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/genoutput.c
+--- gcc-4.2.1/gcc/genoutput.c	2006-03-29 23:07:12.000000000 +0200
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/genoutput.c	2007-09-28 10:33:08.000000000 +0200
+@@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ output_insn_data (void)
+ 	}
+ 
+       if (d->name && d->name[0] != '*')
+-	printf ("    (insn_gen_fn) gen_%s,\n", d->name);
++	printf ("    gen_%s,\n", d->name);
+       else
+ 	printf ("    0,\n");
+ 
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/gcc/ifcvt.c gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/ifcvt.c
+--- gcc-4.2.1/gcc/ifcvt.c	2006-11-15 09:37:38.000000000 +0100
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/ifcvt.c	2007-09-28 10:33:08.000000000 +0200
+@@ -1051,7 +1051,11 @@ noce_try_addcc (struct noce_if_info *if_
+ 	  != UNKNOWN))
+     {
+       rtx cond = if_info->cond;
+-      enum rtx_code code = reversed_comparison_code (cond, if_info->jump);
++      /* This generates wrong code for AVR32. The cond code need not be reversed
++         since the addmodecc patterns add if the condition is NOT met. */
++      /*   enum rtx_code code = reversed_comparison_code (cond, if_info->jump);*/
++      enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE(cond);
++
+ 
+       /* First try to use addcc pattern.  */
+       if (general_operand (XEXP (cond, 0), VOIDmode)
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/gcc/longlong.h gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/longlong.h
+--- gcc-4.2.1/gcc/longlong.h	2006-06-13 19:44:56.000000000 +0200
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/longlong.h	2007-09-28 10:33:08.000000000 +0200
+@@ -227,6 +227,39 @@ UDItype __umulsidi3 (USItype, USItype);
+ #define UDIV_TIME 100
+ #endif /* __arm__ */
+ 
++#if defined (__avr32__) && W_TYPE_SIZE == 32
++#define add_ssaaaa(sh, sl, ah, al, bh, bl) \
++  __asm__ ("add\t%1, %4, %5\n\tadc\t%0, %2, %3"		\
++	   : "=r" ((USItype) (sh)),					\
++	     "=&r" ((USItype) (sl))					\
++	   : "r" ((USItype) (ah)),					\
++	     "r" ((USItype) (bh)),					\
++	     "r" ((USItype) (al)),					\
++	     "r" ((USItype) (bl)) __CLOBBER_CC)
++#define sub_ddmmss(sh, sl, ah, al, bh, bl) \
++  __asm__ ("sub\t%1, %4, %5\n\tsbc\t%0, %2, %3"		\
++	   : "=r" ((USItype) (sh)),					\
++	     "=&r" ((USItype) (sl))					\
++	   : "r" ((USItype) (ah)),					\
++	     "r" ((USItype) (bh)),					\
++	     "r" ((USItype) (al)),					\
++	     "r" ((USItype) (bl)) __CLOBBER_CC)
++
++#define __umulsidi3(a,b) ((UDItype)(a) * (UDItype)(b))
++
++#define umul_ppmm(w1, w0, u, v) \
++{									\
++  DWunion __w;								\
++  __w.ll = __umulsidi3 (u, v);						\
++  w1 = __w.s.high;							\
++  w0 = __w.s.low;							\
++}
++
++#define count_leading_zeros(COUNT,X)	((COUNT) = __builtin_clz (X))
++#define count_trailing_zeros(COUNT,X)	((COUNT) = __builtin_ctz (X))
++#define COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS_0 32
++#endif
++
+ #if defined (__hppa) && W_TYPE_SIZE == 32
+ #define add_ssaaaa(sh, sl, ah, al, bh, bl) \
+   __asm__ ("add %4,%5,%1\n\taddc %2,%3,%0"				\
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/gcc/optabs.h gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/optabs.h
+--- gcc-4.2.1/gcc/optabs.h	2006-01-19 11:24:00.000000000 +0100
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/optabs.h	2007-09-28 10:33:07.000000000 +0200
+@@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ extern enum insn_code reload_out_optab[N
+ extern GTY(()) optab code_to_optab[NUM_RTX_CODE + 1];
+ 
+ 
+-typedef rtx (*rtxfun) (rtx);
++typedef rtx (*rtxfun) (rtx, ...);
+ 
+ /* Indexed by the rtx-code for a conditional (e.g. EQ, LT,...)
+    gives the gen_function to make a branch to test that condition.  */
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/gcc/testsuite/gcc.dg/cpp/mac-eol-at-eof.c gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/testsuite/gcc.dg/cpp/mac-eol-at-eof.c
+--- gcc-4.2.1/gcc/testsuite/gcc.dg/cpp/mac-eol-at-eof.c	2005-02-19 20:48:02.000000000 +0100
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/testsuite/gcc.dg/cpp/mac-eol-at-eof.c	2007-05-07 14:24:46.000000000 +0200
+@@ -1 +1,3 @@
+-/* Test no newline at eof warning when Mac line ending is used*/
/* { dg-do compile } */
int main() { return 0; } 
+\ No newline at end of file
++/* Test no newline at eof warning when Mac line ending is used*/
++/* { dg-do compile } */
++int main() { return 0; } 
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/gcc/testsuite/gcc.dg/sibcall-3.c gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/testsuite/gcc.dg/sibcall-3.c
+--- gcc-4.2.1/gcc/testsuite/gcc.dg/sibcall-3.c	2005-07-20 08:39:38.000000000 +0200
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/testsuite/gcc.dg/sibcall-3.c	2007-09-28 10:31:43.000000000 +0200
+@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
+    Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation Inc.
+    Contributed by Hans-Peter Nilsson  <hp@bitrange.com>  */
+ 
+-/* { dg-do run { xfail arc-*-* avr-*-* c4x-*-* cris-*-* h8300-*-* hppa*64*-*-* m32r-*-* m68hc1?-*-* m681?-*-* m680*-*-* m68k-*-* mcore-*-* mn10300-*-* xstormy16-*-* v850*-*-* vax-*-* xtensa-*-* } } */
++/* { dg-do run { xfail arc-*-* avr-*-* avr32-*-* c4x-*-* cris-*-* h8300-*-* hppa*64*-*-* m32r-*-* m68hc1?-*-* m681?-*-* m680*-*-* m68k-*-* mcore-*-* mn10300-*-* xstormy16-*-* v850*-*-* vax-*-* xtensa-*-* } } */
+ /* { dg-options "-O2 -foptimize-sibling-calls" } */
+ 
+ /* The option -foptimize-sibling-calls is the default, but serves as
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/gcc/testsuite/gcc.dg/sibcall-4.c gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/testsuite/gcc.dg/sibcall-4.c
+--- gcc-4.2.1/gcc/testsuite/gcc.dg/sibcall-4.c	2005-07-20 08:39:38.000000000 +0200
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/testsuite/gcc.dg/sibcall-4.c	2007-09-28 10:31:43.000000000 +0200
+@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
+    Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation Inc.
+    Contributed by Hans-Peter Nilsson  <hp@bitrange.com>  */
+ 
+-/* { dg-do run { xfail arc-*-* avr-*-* c4x-*-* cris-*-* h8300-*-* hppa*64*-*-* m32r-*-* m68hc1?-*-* m681?-*-* m680*-*-* m68k-*-* mcore-*-* mn10300-*-* xstormy16-*-* v850*-*-* vax-*-* xtensa-*-* } } */
++/* { dg-do run { xfail arc-*-* avr-*-* avr32-*-* c4x-*-* cris-*-* h8300-*-* hppa*64*-*-* m32r-*-* m68hc1?-*-* m681?-*-* m680*-*-* m68k-*-* mcore-*-* mn10300-*-* xstormy16-*-* v850*-*-* vax-*-* xtensa-*-* } } */
+ /* { dg-options "-O2 -foptimize-sibling-calls" } */
+ 
+ /* The option -foptimize-sibling-calls is the default, but serves as
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/gcc/testsuite/gcc.dg/trampoline-1.c gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/testsuite/gcc.dg/trampoline-1.c
+--- gcc-4.2.1/gcc/testsuite/gcc.dg/trampoline-1.c	2004-08-03 10:22:26.000000000 +0200
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/testsuite/gcc.dg/trampoline-1.c	2007-09-28 10:31:43.000000000 +0200
+@@ -46,6 +46,8 @@ void foo (void)
+ 
+ int main (void)
+ {
++#ifndef NO_TRAMPOLINES
+   foo ();
++#endif
+   return 0;
+ }
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/gcc/testsuite/gfortran.dg/char_pointer_assign.f90 gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/testsuite/gfortran.dg/char_pointer_assign.f90
+--- gcc-4.2.1/gcc/testsuite/gfortran.dg/char_pointer_assign.f90	2005-05-29 18:03:43.000000000 +0200
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/testsuite/gfortran.dg/char_pointer_assign.f90	2007-05-07 16:38:14.000000000 +0200
+@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
+-! { dg-do run }
++! { dg-do run }
+ program char_pointer_assign
+ ! Test character pointer assignments, required
+ ! to fix PR18890 and PR21297
+@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ program char_pointer_assign
+   character*4, target        :: t2(4) =(/"lmno","lmno","lmno","lmno"/)
+   character*4                :: const
+   character*4, pointer       :: c1, c3
+-  character*4, pointer       :: c2(:), c4(:)
++  character*4, pointer       :: c2(:), c4(:)
+   allocate (c3, c4(4))
+ ! Scalars first.
+   c3 = "lmno"          ! pointer = constant
+@@ -24,13 +24,13 @@ program char_pointer_assign
+ 
+ ! Now arrays.
+   c4 = "lmno"          ! pointer = constant
+-  t2 = c4              ! target = pointer
+-  c2 => t2             ! pointer =>target
+-  const = c2(1)
++  t2 = c4              ! target = pointer
++  c2 => t2             ! pointer =>target
++  const = c2(1)
+   const(2:3) ="nm"     ! c2(:)(2:3) = "nm" is still broken
+   c2 = const
+   c4 = c2              ! pointer = pointer
+-  const = c4(1)
++  const = c4(1)
+   const(1:1) ="o"      ! c4(:)(1:1) = "o" is still broken
+   const(4:4) ="l"      ! c4(:)(4:4) = "l" is still broken
+   c4 = const
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/gcc/testsuite/g++.old-deja/g++.pt/static11.C gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/testsuite/g++.old-deja/g++.pt/static11.C
+--- gcc-4.2.1/gcc/testsuite/g++.old-deja/g++.pt/static11.C	2006-02-22 10:05:07.000000000 +0100
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/gcc/testsuite/g++.old-deja/g++.pt/static11.C	2007-09-28 10:31:46.000000000 +0200
+@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
+ // in their dejagnu baseboard description) require that the status is
+ // final when exit is entered (or main returns), and not "overruled" by a
+ // destructor calling _exit.  It's not really worth it to handle that.
+-// { dg-do run { xfail mmix-knuth-mmixware xtensa-*-elf* arm*-*-elf arm*-*-eabi m68k-*-elf } }
++// { dg-do run { xfail mmix-knuth-mmixware xtensa-*-elf* avr32-*-elf arm*-*-elf arm*-*-eabi m68k-*-elf } }
+ 
+ // Bug: g++ was failing to destroy C<int>::a because it was using two
+ // different sentry variables for construction and destruction.
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/libjava/classpath/external/relaxngDatatype/copying.txt gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/libjava/classpath/external/relaxngDatatype/copying.txt
+--- gcc-4.2.1/libjava/classpath/external/relaxngDatatype/copying.txt	2006-03-10 14:25:35.000000000 +0100
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/libjava/classpath/external/relaxngDatatype/copying.txt	2007-09-28 10:34:16.000000000 +0200
+@@ -1,30 +1,30 @@
+-Copyright (c) 2001, Thai Open Source Software Center Ltd, Sun Microsystems.
+-All rights reserved.
+-
+-Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+-modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+-met:
+-
+-    Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+-    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+-
+-    Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+-    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+-    the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+-    distribution.
+-
+-    Neither the names of the copyright holders nor the names of its
+-    contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+-    from this software without specific prior written permission.
+-
+-THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+-"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+-LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+-A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR
+-CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+-EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+-PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
+-PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
+-LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
+-NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+-SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
++Copyright (c) 2001, Thai Open Source Software Center Ltd, Sun Microsystems.
++All rights reserved.
++
++Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
++modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
++met:
++
++    Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
++    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
++
++    Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
++    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
++    the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
++    distribution.
++
++    Neither the names of the copyright holders nor the names of its
++    contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
++    from this software without specific prior written permission.
++
++THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
++"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
++LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
++A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR
++CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
++EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
++PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
++PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
++LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
++NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
++SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/libjava/classpath/external/relaxngDatatype/org/relaxng/datatype/DatatypeBuilder.java gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/libjava/classpath/external/relaxngDatatype/org/relaxng/datatype/DatatypeBuilder.java
+--- gcc-4.2.1/libjava/classpath/external/relaxngDatatype/org/relaxng/datatype/DatatypeBuilder.java	2006-03-10 14:25:35.000000000 +0100
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/libjava/classpath/external/relaxngDatatype/org/relaxng/datatype/DatatypeBuilder.java	2007-09-28 10:34:16.000000000 +0200
+@@ -1,45 +1,45 @@
+-package org.relaxng.datatype;
+-
+-/**
+- * Creates a user-defined type by adding parameters to
+- * the pre-defined type.
+- * 
+- * @author <a href="mailto:jjc@jclark.com">James Clark</a>
+- * @author <a href="mailto:kohsuke.kawaguchi@sun.com">Kohsuke KAWAGUCHI</a>
+- */
+-public interface DatatypeBuilder {
+-	
+-	/**
+-	 * Adds a new parameter.
+-	 *
+-	 * @param name
+-	 *		The name of the parameter to be added.
+-	 * @param strValue
+-	 *		The raw value of the parameter. Caller may not normalize
+-	 *		this value because any white space is potentially significant.
+-	 * @param context
+-	 *		The context information which can be used by the callee to
+-	 *		acquire additional information. This context object is
+-	 *		valid only during this method call. The callee may not
+-	 *		keep a reference to this object.
+-	 * @exception	DatatypeException
+-	 *		When the given parameter is inappropriate for some reason.
+-	 *		The callee is responsible to recover from this error.
+-	 *		That is, the object should behave as if no such error
+-	 *		was occured.
+-	 */
+-	void addParameter( String name, String strValue, ValidationContext context )
+-		throws DatatypeException;
+-	
+-	/**
+-	 * Derives a new Datatype from a Datatype by parameters that
+-	 * were already set through the addParameter method.
+-	 * 
+-	 * @exception DatatypeException
+-	 *		DatatypeException must be thrown if the derivation is
+-	 *		somehow invalid. For example, a required parameter is missing,
+-	 *		etc. The exception should contain a diagnosis message
+-	 *		if possible.
+-	 */
+-	Datatype createDatatype() throws DatatypeException;
+-}
++package org.relaxng.datatype;
++
++/**
++ * Creates a user-defined type by adding parameters to
++ * the pre-defined type.
++ * 
++ * @author <a href="mailto:jjc@jclark.com">James Clark</a>
++ * @author <a href="mailto:kohsuke.kawaguchi@sun.com">Kohsuke KAWAGUCHI</a>
++ */
++public interface DatatypeBuilder {
++	
++	/**
++	 * Adds a new parameter.
++	 *
++	 * @param name
++	 *		The name of the parameter to be added.
++	 * @param strValue
++	 *		The raw value of the parameter. Caller may not normalize
++	 *		this value because any white space is potentially significant.
++	 * @param context
++	 *		The context information which can be used by the callee to
++	 *		acquire additional information. This context object is
++	 *		valid only during this method call. The callee may not
++	 *		keep a reference to this object.
++	 * @exception	DatatypeException
++	 *		When the given parameter is inappropriate for some reason.
++	 *		The callee is responsible to recover from this error.
++	 *		That is, the object should behave as if no such error
++	 *		was occured.
++	 */
++	void addParameter( String name, String strValue, ValidationContext context )
++		throws DatatypeException;
++	
++	/**
++	 * Derives a new Datatype from a Datatype by parameters that
++	 * were already set through the addParameter method.
++	 * 
++	 * @exception DatatypeException
++	 *		DatatypeException must be thrown if the derivation is
++	 *		somehow invalid. For example, a required parameter is missing,
++	 *		etc. The exception should contain a diagnosis message
++	 *		if possible.
++	 */
++	Datatype createDatatype() throws DatatypeException;
++}
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/libjava/classpath/external/relaxngDatatype/org/relaxng/datatype/DatatypeException.java gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/libjava/classpath/external/relaxngDatatype/org/relaxng/datatype/DatatypeException.java
+--- gcc-4.2.1/libjava/classpath/external/relaxngDatatype/org/relaxng/datatype/DatatypeException.java	2006-03-10 14:25:35.000000000 +0100
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/libjava/classpath/external/relaxngDatatype/org/relaxng/datatype/DatatypeException.java	2007-09-28 10:34:16.000000000 +0200
+@@ -1,39 +1,39 @@
+-package org.relaxng.datatype;
+-
+-/**
+- * Signals Datatype related exceptions.
+- * 
+- * @author <a href="mailto:jjc@jclark.com">James Clark</a>
+- * @author <a href="mailto:kohsuke.kawaguchi@sun.com">Kohsuke KAWAGUCHI</a>
+- */
+-public class DatatypeException extends Exception {
+-	
+-	public DatatypeException( int index, String msg ) {
+-		super(msg);
+-		this.index = index;
+-	}
+-	public DatatypeException( String msg ) {
+-		this(UNKNOWN,msg);
+-	}
+-	/**
+-	 * A constructor for those datatype libraries which don't support any
+-	 * diagnostic information at all.
+-	 */
+-	public DatatypeException() {
+-		this(UNKNOWN,null);
+-	}
+-	
+-	
+-	private final int index;
+-	
+-	public static final int UNKNOWN = -1;
+-
+-	/**
+-	 * Gets the index of the content where the error occured.
+-	 * UNKNOWN can be returned to indicate that no index information
+-	 * is available.
+-	 */
+-	public int getIndex() {
+-		return index;
+-	}
+-}
++package org.relaxng.datatype;
++
++/**
++ * Signals Datatype related exceptions.
++ * 
++ * @author <a href="mailto:jjc@jclark.com">James Clark</a>
++ * @author <a href="mailto:kohsuke.kawaguchi@sun.com">Kohsuke KAWAGUCHI</a>
++ */
++public class DatatypeException extends Exception {
++	
++	public DatatypeException( int index, String msg ) {
++		super(msg);
++		this.index = index;
++	}
++	public DatatypeException( String msg ) {
++		this(UNKNOWN,msg);
++	}
++	/**
++	 * A constructor for those datatype libraries which don't support any
++	 * diagnostic information at all.
++	 */
++	public DatatypeException() {
++		this(UNKNOWN,null);
++	}
++	
++	
++	private final int index;
++	
++	public static final int UNKNOWN = -1;
++
++	/**
++	 * Gets the index of the content where the error occured.
++	 * UNKNOWN can be returned to indicate that no index information
++	 * is available.
++	 */
++	public int getIndex() {
++		return index;
++	}
++}
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/libjava/classpath/external/relaxngDatatype/org/relaxng/datatype/Datatype.java gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/libjava/classpath/external/relaxngDatatype/org/relaxng/datatype/Datatype.java
+--- gcc-4.2.1/libjava/classpath/external/relaxngDatatype/org/relaxng/datatype/Datatype.java	2006-03-10 14:25:35.000000000 +0100
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/libjava/classpath/external/relaxngDatatype/org/relaxng/datatype/Datatype.java	2007-09-28 10:34:16.000000000 +0200
+@@ -1,237 +1,237 @@
+-package org.relaxng.datatype;
+-
+-/**
+- * Datatype object.
+- * 
+- * This object has the following functionality:
+- * 
+- * <ol>
+- *  <li> functionality to identify a class of character sequences. This is
+- *       done through the isValid method.
+- * 
+- *  <li> functionality to produce a "value object" from a character sequence and
+- *		 context information.
+- * 
+- *  <li> functionality to test the equality of two value objects.
+- * </ol>
+- * 
+- * This interface also defines the createStreamingValidator method,
+- * which is intended to efficiently support the validation of
+- * large character sequences.
+- * 
+- * @author <a href="mailto:jjc@jclark.com">James Clark</a>
+- * @author <a href="mailto:kohsuke.kawaguchi@sun.com">Kohsuke KAWAGUCHI</a>
+- */
+-public interface Datatype {
+-	
+-	/**
+-	 * Checks if the specified 'literal' matches this Datatype
+-	 * with respect to the current context.
+-	 * 
+-	 * @param literal
+-	 *		the lexical representation to be checked.
+-	 * @param context
+-	 *		If this datatype is context-dependent
+-	 *		(i.e. the {@link #isContextDependent} method returns true),
+-	 *		then the caller must provide a non-null valid context object.
+-	 *		Otherwise, the caller can pass null.
+-	 * 
+-	 * @return
+-	 *		true if the 'literal' is a member of this Datatype;
+-	 *		false if it's not a member of this Datatype.
+-	 */
+-	boolean isValid( String literal, ValidationContext context );
+-	
+-	/**
+-	 * Similar to the isValid method but throws an exception with diagnosis
+-	 * in case of errors.
+-	 * 
+-	 * <p>
+-	 * If the specified 'literal' is a valid lexical representation for this
+-	 * datatype, then this method must return without throwing any exception.
+-	 * If not, the callee must throw an exception (with diagnosis message,
+-	 * if possible.)
+-	 * 
+-	 * <p>
+-	 * The application can use this method to provide detailed error message
+-	 * to users. This method is kept separate from the isValid method to
+-	 * achieve higher performance during normal validation.
+-	 * 
+-	 * @exception DatatypeException
+-	 *		If the given literal is invalid, then this exception is thrown.
+-	 *		If the callee supports error diagnosis, then the exception should
+-	 *		contain a diagnosis message.
+-	 */
+-	void checkValid( String literal, ValidationContext context )
+-		throws DatatypeException;
+-	
+-	/**
+-	 * Creates an instance of a streaming validator for this type.
+-	 * 
+-	 * <p>
+-	 * By using streaming validators instead of the isValid method,
+-	 * the caller can avoid keeping the entire string, which is
+-	 * sometimes quite big, in memory.
+-	 * 
+-	 * @param context
+-	 *		If this datatype is context-dependent
+-	 *		(i.e. the {@link #isContextDependent} method returns true),
+-	 *		then the caller must provide a non-null valid context object.
+-	 *		Otherwise, the caller can pass null.
+-	 *		The callee may keep a reference to this context object
+-	 *		only while the returned streaming validator is being used.
+-	 */
+-	DatatypeStreamingValidator createStreamingValidator( ValidationContext context );
+-	
+-	/**
+-	 * Converts lexcial value and the current context to the corresponding
+-	 * value object.
+-	 * 
+-	 * <p>
+-	 * The caller cannot generally assume that the value object is
+-	 * a meaningful Java object. For example, the caller cannot expect
+-	 * this method to return <code>java.lang.Number</code> type for
+-	 * the "integer" type of XML Schema Part 2.
+-	 * 
+-	 * <p>
+-	 * Also, the caller cannot assume that the equals method and
+-	 * the hashCode method of the value object are consistent with
+-	 * the semantics of the datatype. For that purpose, the sameValue
+-	 * method and the valueHashCode method have to be used. Note that
+-	 * this means you cannot use classes like
+-	 * <code>java.util.Hashtable</code> to store the value objects.
+-	 * 
+-	 * <p>
+-	 * The returned value object should be used solely for the sameValue
+-	 * and valueHashCode methods.
+-	 * 
+-	 * @param context
+-	 *		If this datatype is context-dependent
+-	 *		(when the {@link #isContextDependent} method returns true),
+-	 *		then the caller must provide a non-null valid context object.
+-	 *		Otherwise, the caller can pass null.
+-	 * 
+-	 * @return	null
+-	 *		when the given lexical value is not a valid lexical
+-	 *		value for this type.
+-	 */
+-	Object createValue( String literal, ValidationContext context );
+-	
+-	/**
+-	 * Tests the equality of two value objects which were originally
+-	 * created by the createValue method of this object.
+-	 * 
+-	 * The behavior is undefined if objects not created by this type
+-	 * are passed. It is the caller's responsibility to ensure that
+-	 * value objects belong to this type.
+-	 * 
+-	 * @return
+-	 *		true if two value objects are considered equal according to
+-	 *		the definition of this datatype; false if otherwise.
+-	 */
+-	boolean sameValue( Object value1, Object value2 );
+-	
+-	
+-	/**
+-	 * Computes the hash code for a value object,
+-	 * which is consistent with the sameValue method.
+-	 * 
+-	 * @return
+-	 *		hash code for the specified value object.
+-	 */
+-	int valueHashCode( Object value );
+-
+-
+-
+-	
+-	/**
+-	 * Indicates that the datatype doesn't have ID/IDREF semantics.
+-	 * 
+-	 * This value is one of the possible return values of the
+-	 * {@link #getIdType} method.
+-	 */
+-	public static final int ID_TYPE_NULL = 0;
+-	
+-	/**
+-	 * Indicates that RELAX NG compatibility processors should
+-	 * treat this datatype as having ID semantics.
+-	 * 
+-	 * This value is one of the possible return values of the
+-	 * {@link #getIdType} method.
+-	 */
+-	public static final int ID_TYPE_ID = 1;
+-	
+-	/**
+-	 * Indicates that RELAX NG compatibility processors should
+-	 * treat this datatype as having IDREF semantics.
+-	 * 
+-	 * This value is one of the possible return values of the
+-	 * {@link #getIdType} method.
+-	 */
+-	public static final int ID_TYPE_IDREF = 2;
+-	
+-	/**
+-	 * Indicates that RELAX NG compatibility processors should
+-	 * treat this datatype as having IDREFS semantics.
+-	 * 
+-	 * This value is one of the possible return values of the
+-	 * {@link #getIdType} method.
+-	 */
+-	public static final int ID_TYPE_IDREFS = 3;
+-	
+-	/**
+-	 * Checks if the ID/IDREF semantics is associated with this
+-	 * datatype.
+-	 * 
+-	 * <p>
+-	 * This method is introduced to support the RELAX NG DTD
+-	 * compatibility spec. (Of course it's always free to use
+-	 * this method for other purposes.)
+-	 * 
+-	 * <p>
+-	 * If you are implementing a datatype library and have no idea about
+-	 * the "RELAX NG DTD compatibility" thing, just return
+-	 * <code>ID_TYPE_NULL</code> is fine.
+-	 * 
+-	 * @return
+-	 *		If this datatype doesn't have any ID/IDREF semantics,
+-	 *		it returns {@link #ID_TYPE_NULL}. If it has such a semantics
+-	 *		(for example, XSD:ID, XSD:IDREF and comp:ID type), then
+-	 *		it returns {@link #ID_TYPE_ID}, {@link #ID_TYPE_IDREF} or
+-	 *		{@link #ID_TYPE_IDREFS}.
+-	 */
+-	public int getIdType();
+-	
+-	
+-	/**
+-	 * Checks if this datatype may need a context object for
+-	 * the validation.
+-	 * 
+-	 * <p>
+-	 * The callee must return true even when the context
+-	 * is not always necessary. (For example, the "QName" type
+-	 * doesn't need a context object when validating unprefixed
+-	 * string. But nonetheless QName must return true.)
+-	 * 
+-	 * <p>
+-	 * XSD's <code>string</code> and <code>short</code> types
+-	 * are examples of context-independent datatypes.
+-	 * Its <code>QName</code> and <code>ENTITY</code> types
+-	 * are examples of context-dependent datatypes.
+-	 * 
+-	 * <p>
+-	 * When a datatype is context-independent, then
+-	 * the {@link #isValid} method, the {@link #checkValid} method,
+-	 * the {@link #createStreamingValidator} method and
+-	 * the {@link #createValue} method can be called without
+-	 * providing a context object.
+-	 * 
+-	 * @return
+-	 *		<b>true</b> if this datatype is context-dependent
+-	 *		(it needs a context object sometimes);
+-	 * 
+-	 *		<b>false</b> if this datatype is context-<b>in</b>dependent
+-	 *		(it never needs a context object).
+-	 */
+-	public boolean isContextDependent();
+-}
++package org.relaxng.datatype;
++
++/**
++ * Datatype object.
++ * 
++ * This object has the following functionality:
++ * 
++ * <ol>
++ *  <li> functionality to identify a class of character sequences. This is
++ *       done through the isValid method.
++ * 
++ *  <li> functionality to produce a "value object" from a character sequence and
++ *		 context information.
++ * 
++ *  <li> functionality to test the equality of two value objects.
++ * </ol>
++ * 
++ * This interface also defines the createStreamingValidator method,
++ * which is intended to efficiently support the validation of
++ * large character sequences.
++ * 
++ * @author <a href="mailto:jjc@jclark.com">James Clark</a>
++ * @author <a href="mailto:kohsuke.kawaguchi@sun.com">Kohsuke KAWAGUCHI</a>
++ */
++public interface Datatype {
++	
++	/**
++	 * Checks if the specified 'literal' matches this Datatype
++	 * with respect to the current context.
++	 * 
++	 * @param literal
++	 *		the lexical representation to be checked.
++	 * @param context
++	 *		If this datatype is context-dependent
++	 *		(i.e. the {@link #isContextDependent} method returns true),
++	 *		then the caller must provide a non-null valid context object.
++	 *		Otherwise, the caller can pass null.
++	 * 
++	 * @return
++	 *		true if the 'literal' is a member of this Datatype;
++	 *		false if it's not a member of this Datatype.
++	 */
++	boolean isValid( String literal, ValidationContext context );
++	
++	/**
++	 * Similar to the isValid method but throws an exception with diagnosis
++	 * in case of errors.
++	 * 
++	 * <p>
++	 * If the specified 'literal' is a valid lexical representation for this
++	 * datatype, then this method must return without throwing any exception.
++	 * If not, the callee must throw an exception (with diagnosis message,
++	 * if possible.)
++	 * 
++	 * <p>
++	 * The application can use this method to provide detailed error message
++	 * to users. This method is kept separate from the isValid method to
++	 * achieve higher performance during normal validation.
++	 * 
++	 * @exception DatatypeException
++	 *		If the given literal is invalid, then this exception is thrown.
++	 *		If the callee supports error diagnosis, then the exception should
++	 *		contain a diagnosis message.
++	 */
++	void checkValid( String literal, ValidationContext context )
++		throws DatatypeException;
++	
++	/**
++	 * Creates an instance of a streaming validator for this type.
++	 * 
++	 * <p>
++	 * By using streaming validators instead of the isValid method,
++	 * the caller can avoid keeping the entire string, which is
++	 * sometimes quite big, in memory.
++	 * 
++	 * @param context
++	 *		If this datatype is context-dependent
++	 *		(i.e. the {@link #isContextDependent} method returns true),
++	 *		then the caller must provide a non-null valid context object.
++	 *		Otherwise, the caller can pass null.
++	 *		The callee may keep a reference to this context object
++	 *		only while the returned streaming validator is being used.
++	 */
++	DatatypeStreamingValidator createStreamingValidator( ValidationContext context );
++	
++	/**
++	 * Converts lexcial value and the current context to the corresponding
++	 * value object.
++	 * 
++	 * <p>
++	 * The caller cannot generally assume that the value object is
++	 * a meaningful Java object. For example, the caller cannot expect
++	 * this method to return <code>java.lang.Number</code> type for
++	 * the "integer" type of XML Schema Part 2.
++	 * 
++	 * <p>
++	 * Also, the caller cannot assume that the equals method and
++	 * the hashCode method of the value object are consistent with
++	 * the semantics of the datatype. For that purpose, the sameValue
++	 * method and the valueHashCode method have to be used. Note that
++	 * this means you cannot use classes like
++	 * <code>java.util.Hashtable</code> to store the value objects.
++	 * 
++	 * <p>
++	 * The returned value object should be used solely for the sameValue
++	 * and valueHashCode methods.
++	 * 
++	 * @param context
++	 *		If this datatype is context-dependent
++	 *		(when the {@link #isContextDependent} method returns true),
++	 *		then the caller must provide a non-null valid context object.
++	 *		Otherwise, the caller can pass null.
++	 * 
++	 * @return	null
++	 *		when the given lexical value is not a valid lexical
++	 *		value for this type.
++	 */
++	Object createValue( String literal, ValidationContext context );
++	
++	/**
++	 * Tests the equality of two value objects which were originally
++	 * created by the createValue method of this object.
++	 * 
++	 * The behavior is undefined if objects not created by this type
++	 * are passed. It is the caller's responsibility to ensure that
++	 * value objects belong to this type.
++	 * 
++	 * @return
++	 *		true if two value objects are considered equal according to
++	 *		the definition of this datatype; false if otherwise.
++	 */
++	boolean sameValue( Object value1, Object value2 );
++	
++	
++	/**
++	 * Computes the hash code for a value object,
++	 * which is consistent with the sameValue method.
++	 * 
++	 * @return
++	 *		hash code for the specified value object.
++	 */
++	int valueHashCode( Object value );
++
++
++
++	
++	/**
++	 * Indicates that the datatype doesn't have ID/IDREF semantics.
++	 * 
++	 * This value is one of the possible return values of the
++	 * {@link #getIdType} method.
++	 */
++	public static final int ID_TYPE_NULL = 0;
++	
++	/**
++	 * Indicates that RELAX NG compatibility processors should
++	 * treat this datatype as having ID semantics.
++	 * 
++	 * This value is one of the possible return values of the
++	 * {@link #getIdType} method.
++	 */
++	public static final int ID_TYPE_ID = 1;
++	
++	/**
++	 * Indicates that RELAX NG compatibility processors should
++	 * treat this datatype as having IDREF semantics.
++	 * 
++	 * This value is one of the possible return values of the
++	 * {@link #getIdType} method.
++	 */
++	public static final int ID_TYPE_IDREF = 2;
++	
++	/**
++	 * Indicates that RELAX NG compatibility processors should
++	 * treat this datatype as having IDREFS semantics.
++	 * 
++	 * This value is one of the possible return values of the
++	 * {@link #getIdType} method.
++	 */
++	public static final int ID_TYPE_IDREFS = 3;
++	
++	/**
++	 * Checks if the ID/IDREF semantics is associated with this
++	 * datatype.
++	 * 
++	 * <p>
++	 * This method is introduced to support the RELAX NG DTD
++	 * compatibility spec. (Of course it's always free to use
++	 * this method for other purposes.)
++	 * 
++	 * <p>
++	 * If you are implementing a datatype library and have no idea about
++	 * the "RELAX NG DTD compatibility" thing, just return
++	 * <code>ID_TYPE_NULL</code> is fine.
++	 * 
++	 * @return
++	 *		If this datatype doesn't have any ID/IDREF semantics,
++	 *		it returns {@link #ID_TYPE_NULL}. If it has such a semantics
++	 *		(for example, XSD:ID, XSD:IDREF and comp:ID type), then
++	 *		it returns {@link #ID_TYPE_ID}, {@link #ID_TYPE_IDREF} or
++	 *		{@link #ID_TYPE_IDREFS}.
++	 */
++	public int getIdType();
++	
++	
++	/**
++	 * Checks if this datatype may need a context object for
++	 * the validation.
++	 * 
++	 * <p>
++	 * The callee must return true even when the context
++	 * is not always necessary. (For example, the "QName" type
++	 * doesn't need a context object when validating unprefixed
++	 * string. But nonetheless QName must return true.)
++	 * 
++	 * <p>
++	 * XSD's <code>string</code> and <code>short</code> types
++	 * are examples of context-independent datatypes.
++	 * Its <code>QName</code> and <code>ENTITY</code> types
++	 * are examples of context-dependent datatypes.
++	 * 
++	 * <p>
++	 * When a datatype is context-independent, then
++	 * the {@link #isValid} method, the {@link #checkValid} method,
++	 * the {@link #createStreamingValidator} method and
++	 * the {@link #createValue} method can be called without
++	 * providing a context object.
++	 * 
++	 * @return
++	 *		<b>true</b> if this datatype is context-dependent
++	 *		(it needs a context object sometimes);
++	 * 
++	 *		<b>false</b> if this datatype is context-<b>in</b>dependent
++	 *		(it never needs a context object).
++	 */
++	public boolean isContextDependent();
++}
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/libjava/classpath/external/relaxngDatatype/org/relaxng/datatype/DatatypeLibraryFactory.java gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/libjava/classpath/external/relaxngDatatype/org/relaxng/datatype/DatatypeLibraryFactory.java
+--- gcc-4.2.1/libjava/classpath/external/relaxngDatatype/org/relaxng/datatype/DatatypeLibraryFactory.java	2006-03-10 14:25:35.000000000 +0100
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/libjava/classpath/external/relaxngDatatype/org/relaxng/datatype/DatatypeLibraryFactory.java	2007-09-28 10:34:16.000000000 +0200
+@@ -1,26 +1,26 @@
+-package org.relaxng.datatype;
+-
+-/**
+- * Factory class for the DatatypeLibrary class.
+- * 
+- * <p>
+- * The datatype library should provide the implementation of
+- * this interface if it wants to be found by the schema processors.
+- * The implementor also have to place a file in your jar file.
+- * See the reference datatype library implementation for detail.
+- * 
+- * @author <a href="mailto:jjc@jclark.com">James Clark</a>
+- * @author <a href="mailto:kohsuke.kawaguchi@sun.com">Kohsuke KAWAGUCHI</a>
+- */
+-public interface DatatypeLibraryFactory
+-{
+-	/**
+-	 * Creates a new instance of a DatatypeLibrary that supports 
+-	 * the specified namespace URI.
+-	 * 
+-	 * @return
+-	 *		<code>null</code> if the specified namespace URI is not
+-	 *		supported.	
+-	 */
+-	DatatypeLibrary createDatatypeLibrary( String namespaceURI );
+-}
++package org.relaxng.datatype;
++
++/**
++ * Factory class for the DatatypeLibrary class.
++ * 
++ * <p>
++ * The datatype library should provide the implementation of
++ * this interface if it wants to be found by the schema processors.
++ * The implementor also have to place a file in your jar file.
++ * See the reference datatype library implementation for detail.
++ * 
++ * @author <a href="mailto:jjc@jclark.com">James Clark</a>
++ * @author <a href="mailto:kohsuke.kawaguchi@sun.com">Kohsuke KAWAGUCHI</a>
++ */
++public interface DatatypeLibraryFactory
++{
++	/**
++	 * Creates a new instance of a DatatypeLibrary that supports 
++	 * the specified namespace URI.
++	 * 
++	 * @return
++	 *		<code>null</code> if the specified namespace URI is not
++	 *		supported.	
++	 */
++	DatatypeLibrary createDatatypeLibrary( String namespaceURI );
++}
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/libjava/classpath/external/relaxngDatatype/org/relaxng/datatype/DatatypeLibrary.java gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/libjava/classpath/external/relaxngDatatype/org/relaxng/datatype/DatatypeLibrary.java
+--- gcc-4.2.1/libjava/classpath/external/relaxngDatatype/org/relaxng/datatype/DatatypeLibrary.java	2006-03-10 14:25:35.000000000 +0100
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/libjava/classpath/external/relaxngDatatype/org/relaxng/datatype/DatatypeLibrary.java	2007-09-28 10:34:16.000000000 +0200
+@@ -1,37 +1,37 @@
+-package org.relaxng.datatype;
+-
+-/**
+- * A Datatype library
+- * 
+- * @author <a href="mailto:jjc@jclark.com">James Clark</a>
+- * @author <a href="mailto:kohsuke.kawaguchi@sun.com">Kohsuke KAWAGUCHI</a>
+- */
+-public interface DatatypeLibrary {
+-	
+-	/**
+-	 * Creates a new instance of DatatypeBuilder.
+-	 * 
+-	 * The callee should throw a DatatypeException in case of an error.
+-	 * 
+-	 * @param baseTypeLocalName
+-	 *		The local name of the base type.
+-	 * 
+-	 * @return
+-	 *		A non-null valid datatype object.
+-	 */
+-	DatatypeBuilder createDatatypeBuilder( String baseTypeLocalName )
+-		throws DatatypeException;
+-	
+-	/**
+-	 * Gets or creates a pre-defined type.
+-	 * 
+-	 * This is just a short-cut of
+-	 * <code>createDatatypeBuilder(typeLocalName).createDatatype();</code>
+-	 * 
+-	 * The callee should throw a DatatypeException in case of an error.
+-	 * 
+-	 * @return
+-	 *		A non-null valid datatype object.
+-	 */
+-	Datatype createDatatype( String typeLocalName ) throws DatatypeException;
+-}
++package org.relaxng.datatype;
++
++/**
++ * A Datatype library
++ * 
++ * @author <a href="mailto:jjc@jclark.com">James Clark</a>
++ * @author <a href="mailto:kohsuke.kawaguchi@sun.com">Kohsuke KAWAGUCHI</a>
++ */
++public interface DatatypeLibrary {
++	
++	/**
++	 * Creates a new instance of DatatypeBuilder.
++	 * 
++	 * The callee should throw a DatatypeException in case of an error.
++	 * 
++	 * @param baseTypeLocalName
++	 *		The local name of the base type.
++	 * 
++	 * @return
++	 *		A non-null valid datatype object.
++	 */
++	DatatypeBuilder createDatatypeBuilder( String baseTypeLocalName )
++		throws DatatypeException;
++	
++	/**
++	 * Gets or creates a pre-defined type.
++	 * 
++	 * This is just a short-cut of
++	 * <code>createDatatypeBuilder(typeLocalName).createDatatype();</code>
++	 * 
++	 * The callee should throw a DatatypeException in case of an error.
++	 * 
++	 * @return
++	 *		A non-null valid datatype object.
++	 */
++	Datatype createDatatype( String typeLocalName ) throws DatatypeException;
++}
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/libjava/classpath/external/relaxngDatatype/org/relaxng/datatype/DatatypeStreamingValidator.java gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/libjava/classpath/external/relaxngDatatype/org/relaxng/datatype/DatatypeStreamingValidator.java
+--- gcc-4.2.1/libjava/classpath/external/relaxngDatatype/org/relaxng/datatype/DatatypeStreamingValidator.java	2006-03-10 14:25:35.000000000 +0100
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/libjava/classpath/external/relaxngDatatype/org/relaxng/datatype/DatatypeStreamingValidator.java	2007-09-28 10:34:16.000000000 +0200
+@@ -1,46 +1,46 @@
+-package org.relaxng.datatype;
+-
+-/**
+- * Datatype streaming validator.
+- * 
+- * <p>
+- * The streaming validator is an optional feature that is useful for
+- * certain Datatypes. It allows the caller to incrementally provide
+- * the literal.
+- * 
+- * @author <a href="mailto:jjc@jclark.com">James Clark</a>
+- * @author <a href="mailto:kohsuke.kawaguchi@sun.com">Kohsuke KAWAGUCHI</a>
+- */
+-public interface DatatypeStreamingValidator {
+-	
+-	/**
+-	 * Passes an additional fragment of the literal.
+-	 * 
+-	 * <p>
+-	 * The application can call this method several times, then call
+-	 * the isValid method (or the checkValid method) to check the validity
+-	 * of the accumulated characters.
+-	 */
+-	void addCharacters( char[] buf, int start, int len );
+-	
+-	/**
+-	 * Tells if the accumulated literal is valid with respect to
+-	 * the underlying Datatype.
+-	 * 
+-	 * @return
+-	 *		True if it is valid. False if otherwise.
+-	 */
+-	boolean isValid();
+-	
+-	/**
+-	 * Similar to the isValid method, but this method throws
+-	 * Exception (with possibly diagnostic information), instead of
+-	 * returning false.
+-	 * 
+-	 * @exception DatatypeException
+-	 *		If the callee supports the diagnosis and the accumulated
+-	 *		literal is invalid, then this exception that possibly
+-	 *		contains diagnosis information is thrown.
+-	 */
+-	void checkValid() throws DatatypeException;
+-}
++package org.relaxng.datatype;
++
++/**
++ * Datatype streaming validator.
++ * 
++ * <p>
++ * The streaming validator is an optional feature that is useful for
++ * certain Datatypes. It allows the caller to incrementally provide
++ * the literal.
++ * 
++ * @author <a href="mailto:jjc@jclark.com">James Clark</a>
++ * @author <a href="mailto:kohsuke.kawaguchi@sun.com">Kohsuke KAWAGUCHI</a>
++ */
++public interface DatatypeStreamingValidator {
++	
++	/**
++	 * Passes an additional fragment of the literal.
++	 * 
++	 * <p>
++	 * The application can call this method several times, then call
++	 * the isValid method (or the checkValid method) to check the validity
++	 * of the accumulated characters.
++	 */
++	void addCharacters( char[] buf, int start, int len );
++	
++	/**
++	 * Tells if the accumulated literal is valid with respect to
++	 * the underlying Datatype.
++	 * 
++	 * @return
++	 *		True if it is valid. False if otherwise.
++	 */
++	boolean isValid();
++	
++	/**
++	 * Similar to the isValid method, but this method throws
++	 * Exception (with possibly diagnostic information), instead of
++	 * returning false.
++	 * 
++	 * @exception DatatypeException
++	 *		If the callee supports the diagnosis and the accumulated
++	 *		literal is invalid, then this exception that possibly
++	 *		contains diagnosis information is thrown.
++	 */
++	void checkValid() throws DatatypeException;
++}
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/libjava/classpath/external/relaxngDatatype/org/relaxng/datatype/helpers/DatatypeLibraryLoader.java gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/libjava/classpath/external/relaxngDatatype/org/relaxng/datatype/helpers/DatatypeLibraryLoader.java
+--- gcc-4.2.1/libjava/classpath/external/relaxngDatatype/org/relaxng/datatype/helpers/DatatypeLibraryLoader.java	2006-03-10 14:25:35.000000000 +0100
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/libjava/classpath/external/relaxngDatatype/org/relaxng/datatype/helpers/DatatypeLibraryLoader.java	2007-09-28 10:34:16.000000000 +0200
+@@ -1,262 +1,262 @@
+-/**
+- * Copyright (c) 2001, Thai Open Source Software Center Ltd
+- * All rights reserved.
+- * 
+- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+- * met:
+- * 
+- *     Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+- *     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+- * 
+- *     Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+- *     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+- *     the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+- *     distribution.
+- * 
+- *     Neither the name of the Thai Open Source Software Center Ltd nor
+- *     the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
+- *     products derived from this software without specific prior written
+- *     permission.
+- * 
+- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+- * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+- * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+- * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR
+- * CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+- * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+- * PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
+- * PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
+- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
+- * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+- * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+- */
+-package org.relaxng.datatype.helpers;
+-
+-import org.relaxng.datatype.DatatypeLibraryFactory;
+-import org.relaxng.datatype.DatatypeLibrary;
+-import java.util.Enumeration;
+-import java.util.NoSuchElementException;
+-import java.util.Vector;
+-import java.io.Reader;
+-import java.io.InputStream;
+-import java.io.InputStreamReader;
+-import java.io.BufferedReader;
+-import java.io.IOException;
+-import java.io.UnsupportedEncodingException;
+-import java.net.URL;
+-
+-/**
+- * Discovers the datatype library implementation from the classpath.
+- * 
+- * <p>
+- * The call of the createDatatypeLibrary method finds an implementation
+- * from a given datatype library URI at run-time.
+- */
+-public class DatatypeLibraryLoader implements DatatypeLibraryFactory {
+-  private final Service service = new Service(DatatypeLibraryFactory.class);
+-
+-  public DatatypeLibrary createDatatypeLibrary(String uri) {
+-    for (Enumeration e = service.getProviders();
+-	 e.hasMoreElements();) {
+-      DatatypeLibraryFactory factory
+-	= (DatatypeLibraryFactory)e.nextElement();
+-      DatatypeLibrary library = factory.createDatatypeLibrary(uri);
+-      if (library != null)
+-	return library;
+-    }
+-    return null;
+-  }
+-
+-	private static class Service {
+-	  private final Class serviceClass;
+-	  private final Enumeration configFiles;
+-	  private Enumeration classNames = null;
+-	  private final Vector providers = new Vector();
+-	  private Loader loader;
+-
+-	  private class ProviderEnumeration implements Enumeration {
+-	    private int nextIndex = 0;
+-
+-	    public boolean hasMoreElements() {
+-	      return nextIndex < providers.size() || moreProviders();
+-	    }
+-
+-	    public Object nextElement() {
+-	      try {
+-		return providers.elementAt(nextIndex++);
+-	      }
+-	      catch (ArrayIndexOutOfBoundsException e) {
+-		throw new NoSuchElementException();
+-	      }
+-	    }
+-	  }
+-
+-	  private static class Singleton implements Enumeration {
+-	    private Object obj;
+-	    private Singleton(Object obj) {
+-	      this.obj = obj;
+-	    }
+-
+-	    public boolean hasMoreElements() {
+-	      return obj != null;
+-	    }
+-
+-	    public Object nextElement() {
+-	      if (obj == null)
+-		throw new NoSuchElementException();
+-	      Object tem = obj;
+-	      obj = null;
+-	      return tem;
+-	    }
+-	  }
+-
+-	  // JDK 1.1
+-	  private static class Loader {
+-	    Enumeration getResources(String resName) {
+-	      ClassLoader cl = Loader.class.getClassLoader();
+-	      URL url;
+-	      if (cl == null)
+-		url = ClassLoader.getSystemResource(resName);
+-	      else
+-		url = cl.getResource(resName);
+-	      return new Singleton(url);
+-	    }
+-
+-	    Class loadClass(String name) throws ClassNotFoundException {
+-	      return Class.forName(name);
+-	    }
+-	  }
+-
+-	  // JDK 1.2+
+-	  private static class Loader2 extends Loader {
+-	    private ClassLoader cl;
+-
+-	    Loader2() {
+-	      cl = Loader2.class.getClassLoader();
+-	      // If the thread context class loader has the class loader
+-	      // of this class as an ancestor, use the thread context class
+-	      // loader.  Otherwise, the thread context class loader
+-	      // probably hasn't been set up properly, so don't use it.
+-	      ClassLoader clt = Thread.currentThread().getContextClassLoader();
+-	      for (ClassLoader tem = clt; tem != null; tem = tem.getParent())
+-		if (tem == cl) {
+-		  cl = clt;
+-		  break;
+-		}
+-	    }
+-
+-	    Enumeration getResources(String resName) {
+-	      try {
+-		return cl.getResources(resName);
+-	      }
+-	      catch (IOException e) {
+-		return new Singleton(null);
+-	      }
+-	    }
+-
+-	    Class loadClass(String name) throws ClassNotFoundException {
+-	      return Class.forName(name, true, cl);
+-	    }
+-	  }
+-
+-	  public Service(Class cls) {
+-	    try {
+-	      loader = new Loader2();
+-	    }
+-	    catch (NoSuchMethodError e) {
+-	      loader = new Loader();
+-	    }
+-	    serviceClass = cls;
+-	    String resName = "META-INF/services/" + serviceClass.getName();
+-	    configFiles = loader.getResources(resName);
+-	  }
+-
+-	  public Enumeration getProviders() {
+-	    return new ProviderEnumeration();
+-	  }
+-
+-	  synchronized private boolean moreProviders() {
+-	    for (;;) {
+-	      while (classNames == null) {
+-		if (!configFiles.hasMoreElements())
+-		  return false;
+-		classNames = parseConfigFile((URL)configFiles.nextElement());
+-	      }
+-	      while (classNames.hasMoreElements()) {
+-		String className = (String)classNames.nextElement();
+-		try {
+-		  Class cls = loader.loadClass(className);
+-		  Object obj = cls.newInstance();
+-		  if (serviceClass.isInstance(obj)) {
+-		    providers.addElement(obj);
+-		    return true;
+-		  }
+-		}
+-		catch (ClassNotFoundException e) { }
+-		catch (InstantiationException e) { }
+-		catch (IllegalAccessException e) { }
+-		catch (LinkageError e) { }
+-	      }
+-	      classNames = null;
+-	    }
+-	  }
+-
+-	  private static final int START = 0;
+-	  private static final int IN_NAME = 1;
+-	  private static final int IN_COMMENT = 2;
+-
+-	  private static Enumeration parseConfigFile(URL url) {
+-	    try {
+-	      InputStream in = url.openStream();
+-	      Reader r;
+-	      try {
+-		r = new InputStreamReader(in, "UTF-8");
+-	      }
+-	      catch (UnsupportedEncodingException e) {
+-		r = new InputStreamReader(in, "UTF8");
+-	      }
+-	      r = new BufferedReader(r);
+-	      Vector tokens = new Vector();
+-	      StringBuffer tokenBuf = new StringBuffer();
+-	      int state = START;
+-	      for (;;) {
+-		int n = r.read();
+-		if (n < 0)
+-		  break;
+-		char c = (char)n;
+-		switch (c) {
+-		case '\r':
+-		case '\n':
+-		  state = START;
+-		  break;
+-		case ' ':
+-		case '\t':
+-		  break;
+-		case '#':
+-		  state = IN_COMMENT;
+-		  break;
+-		default:
+-		  if (state != IN_COMMENT) {
+-		    state = IN_NAME;
+-		    tokenBuf.append(c);
+-		  }
+-		  break;
+-		}
+-		if (tokenBuf.length() != 0 && state != IN_NAME) {
+-		  tokens.addElement(tokenBuf.toString());
+-		  tokenBuf.setLength(0);
+-		}
+-	      }
+-	      if (tokenBuf.length() != 0)
+-		tokens.addElement(tokenBuf.toString());
+-	      return tokens.elements();
+-	    }
+-	    catch (IOException e) {
+-	      return null;
+-	    }
+-	  }
+-	}
+-  
+-}
+-
++/**
++ * Copyright (c) 2001, Thai Open Source Software Center Ltd
++ * All rights reserved.
++ * 
++ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
++ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
++ * met:
++ * 
++ *     Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
++ *     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
++ * 
++ *     Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
++ *     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
++ *     the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
++ *     distribution.
++ * 
++ *     Neither the name of the Thai Open Source Software Center Ltd nor
++ *     the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
++ *     products derived from this software without specific prior written
++ *     permission.
++ * 
++ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
++ * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
++ * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
++ * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR
++ * CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
++ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
++ * PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
++ * PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
++ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
++ * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
++ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
++ */
++package org.relaxng.datatype.helpers;
++
++import org.relaxng.datatype.DatatypeLibraryFactory;
++import org.relaxng.datatype.DatatypeLibrary;
++import java.util.Enumeration;
++import java.util.NoSuchElementException;
++import java.util.Vector;
++import java.io.Reader;
++import java.io.InputStream;
++import java.io.InputStreamReader;
++import java.io.BufferedReader;
++import java.io.IOException;
++import java.io.UnsupportedEncodingException;
++import java.net.URL;
++
++/**
++ * Discovers the datatype library implementation from the classpath.
++ * 
++ * <p>
++ * The call of the createDatatypeLibrary method finds an implementation
++ * from a given datatype library URI at run-time.
++ */
++public class DatatypeLibraryLoader implements DatatypeLibraryFactory {
++  private final Service service = new Service(DatatypeLibraryFactory.class);
++
++  public DatatypeLibrary createDatatypeLibrary(String uri) {
++    for (Enumeration e = service.getProviders();
++	 e.hasMoreElements();) {
++      DatatypeLibraryFactory factory
++	= (DatatypeLibraryFactory)e.nextElement();
++      DatatypeLibrary library = factory.createDatatypeLibrary(uri);
++      if (library != null)
++	return library;
++    }
++    return null;
++  }
++
++	private static class Service {
++	  private final Class serviceClass;
++	  private final Enumeration configFiles;
++	  private Enumeration classNames = null;
++	  private final Vector providers = new Vector();
++	  private Loader loader;
++
++	  private class ProviderEnumeration implements Enumeration {
++	    private int nextIndex = 0;
++
++	    public boolean hasMoreElements() {
++	      return nextIndex < providers.size() || moreProviders();
++	    }
++
++	    public Object nextElement() {
++	      try {
++		return providers.elementAt(nextIndex++);
++	      }
++	      catch (ArrayIndexOutOfBoundsException e) {
++		throw new NoSuchElementException();
++	      }
++	    }
++	  }
++
++	  private static class Singleton implements Enumeration {
++	    private Object obj;
++	    private Singleton(Object obj) {
++	      this.obj = obj;
++	    }
++
++	    public boolean hasMoreElements() {
++	      return obj != null;
++	    }
++
++	    public Object nextElement() {
++	      if (obj == null)
++		throw new NoSuchElementException();
++	      Object tem = obj;
++	      obj = null;
++	      return tem;
++	    }
++	  }
++
++	  // JDK 1.1
++	  private static class Loader {
++	    Enumeration getResources(String resName) {
++	      ClassLoader cl = Loader.class.getClassLoader();
++	      URL url;
++	      if (cl == null)
++		url = ClassLoader.getSystemResource(resName);
++	      else
++		url = cl.getResource(resName);
++	      return new Singleton(url);
++	    }
++
++	    Class loadClass(String name) throws ClassNotFoundException {
++	      return Class.forName(name);
++	    }
++	  }
++
++	  // JDK 1.2+
++	  private static class Loader2 extends Loader {
++	    private ClassLoader cl;
++
++	    Loader2() {
++	      cl = Loader2.class.getClassLoader();
++	      // If the thread context class loader has the class loader
++	      // of this class as an ancestor, use the thread context class
++	      // loader.  Otherwise, the thread context class loader
++	      // probably hasn't been set up properly, so don't use it.
++	      ClassLoader clt = Thread.currentThread().getContextClassLoader();
++	      for (ClassLoader tem = clt; tem != null; tem = tem.getParent())
++		if (tem == cl) {
++		  cl = clt;
++		  break;
++		}
++	    }
++
++	    Enumeration getResources(String resName) {
++	      try {
++		return cl.getResources(resName);
++	      }
++	      catch (IOException e) {
++		return new Singleton(null);
++	      }
++	    }
++
++	    Class loadClass(String name) throws ClassNotFoundException {
++	      return Class.forName(name, true, cl);
++	    }
++	  }
++
++	  public Service(Class cls) {
++	    try {
++	      loader = new Loader2();
++	    }
++	    catch (NoSuchMethodError e) {
++	      loader = new Loader();
++	    }
++	    serviceClass = cls;
++	    String resName = "META-INF/services/" + serviceClass.getName();
++	    configFiles = loader.getResources(resName);
++	  }
++
++	  public Enumeration getProviders() {
++	    return new ProviderEnumeration();
++	  }
++
++	  synchronized private boolean moreProviders() {
++	    for (;;) {
++	      while (classNames == null) {
++		if (!configFiles.hasMoreElements())
++		  return false;
++		classNames = parseConfigFile((URL)configFiles.nextElement());
++	      }
++	      while (classNames.hasMoreElements()) {
++		String className = (String)classNames.nextElement();
++		try {
++		  Class cls = loader.loadClass(className);
++		  Object obj = cls.newInstance();
++		  if (serviceClass.isInstance(obj)) {
++		    providers.addElement(obj);
++		    return true;
++		  }
++		}
++		catch (ClassNotFoundException e) { }
++		catch (InstantiationException e) { }
++		catch (IllegalAccessException e) { }
++		catch (LinkageError e) { }
++	      }
++	      classNames = null;
++	    }
++	  }
++
++	  private static final int START = 0;
++	  private static final int IN_NAME = 1;
++	  private static final int IN_COMMENT = 2;
++
++	  private static Enumeration parseConfigFile(URL url) {
++	    try {
++	      InputStream in = url.openStream();
++	      Reader r;
++	      try {
++		r = new InputStreamReader(in, "UTF-8");
++	      }
++	      catch (UnsupportedEncodingException e) {
++		r = new InputStreamReader(in, "UTF8");
++	      }
++	      r = new BufferedReader(r);
++	      Vector tokens = new Vector();
++	      StringBuffer tokenBuf = new StringBuffer();
++	      int state = START;
++	      for (;;) {
++		int n = r.read();
++		if (n < 0)
++		  break;
++		char c = (char)n;
++		switch (c) {
++		case '\r':
++		case '\n':
++		  state = START;
++		  break;
++		case ' ':
++		case '\t':
++		  break;
++		case '#':
++		  state = IN_COMMENT;
++		  break;
++		default:
++		  if (state != IN_COMMENT) {
++		    state = IN_NAME;
++		    tokenBuf.append(c);
++		  }
++		  break;
++		}
++		if (tokenBuf.length() != 0 && state != IN_NAME) {
++		  tokens.addElement(tokenBuf.toString());
++		  tokenBuf.setLength(0);
++		}
++	      }
++	      if (tokenBuf.length() != 0)
++		tokens.addElement(tokenBuf.toString());
++	      return tokens.elements();
++	    }
++	    catch (IOException e) {
++	      return null;
++	    }
++	  }
++	}
++  
++}
++
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/libjava/classpath/external/relaxngDatatype/org/relaxng/datatype/helpers/ParameterlessDatatypeBuilder.java gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/libjava/classpath/external/relaxngDatatype/org/relaxng/datatype/helpers/ParameterlessDatatypeBuilder.java
+--- gcc-4.2.1/libjava/classpath/external/relaxngDatatype/org/relaxng/datatype/helpers/ParameterlessDatatypeBuilder.java	2006-03-10 14:25:35.000000000 +0100
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/libjava/classpath/external/relaxngDatatype/org/relaxng/datatype/helpers/ParameterlessDatatypeBuilder.java	2007-09-28 10:34:16.000000000 +0200
+@@ -1,42 +1,42 @@
+-package org.relaxng.datatype.helpers;
+-
+-import org.relaxng.datatype.*;
+-
+-/**
+- * Dummy implementation of {@link DatatypeBuilder}.
+- * 
+- * This implementation can be used for Datatypes which have no parameters.
+- * Any attempt to add parameters will be rejected.
+- * 
+- * <p>
+- * Typical usage would be:
+- * <PRE><XMP>
+- * class MyDatatypeLibrary implements DatatypeLibrary {
+- *     ....
+- *     DatatypeBuilder createDatatypeBuilder( String typeName ) {
+- *         return new ParameterleessDatatypeBuilder(createDatatype(typeName));
+- *     }
+- *     ....
+- * }
+- * </XMP></PRE>
+- * 
+- * @author <a href="mailto:kohsuke.kawaguchi@sun.com">Kohsuke KAWAGUCHI</a>
+- */
+-public final class ParameterlessDatatypeBuilder implements DatatypeBuilder {
+-
+-	/** This type object is returned for the derive method. */
+-	private final Datatype baseType;
+-	
+-	public ParameterlessDatatypeBuilder( Datatype baseType ) {
+-		this.baseType = baseType;
+-	}
+-	
+-	public void addParameter( String name, String strValue, ValidationContext context )
+-			throws DatatypeException {
+-		throw new DatatypeException();
+-	}
+-	
+-	public Datatype createDatatype() throws DatatypeException {
+-		return baseType;
+-	}
+-}
++package org.relaxng.datatype.helpers;
++
++import org.relaxng.datatype.*;
++
++/**
++ * Dummy implementation of {@link DatatypeBuilder}.
++ * 
++ * This implementation can be used for Datatypes which have no parameters.
++ * Any attempt to add parameters will be rejected.
++ * 
++ * <p>
++ * Typical usage would be:
++ * <PRE><XMP>
++ * class MyDatatypeLibrary implements DatatypeLibrary {
++ *     ....
++ *     DatatypeBuilder createDatatypeBuilder( String typeName ) {
++ *         return new ParameterleessDatatypeBuilder(createDatatype(typeName));
++ *     }
++ *     ....
++ * }
++ * </XMP></PRE>
++ * 
++ * @author <a href="mailto:kohsuke.kawaguchi@sun.com">Kohsuke KAWAGUCHI</a>
++ */
++public final class ParameterlessDatatypeBuilder implements DatatypeBuilder {
++
++	/** This type object is returned for the derive method. */
++	private final Datatype baseType;
++	
++	public ParameterlessDatatypeBuilder( Datatype baseType ) {
++		this.baseType = baseType;
++	}
++	
++	public void addParameter( String name, String strValue, ValidationContext context )
++			throws DatatypeException {
++		throw new DatatypeException();
++	}
++	
++	public Datatype createDatatype() throws DatatypeException {
++		return baseType;
++	}
++}
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/libjava/classpath/external/relaxngDatatype/org/relaxng/datatype/helpers/StreamingValidatorImpl.java gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/libjava/classpath/external/relaxngDatatype/org/relaxng/datatype/helpers/StreamingValidatorImpl.java
+--- gcc-4.2.1/libjava/classpath/external/relaxngDatatype/org/relaxng/datatype/helpers/StreamingValidatorImpl.java	2006-03-10 14:25:35.000000000 +0100
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/libjava/classpath/external/relaxngDatatype/org/relaxng/datatype/helpers/StreamingValidatorImpl.java	2007-09-28 10:34:16.000000000 +0200
+@@ -1,55 +1,55 @@
+-package org.relaxng.datatype.helpers;
+-
+-import org.relaxng.datatype.*;
+-
+-/**
+- * Dummy implementation of {@link DatatypeStreamingValidator}.
+- * 
+- * <p>
+- * This implementation can be used as a quick hack when the performance
+- * of streaming validation is not important. And this implementation
+- * also shows you how to implement the DatatypeStreamingValidator interface.
+- * 
+- * <p>
+- * Typical usage would be:
+- * <PRE><XMP>
+- * class MyDatatype implements Datatype {
+- *     ....
+- *     public DatatypeStreamingValidator createStreamingValidator( ValidationContext context ) {
+- *         return new StreamingValidatorImpl(this,context);
+- *     }
+- *     ....
+- * }
+- * </XMP></PRE>
+- * 
+- * @author <a href="mailto:kohsuke.kawaguchi@sun.com">Kohsuke KAWAGUCHI</a>
+- */
+-public final class StreamingValidatorImpl implements DatatypeStreamingValidator {
+-	
+-	/** This buffer accumulates characters. */
+-	private final StringBuffer buffer = new StringBuffer();
+-	
+-	/** Datatype obejct that creates this streaming validator. */
+-	private final Datatype baseType;
+-	
+-	/** The current context. */
+-	private final ValidationContext context;
+-	
+-	public void addCharacters( char[] buf, int start, int len ) {
+-		// append characters to the current buffer.
+-		buffer.append(buf,start,len);
+-	}
+-	
+-	public boolean isValid() {
+-		return baseType.isValid(buffer.toString(),context);
+-	}
+-	
+-	public void checkValid() throws DatatypeException {
+-		baseType.checkValid(buffer.toString(),context);
+-	}
+-	
+-	public StreamingValidatorImpl( Datatype baseType, ValidationContext context ) {
+-		this.baseType = baseType;
+-		this.context = context;
+-	}
+-}
++package org.relaxng.datatype.helpers;
++
++import org.relaxng.datatype.*;
++
++/**
++ * Dummy implementation of {@link DatatypeStreamingValidator}.
++ * 
++ * <p>
++ * This implementation can be used as a quick hack when the performance
++ * of streaming validation is not important. And this implementation
++ * also shows you how to implement the DatatypeStreamingValidator interface.
++ * 
++ * <p>
++ * Typical usage would be:
++ * <PRE><XMP>
++ * class MyDatatype implements Datatype {
++ *     ....
++ *     public DatatypeStreamingValidator createStreamingValidator( ValidationContext context ) {
++ *         return new StreamingValidatorImpl(this,context);
++ *     }
++ *     ....
++ * }
++ * </XMP></PRE>
++ * 
++ * @author <a href="mailto:kohsuke.kawaguchi@sun.com">Kohsuke KAWAGUCHI</a>
++ */
++public final class StreamingValidatorImpl implements DatatypeStreamingValidator {
++	
++	/** This buffer accumulates characters. */
++	private final StringBuffer buffer = new StringBuffer();
++	
++	/** Datatype obejct that creates this streaming validator. */
++	private final Datatype baseType;
++	
++	/** The current context. */
++	private final ValidationContext context;
++	
++	public void addCharacters( char[] buf, int start, int len ) {
++		// append characters to the current buffer.
++		buffer.append(buf,start,len);
++	}
++	
++	public boolean isValid() {
++		return baseType.isValid(buffer.toString(),context);
++	}
++	
++	public void checkValid() throws DatatypeException {
++		baseType.checkValid(buffer.toString(),context);
++	}
++	
++	public StreamingValidatorImpl( Datatype baseType, ValidationContext context ) {
++		this.baseType = baseType;
++		this.context = context;
++	}
++}
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/libjava/classpath/external/relaxngDatatype/org/relaxng/datatype/ValidationContext.java gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/libjava/classpath/external/relaxngDatatype/org/relaxng/datatype/ValidationContext.java
+--- gcc-4.2.1/libjava/classpath/external/relaxngDatatype/org/relaxng/datatype/ValidationContext.java	2006-03-10 14:25:35.000000000 +0100
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/libjava/classpath/external/relaxngDatatype/org/relaxng/datatype/ValidationContext.java	2007-09-28 10:34:16.000000000 +0200
+@@ -1,66 +1,66 @@
+-package org.relaxng.datatype;
+-
+-/**
+- * An interface that must be implemented by caller to
+- * provide context information that is necessary to 
+- * perform validation of some Datatypes.
+- * 
+- * @author <a href="mailto:jjc@jclark.com">James Clark</a>
+- * @author <a href="mailto:kohsuke.kawaguchi@sun.com">Kohsuke KAWAGUCHI</a>
+- */
+-public interface ValidationContext {
+-	
+-	/**
+-	 * Resolves a namespace prefix to the corresponding namespace URI.
+-	 * 
+-	 * This method is used for validating the QName type, for example.
+-	 *
+-	 * <p>
+-	 * If the prefix is "" (empty string), it indicates
+-	 * an unprefixed value. The callee
+-	 * should resolve it as for an unprefixed
+-	 * element, rather than for an unprefixed attribute.
+-	 * 
+-	 * <p>
+-	 * If the prefix is "xml", then the callee must resolve
+-	 * this prefix into "http://www.w3.org/XML/1998/namespace",
+-	 * as defined in the XML Namespaces Recommendation.
+-	 * 
+-	 * @return
+-	 *		namespace URI of this prefix.
+-	 *		If the specified prefix is not declared,
+-	 *		the implementation must return null.
+-	 */
+-	String resolveNamespacePrefix( String prefix );
+-
+-	/**
+-	 * Returns the base URI of the context.  The null string may be returned
+-	 * if no base URI is known.
+-	 */
+-	String getBaseUri();
+-
+-	/**
+-	 * Checks if an unparsed entity is declared with the
+-	 * specified name.
+-	 * 
+-	 * @return
+-	 *  true
+-	 *		if the DTD has an unparsed entity declaration for
+-	 *		the specified name.
+-	 *  false
+-	 *		otherwise.
+-	 */
+-	boolean isUnparsedEntity( String entityName );
+-
+-	/**
+-	 * Checks if a notation is declared with the
+-	 * specified name.
+-	 * 
+-	 * @return
+-	 *  true
+-	 *		if the DTD has a notation declaration for the specified name.
+-	 *  false
+-	 *		otherwise.
+-	 */
+-	boolean isNotation( String notationName );
+-}
++package org.relaxng.datatype;
++
++/**
++ * An interface that must be implemented by caller to
++ * provide context information that is necessary to 
++ * perform validation of some Datatypes.
++ * 
++ * @author <a href="mailto:jjc@jclark.com">James Clark</a>
++ * @author <a href="mailto:kohsuke.kawaguchi@sun.com">Kohsuke KAWAGUCHI</a>
++ */
++public interface ValidationContext {
++	
++	/**
++	 * Resolves a namespace prefix to the corresponding namespace URI.
++	 * 
++	 * This method is used for validating the QName type, for example.
++	 *
++	 * <p>
++	 * If the prefix is "" (empty string), it indicates
++	 * an unprefixed value. The callee
++	 * should resolve it as for an unprefixed
++	 * element, rather than for an unprefixed attribute.
++	 * 
++	 * <p>
++	 * If the prefix is "xml", then the callee must resolve
++	 * this prefix into "http://www.w3.org/XML/1998/namespace",
++	 * as defined in the XML Namespaces Recommendation.
++	 * 
++	 * @return
++	 *		namespace URI of this prefix.
++	 *		If the specified prefix is not declared,
++	 *		the implementation must return null.
++	 */
++	String resolveNamespacePrefix( String prefix );
++
++	/**
++	 * Returns the base URI of the context.  The null string may be returned
++	 * if no base URI is known.
++	 */
++	String getBaseUri();
++
++	/**
++	 * Checks if an unparsed entity is declared with the
++	 * specified name.
++	 * 
++	 * @return
++	 *  true
++	 *		if the DTD has an unparsed entity declaration for
++	 *		the specified name.
++	 *  false
++	 *		otherwise.
++	 */
++	boolean isUnparsedEntity( String entityName );
++
++	/**
++	 * Checks if a notation is declared with the
++	 * specified name.
++	 * 
++	 * @return
++	 *  true
++	 *		if the DTD has a notation declaration for the specified name.
++	 *  false
++	 *		otherwise.
++	 */
++	boolean isNotation( String notationName );
++}
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/libjava/classpath/external/relaxngDatatype/README.txt gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/libjava/classpath/external/relaxngDatatype/README.txt
+--- gcc-4.2.1/libjava/classpath/external/relaxngDatatype/README.txt	2006-03-10 14:25:35.000000000 +0100
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/libjava/classpath/external/relaxngDatatype/README.txt	2007-09-28 10:34:16.000000000 +0200
+@@ -1,54 +1,54 @@
+-======================================================================
+-           README FILE FOR DATATYPE INTERFACES FOR RELAX NG
+-======================================================================
+-
+-
+-
+-RELAX NG supports multiple datatype vocabularies. To achive this, an
+-interface between datatype vocabularies and schema processors is 
+-necessary. This interface is intended to be a standard Java interface
+-for this purpose.
+-
+-
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-LICENSE
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-
+-See copying.txt.
+-
+-Note: this license is the BSD license.
+-
+-
+-
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-FOR DEVELOPER
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-
+-If you are planning to implement a datatype library, A sample datatype
+-library implementation by James Clark is available at [1], which
+-comes with documentation and source code.
+-
+-If you are planning to implement a schema processor, then don't forget
+-to check out org.relaxng.datatype.helpers.DatatypeLibraryLoader, as 
+-this allows you to dynamically locate datatype implementations.
+-
+-
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-LINKS
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-
+-* OASIS RELAX NG TC
+-   http://www.oasis-open.org/committees/relax-ng/
+-* RELAX home page
+-   http://www.xml.gr.jp/relax/
+-
+-
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-REFERENCES
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-[1] Sample datatype library implementation by James Clark
+-    http://www.thaiopensource.com/relaxng/datatype-sample.zip
+-
+-Document written by Kohsuke Kawaguchi (kohsuke.kawaguchi@sun.com)
+-======================================================================
+-END OF README
++======================================================================
++           README FILE FOR DATATYPE INTERFACES FOR RELAX NG
++======================================================================
++
++
++
++RELAX NG supports multiple datatype vocabularies. To achive this, an
++interface between datatype vocabularies and schema processors is 
++necessary. This interface is intended to be a standard Java interface
++for this purpose.
++
++
++----------------------------------------------------------------------
++LICENSE
++----------------------------------------------------------------------
++
++See copying.txt.
++
++Note: this license is the BSD license.
++
++
++
++----------------------------------------------------------------------
++FOR DEVELOPER
++----------------------------------------------------------------------
++
++If you are planning to implement a datatype library, A sample datatype
++library implementation by James Clark is available at [1], which
++comes with documentation and source code.
++
++If you are planning to implement a schema processor, then don't forget
++to check out org.relaxng.datatype.helpers.DatatypeLibraryLoader, as 
++this allows you to dynamically locate datatype implementations.
++
++
++----------------------------------------------------------------------
++LINKS
++----------------------------------------------------------------------
++
++* OASIS RELAX NG TC
++   http://www.oasis-open.org/committees/relax-ng/
++* RELAX home page
++   http://www.xml.gr.jp/relax/
++
++
++----------------------------------------------------------------------
++REFERENCES
++----------------------------------------------------------------------
++[1] Sample datatype library implementation by James Clark
++    http://www.thaiopensource.com/relaxng/datatype-sample.zip
++
++Document written by Kohsuke Kawaguchi (kohsuke.kawaguchi@sun.com)
++======================================================================
++END OF README
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/libstdc++-v3/config/os/gnu-linux/ctype_base.h gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/libstdc++-v3/config/os/gnu-linux/ctype_base.h
+--- gcc-4.2.1/libstdc++-v3/config/os/gnu-linux/ctype_base.h	2006-12-01 13:56:23.000000000 +0100
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/libstdc++-v3/config/os/gnu-linux/ctype_base.h	2007-09-28 10:33:32.000000000 +0200
+@@ -31,6 +31,8 @@
+ //
+ // ISO C++ 14882: 22.1  Locales
+ //
++#include <features.h>
++#include <ctype.h>
+   
+ /** @file ctype_base.h
+  *  This is an internal header file, included by other library headers.
+@@ -45,8 +47,12 @@ _GLIBCXX_BEGIN_NAMESPACE(std)
+   struct ctype_base
+   {
+     // Non-standard typedefs.
+-    typedef const int* 		__to_type;
+-
++#ifdef __UCLIBC__
++    typedef const __ctype_touplow_t*   __to_type;
++#else
++    typedef const int*         __to_type;
++#endif
++ 
+     // NB: Offsets into ctype<char>::_M_table force a particular size
+     // on the mask type. Because of this, we don't use an enum.
+     typedef unsigned short 	mask;   
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/libstdc++-v3/include/Makefile.in gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/libstdc++-v3/include/Makefile.in
+--- gcc-4.2.1/libstdc++-v3/include/Makefile.in	2007-07-05 13:46:00.000000000 +0200
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/libstdc++-v3/include/Makefile.in	2007-09-28 10:33:21.000000000 +0200
+@@ -36,6 +36,7 @@ POST_UNINSTALL = :
+ build_triplet = @build@
+ host_triplet = @host@
+ target_triplet = @target@
++LIBOBJDIR =
+ DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in \
+ 	$(top_srcdir)/fragment.am
+ subdir = include
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/libstdc++-v3/libmath/Makefile.in gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/libstdc++-v3/libmath/Makefile.in
+--- gcc-4.2.1/libstdc++-v3/libmath/Makefile.in	2006-10-16 21:08:22.000000000 +0200
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/libstdc++-v3/libmath/Makefile.in	2007-09-28 10:33:16.000000000 +0200
+@@ -37,6 +37,7 @@ POST_UNINSTALL = :
+ build_triplet = @build@
+ host_triplet = @host@
+ target_triplet = @target@
++LIBOBJDIR =
+ subdir = libmath
+ DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
+ ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/libstdc++-v3/libsupc++/Makefile.in gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/libstdc++-v3/libsupc++/Makefile.in
+--- gcc-4.2.1/libstdc++-v3/libsupc++/Makefile.in	2006-10-16 21:08:22.000000000 +0200
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/libstdc++-v3/libsupc++/Makefile.in	2007-09-28 10:33:21.000000000 +0200
+@@ -38,6 +38,7 @@ POST_UNINSTALL = :
+ build_triplet = @build@
+ host_triplet = @host@
+ target_triplet = @target@
++LIBOBJDIR =
+ DIST_COMMON = $(glibcxxinstall_HEADERS) $(srcdir)/Makefile.am \
+ 	$(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_srcdir)/fragment.am
+ subdir = libsupc++
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/libstdc++-v3/Makefile.in gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/libstdc++-v3/Makefile.in
+--- gcc-4.2.1/libstdc++-v3/Makefile.in	2006-10-16 21:08:22.000000000 +0200
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/libstdc++-v3/Makefile.in	2007-09-28 10:33:34.000000000 +0200
+@@ -36,6 +36,7 @@ POST_UNINSTALL = :
+ build_triplet = @build@
+ host_triplet = @host@
+ target_triplet = @target@
++LIBOBJDIR =
+ DIST_COMMON = README $(am__configure_deps) $(srcdir)/../config.guess \
+ 	$(srcdir)/../config.sub $(srcdir)/../install-sh \
+ 	$(srcdir)/../ltmain.sh $(srcdir)/../missing \
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/libstdc++-v3/po/Makefile.in gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/libstdc++-v3/po/Makefile.in
+--- gcc-4.2.1/libstdc++-v3/po/Makefile.in	2006-10-16 21:08:22.000000000 +0200
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/libstdc++-v3/po/Makefile.in	2007-09-28 10:33:34.000000000 +0200
+@@ -36,6 +36,7 @@ POST_UNINSTALL = :
+ build_triplet = @build@
+ host_triplet = @host@
+ target_triplet = @target@
++LIBOBJDIR =
+ DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in \
+ 	$(top_srcdir)/fragment.am
+ subdir = po
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/libstdc++-v3/src/Makefile.in gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/libstdc++-v3/src/Makefile.in
+--- gcc-4.2.1/libstdc++-v3/src/Makefile.in	2006-10-16 21:08:22.000000000 +0200
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/libstdc++-v3/src/Makefile.in	2007-09-28 10:33:21.000000000 +0200
+@@ -36,6 +36,7 @@ POST_UNINSTALL = :
+ build_triplet = @build@
+ host_triplet = @host@
+ target_triplet = @target@
++LIBOBJDIR =
+ DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in \
+ 	$(top_srcdir)/fragment.am
+ subdir = src
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/libstdc++-v3/acinclude.m4 gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/libstdc++-v3/acinclude.m4
+--- gcc-4.2.1/libstdc++-v3/acinclude.m4	2007-06-29 01:02:05.000000000 +0200
++++ gcc-4.2.1.atmel.1.3.2/libstdc++-v3/acinclude.m4	2007-09-28 10:33:34.000000000 +0200
+@@ -1389,8 +1380,8 @@ AC_DEFUN([GLIBCXX_ENABLE_CLOCALE], [
+       #endif
+       int main()
+       {
+-	const char __one[] = "Äuglein Augmen";
+-        const char __two[] = "Äuglein";
++	const char __one[] = "Äuglein Augmen";
++        const char __two[] = "Äuglein";
+        	int i;
+         int j;
+         __locale_t        loc;
diff --git a/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/901-avr32_add_mno-pic.patch b/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/901-avr32_add_mno-pic.patch
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c21450a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/901-avr32_add_mno-pic.patch
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+Index: gcc/gcc/config/avr32/avr32.opt
+===================================================================
+--- gcc/gcc/config/avr32/avr32.opt	(revision 31583)
++++ gcc/gcc/config/avr32/avr32.opt	(working copy)
+@@ -71,3 +71,6 @@
+ Target Report Var(avr32_imm_in_const_pool) Init(-1)
+ Put large immediates in constant pool. This is enabled by default for archs with insn-cache.
+ 
++mno-pic
++Target Report RejectNegative Mask(NO_PIC)
++Do not generate position-independent code.
+Index: gcc/gcc/config/avr32/avr32.c
+===================================================================
+--- gcc/gcc/config/avr32/avr32.c	(revision 31583)
++++ gcc/gcc/config/avr32/avr32.c	(working copy)
+@@ -230,6 +230,9 @@
+           avr32_imm_in_const_pool = 0;
+       }
+     
++    if (TARGET_NO_PIC)
++      flag_pic = 0;
++
+     avr32_add_gc_roots ();
+   }
+ 
diff --git a/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/902-avr32_fix_pic_redefinition_warning.patch b/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/902-avr32_fix_pic_redefinition_warning.patch
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae9fa5d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/902-avr32_fix_pic_redefinition_warning.patch
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+Index: gcc/gcc/config/avr32/linux-elf.h
+===================================================================
+--- gcc/gcc/config/avr32/linux-elf.h	(revision 31583)
++++ gcc/gcc/config/avr32/linux-elf.h	(working copy)
+@@ -122,11 +122,6 @@
+ 	builtin_define ("__AVR32_HAS_BRANCH_PRED__");		\
+       if (TARGET_FAST_FLOAT)                                    \
+         builtin_define ("__AVR32_FAST_FLOAT__");                \
+-      if (flag_pic)						\
+-	{							\
+-	  builtin_define ("__PIC__");				\
+-	  builtin_define ("__pic__");				\
+-	}							\
+     }								\
+   while (0)
+ 
diff --git a/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/903-avr32_fix_expanding_builtin_xchg.patch b/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/903-avr32_fix_expanding_builtin_xchg.patch
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4a4ac60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/903-avr32_fix_expanding_builtin_xchg.patch
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+--- gcc-4.2.1.orig/gcc/config/avr32/avr32.c	2007-10-05 07:52:51.000000000 +0200
++++ gcc-4.2.1/gcc/config/avr32/avr32.c	2007-10-05 07:54:49.000000000 +0200
+@@ -1388,7 +1388,8 @@ avr32_expand_builtin (tree exp,
+           op1 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode1, op1);
+         }
+ 
+-      op0 = gen_rtx_MEM (SImode, op0);
++      op0 = force_reg (GET_MODE (op0), op0);
++      op0 = gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (op0), op0);
+       if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) (op0, mode0))
+         {
+           error
diff --git a/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/904-flatten-switch-stmt-00.patch b/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/904-flatten-switch-stmt-00.patch
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8fac37c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/904-flatten-switch-stmt-00.patch
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+Hi,
+
+The attached patch makes sure that we create smaller object code for
+simple switch statements. We just make sure to flatten the switch
+statement into an if-else chain, basically.
+
+This fixes a size-regression as compared to gcc-3.4, as can be seen
+below.
+
+2007-04-15  Bernhard Fischer  <..>
+
+	* stmt.c (expand_case): Do not create a complex binary tree when
+	optimizing for size but rather use the simple ordered list.
+	(emit_case_nodes): do not emit jumps to the default_label when
+	optimizing for size.
+
+Not regtested so far.
+Comments?
+
+Attached is the test switch.c mentioned below.
+
+$ for i in 2.95 3.3 3.4 4.0 4.1 4.2.orig-HEAD 4.3.orig-HEAD 4.3-HEAD;do
+gcc-$i  -DCHAIN -Os -o switch-CHAIN-$i.o -c switch.c ;done
+$ for i in 2.95 3.3 3.4 4.0 4.1 4.2.orig-HEAD 4.3.orig-HEAD 4.3-HEAD;do
+gcc-$i  -UCHAIN -Os -o switch-$i.o -c switch.c ;done
+
+$ size switch-*.o
+   text	   data	    bss	    dec	    hex	filename
+    169	      0	      0	    169	     a9	switch-2.95.o
+    115	      0	      0	    115	     73	switch-3.3.o
+    103	      0	      0	    103	     67	switch-3.4.o
+    124	      0	      0	    124	     7c	switch-4.0.o
+    124	      0	      0	    124	     7c	switch-4.1.o
+    124	      0	      0	    124	     7c	switch-4.2.orig-HEAD.o
+     95	      0	      0	     95	     5f	switch-4.3-HEAD.o
+    124	      0	      0	    124	     7c	switch-4.3.orig-HEAD.o
+    166	      0	      0	    166	     a6	switch-CHAIN-2.95.o
+    111	      0	      0	    111	     6f	switch-CHAIN-3.3.o
+     95	      0	      0	     95	     5f	switch-CHAIN-3.4.o
+     95	      0	      0	     95	     5f	switch-CHAIN-4.0.o
+     95	      0	      0	     95	     5f	switch-CHAIN-4.1.o
+     95	      0	      0	     95	     5f	switch-CHAIN-4.2.orig-HEAD.o
+     95	      0	      0	     95	     5f	switch-CHAIN-4.3-HEAD.o
+     95	      0	      0	     95	     5f	switch-CHAIN-4.3.orig-HEAD.o
+
+
+Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii
+Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="gcc-4.3.gcc-flatten-switch-stmt.00.diff"
+
+Index: gcc-4.2.0/gcc/stmt.c
+===================================================================
+--- gcc-4.2.0.orig/gcc/stmt.c	(revision 123843)
++++ gcc-4.2.0/gcc/stmt.c	(working copy)
+@@ -2517,7 +2517,11 @@ expand_case (tree exp)
+ 	  use_cost_table
+ 	    = (TREE_CODE (orig_type) != ENUMERAL_TYPE
+ 	       && estimate_case_costs (case_list));
+-	  balance_case_nodes (&case_list, NULL);
++	  /* When optimizing for size, we want a straight list to avoid
++	     jumps as much as possible. This basically creates an if-else
++	     chain.  */
++	  if (!optimize_size)
++	    balance_case_nodes (&case_list, NULL);
+ 	  emit_case_nodes (index, case_list, default_label, index_type);
+ 	  emit_jump (default_label);
+ 	}
+@@ -3075,6 +3079,7 @@ emit_case_nodes (rtx index, case_node_pt
+ 	    {
+ 	      if (!node_has_low_bound (node, index_type))
+ 		{
++		  if (!optimize_size) /* don't jl to the .default_label. */
+ 		  emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (index,
+ 					   convert_modes
+ 					   (mode, imode,
+
+
+Content-Type: text/x-csrc; charset=us-ascii
+Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="switch.c"
+
+int
+commutative_tree_code (int code)
+{
+#define CASE(val, ret) case val:/* __asm__("# val="#val ",ret="#ret);*/ return ret;
+#ifndef CHAIN
+  switch (code)
+    {
+# if 1
+  CASE(1,3)
+  CASE(3,2)
+  CASE(5,8)
+  CASE(7,1)
+  CASE(33,4)
+  CASE(44,9)
+  CASE(55,10)
+  CASE(66,-1)
+  CASE(77,99)
+  CASE(666,0)
+# else
+    case 1:
+      return 3;
+    case 3:
+      return 2;
+    case 5:
+      return 8;
+    case 7:
+      return 1;
+    case 33:
+      return 4;
+    case 44:
+      return 9;
+    case 55:
+      return 10;
+    case 66:
+      return -1;
+    case 77:
+      return 99;
+    case 666:
+      return 0;
+# endif
+    default:
+      break;
+    }
+  return 4711;
+
+#else
+   if (code == 1)
+	return 3;
+  else if (code == 3)
+	return 2;
+  else if (code == 5)
+	return 8;
+  else if (code == 7)
+	return 1;
+  else if (code == 33)
+	return 4;
+  else if (code == 44)
+	return 9;
+  else if (code == 55)
+	return 10;
+  else if (code == 66)
+	return -1;
+  else if (code == 77)
+	return 99;
+  else if (code == 666)
+	return 0;
+  else
+	return 4711;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+--AhhlLboLdkugWU4S--
+
diff --git a/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/905-avr32_fix_folding_machine_reorg_optimizations.patch b/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/905-avr32_fix_folding_machine_reorg_optimizations.patch
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7a160d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/905-avr32_fix_folding_machine_reorg_optimizations.patch
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+Index: a/gcc/config/avr32/avr32.c
+===================================================================
+--- a/gcc/config/avr32/avr32.c	(revision 31997)
++++ b/gcc/config/avr32/avr32.c	(working copy)
+@@ -6323,25 +6323,26 @@
+                 /* If used any other place than as a pointer or as the
+ 	         destination register we failed */
+                 if (!(single_set (scan)
+-                    && GET_CODE (PATTERN (scan)) == SET
+-                    && ((MEM_P (SET_DEST (PATTERN (scan)))
+-                        && REG_P (XEXP (SET_DEST (PATTERN (scan)), 0))
+-                        && REGNO (XEXP (SET_DEST (PATTERN (scan)), 0)) ==
+-                          REGNO (reg)) || (MEM_P (SET_SRC (PATTERN (scan)))
+-                              &&
+-                              REG_P (XEXP
+-                                  (SET_SRC (PATTERN (scan)),
+-                                      0))
+-                                      &&
+-                                      REGNO (XEXP
+-                                          (SET_SRC (PATTERN (scan)),
+-                                              0)) == REGNO (reg))))
+-                                              && !(GET_CODE (PATTERN (scan)) == SET
+-                                                  && REG_P (SET_DEST (PATTERN (scan)))
+-                                                  && !regno_use_in (REGNO (reg),
+-                                                      SET_SRC (PATTERN (scan)))))
++                      && GET_CODE (PATTERN (scan)) == SET
++                      && ((MEM_P (SET_DEST (PATTERN (scan)))
++                           && REG_P (XEXP (SET_DEST (PATTERN (scan)), 0))
++                           && REGNO (XEXP (SET_DEST (PATTERN (scan)), 0)) == REGNO (reg))
++                          || (MEM_P (SET_SRC (PATTERN (scan)))
++                              && REG_P (XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (scan)), 0))
++                              && REGNO (XEXP
++                                        (SET_SRC (PATTERN (scan)), 0)) == REGNO (reg))))
++                    && !(GET_CODE (PATTERN (scan)) == SET
++                         && REG_P (SET_DEST (PATTERN (scan)))
++                         && !regno_use_in (REGNO (reg),
++                                           SET_SRC (PATTERN (scan)))))
+                   break;
+ 
++                /* We cannot replace the pointer in TImode insns
++                   as these has a differene addressing mode than the other
++                   memory insns. */
++                if ( GET_MODE (SET_DEST (PATTERN (scan))) == TImode )
++                  break;
++
+                 /* Check if register is dead or set in this insn */
+                 if (dead_or_set_p (scan, reg))
+                   {
diff --git a/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/906-avr32_use_rjmp_instead_of_got_when_jumping.patch b/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/906-avr32_use_rjmp_instead_of_got_when_jumping.patch
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5d3c8d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/906-avr32_use_rjmp_instead_of_got_when_jumping.patch
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+Index: a/gcc/config/avr32/avr32.c
+===================================================================
+--- a/gcc/config/avr32/avr32.c	(revision 32101)
++++ b/gcc/config/avr32/avr32.c	(working copy)
+@@ -695,8 +695,7 @@
+ 
+ 
+     if (!avr32_const_ok_for_constraint_p (mi_delta, 'I', "Is21")
+-        || vcall_offset
+-        || flag_pic)
++        || vcall_offset)
+       {
+         fputs ("\tpushm\tlr\n", file);
+       }
+@@ -728,47 +727,23 @@
+       }
+ 
+ 
+-    if ( (!avr32_const_ok_for_constraint_p (mi_delta, 'I', "Is21")
+-          || vcall_offset)
+-         && !flag_pic )
++    if (!avr32_const_ok_for_constraint_p (mi_delta, 'I', "Is21")
++        || vcall_offset)
+       {
+         fputs ("\tpopm\tlr\n", file);
+       }
+-
+-    if (flag_pic)
+-      {
+-        /* Load the got into lr and then load the pointer 
+-           to the function from the got and put it on the stack.
+-           We can then call the function and restore lr by issuing
+-           a doubleword load from the stack. We do not use a popm/ldm
+-           since it will be treated as a return and might need a flushing
+-           of the return-stack if available. */
+-        rtx label = gen_label_rtx ();
+-        /* Load the got. */
+-        fputs ("\tlddpc\tlr, 0f\n", file);
+-        (*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (file, "L",
+-                                           CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (label));
+-        fputs ("\trsub\tlr, pc\n", file);
+-        /* Load the function pointer. */
+-        fputs ("\tld.w\tlr, lr[", file);
+-        assemble_name (file, XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (function), 0), 0));
+-        fputs ("@got]\n", file);
+-        /* Push the function pointer on the stack.*/
+-        fputs ("\tpushm\tlr\n", file);
+-        /* Restore the old lr value and load the function pointer into
+-           pc. */
+-        fputs ("\tld.d\tlr,sp++\n", file);
+-        fprintf (file, "\t.align 2\n");
+-        fprintf (file, "0:\t.long\t.L%d - _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_\n", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (label));
+-      }
+-    else
+-      {
+-        fprintf (file, "\tlddpc\tpc, 0f\n");
+-        fprintf (file, "\t.align 2\n");
+-        fputs ("0:\t.long\t", file);
+-        assemble_name (file, XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (function), 0), 0));
+-        fputc ('\n', file);
+-      }
++    
++    /* Jump to the function. We assume that we can use an rjmp since the
++       function to jump to is local and probably not too far away from
++       the thunk. If this assumption proves to be wrong we could implement
++       this jump by calculating the offset between the jump source and destination
++       and put this in the constant pool and then perform an add to pc. 
++       This would also be legitimate PIC code. But for now we hope that an rjmp
++       will be sufficient...
++    */
++    fputs ("\trjmp\t", file);
++    assemble_name (file, XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (function), 0), 0));
++    fputc ('\n', file);
+   }
+ 
+ /* Implements target hook vector_mode_supported.  */
+@@ -1742,7 +1717,7 @@
+         if (TREE_CODE (*node) != FUNCTION_DECL)
+           {
+             warning ("`%s' attribute only applies to functions",
+-                IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
++                     IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
+             *no_add_attrs = true;
+           }
+         /* FIXME: the argument if any is checked for type attributes; should it
diff --git a/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/908-avr32_fix_invalid_assembler_code_on_64bit_hosts.patch b/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/908-avr32_fix_invalid_assembler_code_on_64bit_hosts.patch
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..63ead2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/908-avr32_fix_invalid_assembler_code_on_64bit_hosts.patch
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+diff -Nrup gcc-4.2.1/gcc/config/avr32/avr32.c gcc-4.2.1-new/gcc/config/avr32/avr32.c
+--- gcc-4.2.1/gcc/config/avr32/avr32.c  2007-11-15 18:20:25.000000000 +0100
++++ gcc-4.2.1-new/gcc/config/avr32/avr32.c      2007-11-16 13:34:39.000000000 +0100
+@@ -705,8 +705,8 @@ avr32_output_mi_thunk (FILE * file,
+       {
+         if (avr32_const_ok_for_constraint_p (mi_delta, 'I', "Is21"))
+           {
+-            fprintf (file, "\tsub\t%s, -0x%x\n", reg_names[this_regno],
+-                mi_delta);
++            fprintf (file, "\tsub\t%s, %d\n", reg_names[this_regno],
++                -mi_delta);
+           }
+         else
+           {
diff --git a/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/910-mbsd_multi.patch b/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/910-mbsd_multi.patch
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..41705cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/910-mbsd_multi.patch
@@ -0,0 +1,293 @@
+
+	This patch brings over a few features from MirBSD:
+	* -fhonour-copts
+	  If this option is not given, it's warned (depending
+	  on environment variables). This is to catch errors
+	  of misbuilt packages which override CFLAGS themselves.
+	* -Werror-maybe-reset
+	  Has the effect of -Wno-error if GCC_NO_WERROR is
+	  set and not '0', a no-operation otherwise. This is
+	  to be able to use -Werror in "make" but prevent
+	  GNU autoconf generated configure scripts from
+	  freaking out.
+	* Make -fno-strict-aliasing and -fno-delete-null-pointer-checks
+	  the default for -O2/-Os, because they trigger gcc bugs
+	  and can delete code with security implications.
+
+	This patch was authored by Thorsten Glaser <tg@mirbsd.de>
+	with copyright assignment to the FSF in effect.
+
+Index: gcc-4.2.0/gcc/c-opts.c
+===================================================================
+--- gcc-4.2.0.orig/gcc/c-opts.c	2007-07-31 02:27:12.007256629 +0200
++++ gcc-4.2.0/gcc/c-opts.c	2007-07-31 02:27:39.324813371 +0200
+@@ -107,6 +107,9 @@
+ /* Number of deferred options scanned for -include.  */
+ static size_t include_cursor;
+ 
++/* Check if a port honours COPTS.  */
++static int honour_copts = 0;
++
+ static void set_Wimplicit (int);
+ static void handle_OPT_d (const char *);
+ static void set_std_cxx98 (int);
+@@ -449,6 +452,14 @@
+       mesg_implicit_function_declaration = 2;
+       break;
+ 
++    case OPT_Werror_maybe_reset:
++      {
++	char *ev = getenv ("GCC_NO_WERROR");
++	if ((ev != NULL) && (*ev != '0'))
++	  cpp_opts->warnings_are_errors = 0;
++      }
++      break;
++
+     case OPT_Wformat:
+       set_Wformat (value);
+       break;
+@@ -691,6 +702,12 @@
+       flag_exceptions = value;
+       break;
+ 
++    case OPT_fhonour_copts:
++      if (c_language == clk_c) {
++	honour_copts++;
++      }
++      break;
++
+     case OPT_fimplement_inlines:
+       flag_implement_inlines = value;
+       break;
+@@ -1151,6 +1168,47 @@
+   /* Has to wait until now so that cpplib has its hash table.  */
+   init_pragma ();
+ 
++  if (c_language == clk_c) {
++    char *ev = getenv ("GCC_HONOUR_COPTS");
++    int evv;
++    if (ev == NULL)
++      evv = -1;
++    else if ((*ev == '0') || (*ev == '\0'))
++      evv = 0;
++    else if (*ev == '1')
++      evv = 1;
++    else if (*ev == '2')
++      evv = 2;
++    else if (*ev == 's')
++      evv = -1;
++    else {
++      warning (0, "unknown GCC_HONOUR_COPTS value, assuming 1");
++      evv = 1; /* maybe depend this on something like MIRBSD_NATIVE?  */
++    }
++    if (evv == 1) {
++      if (honour_copts == 0) {
++	error ("someone does not honour COPTS at all in lenient mode");
++	return false;
++      } else if (honour_copts != 1) {
++	warning (0, "someone does not honour COPTS correctly, passed %d times",
++	 honour_copts);
++      }
++    } else if (evv == 2) {
++      if (honour_copts == 0) {
++	error ("someone does not honour COPTS at all in strict mode");
++	return false;
++      } else if (honour_copts != 1) {
++	error ("someone does not honour COPTS correctly, passed %d times",
++	 honour_copts);
++	return false;
++      }
++    } else if (evv == 0) {
++      if (honour_copts != 1)
++	inform ("someone does not honour COPTS correctly, passed %d times",
++	 honour_copts);
++    }
++  }
++
+   return true;
+ }
+ 
+Index: gcc-4.2.0/gcc/c.opt
+===================================================================
+--- gcc-4.2.0.orig/gcc/c.opt	2007-07-31 02:27:12.015257093 +0200
++++ gcc-4.2.0/gcc/c.opt	2007-07-31 02:27:39.328813597 +0200
+@@ -189,6 +189,10 @@
+ C ObjC RejectNegative
+ Make implicit function declarations an error
+ 
++Werror-maybe-reset
++C ObjC C++ ObjC++
++; Documented in common.opt
++
+ Wfloat-equal
+ C ObjC C++ ObjC++ Var(warn_float_equal)
+ Warn if testing floating point numbers for equality
+@@ -544,6 +548,9 @@
+ fhonor-std
+ C++ ObjC++
+ 
++fhonour-copts
++C ObjC C++ ObjC++ RejectNegative
++
+ fhosted
+ C ObjC
+ Assume normal C execution environment
+Index: gcc-4.2.0/gcc/common.opt
+===================================================================
+--- gcc-4.2.0.orig/gcc/common.opt	2007-07-31 02:27:12.023257546 +0200
++++ gcc-4.2.0/gcc/common.opt	2007-07-31 02:27:39.360815422 +0200
+@@ -81,6 +81,10 @@
+ Common Joined
+ Treat specified warning as error
+ 
++Werror-maybe-reset
++Common
++If environment variable GCC_NO_WERROR is set, act as -Wno-error
++
+ Wextra
+ Common
+ Print extra (possibly unwanted) warnings
+@@ -481,6 +485,9 @@
+ Common Report Var(flag_guess_branch_prob)
+ Enable guessing of branch probabilities
+ 
++fhonour-copts
++Common RejectNegative
++
+ ; Nonzero means ignore `#ident' directives.  0 means handle them.
+ ; Generate position-independent code for executables if possible
+ ; On SVR4 targets, it also controls whether or not to emit a
+Index: gcc-4.2.0/gcc/opts.c
+===================================================================
+--- gcc-4.2.0.orig/gcc/opts.c	2007-07-31 02:27:12.031257991 +0200
++++ gcc-4.2.0/gcc/opts.c	2007-07-31 02:28:36.320061346 +0200
+@@ -492,9 +492,6 @@
+       flag_schedule_insns_after_reload = 1;
+ #endif
+       flag_regmove = 1;
+-      flag_strict_aliasing = 1;
+-      flag_strict_overflow = 1;
+-      flag_delete_null_pointer_checks = 1;
+       flag_reorder_blocks = 1;
+       flag_reorder_functions = 1;
+       flag_tree_store_ccp = 1;
+@@ -510,6 +507,10 @@
+ 
+   if (optimize >= 3)
+     {
++      flag_strict_aliasing = 1;
++      flag_strict_overflow = 1;
++      flag_delete_null_pointer_checks = 1;
++
+       flag_inline_functions = 1;
+       flag_unswitch_loops = 1;
+       flag_gcse_after_reload = 1;
+@@ -711,6 +712,17 @@
+       }
+       break;
+ 
++    case OPT_Werror_maybe_reset:
++      {
++	char *ev = getenv ("GCC_NO_WERROR");
++	if ((ev != NULL) && (*ev != '0'))
++	  warnings_are_errors = 0;
++      }
++      break;
++
++    case OPT_fhonour_copts:
++      break;
++
+     case OPT_Wextra:
+       set_Wextra (value);
+       break;
+Index: gcc-4.2.0/gcc/doc/cppopts.texi
+===================================================================
+--- gcc-4.2.0.orig/gcc/doc/cppopts.texi	2007-07-31 02:27:12.039258455 +0200
++++ gcc-4.2.0/gcc/doc/cppopts.texi	2007-07-31 02:27:39.408818157 +0200
+@@ -166,6 +166,11 @@
+ Make all warnings into hard errors.  Source code which triggers warnings
+ will be rejected.
+ 
++@item -Werror-maybe-reset
++@opindex Werror-maybe-reset
++Act like @samp{-Wno-error} if the @env{GCC_NO_WERROR} environment
++variable is set to anything other than 0 or empty.
++
+ @item -Wsystem-headers
+ @opindex Wsystem-headers
+ Issue warnings for code in system headers.  These are normally unhelpful
+Index: gcc-4.2.0/gcc/doc/invoke.texi
+===================================================================
+--- gcc-4.2.0.orig/gcc/doc/invoke.texi	2007-07-31 02:27:12.047258920 +0200
++++ gcc-4.2.0/gcc/doc/invoke.texi	2007-07-31 02:29:13.218164047 +0200
+@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
+ -Wc++-compat -Wcast-align  -Wcast-qual  -Wchar-subscripts  -Wcomment @gol
+ -Wconversion  -Wno-deprecated-declarations @gol
+ -Wdisabled-optimization  -Wno-div-by-zero  -Wno-endif-labels @gol
+--Werror  -Werror=* -Werror-implicit-function-declaration @gol
++-Werror -Werror-maybe-reset -Werror=* -Werror-implicit-function-declaration @gol
+ -Wfatal-errors  -Wfloat-equal  -Wformat  -Wformat=2 @gol
+ -Wno-format-extra-args -Wformat-nonliteral @gol
+ -Wformat-security  -Wformat-y2k @gol
+@@ -3569,6 +3569,22 @@
+ @option{-W}@var{foo}.  However, @option{-Wno-error=}@var{foo} does not
+ imply anything.
+ 
++@item -Werror-maybe-reset
++@opindex Werror-maybe-reset
++Act like @samp{-Wno-error} if the @env{GCC_NO_WERROR} environment
++variable is set to anything other than 0 or empty.
++
++@item -fhonour-copts
++@opindex fhonour-copts
++If @env{GCC_HONOUR_COPTS} is set to 1, abort if this option is not
++given at least once, and warn if it is given more than once.
++If @env{GCC_HONOUR_COPTS} is set to 2, abort if this option is not
++given exactly once.
++If @env{GCC_HONOUR_COPTS} is set to 0 or unset, warn if this option
++is not given exactly once.
++The warning is quelled if @env{GCC_HONOUR_COPTS} is set to @samp{s}.
++This flag and environment variable only affect the C language.
++
+ @item -Wstack-protector
+ @opindex Wstack-protector
+ This option is only active when @option{-fstack-protector} is active.  It
+@@ -4901,7 +4917,7 @@
+ second branch or a point immediately following it, depending on whether
+ the condition is known to be true or false.
+ 
+-Enabled at levels @option{-O2}, @option{-O3}, @option{-Os}.
++Enabled at levels @option{-O3}.
+ 
+ @item -fcse-follow-jumps
+ @opindex fcse-follow-jumps
+@@ -5019,7 +5035,7 @@
+ @option{-fno-delete-null-pointer-checks} to disable this optimization
+ for programs which depend on that behavior.
+ 
+-Enabled at levels @option{-O2}, @option{-O3}, @option{-Os}.
++Enabled at levels @option{-O3}.
+ 
+ @item -fexpensive-optimizations
+ @opindex fexpensive-optimizations
+@@ -5437,7 +5453,7 @@
+ allowed to alias.  For an example, see the C front-end function
+ @code{c_get_alias_set}.
+ 
+-Enabled at levels @option{-O2}, @option{-O3}, @option{-Os}.
++Enabled at levels @option{-O3}.
+ 
+ @item -fstrict-overflow
+ @opindex fstrict-overflow
+Index: gcc-4.2.0/gcc/java/jvspec.c
+===================================================================
+--- gcc-4.2.0.orig/gcc/java/jvspec.c	2007-07-31 02:27:12.055259364 +0200
++++ gcc-4.2.0/gcc/java/jvspec.c	2007-07-31 02:27:39.484822490 +0200
+@@ -632,6 +632,7 @@
+      class name.  Append dummy `.c' that can be stripped by set_input so %b
+      is correct.  */ 
+   set_input (concat (main_class_name, "main.c", NULL));
++  putenv ("GCC_HONOUR_COPTS=s"); /* XXX hack!  */
+   err = do_spec (jvgenmain_spec);
+   if (err == 0)
+     {
diff --git a/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/910-soft-float.patch b/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/910-soft-float.patch
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3f886ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/toolchain/gcc/patches/4.2.3/910-soft-float.patch
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+--- gcc-4.2-20061205/gcc/config/arm/t-linux    2006-12-08 15:18:33.000000000 -0800
++++ gcc-4.2-20061205/gcc/config/arm/t-linux    2006-12-08 15:18:33.000000000 -0800
+@@ -4,7 +4,10 @@
+ LIBGCC2_DEBUG_CFLAGS = -g0
+ 
+ LIB1ASMSRC = arm/lib1funcs.asm
+-LIB1ASMFUNCS = _udivsi3 _divsi3 _umodsi3 _modsi3 _dvmd_lnx
++LIB1ASMFUNCS = _udivsi3 _divsi3 _umodsi3 _modsi3 _dvmd_lnx \
++      _negdf2 _addsubdf3 _muldivdf3 _cmpdf2 _unorddf2 _fixdfsi _fixunsdfsi \
++      _truncdfsf2 _negsf2 _addsubsf3 _muldivsf3 _cmpsf2 _unordsf2 \
++      _fixsfsi _fixunssfsi _floatdidf _floatundidf _floatdisf _floatundisf
+ 
+ # MULTILIB_OPTIONS = mhard-float/msoft-float
+ # MULTILIB_DIRNAMES = hard-float soft-float
+
+--- gcc-4.2-20061205/gcc/config/arm/linux-elf.h        2006-12-08 15:18:33.000000000 -0800
++++ gcc-4.2-20061205/gcc/config/arm/linux-elf.h        2006-12-08 15:18:33.000000000 -0800
+@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@
+    %{shared:-lc} \
+    %{!shared:%{profile:-lc_p}%{!profile:-lc}}"
+ 
+-#define LIBGCC_SPEC "%{msoft-float:-lfloat} %{mfloat-abi=soft*:-lfloat} -lgcc"
++#define LIBGCC_SPEC "-lgcc"
+ 
+ #define GLIBC_DYNAMIC_LINKER "/lib/ld-linux.so.2"
+